s
AC75
Siemens Cellular Engine
Version:
DocId:
01.002
AC75_ATC_V01.002
AC75 AT Command Set
Contents
s
Contents
1.1 Scope of the document ................................................................................................................. 14
1.2 Related documents ....................................................................................................................... 15
1.3 Document conventions.................................................................................................................. 16
Superscript notation for parameters and values............................................................ 17
1.4 AT Command Syntax .................................................................................................................... 18
Using Parameters.......................................................................................................... 18
1.5 Supported character sets .............................................................................................................. 20
1.5.2.1 Implementing output of SIM data to Terminal (direction TA to TE) ................................ 24
1.5.2.2 Implementing input of Terminal data to SIM (direction TE to TA)................................... 25
1.6 Serial Interface Flow Control......................................................................................................... 26
Software Flow Control (XON/OFF Handshake)............................................................. 26
Hardware Flow Control (RTS/CTS Handshake)............................................................ 26
1.7 Communication between Customer Application and AC75........................................................... 28
1.8 Unsolicited Result Code Presentation........................................................................................... 29
1.9 Common PCN Handset Specification (CPHS).............................................................................. 30
1.10 Errors and Messages .................................................................................................................... 31
2.1 AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults......................................................... 32
2.2 AT&V Display current configuration ............................................................................................ 33
2.3 AT&W Stores current configuration to user defined profile ......................................................... 36
2.4 ATQ Set result code presentation mode ..................................................................................... 37
2.5 ATV Set result code format mode ............................................................................................... 38
2.6 ATX Set CONNECT result code format and call monitoring ....................................................... 39
2.7 AT\V Set CONNECT result code format ..................................................................................... 40
2.8 ATZ Set all current parameters to user defined profile................................................................ 41
2.9 AT+CFUN Set phone functionality .............................................................................................. 42
2.10 AT^SMSO Switch off mobile station............................................................................................ 46
2.11 AT+GCAP Request complete TA capabilities list........................................................................ 47
2.12 AT+CMEE Mobile Equipment Error Message Format ................................................................ 48
2.13 AT+CSCS Select TE character set ............................................................................................. 54
2.14 AT^SCFG Extended Configuration Settings ............................................................................... 55
2.15 AT^SM20 Set M20 compatibility mode ....................................................................................... 79
3.1 AT+CMER Mobile Equipment Event Reporting .......................................................................... 80
3.2 AT+CIND Indicator control .......................................................................................................... 82
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 3 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
Contents
s
3.3 AT^SIND Extended Indicator Control.......................................................................................... 85
3.4 AT+CEER Extended Error Report............................................................................................... 92
SIEMENS L2 cause....................................................................................................... 94
GSM cause for L3 Protocol module or other local cause ........................................... 100
SIEMENS release cause for GPRS API...................................................................... 100
3.5 ATS18 Extended call release report.......................................................................................... 101
3.6 AT+CPAS Mobile equipment activity status.............................................................................. 103
3.7 AT+WS46 Select wireless network ........................................................................................... 104
4.1 AT\Q Flow control...................................................................................................................... 105
4.2 AT&C Set Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Line mode ..................................................................... 106
4.3 AT&D Set circuit Data Terminal Ready (DTR) function mode................................................... 107
4.4 AT&S Set circuit Data Set Ready (DSR) function mode ........................................................... 108
4.5 ATE Enable command echo...................................................................................................... 109
4.6 AT+ICF Serial Interface Character Framing.............................................................................. 110
4.7 AT+IFC Set Flow Control separately for data directions........................................................... 112
4.8 AT+ILRR Set TE-TA local rate reporting................................................................................... 114
4.9 AT+IPR Set fixed local rate....................................................................................................... 116
4.10 AT+CMUX Enter multiplex mode .............................................................................................. 119
4.11 AT^STPB Transmit Parity Bit (for 7E1 and 7O1 only)............................................................... 123
Security Commands............................................................................................................................ 124
5.1 AT+CPIN PIN Authentication .................................................................................................... 124
5.2 AT+CPIN2 PIN2 Authentication ................................................................................................ 128
5.3 AT^SPIC Display PIN counter................................................................................................... 130
5.4 AT+CLCK Facility lock .............................................................................................................. 134
5.5 AT^SLCK Facility lock............................................................................................................... 139
5.6 AT+CPWD Change Password .................................................................................................. 140
5.7 AT^SPWD Change Password................................................................................................... 144
5.8 AT^SCSL Customer SIM Lock.................................................................................................. 146
6.1 ATI Display product identification information ........................................................................... 150
6.2 AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification......................................................................... 151
6.3 AT+GMI Request manufacturer identification ........................................................................... 151
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 4 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
Contents
s
6.4 AT+CGMM Request model identification.................................................................................. 152
6.5 AT+GMM Request model identification..................................................................................... 152
6.6 AT+CGMR Request revision identification of software status................................................... 153
6.7 AT+GMR Request revision identification of software status ..................................................... 153
6.8 AT+CGSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)......................................... 154
6.9 AT+GSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) ........................................... 154
6.10 AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)............................................ 155
7.1 Call Status Information................................................................................................................ 156
7.2 ATA Answer a call..................................................................................................................... 157
7.3 ATD Mobile originated call to specified number........................................................................ 158
7.4 ATD><mem><n> Mobile originated call using specific memory and index number ................. 160
7.5 ATD><n> Mobile originated call from active memory using index number............................... 162
7.6 ATD><str> Mobile originated call from active memory using corresponding field .................... 163
7.7 ATDI Mobile originated call to ISDN number............................................................................. 164
7.8 ATDL Redial last number used ................................................................................................. 165
7.9 ATH Disconnect existing connection......................................................................................... 166
7.10 AT+CHUP Hang up call ............................................................................................................ 167
7.11 AT^SHUP Hang up call(s) indicating a specific GSM04.08 release cause ............................... 168
7.12 ATS0 Set number of rings before automatically answering a call............................................. 170
7.13 ATS6 Set pause before blind dialing......................................................................................... 171
7.14 ATS7 Set number of seconds to wait for connection completion.............................................. 172
7.15 ATS8 Set number of seconds to wait for comma dialing modifier............................................. 173
7.16 ATS10 Set disconnect delay after indicating the absence of data carrier................................. 174
7.17 ATO Switch from command mode to data mode / PPP online mode........................................ 175
7.18 +++ Switch from data mode to command mode ....................................................................... 176
7.19 AT+CBST Select bearer service type ....................................................................................... 177
7.20 AT+CRLP Select radio link protocol parameters for originated non-transparent data calls...... 179
7.21 AT+CLCC List current calls of ME ............................................................................................ 180
7.22 AT^SLCC Siemens defined command to list current calls of ME.............................................. 182
7.23 AT+CR Service reporting control .............................................................................................. 187
7.24 AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for incoming call indication .............................................. 188
7.25 AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme...................................................................................... 189
7.26 AT^SCNI List Call Number Information..................................................................................... 190
7.27 AT^SLCD Display Last Call Duration........................................................................................ 191
7.28 AT^STCD Display Total Call Duration....................................................................................... 192
7.29 ATP Select pulse dialing ........................................................................................................... 193
7.30 ATT Select tone dialing ............................................................................................................. 193
8.1 AT+COPN Read operator names ............................................................................................. 194
8.2 AT+COPS Operator Selection .................................................................................................. 195
8.3 AT^SOPS Extended Operator Selection................................................................................... 198
8.4 AT+CREG Network registration ................................................................................................ 200
8.5 AT+CSQ Signal quality ............................................................................................................. 203
8.6 AT^SMONC Cell Monitoring...................................................................................................... 204
8.7 AT^SMOND Cell Monitoring...................................................................................................... 206
8.8 AT^SFNUR Select the fixed network user rate ......................................................................... 209
8.9 AT^MONI Monitor idle mode and dedicated mode ................................................................... 210
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 5 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
Contents
s
8.10 AT^MONP Monitor neighbour cells........................................................................................... 213
8.10.1 AT^MONP responses .................................................................................................. 214
8.11 AT^SMONG GPRS Monitor ...................................................................................................... 215
8.11.1 AT^SMONG Cell Info Table......................................................................................... 216
8.12 AT^SALS Alternate Line Service............................................................................................... 217
8.13 AT^SHOM Display Homezone.................................................................................................. 219
8.14 AT^SPLM Read the PLMN list .................................................................................................. 220
8.15 AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List............................................................................................ 222
8.16 AT^SPLR Read entry from the preferred operators list............................................................. 223
8.17 AT^SPLW Write an entry to the preferred operators list ........................................................... 224
9.1 AT+CACM Accumulated call meter (ACM) reset or query........................................................ 225
9.2 AT^SACM Advice of charge and query of ACM and ACMmax................................................. 226
9.3 AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum (ACMmax) set or query.................................... 228
9.4 AT+CAOC Advice of Charge information.................................................................................. 229
9.5 AT+CCUG Closed User Group ................................................................................................. 230
9.6 AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions control ....................................................... 232
9.7 AT+CCWA Call Waiting ............................................................................................................ 236
9.8 AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty........................................................................................... 240
9.9 AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation ..................................................................... 242
9.10 AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction ........................................................................ 244
9.11 AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation ............................................................. 245
9.12 AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table............................................................................. 247
9.13 AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications........................................................................ 249
9.14 AT+CUSD Unstructured supplementary service data............................................................... 251
10. Internet Service Commands ............................................................................................................... 253
10.1 AT^SICS Internet Connection Setup Profile.............................................................................. 256
10.2 AT^SICI Internet Connection Information.................................................................................. 261
10.2.1 Checking Connection Profile Status ............................................................................ 262
10.3 AT^SISS Internet Service Setup Profile.................................................................................... 263
10.4 AT^SISI Internet Service Information........................................................................................ 272
10.5 AT^SISO Internet Service Open ............................................................................................... 274
10.6 AT^SISC Internet Service Close ............................................................................................... 279
10.7 AT^SISR Internet Service Read Data ....................................................................................... 280
10.8 AT^SISW Internet Service Write Data....................................................................................... 283
10.8.1 Usage of parameter <eodFlag>................................................................................... 285
10.9 AT^SICO Internet Connection Open......................................................................................... 287
10.10 AT^SICC Internet Connection Close......................................................................................... 289
10.11 AT^SISX Internet Service Execution......................................................................................... 290
10.11.1 Example: Ping.............................................................................................................. 292
10.12 AT^SISE Internet Service Error Report..................................................................................... 293
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 6 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
Contents
s
10.13.1 Information Elements Related to the Service Application............................................ 295
10.13.2 Information Elements Related to FTP Service............................................................. 296
10.13.3 Information Elements Related to HTTP Service.......................................................... 297
10.13.4 Information Elements Related to POP3 Service.......................................................... 297
10.13.5 Information Elements Related to SMTP Service ......................................................... 297
10.14.1 Selecting URC Mode or Polling Mode ......................................................................... 298
10.14.2 Configuring Socket Listener......................................................................................... 298
10.14.3 Configuring Socket Client for Calling a Socket Listener on Another Host ................... 299
10.14.4 Socket Client Sends Data via TCP Connection (Polling Mode)................................... 299
10.14.5 Socket client sends data via TCP connection with URCs............................................ 300
10.14.6 Configuring and Using FTP Download (URC Mode) ................................................... 300
10.14.7 Configuring and Using FTP Upload (URC Mode)........................................................ 301
10.14.8 Configuring SMPT Service Profile ............................................................................... 301
10.14.9 Sending Email (URC Mode) ........................................................................................ 302
11. GPRS Commands................................................................................................................................ 308
11.1 AT+CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate....................................................................... 308
11.2 AT+CGANS Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation ...................... 310
11.3 AT+CGATT GPRS attach or detach ......................................................................................... 312
11.4 AT+CGAUTO Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation ............... 313
11.5 AT+CGDATA Enter data state .................................................................................................. 315
11.6 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context ........................................................................................ 317
11.7 AT+CGEQMIN 3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable)........................................ 319
11.8 AT+CGEQREQ 3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested) ...................................................... 323
11.9 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address ......................................................................................... 327
11.10 AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable)................................................ 328
11.11 AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested) .............................................................. 332
11.12 AT+CGREG GPRS Network Registration Status...................................................................... 336
11.13 AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages................................................................. 338
11.14 AT^SGACT Query all PDP context activations ......................................................................... 339
11.15 AT^SGAUTH Set type of authentication for PPP connection.................................................... 341
11.16 AT^SGCONF Configuration of GPRS related Parameters ...................................................... 342
11.17 ATA Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation................................... 344
11.18 ATD*99# Request GPRS service.............................................................................................. 345
11.19 ATD*98# Request GPRS IP service ......................................................................................... 346
11.20 ATH Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context activation.................................... 347
11.21 ATS0 Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation............................. 348
12. FAX Commands................................................................................................................................... 352
12.1 FAX parameters .......................................................................................................................... 352
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 7 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
Contents
s
12.2 AT+FCLASS Fax: Select, read or test service class................................................................. 353
12.3 AT+FRH Receive Data Using HDLC Framing .......................................................................... 354
12.4 AT+FRM Receive Data ............................................................................................................. 355
12.5 AT+FRS Receive Silence.......................................................................................................... 356
12.6 AT+FTH Transmit Data Using HDLC Framing.......................................................................... 357
12.7 AT+FTM Transmit Data............................................................................................................. 358
12.8 AT+FTS Stop Transmission and Wait....................................................................................... 359
13. Short Message Service (SMS) Commands........................................................................................ 360
13.1 SMS parameters ......................................................................................................................... 360
13.2 AT+CMGC Send an SMS command......................................................................................... 365
13.3 AT+CMGD Delete short message............................................................................................. 366
13.4 AT+CMGF Select SMS message format .................................................................................. 367
13.5 AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store................................................................ 368
13.6 AT+CMGR Read SMS messages............................................................................................. 370
13.7 AT+CMGS Send Short Message .............................................................................................. 372
13.8 AT+CMGW Write Short Messages to Memory ......................................................................... 374
13.9 AT+CMSS Send short messages from storage ........................................................................ 376
13.10 AT+CNMA New Message Acknowledgement to ME/TE, only phase 2+ .................................. 377
13.11 AT+CNMI New short Message Indication ................................................................................. 378
13.12 AT+CPMS Preferred SMS message storage............................................................................ 381
13.13 AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address.................................................................................. 383
13.14 AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast Message Indication .............................................................. 384
13.15 AT+CSDH Show SMS text mode parameters........................................................................... 385
13.16 AT+CSMP Set SMS text Mode Parameters.............................................................................. 386
13.17 AT+CSMS Select Message Service.......................................................................................... 388
13.18 AT^SCML List Concatenated Short Messages from preferred store ........................................ 390
13.19 AT^SCMR Read Concatenated Short Messages ..................................................................... 391
13.20 AT^SCMS Send Concatenated Short Messages...................................................................... 392
13.21 AT^SCMW Write Concatenated Short Messages to Memory................................................... 393
13.22 AT^SLMS List SMS Memory Storage ....................................................................................... 394
13.24 AT^SMGO Set or query SMS overflow presentation mode or query SMS overflow ................. 396
13.25 AT^SMGR Read short message without setting status to REC READ..................................... 398
13.26 AT^SSCONF SMS Command Configuration ........................................................................... 399
13.27 AT^SSDA Set SMS Display Availability .................................................................................... 400
13.28 AT^SSMSS Set Short Message Storage Sequence................................................................. 401
14. SIM related Commands....................................................................................................................... 402
14.1 AT+CRSM Restricted SIM Access............................................................................................ 402
14.2 AT+CSIM Generic SIM Access................................................................................................. 405
14.3 AT^SATR Query SIM's Answer to Reset Data.......................................................................... 407
14.4 AT^SXSM Extended SIM Access.............................................................................................. 408
14.5 AT^SCKS Query SIM and Chip Card Holder Status................................................................. 410
14.6 AT^SSET Indicate SIM data ready............................................................................................ 412
14.7 AT^SCID Display SIM card identification number ..................................................................... 413
14.8 AT+CXXCID Display card ID..................................................................................................... 414
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 8 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
Contents
s
15. Remote SIM Access (RSA) Commands............................................................................................. 415
15.1 AT^SRSA Remote SIM Access Activation................................................................................ 418
15.2 AT^SRSM Remote SIM Access Message ................................................................................ 422
SAP Request Message Parameters............................................................................ 425
15.3 Related AT Commands............................................................................................................... 426
16. SIM Application Toolkit (SAT) Commands........................................................................................ 428
16.1 AT^SSTA SAT Interface Activation........................................................................................... 428
16.2 ^SSTN SAT Notification ............................................................................................................ 430
16.3 AT^SSTGI SAT Get Information ............................................................................................... 431
16.4 AT^SSTR SAT Response ......................................................................................................... 432
17. Phonebook Commands....................................................................................................................... 433
17.1 Sort Order for Phonebooks ......................................................................................................... 433
17.2 AT+CNUM Read own numbers................................................................................................. 434
17.3 AT+CPBR Read from Phonebook............................................................................................. 435
17.4 AT+CPBS Select phonebook memory storage......................................................................... 438
17.5 AT+CPBW Write into Phonebook ............................................................................................. 440
17.6 AT^SPBW Write into Phonebook with location report............................................................... 443
17.7 AT^SDLD Delete the 'last number redial' memory .................................................................... 446
17.8 AT^SPBC Find first matching entry in sorted phonebook ......................................................... 447
17.9 AT^SPBD Purge phonebook memory storage.......................................................................... 448
17.10 AT^SPBG Display phonebook entries in alphabetical order ..................................................... 449
17.11 AT^SPBS Step through the selected phonebook alphabetically............................................... 452
18. Audio Commands................................................................................................................................ 456
18.1 Audio programming model .......................................................................................................... 456
18.2 ATL Set monitor speaker loudness ........................................................................................... 457
18.3 ATM Set monitor speaker mode................................................................................................ 457
18.4 AT+CLVL Loudspeaker volume level........................................................................................ 458
18.5 AT+CMUT Mute control ............................................................................................................ 459
18.6 AT+VTD Tone duration ............................................................................................................. 460
18.7 AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation......................................................................................... 461
18.8 AT^SAIC Audio Interface Configuration.................................................................................... 462
18.9 AT^SNFA Set or query of microphone attenuation .................................................................. 464
18.10 AT^SNFD Set audio parameters to manufacturer default values ............................................. 466
18.11 AT^SNFI Set microphone path parameters .............................................................................. 467
18.12 AT^SNFM Set microphone audio path and power supply......................................................... 468
18.13 AT^SNFO Set audio output (= loudspeaker path) parameter ................................................... 470
18.14 AT^SNFPT Set progress tones................................................................................................. 472
18.15 AT^SNFS Select audio hardware set........................................................................................ 473
18.16 AT^SNFTTY Signal TTY/CTM audio mode capability............................................................... 476
18.17 AT^SNFV Set loudspeaker volume........................................................................................... 477
18.18 AT^SNFW Write audio setting in non-volatile store .................................................................. 478
18.19 AT^SRTC Ring tone configuration ............................................................................................ 479
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 9 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
Contents
s
19. Hardware Related Commands............................................................................................................ 481
19.1 AT+CCLK Real Time Clock....................................................................................................... 481
19.2 AT+CALA Set alarm time ......................................................................................................... 482
19.3 AT^SAD Antenna Diagnosis ..................................................................................................... 485
19.4 AT^SBC Battery Charge Control............................................................................................... 486
19.5 AT^SBV Battery/Supply Voltage ............................................................................................... 489
19.6 AT^SCTM Set critical operating temperature presentation mode or query temperature........... 490
19.7 AT^SSYNC Configure SYNC Pin.............................................................................................. 493
19.7.1 ME status indicated by status LED patterns................................................................ 494
19.8 AT^SSPI Serial Protocol Interface ............................................................................................ 496
Specifying Delay Time for I²C...................................................................................... 498
19.8.3.1 Structure of Messages on the I²C Bus......................................................................... 501
19.8.3.2 Structure of Messages on the SPI ............................................................................... 502
Example: Transfer and Response Messages on SPI.................................................. 505
19.9 AT^SWDAC Configure and Read PWM Signal for DAC........................................................... 506
20. GPIO Commands ................................................................................................................................. 508
20.1 AT^SPIO General Purpose IO Driver Open/Close.................................................................... 508
20.2 AT^SCPIN Pin Configuration .................................................................................................... 509
20.3 AT^SCPOL Polling Configuration.............................................................................................. 511
20.4 AT^SCPORT Port Configuration............................................................................................... 513
20.5 AT^SDPORT Delete a Port Configuration................................................................................. 514
20.6 AT^SGIO Get IO state of a specified pin or port ....................................................................... 515
20.7 AT^SSIO Set IO state of a specified pin or port........................................................................ 516
20.8 AT^SCCNT Configure Pulse Counter ....................................................................................... 517
20.9 AT^SSCNT Start and Stop Pulse Counter................................................................................ 519
20.9.1 Using the Pulse Counter in Start-Stop Counter Mode................................................. 520
21. Java related Commands ..................................................................................................................... 521
21.1 AT^SJRA Run Java Application................................................................................................ 521
21.2 AT^SJNET Set Dialup Network Access Parameters................................................................. 522
21.3 AT^SJOTAP Over The Air Application Provisioning ................................................................. 525
21.4 AT^SJSEC Write Binary Java Security Data............................................................................. 527
22. Miscellaneous Commands.................................................................................................................. 529
22.1 A/ Repeat previous command line ............................................................................................ 529
22.2 ATS3 Set command line termination character......................................................................... 530
22.3 ATS4 Set response formatting character .................................................................................. 531
22.4 ATS5 Write command line editing character............................................................................. 532
22.5 AT^SFDL Enter Firmware Download Mode .............................................................................. 533
23. Appendix .............................................................................................................................................. 535
23.1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication....................................................... 535
23.2 Star-Hash (*#) Network Commands............................................................................................ 536
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 10 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
Contents
s
23.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN ............................................................. 539
23.4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME.......................................... 546
23.5 AT Command Settings storable with AT&W................................................................................ 554
23.6 Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F.......................................................................... 557
23.7 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC)............................................................................. 560
23.8 Alphabetical List of AT Commands ............................................................................................. 563
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 11 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
List of Tables
s
List of Tables
Symbols used to indicate the correlations with other commands............................................... 17
Symbols used to mark different types of default values of parameters ..................................... 17
Types of AT commands and responses .................................................................................... 18
Examples for character definitions depending on alphabet........................................................ 21
Current configuration on ASC1 and MUX channels 2 and 3 (example) .................................... 35
Wake-up events in NON-CYCLIC and CYCLIC SLEEP modes................................................. 45
General "CME ERROR" Codes (GSM 07.07) .......................................................................... 49
General "CME ERROR" Codes (SIEMENS) ............................................................................ 50
SMS related "CMS ERROR" Codes (GSM 07.05) ................................................................... 51
Availability of AT Commands on Virtual Channels .................................................................. 120
Table 10.1: Applicability of AT^SICS<conParmTag>values ................................................................... 256
Table 10.2: Applicability of AT^SISS<srvParmTag>values ................................................................... 263
Table 12.1: Fax Result Codes ..................................................................................................................... 352
Table 19.1: Modes of the LED and indicated ME functions......................................................................... 494
Table 19.2: Values for calculating the delay................................................................................................ 498
Table 19.3: Special characters for ASCII coding......................................................................................... 500
Table 19.4: Structure of Transfer and Response Messages on the I²C bus................................................ 501
Table 19.5: Structure of Transfer and Response Messages for SPI ........................................................... 502
Table 23.1: Star-Hash (*#) Command Overview ........................................................................................ 536
Table 23.2: Abbreviations of Codes and Parameters used in Table 23.1 .................................................. 537
Table 23.3: Star-Hash Command Response Parameters .......................................................................... 538
Table 23.4: Star-Hash Commands for Supplementary Services ................................................................ 538
Table 23.5: Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN........................................................... 539
Table 23.6: Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME ....................................... 546
Table 23.7: Settings Stored to User Profile on ASC0 / MUX Channel 1...................................................... 554
Table 23.8: Settings Stored to User Profile on ASC1 / MUX Channels 2 and 3.......................................... 555
Table 23.9: Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F ....................................................................... 557
Table 23.10: Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC).......................................................................... 560
Table 23.11: Alphabetical List of AT Commands........................................................................................... 563
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 12 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
List of Figures
s
List of Figures
Figure 15.1: Basic Remote SIM Access Usage Scenario via Bluetooth....................................................... 415
Figure 15.2: Basic Remote SIM Access usage scenario via RS232 ............................................................ 415
Figure 15.3: SIM usage states of SAP server............................................................................................... 416
Figure 15.4: SIM usage states of SAP client ................................................................................................ 417
Figure 18.1: Audio programming model for AC75 Module............................................................................ 456
Figure 19.1: Formula for calculating the delay.............................................................................................. 498
Figure 19.2: Delay time on I²C after Write .................................................................................................... 498
Figure 19.4: SPI modes selectable on SPI ................................................................................................... 499
Figure 19.3: Delay time on I²C after Read .................................................................................................... 499
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 13 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1. Introduction
s
1.
Introduction
1.1
Scope of the document
This document presents the AT Command Set for the Siemens Cellular Engine
AC75 Release 01.002.
Before using the Cellular Engine or upgrading to a new firmware version please read the latest product informa-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 14 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.2 Related documents
s
1.2
Related documents
[1] AC75 Release Notes, Version 01.002
[2] AC75 Hardware Interface Description, Version 01.002
[3] AC75 Java User's Guide
[4] Remote-SAT User's Guide
[5] GPRS Startup User's Guide
[6] Multiplexer User's Guide
[7] Multiplex Driver Developer's Guide for Windows 2000 and Windows XP
[8] Multiplex Driver Installation Guide for Windows 2000 and Windows XP
[9] Application Note 02: Audio Interface Design
[10] Application Note 16: Updating AC75 Firmware
[11] Application Note 17: Over-The-Air Firmware Update
[12] Application Note 24: Application Developer's Guide
[13] Application Note 22: Using TTY / CTM equipment with AC75
[14] SIM Access Profile Interoperability Specification (Revision 1.0), issued by the Bluetooth Special Interest
Group
[15] ISO/IEC10646: "Universal Multiple-Octet Coded Character Set (UCS)"; UCS2, 16 bit coding
[16] ITU-T Recommendation V.24: List of definitions for interchange circuits between data terminal equipment
(DTE) and data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE)
[17] ITU-T Recommendation V.250: Serial asynchronous automatic dialling and control
[18] 3GPP TS 100 918/EN 300 918 (GSM 02.04): General on supplementary services
[19] 3GPP TS 100 907 (GSM 02.30): Man-Machine Interface (MMI) of the Mobile Station (MS)
[20] 3GPP TS 23.038 (GSM 03.38): Alphabets and language specific information
[21] 3GPP TS 27.005 (GSM 07.05): Use of Data Terminal Equipment - Data Circuit terminating Equipment (DTE
- DCE) interface for Short Message Service (SMS) and Cell Broadcast Service (CBS)
[22] 3GPP TS 27.007 (GSM 07.07): AT command set for User Equipment (UE)
[23] 3GPP TS 27.060 (GSM 07.60): Mobile Station (MS) supporting Packet Switched Services
[24] 3GPP TS 51.011 (GSM 11.11): Specification of the Subscriber Identity Module - Mobile Equipment (SIM -
ME) interface
[25] 3GPP TS 11.14 (GSM 11.14): Specification of the SIM Application Toolkit for the Subscriber Identity Module
- Mobile Equipment (SIM - ME) interface
[26] 3GPP TS 22.101 (GSM 22.101): Service principles
[27] Common PCN Handset Specification (CPHS) v4.2
[28] USB.ORG: www.usb.org/developers/docs/USB_LANGIDs.pdf
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 15 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.3 Document conventions
s
1.3
Document conventions
Throughout the document, the GSM engines are referred to as ME (Mobile Equipment), MS (Mobile Station), TA
(Terminal Adapter), DCE (Data Communication Equipment) or facsimile DCE (FAX modem, FAX board).
To control your GSM engine you can simply send AT Commands via its serial interface. The controlling device
at the other end of the serial line is referred to as TE (Terminal Equipment), DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) or
plainly 'the application' (probably running on an embedded system).
All abbreviations and acronyms used throughout this document are based on the GSM specifications. For defi-
nitions please refer to TR 100 350 V7.0.0 (1999-08), (GSM 01.04, version 7.0.0 release 1998).
1.3.1
Quick reference table
Each AT command description includes a table similar to the example shown below. The table is intended as a
quick reference to indicate the following functions:
PIN:
Is the AT command PIN protected?
+
Yes
No
-
±
Usage is dependent on conditions specified for the command, or not all command types are PIN
protected (for example write command PIN protected, read command not).
ASC0: Is the AT command supported on the first physical serial interface ASC0?
+
-
Yes
No
ASC1: Is the AT command supported on the second physical serial interface ASC1?
+
-
Yes
No
USB:
Is the AT command supported on the USB interface?
+
Yes
No
-
MUXn: Is the AT command usable on the Multiplexer channels MUX1, MUX2, MUX3?
+
Yes
No
-
±
AT command is usable, but under the restrictions specified in the section related to the command.
Note: The columns MUX1, MUX2 and MUX3 are relevant only when the GSM engine operates in Mul-
tiplexer mode, that is, when the first physical serial interface is partitioned into 3 virtual channels
by using the Multiplexer protocol. Usage is the same on ASC0 and MUX1.
Is the AT command supported in AIRPLANE mode?
4
+
-
Yes
No
±
In AIRPLANE mode, not all described functions are available. For example, the test or read com-
mand is usable, the write or execute command is not. Furthermore, only some of the listed
ferent features.
Charge: Is the AT command supported in CHARGE ONLY mode?
+
Yes
No
-
±
AT command is usable, but under the restrictions specified in the section related to the command.
If commands are concatenated, this AT command must be the last one.
Last:
+
-
Yes
No
Example:
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
+
+
±
±
±
+
-
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 16 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.3 Document conventions
s
1.3.2
Superscript notation for parameters and values
Table 1.1: Symbols used to mark the type of parameters
Parameter type
<param>(num)
<param>(str)
Meaning
Parameter value must be numeric type
Parameter value must be string type
Table 1.2: Symbols used to indicate the correlations with other commands
Parameter option
<param>(&W)
<param>(&V)
<param>(ˆSNFW)
<param>(+CSCS)
Meaning
Parameter value will be stored with AT&W
Parameter value will be displayed with AT&V
Parameter value will be stored with AT^SNFW
Table 1.3: Symbols used to mark different types of default values of parameters
Value option
Meaning
[x]
Default value: if the parameter is omitted, the value 'x' will be assumed
Factory default value, will be restored to 'x' with AT&F
Powerup default value of a parameter which is not stored at power down
Delivery default value of a parameter which cannot be restored automatically
x(&F)
x(P)
x(D)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 17 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.4 AT Command Syntax
s
1.4
AT Command Syntax
The "AT" or "at" prefix must be set at the beginning of each command line. To terminate a command line enter
<CR>. Commands are usually followed by a response that includes "<CR><LF><response><CR><LF>". Through-
out this document, only the responses are presented, <CR><LF> are omitted intentionally.
Table 1.4: Types of AT commands and responses
AT command type
Test command
Syntax
Function
AT+CXXX=?
The mobile equipment returns the list of parameters and value
ranges set with the corresponding Write command or by internal
processes.
Read command
Write command
AT+CXXX?
This command returns the currently set value of the parameter or
parameters.
AT+CXXX=<...>
This command sets user-definable parameter values.
Exec(ution) command AT+CXXX
The execution command reads non-variable parameters deter-
mined by internal processes in the GSM engine.
1.4.1
Using Parameters
•
•
•
•
Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets. If optional parameters are omitted, the current settings
are used until you change them.
Optional parameters or subparameters can be omitted unless they are followed by other parameters. If you
want to omit a parameter in the middle of a string it must be replaced by a comma. See also example 1.
A parameter value enclosed in square brackets represents the value that will be used if an optional parameter
is omitted. See also example 2.
When the parameter is a character string, e.g. <text>or <number>, the string must be enclosed in quotation
marks, e.g. "Charlie Brown" or "+49030xxxx". Symbols in quotation marks will be recognized as strings.
•
•
•
All spaces will be ignored when using strings without quotaton marks.
It is possible to omit the leading zeros of strings which represent numbers.
If an optional parameter of a V.250 command is omitted, its value is assumed to be 0.
Example 1: Omitting parameters in the middle of a string
AT+CCUG?
+CCUG: 1,10,1
OK
Query current setting
AT+CCUG=,9
OK
AT+CCUG?
+CCUG: 1,9,1
OK
Set only the middle parameter
Query new setting
Example 2: Using default parameter values for optional parameters
AT+CFUN=7,0
OK
Activate CYCLIC SLEEP mode, don't reset ME
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 7
OK
Query ME mode
AT+CFUN=
OK
Set ME back to normal (default parameters: 1,0)
+CFUN: 1
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 18 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.4 AT Command Syntax
s
1.4.2
Combining AT commands on the same command line
You may enter several AT commands on the same line. This eliminates the need to type the "AT" or "at" prefix
before each command. Instead, it is only needed once at the beginning of the command line. Use a semicolon
as command delimiter.
The table below lists the AT commands you cannot enter together with other commands on the same line. Oth-
erwise, the responses may not be in the expected order.
AT command type
Comment
V.250 commands
with FAX commands (Prefix AT+F)
with Siemens commands, Prefix AT^S)
To be used standalone
GSM 7.07 commands
GSM 7.05 commands (SMS)
Commands starting with AT&
To be used standalone
To be used standalone
Note: When concatenating AT commands please keep in mind that the sequence of processing may be different
from the sequential order of command input. Therefore, if the consecutive order of the issued commands and
the associated responses is your concern, avoid concatenating commands on the same line.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 19 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
1.5
Supported character sets
The ME supports two character sets: GSM 03.38 (7 bit, also referred to as GSM alphabet or SMS alphabet) and
UCS2 (16 bit, refer to ISO/IEC 10646). See AT+CSCSfor information about selecting the character set. Character
tables can be found below.
Explanation of terms
•
International Reference Alphabet (IRA)
IRA means that one byte is displayed as two characters in hexadecimal format. For example, the byte 0x36
(decimal 54) is displayed as "36" (two characters). IRA is used here for input 8-bit or 16-bit data via terminal
devices using text mode. This means only characters 'A'..F','a'..'f' and '0'..'9' are valid.
•
Escape sequences
The escape sequence used within a text coded in the GSM default alphabet (0x1B) must be correctly inter-
preted by the TE, both for character input and output. To the module, an escape sequence appears like any
other byte received or sent.
•
•
Terminal Adapter (TA)
TA is an equivalent to Mobile Equipment (ME) which stands for the GSM module described here. It uses GSM
default alphabet as its character set.
Terminal Equipment (TE)
TE is the device connected to the TA via serial interface. In most cases TE is an ANSI/ASCII terminal that
does not fully support the GSM default alphabet, for example MS Hyperterminal.
•
•
TE Character Set
Data Coding Scheme (dcs)
DCS is part of a short message and is saved on the SIM. When writing a short message to the SIM in text
The behavior when encountering characters that are not valid characters of the supported alphabets is unde-
fined.
Due to the constraints described below it is recommended to prefer the USC2 alphabet in any external applica-
tion.
If the GSM alphabet is selected all characters sent over the serial line (between TE and TA) are in the range from
0 to 127 (7 Bit range). CAUTION: ASCII alphabet (TE) is not GSM alphabet (TA/ME) !
Several problems resulting from the use of GSM alphabet with ASCII terminal equipment:
•
"@" character with GSM alphabet value 0 is not printable by an ASCII terminal program (e.g. Microsoft©
Hyperterminal®).
•
"@" character with GSM alphabet value 0 will terminate any C string! This is because the 0 is defined as C
string end tag. Therefore, the GSM Null character may cause problems on application level when using a 'C'-
function as "strlen()". This can be avoided if it is represented by an escape sequence as shown in the table
below.
By the way, this may be the reason why even network providers often replace "@"with "@=*" in their SIM
application.
•
•
Other characters of the GSM alphabet are misinterpreted by an ASCII terminal program. For example, GSM
"ö" (as in "Börse") is assumed to be "|" in ASCII, thus resulting in "B|rse". This is because both alphabets mean
different characters with values hex. 7C or 00 and so on.
In addition, decimal 17 and 19 which are used as XON/XOFF control characters when software flow control
is activated, are interpreted as normal characters in the GSM alphabet.
When you write characters differently coded in ASCII and GSM (e.g. Ä, Ö, Ü), you need to enter escape
sequences. Such a character is translated into the corresponding GSM character value and, when output later,
the GSM character value can be presented. Any ASCII terminal then will show wrong responses.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 20 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
Table 1.5: Examples for character definitions depending on alphabet
GSM 03.38
character
GSM character
hex. value
Corresponding
ASCII character
ASCII
Esc sequence
Hex Esc
sequence
Ö
"
5C
22
00
\
\5C
\22
\00
5C 35 43
5C 32 32
5C 30 30
"
@
NULL
CAUTION: Often, the editors of terminal programs do not recognize escape sequences. In this case, an escape
sequence will be handled as normal characters. The most common workaround to this problem is to write a script
which includes a decimal code instead of an escape sequence. This way you can write, for example, short mes-
sages which may contain differently coded characters.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 21 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
1.5.1
GSM alphabet tables and UCS2 character values
This section provides tables for the GSM 03.38 alphabet supported by the ME. Below any GSM character find
the corresponding two byte character value of the UCS2 alphabet.
(For related mapping definition see: http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/ETSI/GSM0338.TXT)
Figure 1.1: Main character table of GSM 03.38 alphabet
1) This code is an escape to the following extension of the 7 bit default alphabet table.
2) This code is not a printable character and therefore not defined for the UCS2 alphabet. It shall be treated as the accom-
panying control character.
3) As the standard GSM alphabet does not provide a backspace functionality the AC75 is designed to use the GSM charac-
ter 08 (hex 0x08) as backspace. This allows the user to easily erase the last character when using an ASCII terminal. On
the other hand, this solution requires entering the escape sequence \08 for writing the "ò" character in GSM alphabet.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 22 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
Figure 1.2: Extension character table of GSM 03.38 alphabet
1) This code value is reserved for the extension to another extension table. On receipt of this code, a receiving entity shall
display a space until another extension table is defined.
2) This code represents the EURO currency symbol. The code value is the one used for the character 'e'. Therefore a receiv-
ing entity which is incapable of displaying the EURO currency symbol will display the character 'e' instead.
3) This code is defined as a Page Break character and may be used for example in compressed CBS messages. Any mobile
which does not understand the 7 bit default alphabet table extension mechanism will treat this character as Line Feed.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 23 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
In the event that an MS receives a code where a symbol is not represented in Figure 1.2, Extension character
table of GSM 03.38 alphabet the MS shall display the character shown in the main default 7 bit alphabet table
1.5.2
UCS2 and GSM data coding and conversion for SMS text mode
This section provides basic information on how to handle input and output character conversion for SMS text
mode and Remote-SAT if internal (TA) and external (TE) character representation differ, i.e. if the Data Coding
Scheme and the TE character use different coding.
1.5.2.1
Implementing output of SIM data to Terminal (direction TA to
TE)
Used character set
GSM
DCS = 7 bit
GSM
DCS = 8 bit
Data
DCS = 16 bit
UCS2
Case 1
GSM (1:1)
Case 2
8 bit to IRA (1:2)
Case 3
UCS2 to IRA (2:4)
UCS2
Case 4
GSM to IRA (1:4)
Case 5
8 bit to IRA (1:4)
Case 6
UCS2 to IRA (2:4)
Note: The ratio of SIM bytes to output bytes is given in parentheses.
Case 1
Every GSM character is sent to the TE as it is (8-bit value with highest bit set to zero).
Example: 47'H, 53'H, 4D'H → 47'H, 53'H, 4D'H, displayed as "GSM"
Case 2
Every data byte is sent to the TE as 2 IRA characters each representing a halfbyte.
Example: B8'H (184 decimal) → 42'H, 38'H, displayed as "B8"
Case 3
Every 16-bit UCS2 value is sent to the TE as 4 IRA characters.
Example: C4xA7'H (50343 decimal) → 43'H, 34'H, 41'H, 37'H, displayed as "C4A7"
Problem: An odd number of bytes leads to an error because there are always two bytes needed for each USC2
character
Case 4
Every GSM character is sent to the TE as 4 IRA characters to show UCS2 in text mode.
Example: 41'H ("A") → 30'H, 30'H, 34'H, 31'H, displayed as "0041"
Case 5
Every data byte is sent to the TE as IRA representation of UCS2 (similar to case 4).
Example: B2'H → 30'H, 30'H, 42'H, 32'H, displayed as "00B2"
Case 6
Every 16-bit value is sent to the TE as IRA representation of it. It is assumed that number of bytes is even.
Example: C3x46'H → 43'H, 33'H, 34'H, 36'H, displayed as "C346"
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 24 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.5 Supported character sets
s
1.5.2.2
Implementing input of Terminal data to SIM (direction TE to TA)
Used character set
GSM
DCS = 7 bit
GSM
DCS = 8 bit
Data
DCS = 16 bit
UCS2
Case 1
GSM (1:1)
Case 2
IRA to 8 bit (2:1)
Case 3
IRA to 16 bit (4:2)
UCS2
Case 4
UCS2 to GSM (4:1)
Case 5
UCS2 to 8 bit (4:1)
Case 6
UCS2 to 16 bit (4:2)
Note: The ratio between the number of input characters and bytes stored on the SIM is given in parentheses.
Case 1
Every character is sent from TE to TA as GSM character (or ASCII with standard terminal emulation, e.g. Hyper-
terminal).
Character value must be in range from 0 to 127 because of 7-bit GSM alphabet.
To reach maximum SMS text length of 160 characters in 140 bytes space characters will be compressed on SIM.
Example: "ABCDEFGH" typed is sent and stored uncompressed as → 4142434445464748'H (stored com-
pressed as 41E19058341E91'H)
Case 2
Every data byte is sent as 2 IRA characters.
Maximum text length is 280 IRA characters which will be converted into 140 bytes SMS binary user data
Example: "C8" typed is sent as 43'H, 38'H → stored as C8'H
Case 3
Every 16-bit value is sent as 4 IRA characters.
Maximum text length is 280 IRA characters which will be converted into 70 UCS2 characters (16-bit each)
Number of IRA characters must be a multiple of four because always 4 half bytes are needed for a 16-bit value
Example: "D2C8" typed is sent as 44'H, 32'H, 43'H, 38'H → stored as D2C8'H
Case 4
Every GSM character is sent as 4 IRA characters representing one UCS2 character.
Example: To store text "ABC" using UCS2 character set you have to type "004100420043".
This is sent as 30'H,30'H,34'H,31'H, 30'H,30'H,34'H,32'H, 30'H,30'H,34'H,33'H → detected as IRA representa-
tion of 3 UCS2 characters, converted to GSM character set and stored as 41'H, 42'H, 43'H.
Maximum input is 640 IRA characters repesenting 160 UCS2 characters when compression is active. These are
converted to 160 GSM 7-bit characters.
Without compression only 140 GSM characters can be stored which are put in as 560 IRA characters.
Values of UCS2 characters must be smaller than 80'H (128 decimal) to be valid GSM characters.
Number of IRA characters must be a multiple of four. Problems:
• "41" → Error, there are four IRA characters (two bytes) needed
• "0000" → Error, not an UCS2 character
• "4142" → Error, value of UCS2 character > 7F'H
• "008B" → Error, value of UCS2 character > 7F'H
This affects the maximum input length of a string)
Case 5
Every UCS2 character is sent as 4 IRA characters and is converted into two 8-bit values. This means that the
first two characters have to be '00'.
Example: UCS2 character 009F'H typed as "009F" is sent as 30'H,30'H,39'H,46'H → converted into 8-bit value
9F'H.
Maximum number of UCS2 characters is 140 which are represented by 560 IRA characters. Number of IRA char-
acters must be a multiple of four.
Case 6
Every UCS2 character is sent as 4 IRA characters each and is converted into a 16-bit value again.
Example: UCS2 character 9F3A'H typed as "9F3A" is sent as 39'H,46'H,33'H,41'H → converted into 9F3A'H.
Maximum number of UCS2 characters is 70 which are represented by 280 IRA characters. Number of IRA char-
acters must be a multiple of four.
Invalid UCS2 values must be prevented.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 25 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.6 Serial Interface Flow Control
s
1.6
Serial Interface Flow Control
Flow control is essential to prevent loss of data or avoid errors when, in a data or fax call, the sending device is
transferring data faster than the receiving side is ready to accept. When the receiving buffer reaches its capacity,
the receiving device should be capable to cause the sending device to pause until it catches up.
There are basically two approaches to regulate data flow: Software flow control and hardware flow control. The
High Watermark (HWM) of the input/output buffer should be set to approximately 60% of the total buffer size, the
Low Watermark (LWM) is recommended to be about 30%. The data flow should be stopped when the buffer
capacity rises close to the High Watermark and resumed when it drops below the Low Watermark. The time
required to cause stop and go results in a hysteresis between the High and Low Watermarks.
1.6.1
Software Flow Control (XON/OFF Handshake)
Software flow control sends different characters to stop (XOFF, decimal 19) and resume (XON, decimal 17) data
flow. The only advantage of software flow control is that three wires would be sufficient on the serial interface.
1.6.2
Hardware Flow Control (RTS/CTS Handshake)
Hardware flow control sets or resets the RTS/CTS wires. This approach is faster and more reliable, and there-
fore, the better choice. When the HWM is reached, CTS is set inactive. When the LWM is passed, CTS goes
active again. To achieve smooth data flow,ensure that the RTS/CTS lines are present on your application plat-
form.
Configuring hardware flow control
•
Hardware flow control must be set on both sides: with AT\Q3 or AT+IFCin the ME and an equivalent RTS/
CTS handshake option in the host application.
•
The default setting of the ME is AT\Q0 (no flow control) which must be altered to AT\Q3 (RTS/CTS hardware
handshake on). The setting is stored volatile and must be restored each time after rebooting the ME.
• AT\Qhas no read command. To verify the current setting of AT\Q, simply check the settings of the active
•
Often, fax programs run an intialization procedure when started up. The intialization commonly includes
enabling RTS/CTS hardware handshake, eliminating the need to set AT\Q3 once again. However, before set-
ting up a CSD call, you are advised to check that RTS/CTS handshake is set.
Buffer design considerations
•
Each serial interface (ASC0 and ASC1) of the AC75 uses two buffers, one for the uplink and one for the down-
link. Each buffer has a capacity of minimum 1024 bytes.
•
Uplink direction (where ME is receiving data from host application):
CTS control is based on the filling level of the ME's receive buffer. When the application detects that CTS is
being deactivated it must instantly stop sending data to the ME's receive buffer. But still, after deactivation of
CTS, the receive buffer of the ME can accept another 512 bytes.
•
•
Downlink direction (where ME is sending data to host application):
The transmit buffer of the ME can hold at least 1024 bytes. After deactivation of RTS the ME sends max. 2
more bytes and then stops transferring data to the application.
The maximum time RTS can be kept inactive without losing data is determined by the buffer size and the max-
imum possible over-the-air data rate. In any case, the local data rate between DCE and DTE (AT+IPR) should
be set to a value higher than the maximum possible over-the-air data rate.
Buffer size recommended for the host application:
Just like the ME, the host application should include send and receive buffers for each serial interface. To
handle large amounts of data at high speed a buffer capacity of 1024 bytes is recommended. If the host appli-
cation is designed mainly for one direction (uplink or downlink) a lower buffer size will do for the direction
where less data is transferred.
In fact, the optimal size of the host application buffers is a matter of finding the balance between the amount
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 26 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.6 Serial Interface Flow Control
s
of data, data throughput, reaction time of the application when handling the buffer, processor performance
and available memory. To give an example, a small buffer size (such as 256 bytes) increases the frequency
of deactivating RTS/CTS and the frequency of flushing the buffer, thus diminishing the efficiency of the appli-
cation.
Also, please consider that RTS/CTS flow control cannot stop the data stream coming from the network, e.g.
in a GPRS or fax connection. So the lack of appropriate hardware flow control increases the risk of losing data
packets if, like in the case of UDP, the connection protocol has no or only minimum error handling functions.
Other network protocols are using high level flow control mechanisms. For example, to prevent loss of data
the TCP protocol uses retransmission algorithms, fax applications usually repeat the transfer of faulty pages.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 27 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.7 Communication between Customer Application and AC75
s
1.7
Communication between Customer Application and AC75
Leaving hardware flow control unconsidered the Customer Application (TE) is coupled with the AC75 (ME) via a
receive and a transmit line.
Since both lines are driven by independent devices collisions may (and will) happen. For example, if the TE
issues an AT command the AC75 starts sending a URC. This will probably cause the TE to misinterpret of the
URC being part of the AT command's response.
To avoid this conflict the following measures must be taken:
•
If an AT command is finished (with "OK" or "ERROR") the TE shall always wait at least 100 milliseconds
before sending the next one.
This gives the AC75 the opportunity to transmit pending URCs and get necessary service.
Note that some AT commands may require more delay after "OK" or "ERROR" response, refer to the following
command specifications for details.
•
received from the TE.
Hence, when the TE receives the echo of the first character "A" of the AT command just sent by itself it has
control both over the receive and the transmit paths.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 28 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.8 Unsolicited Result Code Presentation
s
1.8
Unsolicited Result Code Presentation
URC stands for Unsolicited Result Code and is a report message issued by the ME without being requested by
the TE, i.e. a URC is issued automatically when a certain event occurs. Hence, a URC is not issued as part of
the response related to an executed AT command.
Typical events leading to URCs are incoming calls ("RING"), waiting calls, received short messages, changes in
temperature, network registration etc.
To announce a pending URC transmission the ME will do the following:
•
The ME activates its RING line (logic "1") for 1 second, i.e. the RING line changes to the physical "Low" level.
This allows the TE to stay in power saving mode until an ME related event requests service.
If several URCs occur coincidently or in quick succession each URC triggers the RING line independently,
although the line will not be deactivated between each URC. As a result, the RING line may stay low for more
than 1 second.
If an incoming call is answered within less than 1 second (with ATAor if autoanswering is set to ATS0=1) than
the RING line will be deactivated earlier.
•
If the AT command interface is busy a "BREAK" will be sent immediately but the URC will not be issued until
the line is free. This may happen if the URC is pending in the following cases:
-
During the processing of an AT command (i.e. the time after the TE echoes back the first character "A" of
an AT command just sent by itself until the ME responds with "OK" or "ERROR").
-
During a data call.
Please note that AT command settings may be necessary to enable in-band signaling, e.g. refer to AT+CMER
It is strongly recommended to use the multiplex mode to map logical communication channels onto the serial line
of the AC75, for details refer to [6] and AT command AT+CMUX. Doing so it is possible to use one channel to still
process URCs while having a data call active on another.
For most of these messages, the ME needs to be configured whether or not to send a URC. Depending on the
AT command, the URC presentation mode can be saved to the user defined profile (see AT&W), or needs to be
If autobauding is enabled (AT+IPR=0), URCs generated after restart will be output with 115200 bps until the ME
has detected the current bit rate. The URCs "^SYSSTART", "^SYSSTART <text>", however, are not presented
at all. For details please refer to Section 4.9.1, Autobauding. To avoid problems we recommend to configure a
fixed bit rate rather than using autobauding.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 29 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.9 Common PCN Handset Specification (CPHS)
s
1.9
Common PCN Handset Specification (CPHS)
The ME provides features to implement a device following the prerequisites of the Common PCN Handset Spec-
ification (CPHS) Phase 2.
CPHS Feature
Description/Remarks
AT command
Alternate Line Service
Using two phone numbers with one SIM card.
Voice Message Waiting
Indication
sage Waiting Indicator as defined by the CPHS Phase 2
standard.
"vmwait1" and
"vmwait2"
Operator (Service pro-
vider) name from SIM
vider Lock
Call Forwarding
File (6F13h) from SIM.
(CSP)
tomer profiles.
Information numbers
SIM according to CPHS 4.2 (mandatory).
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 30 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
1.10 Errors and Messages
s
1.10
Errors and Messages
The command result codes "+CME ERROR: <err>" and "+CMS ERROR: <err>" indicate errors related to mobile
equipment or network functionality.
A result error code terminates the execution of the command and prevents the execution of all remaining com-
mands that may follow on the same command line. If so, neither "ERROR" nor "OK" result codes are returned
for these commands. A 30 seconds timeout will deliver "ERROR" when the input of a command is not complete.
Using the wrong command syntax may result in errors: For example, using the execute command syntax
although the command has no execute format, causes "ERROR" to be returned. Likewise, using the write com-
See also:
•
•
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 31 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2. Configuration Commands
s
2.
Configuration Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to determine the AC75's behaviour
under various conditions.
2.1
AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults
AT&Fsets all current parameters to the manufacturer defined profile. All defined GPRS contexts which are not
activated or not online will be undefined if the non volatile storage of CGDCONT settings is not activated by the
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
Set all TA parameters to manufacturer defaults
Notes
•
•
•
In addition to the default profile, you can store an individual one with AT&W. To alternate between the two pro-
Every ongoing or incoming call will be terminated.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 32 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.2 AT&V
s
2.2
AT&V Display current configuration
AT&Vreturns the current parameter setting. The configuration varies depending on whether or not PIN authen-
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
ACTIVEPROFILE:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
±
+
+
±
±
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
Profile number
Notes
•
The value of \Q (flow control) is also determined by the AT+IFCcommand. In case the value set by AT+IFC
cannot be represented by a \Q equivalent, \Q255 will be displayed.
•
The parameters of AT^SMGOcan only be displayed after the SMS data from the SIM have been read success-
fully for the first time. Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed, and may take
up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used. While the read process is in progress, an attempt to read the
parameter will result in empty values.
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 33 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.2 AT&V
s
2.2.1
AT&V responses
The following tables show four different kinds of responses depending on whether or not the PIN is entered and
Table 2.1: Current configuration on ASC0 / MUX channel 1 / USB (example)
PIN authentication done
No PIN authentication
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2 &S0 \Q0 \V1
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2 &S0 \Q0 \V1
S0:000 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008 S6:000 S7:060 S8:000 S0:000 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008 S6:000 S7:060 S8:000
S10:002 S18:000
+CBST: 7,0,1
+CRLP: 61,61,78,6
+CR: 0
+FCLASS: 0
+CRC: 0
S10:002 S18:000
+CBST: 7,0,1
+CRLP: 61,61,78,6
+CR: 0
+FCLASS: 0
+ICF: 3
+CMGF: 1
+CSDH: 0
+IFC: 0,0
+ILRR: 0
+CNMI: 0,0,0,0,1
+ICF: 3
+IFC: 0,0
+IPR: 115200
+CMEE: 2
^SCKS: 0,1
^SSET: 0
+ILRR: 0
+IPR: 115200
+CMEE: 2
OK
^SMGO: 0,0
+CSMS: 0,1,1,1
^SACM: 0,"000000","000000"
^SLCC: 0
^SCKS: 0,1
^SSET: 0
+CREG: 0,1
+CLIP: 0,2
+CAOC: 0
+COPS: 0,0,"operator"
+CGSMS: 3
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 34 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.2 AT&V
s
Table 2.2: Current configuration on ASC1 and MUX channels 2 and 3 (example)
PIN authentication done
No PIN authentication
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D0 &S0 \Q0 \V1
S0:000 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008
+CR: 0
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D0 &S0 \Q0 \V1
S0:000 S3:013 S4:010 S5:008
+CR: 0
+CRC: 0
+CMGF: 1
+ICF: 3
+IFC: 0,0
+CSDH: 0
+CNMI: 0,0,0,0,1
+ICF: 3
+IFC: 0,0
+ILRR: 0
+ILRR: 0
+IPR: 115200
+CMEE: 2
^SCKS: 0,1
^SSET: 0
+IPR: 115200
+CMEE: 2
+CGSMS: 3
OK
^SMGO: 0,0
+CSMS: 0,1,1,1
^SACM: 0,"000000","000000"
^SLCC: 0
^SCKS: 0,1
^SSET: 0
+CREG: 0,1
+CLIP: 0,2
+CAOC: 0
+COPS: 0,0,"operator"
+CGSMS: 3
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 35 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.3 AT&W
s
2.3
AT&W Stores current configuration to user defined profile
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR/+CME ERROR <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
Number of profile
Notes
•
The user defined profile will be restored automatically after power-up. Use ATZto restore user profile and
• AT&Wstores all global settings and the current local settings of the interface, on which the command is exe-
cuted.
•
A list of parameters stored to the user profile can be found in Section 23.5, AT Command Settings stor-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 36 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.4 ATQ
s
2.4
ATQ Set result code presentation mode
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA transmits any result code to the TE. Information text
transmitted in response is not affected by this setting.
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
(none)
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
DCE transmits result code
1
Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted
Note
•
If Java is running, the firmware will ignore the command. Responses will be invalid or result in "ERROR". See
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 37 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.5 ATV
s
2.5
ATV Set result code format mode
This command determines the contents of header and trailer transmitted with AT command result codes and
information responses. Possible responses are described in Section 2.5.1, Verbose and numeric result codes.
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
Information response: <text><CR><LF>
Short result code format: <numeric code><CR>
1(&F)
Information response: <CR><LF><text><CR><LF>
Long result code format: <CR><LF><verbose code><CR>
2.5.1
Verbose and numeric result codes
Verbose format
OK
Numeric format
Meaning
0
Command executed, no errors
Link established
CONNECT
1
RING
2
Ring detected
NO CARRIER
ERROR
3
Link not established or disconnected
4
Invalid command or command line too long
No dial tone, dialling impossible, wrong mode
Remote station busy
NO DIALTONE
BUSY
6
7
CONNECT 2400/RLP
CONNECT 4800/RLP
CONNECT 9600/RLP
CONNECT 14400/RLP
ALERTING
47
48
49
50
Link with 2400 bps and Radio Link Protocol
Link with 4800 bps and Radio Link Protocol
Link with 9600 bps and Radio Link Protocol
Link with 14400 bps and Radio Link Protocol
Alerting at called phone
DIALING
Mobile phone is dialing
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 38 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.6 ATX
s
2.6
ATX Set CONNECT result code format and call monitoring
ATXdetermines whether or not the TA detects the presence of dial tone and busy signal and whether or not TA
transmits particular result codes.
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
CONNECT result code only returned, dial tone and busy detection are both dis-
abled.
1
both disabled.
2
detection is disabled.
3
detection is enabled.
4(&F)
enabled.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 39 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.7 AT\V
s
2.7
AT\V Set CONNECT result code format
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
1(&F)
CONNECT <text> result code returned without RLP trailer
CONNECT <text> result code returned with RLP trailer
Notes
•
•
For circuit switched data calls only.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 40 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.8 ATZ
s
2.8
ATZ Set all current parameters to user defined profile
ATZsets all current parameters to the user profile stored with AT&W. If a connection is in progress, it will be ter-
minated.
All defined GPRS contexts which are not activated or not online will be undefined if the non volatile storage of
CGDCONT settings is not activated by the AT^SCFGparameter "GPRS/PersistentContexts" (see AT+CGDCONT).
The user defined profile is stored to the non-volatile memory.
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
[0]
Reset to user profile
Notes
•
First the profile will be set to factory default (see AT&F). If there is a valid user profile (stored with AT&W), this
profile will be loaded afterwards.
•
Any additional commands on the same command line may be ignored. A delay of 300 ms is required before
next command is sent, otherwise "OK" response may be corrupted.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 41 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.9 AT+CFUN
s
2.9
AT+CFUN Set phone functionality
The AT+CFUNcommand serves to control the functionality level of the ME. It can be used to reset the ME, to
choose one of the SLEEP modes or to return to full functionality.
Intended for power saving, SLEEP mode reduces the functionality of the ME to a minimum and thus minimizes
the current consumption. Further information, particularly power supply ratings during the various operating
modes and the timing of hardware signals in SLEEP mode can be found in the "AC75 Hardware Interface
SLEEP mode falls in two categories:
•
•
NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode permanently blocks the serial interface. The benefit of the CYCLIC SLEEP mode is
that the serial interface remains accessible and that, in intermittent wake-up periods, characters can be sent or
received without terminating the selected mode. This allows the ME to wake up for the duration of an event and,
afterwards, to resume power saving. Please refer to Section 2.9.1, Wake up the ME from SLEEP mode for a
summary of all SLEEP modes and the different ways of waking up the module.
For CYCLIC SLEEP mode both the ME and the application must be configured to use hardware flow control.
This is necessary since the CTS signal is set/reset every 0.9-2.7 seconds in order to indicate to the application
when the UART is active. The default setting of hardware flow control is AT\Q0 which must be altered to AT\Q3.
If both interfaces ASC0 and ASC1 are connected, hardware flow control must be set in either application. See
notes below for further detail.
SLEEP mode management if Java is started: The Java Virtual Machine remains active, but also enters the
SLEEP mode. AT commands can be sent from the Java application to the serial interface, no matter which
SLEEP mode was selected. This allows you to control the ME even if it is in NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode.
The AT+CFUNwrite command can be used to reset the ME, to choose one of the SLEEP modes or to return to
full functionality.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CFUN=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CFUN?
Response(s)
+CFUN: <fun>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
±
±
±
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 42 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.9 AT+CFUN
s
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
^SYSSTART
Indicates that the ME has been started and is ready to operate. If autobauding is active (AT+IPR=0) the URC
is not generated.
If the ME is configured to enter the Airplane mode after restart or reset the following URC is received on boot-
URC 2
^SYSSTART CHARGE ONLY MODE
Indicates that the ME has entered the CHARGE ONLY mode. This occurs if the charger is connected while
CHARGE ONLY mode the ME is neither registered to the GSM network nor are the serial interfaces fully
Parameter Description
<fun>(num)
0
NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the AT interface is not accessible. Consequently, after setting
<fun>=0, do not send further characters. Otherwise these characters remain
in the input buffer and may delay the output of an unsolicited result code.
Due to the fact that the serial interface is disabled, this mode cannot be used
if a Remote SIM Access (RSA) connection is ongoing (reason: during RSA
connections the SIM communication is routed via a serial channel).
The first wake-up event stops power saving and takes the ME back to full func-
[1](&F)(P)
Full functionality (no power saving).
If the ME is in one of the CYCLIC SLEEP modes you can issue AT+CFUN=1
to stop power saving and return to full functionality. If the ME is NON-CYCLIC
Keep in mind that, unlike the reset command described below, this action does
not restart the ME but only changes the level of functionality. See parameter
7
9
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled while CTS is active. If char-
acters are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays active for 2 seconds
after the last character was sent or received.
CYCLIC SLEEP mode:
In this mode, the serial interface is shortly enabled while CTS is active. If char-
acters are recognized on the serial interface, the ME stays active after the last
character was sent or received for at least the time, which can be configured
In contrast to SLEEP mode 7 assertion of RTS can also be used to temporarily
wake up the ME. In this case too, activity time is at least the time set with
either from ASC0 or ASC1.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 43 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.9 AT+CFUN
s
<rst>(num)
The parameter can only be used if the serial interface is enabled.
Due to the command syntax, you need to enter parameter <fun>, followed by <rst>, where <fun>is only a
placeholder and has no effect. See examples below.
[0]
1
ME resets and restarts to full functionality. After reset and restart, PIN 1
mended to wait 3 to 5 seconds before entering the first AT command. For
Notes
•
•
CYCLIC SLEEP mode cannot be activated or resumed as long as data are buffered in one of the output buff-
ers of the ME (ASC0 or ASC1). This should be taken into account, because RTS may be unintentionally
asserted if, for example, one of the following scenarios occurs:
a) Hardware flow control is set in the ME (AT\Q3), but not in the host application (RTS/CTS handshake).
b) The two serial interfaces ASC0 and ASC1 are connected, but one of them is released, e.g. after closing or
deactivating the application connected to this interface.
In cases a) and b) data sent by the ME, such as URCs or outstanding AT command responses, will be buff-
ered in the output buffer of this interface, signalized by the active RTS line until the buffer is emptied.
Therefore, for CYCLIC SLEEP mode to work properly take care that the following requirements be met: Be
sure that data sent by the ME are collected on both interfaces. Activate hardware flow control on ME (TA) and
application side (TE). Avoid releasing one of the interfaces if any URCs are likely to occur on this interface.
•
•
In Multiplex mode, the CFUN profile is shared by all multiplexer channels.
If the ME is in Multiplexer mode, it is not recommended to activate SLEEP mode with AT+CFUN=<fun>. The
best approach to properly control SLEEP mode in this case is to issue the PSC messages described in [6],
Section "Power saving control".
•
If the host application uses the USB interface, power saving must be configured both on the AC75 module
and on the USB host, i.e. the USB host must be set to Suspend mode (usually Selective or Global Suspend).
Otherwise, if you change only the AT+CFUNparameters, the selected <fun>level will be accepted but the
active USB keeps the module alive and thus prevents power saving until the USB plug is disconnected. Vice
versa, if the module is in SLEEP mode restarting the USB will cause the module to stop power saving
although the selected CFUN level does not change.
•
•
When a circuit-switched call is in progress, <fun>=7 or 9 can be activated without terminating the call. How-
To check whether power saving is on, you can query the status with the read command AT+CFUN? only if
the module is in full functionality mode or in CYCLIC SLEEP mode. If available, you can also take advantage
of the status LED controlled by the SYNC pin (see AT^SSYNCand [2]). With AT^SSYNCyou can select differ-
ent modes of LED signalization during SLEEP modes (see Section 19.7.1, ME status indicated by status LED
patterns for details). However, the module can wake up temporarily from power saving without leaving its
CYCLIC SLEEP mode (without changing +CFUN "<fun>"), e.g. for a network scan after a loss of radio cov-
erage, or after receipt of serial data during CYCLIC SLEEP mode. During this "temporary wakeup state" the
LED will operate as if the ME was in full functionality mode.
•
Recommendation: In NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode, you can set an RTC alarm to wake up the ME and return
to full functionality. This is a useful approach because, in this mode, the AT interface is not accessible.
2.9.1
Wake up the ME from SLEEP mode
A wake-up event is any event that causes the ME to draw more current. Depending on the selected mode, the
wake-up event either switches the SLEEP mode off and takes the ME back to full functionality AT+CFUN=1, or
activates the ME temporarily without terminating the selected SLEEP mode.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 44 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.9 AT+CFUN
s
•
•
Quit: ME exits SLEEP mode.
Temporary: ME becomes active temporarily for the duration of the event and the mode-specific follow-up time
after the last character was sent or received on the serial interface.
•
No effect: Event is not relevant in the selected SLEEP mode. The ME does not wake up.
Table 2.3: Wake-up events in NON-CYCLIC and CYCLIC SLEEP modes
Event
Selected mode:
<fun>=0
Selected mode:
<fun>=7 or 9
Ignition line
No effect
Quit
No effect
/RTS0 or /RTS1 activation
Mode 7: No effect (RTS is only
used for flow control)
Mode 9: Temporary
Unsolicited Result Code (URC)
Incoming voice or data call
Quit
Quit
Temporary
Temporary
Temporary
Any AT command (incl. outgoing
SMS, voice or data call)
From Java: Yes
Without Java: Not possible (UART
disabled)
No effect
0,0 (this is the default setting)
1,1)
Temporary
Temporary
GPRS data transfer
From Java: Yes
Without Java: Not possible (UART
disabled)
RTC alarm line
Quit
Temporary
Quit
AT+CFUN=1
From Java: Yes
Without Java: Not possible (UART
disabled)
Java terminates
Quit
Temporary
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 45 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.10 AT^SMSO
s
2.10
AT^SMSO Switch off mobile station
AT^SMSOinitiates the power-off procedure. High level of the module's PWR_IND pin and the URC "^SHUTDOWN"
notify that the procedure has completed and the module has entered the POWER DOWN mode. Therefore, be
sure not to disconnect the operating voltage until PWR_IND is high or until the URC "^SHUTDOWN" is displayed.
Otherwise, you run the risk of losing data. For further details on how to turn off the module see the [2].
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMSO=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SMSO
Response(s)
^SMSO: MS OFF
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
Unsolicited Result Code
^SHUTDOWN
Indicates that the power-off procedure is finished and the module will be switched off in less than 1 second.
Notes
•
•
If AT^SMSO is entered on one of the Multiplexer channels the ME closes the Multiplexer channels, terminates
the Multiplexer and deactivates all other functions. Then, the URC "^SHUTDOWN" will be issued on the phys-
ical serial interface (ASC0). The URC will be transmitted at the bit rate last activated on ASC0 for use with
the Multiplex driver.
•
•
If both interfaces ASC0 and ASC1 are connected the URC appears on both of them.
mand causes the module to shut down shortly and then start into the CHARGE ONLY mode. If the module is
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 46 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.11 AT+GCAP
s
2.11
AT+GCAP Request complete TA capabilities list
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GCAP=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GCAP
Response(s)
+GCAP: <name>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<name>(str)
e.g.: +CGSM,+FCLASS
Note
•
+CGSM: The response text shows which GSM commands of the ETSI standard are supported.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 47 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.12 AT+CMEE
s
2.12
AT+CMEE Mobile Equipment Error Message Format
AT+CMEEcontrols the format of the error result codes that indicates errors related to AC75 functionality. Format
can be selected between plain "ERROR" output, error numbers or verbose "+CME ERROR: <err>" and "+CMS
ERROR: <err>" messages.
Possible error result codes are listed in Table 2.4, General "CME ERROR" Codes (GSM 07.07)Table 2.5, Gen-
In multiplex mode (refer AT+CMUX) the setting applies only to the logical channel where selected. The setting on
the other channels may differ.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMEE=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMEE?
Response(s)
+CMEE: <errMode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CMEE=<errMode>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<errMode>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)(D)
Disable result code, i.e. only "ERROR" will be displayed.
Enable error result code with numeric values.
1
2
Enable error result code with verbose (string) values.
Example
AT+CMEE=2
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 48 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.12 AT+CMEE
s
2.12.1
CME/CMS Error Code Overview
Table 2.4:
General "CME ERROR" Codes (GSM 07.07)
<err> Code
0
phone failure
1
no connection to phone
phone-adapter link reserved
Operation not allowed
Operation not supported
PH-SIM PIN required
PH-FSIM PIN required
PH-FSIM PUK required
SIM not inserted
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
30
31
32
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
100
132
SIM PIN required
SIM PUK required
SIM failure
SIM busy
SIM wrong
Incorrect password
SIM PIN2 required
SIM PUK2 required
Memory full
invalid index
not found
Memory failure
text string too long
invalid characters in text string
dial string too long
invalid characters in dial string
no network service
Network timeout
Network not allowed emergency calls only
Network personalization PIN required
Network personalization PUK required
Network subset personalization PIN required
Network subset personalization PUK required
service provider personalization PIN required
service provider personalization PUK required
Corporate pe sonalization PIN required
Corporate personalization PUK required
Master Phone Code required
unknown
service option not supported
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 49 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.12 AT+CMEE
s
<err> Code
133
Text (if AT+CMEE=2)
requested service option not subscribed
service option temporarily out of order
Operation temporary not allowed
call barred
134
256
257
258
phone busy
259
user abort
260
invalid dial string
261
ss not executed
262
SIM blocked
263
Invalid Block
Table 2.5:
General "CME ERROR" Codes (SIEMENS)
<err> Code
615
network failure
616
network is down
639
service type not yet available
operation of service temporary not allowed
missing input value
640
764
765
invalid input value
767
operation failed
769
unable to get control of required module
SIM invalid - network reject
call setup in progress
770
771
772
SIM powered down
Table 2.6:
GPRS related "CME ERROR" Codes (GSM 07.07)
<err> Code
103
Illegal MS
106
Illegal ME
107
GPRS services not allowed
PLMN not allowed
111
112
Location area not allowed
Roaming not allowed in this location area
unspecified GPRS error
PDP authentication failure
invalid mobile class
113
148
149
150
Table 2.7:
GPRS related "CME ERROR" Codes (SIEMENS)
<err> Code
578
GPRS - unspecified activation rejection
GPRS - feature not supported
GPRS - invalid address length
GPRS - invalid character in address string
588
594
595
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 50 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.12 AT+CMEE
s
<err> Code
596
Text (if AT+CMEE=2)
GPRS - invalid cid value
607
GPRS - missing or unknown APN
GPRS - pdp type not supported
GPRS - profile (cid) not defined
GPRS - QOS not accepted
625
630
632
633
GPRS - QOS validation fail
643
GPRS - unknown PDP address or type
GPRS - unknown PDP context
GPRS - QOS invalid parameter
644
646
Table 2.8:
SMS related "CMS ERROR" Codes (GSM 07.05)
<err> Code
1
Unassigned (unallocated) number
Operator determined barring
Call barred
8
10
21
Short message transfer rejected
Destination out of service
27
28
Unidentified subscriber
29
Facility rejected
30
Unknown subscriber
38
Network out of order
41
Temporary failure
42
Congestion
47
Resources unavailable, unspecified
Requested facility not subscribed
Requested facility not implemented
Invalid short message transfer reference value
Invalid message, unspecified
Invalid mandatory information
Message type non-existent or not implemented
Message not compatible with short message protocol state
Information element non-existent or not implemented
Protocol error, unspecified
50
69
81
95
96
97
98
99
111
127
128
129
130
143
144
145
159
160
Interworking, unspecified
Telematic interworking not supported
Short message Type 0 not supported
Cannot replace short message
Unspecified TP-PID error
Data coding scheme (alphabet) not supported
Message class not supported
Unspecified TP-DCS error
Command cannot be actioned
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 51 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.12 AT+CMEE
s
<err> Code
161
175
176
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
208
209
210
211
212
213
255
300
301
302
303
304
305
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
320
321
322
330
331
332
340
500
512
Text (if AT+CMEE=2)
Command unsupported
Unspecified TP-Command error
TPDU not supported
SC busy
No SC subscription
SC system failure
Invalid SME address
Destination SME barred
SM Rejected-Duplicate SM
TP-VPF not supported
TP-VP not supported
D0 SIM SMS storage full
No SMS storage capability in SIM
Error in MS
Memory Capacity Exceeded
SIM Application Toolkit Busy
SIM data download error
Unspecified error cause
ME failure
SMS service of ME reserved
Operation not allowed
Operation not supported
Invalid PDU mode parameter
Invalid text mode parameter
SIM not inserted
SIM PIN required
PH-SIM PIN required
SIM failure
SIM busy
SIM wrong
SIM PUK required
SIM PIN2 required
SIM PUK2 required
Memory failure
Invalid memory index
Memory full
SMSC address unknown
no network service
Network timeout
NO +CNMA ACK EXPECTED
Unknown error
User abort
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 52 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.12 AT+CMEE
s
<err> Code
513
Text (if AT+CMEE=2)
unable to store
514
invalid status
515
invalid character in address string
invalid length
516
517
invalid character in pdu
invalid length or character
invalid character in text
timer expired
519
520
521
522
Operation temporary not allowed
SIM not ready
532
534
Cell Broadcast error unknown
PS busy
535
538
invalid parameter
549
incorrect PDU length
invalid message type indication (MTI)
invalid (non-hex) chars in address
incorrect PDU length (UDL)
incorrect SCA length
550
551
553
554
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 53 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.13 AT+CSCS
s
2.13
AT+CSCS Select TE character set
The AT+CSCSwrite command informs the TA which character set <chset>is used by the TE. This enables the
TA to convert character strings correctly between TE and ME character sets. See also Section 1.5, Supported
Note that when the TA-TE interface is set to 8-bit operation and the used TE alphabet is 7-bit, the highest bit will
be set to zero.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSCS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCS?
Response(s)
+CSCS: <chset>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07, GSM 11.11
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<chset>(str)
“GSM“(&F)(P)
GSM default alphabet (GSM 03.38 subclause 6.2.1);
Note: This setting may cause software flow control problems since the codes
used to stop and resume data flow (XOFF = decimal 19, XON = decimal 17)
are interpreted as normal characters.
“UCS2“
16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set (ISO/IEC10646 [32]); UCS2
character strings are converted to hexadecimal numbers from 0000 to FFFF;
e.g. "004100620063" equals three 16-bit characters with decimal values 65, 98
and 99.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 54 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
2.14
AT^SCFG Extended Configuration Settings
The AT^SCFGwrite command queries a configuration parameter (if no value is entered) or sets its value(s).
Input of parameter names is always coded in GSM character set, parameter values are expected to be given as
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Change of parameter value(s) temporarily not allowed.
Invalid parameter name or value(s).
Character set conversion of parameter value(s) failed.
A given password was not correct.
Could not allocate necessary memory or storing a parameter failed.
Change of parameter value(s) not allowed
Other error
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCFG=?
Response(s)
<productId>) , (max. string length of <manufacturer>) , (max. string length of <product>) , (max. string
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 55 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
Test Command
(Continued)
AT^SCFG=?
Response(s)
<uport>values)
^SCFG: "Userware/Stdout", (list of supported <if>), (list of supported <intvalue>), (<filename>), (list of
OK
Read Command
AT^SCFG?
Response(s)
^SCFG: "Userware/Passwd"
^SCFG: "Userware/Mode"
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 56 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
Write Command
Automatic AT command execution
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Automatic GPRS attach
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Persistent GPRS contexts
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Ring on incoming GPRS IP data packets
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Enable/disable Airplane mode during operation
Response(s)
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 57 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
Write Command
(Continued)
Enable/disable Airplane mode during operation
AT^SCFG="MEopMode/Airplane"[, <map>]
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Airplane mode upon ME restart
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Enable/disable shutdown by ignition line
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Query/Set timeout value for power saving mode 9
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Radio output power reduction
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Radio band selection
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 58 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
Write Command
Configuration of TCP parameter 'BufSize':
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Configuration of TCP parameter 'InitialRetransmissionTimeout':
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Configuration of TCP parameter 'MaxRetransmissions':
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Configuration of TCP parameter 'OverallTimeout':
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Configuration of TCP parameter 'Selective Acknowledge':
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Configuration of Internet Service URCs:
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 59 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
Write Command
Tracing:
Response(s)
SYSLOG ENABLED
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
USB Device Descriptor:
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
URC indication in datamode via Ring line:
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
URC indication via Ring line:
Response(s)
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 60 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
Write Command
(Continued)
URC indication via Ring line:
AT^SCFG="URC/Ringline"[, <uri>]
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Duration of active RING line for URC indications:
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Userware autostart status:
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Userware autostart application:
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Userware autostart delay:
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Userware configuration password:
Response(s)
]
^SCFG: "Userware/Passwd"
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 61 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
Write Command
Userware debug interface:
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Userware mode:
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Standard output of userware
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
±
±
-
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
If the event specified with <AutoExecType>occurs and the related AT command line is executed this URC
is issued.
URC 2
^SYSSTART AIRPLANE MODE
This URC is issued each time the Airplane mode is activated, no matter whether Airplane mode is set with
in Airplane mode are accessible. After leaving the Airplane mode the URC "^SYSSTART" indicates that the
ME has returned to Normal mode and the full set of AT commands is accessible again.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 62 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
Parameter Description
<AutoExecCmd>(str)(+CSCS)
AutoExec Command
This parameter serves to switch the Autoexec function on or off.
If it is switched off (<AutoExecCmd>=0), parameters following <AutoExecIndex>are ignored and all settings
at the given index are restored to their default values.
Value will be saved while switching off the AC75 via AT commands (e.g. AT+CFUNor AT^SMSO) and restored
on next power up.
“0“
Disable automatic execution of the AT command(s) specified with <AutoEx-
“1“
Enable automatic execution of the AT command(s) specified with <AutoExe-
<AutoExecType>(str)(+CSCS)
AutoExec Event Type
This parameter selects the kind of event used to automatically launch the AT command(s) specified with
Value will be saved while switching off the AC75 via AT commands (e.g. AT+CFUNor AT^SMSO) and restored
on next power up.
“0“
“1“
Autoexec activity is driven by ASC0 DTR line activation (OFF-ON transition).
Autoexec activity is timer driven. To specify the time span use <AutoExecPe-
<AutoExecIndex>(str)(+CSCS)
AutoExec Command Index
This parameter specifies the command storage index. The following table shows the index ranges supported for
Value will be saved while switching off the AC75 via AT commands (e.g. AT+CFUNor AT^SMSO) and restored
on next power up.
Valid Indices
0
0
Autoexec activity is driven by ASC0 DTR
line activation
1
Autoexec activity is timer driven.
0-2
<AutoExecMode>(str)(+CSCS)
AutoExec Command Mode
0...255
This parameter specifies details regarding the behavior of the AC75 when the AT command starts to be exe-
cuted.
Value is interpreted as a bit field, unused bits are reserved for future use (RFU) and shall be set to 0.
When a call is released by an Autoexec activity, no release indication may be issued on the first logical channel.
Value will be saved while switching off the AC75 via AT commands (e.g. AT+CFUNor AT^SMSO) and restored
on next power up.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 63 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
Bit
Maskhex
Maskdec
Control
D0
D1
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x03
0
1
2
3
00: Ignore ongoing calls
01: Wait until all calls have ended
10: Dismiss any ongoing call
11: RFU
D2
0x04
4
0: One shot action
1: Periodic action (for "AutoExec/Period" only)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
0x08
0x10
0x20
0x40
0x80
8
RFU
RFU
RFU
RFU
RFU
16
32
64
128
<AutoExecATC>(str)(+CSCS)
AutoExec AT command String
This parameter specifies the AT command(s) to be launched automatically. Each AT command is executed in
the same way as if it were entered online, this means that command concatenation is possible if supported by
the given commands. If serial multiplex mode is activated (AT+CMUX) the first logical channel is used, i.e. CSD
calls (data or fax) could be set up. If the AC75 is busy on the serial channel command execution will be delayed
until ongoing action is finished.
The first two characters of the automatically launched AT command shall be "at".
Please refer to examples below.
Value will be saved while switching off the AC75 via AT commands (e.g. AT+CFUNor AT^SMSO) and restored
on next power up.
<AutoExecPeriod>(str)(+CSCS)
AutoExec Command Period
Parameter specifies the period after which <AutoExecATC>will be executed. Format is "hhh:mm:ss", where
Value will be saved while switching off the AC75 via AT commands (e.g. AT+CFUNor AT^SMSO) and restored
on next power up.
When using this feature with running java applications, please consider the minimum time for the execution of
000:00:05...240:00:00
<AutoExecPeriodTimeLeft>(str)(+CSCS)
AutoExec Command Period Left
This parameter shows the amount of time left until <AutoExecATC>will be executed. Format is "hhh:mm:ss",
where characters indicate hours, minutes and seconds. This parameter applies to <AutoExecType>=1 only.
Due to the internal activity and network signaling an execution delay of several seconds may occur for the overall
procedure.
000:00:00...240:00:00
<AutoExecState>(str)(+CSCS)
AutoExec Command Status
This parameter is part of the Autoexec URC which is presented when a scheduled Autoexec activity is being
performed.
“1“
The value 1 indicates that the Autoexec activity specified with <AutoExec-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 64 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
<gs0aa>(str)(+CSCS)
GPRS ATS0 with Attach
“on“(P)
form a GPRS attach.
“off“
perform a GPRS attach.
<gaa>(str)(+CSCS)
GPRS with AutoAttach
This parameter can be used to control whether the ME will perform a GPRS attach immediately after power-up
and registering to the network or not. If the setting is changed to "enabled" and the ME is not attached yet, it will
not initiate an attach immediately but after the next power-up and registration to the network.
“disabled“(D)
GPRS auto attach is disabled
GPRS auto attach is enabled
“enabled“
<gpc>(str)(+CSCS)
GPRS with persistent contexts
This parameter can be used to control whether the ME will store the GPRS context information defined by the
“0“(D)
GPRS context definitions are volatile.
“1“
<groid>(str)(+CSCS)
Ring on incoming GPRS IP data packets
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of the RING line for incoming IP packets in GPRS online
mode.
“on“
IP packets for a GPRS context which is online, then the RING line will be acti-
vated once, for a time which is configured by the parameter "URC/Ringline/
“off“(P)
RING line is not activated for incoming IP packets.
<map>(str)(+CSCS)
MEopMode/Airplane: Enable/disable Airplane mode during operation
shuts down the radio part of the ME (PA and receiver), causes the ME to log off from the GSM/GPRS network
and disables all AT commands whose execution requires a radio connection. A list of AT commands supported
Operating Mode of ME. The benefit of Airplane mode is that, at locations where no RF emission is allowed
(typically airplanes, hospitals etc.), the subscriber can continue using network-independent features rather than
powering off the entire device (e.g. a PDA or smartphone).
If the subscriber tries to use an AT command not available in Airplane mode the response "+CME ERROR:
Unsupported AT command" is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 65 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
Parameter <map>allows entering or leaving the Airplane mode any time during operation, eliminating the need
“on“
Activates Airplane mode and shuts down the radio part of the ME. The URC
“off“(P)
Deactivates Airplane mode, wakes up the radio part of the ME and restores
appears.
<mapos>(str)(+CSCS)
MEopMode/Airplane: Airplane mode upon ME restart
There are two ways to enter Airplane mode upon restart: One is using AT^SCFGwith <mapos>as described
below.
Another approach is configuring the ME to restart into Airplane mode at a scheduled time. In this case, use the
“on“
Causes the ME to enter the Airplane mode each time the ME is restarted or
reset.
command. This enables the ME to read data from the SIM and give access to
SIM PIN dependent AT commands which are available in Airplane mode, such
as phonebook commands or several SMS commands. To notify the user when
as described above. If PIN authentication was already done, the ME will try
now to register to the GSM network.
“off“(P)
Airplane mode will not be activated after ME restart or reset.
<msi>(str)(+CSCS)
MEShutdown/OnIgnition: Enable/disable shutdown by IGT line
The parameter specifies two different switching modes of the ignition line IGT: The line may either be used only
to switch on the ME, or to switch it on and off.
By factory default the module's IGT line is configured only for switching on the ME. We recommend that great
care be taken before changing the switch mode of IGT. It is of vital importance that the following conditions are
met to ensure that IGT works properly as ON/OFF switch:
Switch-on condition: If the ME is off the IGT line must be asserted for at least 400 ms and then released.
Switch-off condition: If the ME is on the IGT line must be asserted for at least 1 s and then released. The switch-
off routine is identical with the shutdown procedure initiated by the AT^SMSOcommand, i.e. the ME performs an
Before switching off the ME wait at least 2 seconds after startup.
Furthermore, particular attention shall be given to the USB interface and the DTR signal: The USB interface and
the DTR line shall either be decoupled from IGT to avoid unintentional shutdown of the ME, or require special
precautions if you wish to restart the ME by plugging the USB cable or to toggle IGT from DTR. For further details
“on“
“off“
Ignition line (IGT) can be used to switch on and off the ME.
Ignition line (IGT) can be used to switch on the ME.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 66 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
<psm9to>(str)(+CSCS)
Power saving mode 9 timeout
This parameter can be used to query or configure the wake up time for power saving mode 9 (see AT+CFUNwith
5...20(P)...36000
The granularity of the timeout value is 100ms (i.e. a value of 10 equal 1 sec-
ond). The minimum timeout value that can be applied is 5, but accuracy is only
guaranteed for timeout values greater than 20.
<rba>(str)(+CSCS)
Allowed radio band(s)
The feature "Radio/Band" with its parameters <rba>, <rbp>and <rbc>can be used to set and query prefer-
ences for selecting frequency bands.
The AC75 normally uses an automode algorithm designed to recognize automatically the radio bands of the cur-
rent country, typically a combination of two bands. Commonly used dual-band combinations are, for example,
900/1800 MHz in European countries or 850/1900 MHz in North America. The standard radio band combination
of a country depends on the ARFCNs (Absolute Frequency Channel Number) and the MCCs (Mobile Country
Code) visible at the air interface. This enables the ME to easily find the standard band or band combination of
a country every time after power-up and, thus, usually eliminates the need for the subscriber to make any
changes. So, if automode is used and the allowed bands are not restricted with <rba>the response parameter
As an alternative, if any bands other than those automatically selected by the ME are needed, the automode
can be influenced using the AT^SCFGcommand. This may be necessary, for example, when running tests of
GSM applications, when access to specific radio bands shall be restricted or when the final product is not
intended for operation in certain countries.
Before changing the parameters <rba>or <rbp>ensure that no network activity occurs. The write command
cannot be executed when making a call, or sending / receiving short messages.
Execution of the write command causes the ME to deregister from and re-register to the network, no matter
whether the selected <rbp>or <rba>setting really changes. Therefore, it is useful to have the URC "+CREG"
enabled. The status of the SIM PIN authentication remains unchanged, eliminating the need to enter the SIM
PIN again after the change.
The parameter <rba>is intended to restrict the allowed bands to less than four bands. By default, all four bands
All bands of <rbp>must be contained in the range set with <rba>. The response parameter <rbc>will never
The value of <rba>may be one of the single bands listed below or all valid combinations from the values 1, 2,
4 and 8. Thus, the value range of <rba>is "1".."15". To select or deselect a band calculate the sum of the values
of all desired bands and enter the resulting value. For example, for 1800 MHz (2) and 850 MHz (8) please enter
the value (10).
“1“
GSM 900 MHz
“2“
GSM 1800 MHz
“4“
GSM 1900 MHz
“8“
GSM 850 MHz
“3“
GSM 900 MHz + GSM 1800 MHz
GSM 900 MHz + GSM 1900 MHz
GSM 850 MHz + GSM 1800 MHz
GSM 850 MHz + GSM 1900 MHz
all bands
“5“
“10“
“12“
“15“
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 67 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
<rbp>(str)(+CSCS)
Preferred radio band(s)
The write command will trigger the band selection, starting with the user preference specified by <rbp>. This
means bands contained in <rbp>will be searched first, regardless of the standard band combination of the cur-
If <rbp>was a band or band combination which differs from the standard band(s) and the requested band(s)
are not visible at the air interface the ME reverts to the standard band(s) of this country. Please note that the
band selection procedure is independent of the registration procedure, i.e. the ME selects a band no matter
whether or not there is a PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network) the ME can register to. So, if the <rbp>was a
band or band combination supported by the country, but currently no PLMN can be found, the ME will select the
"preferred" band (indicated by <rbc>) without registering to the network. To avoid registration problems, for
example when the settings are configured for testing the GSM application it is recommended that the tester first
activates the desired band(s) on the test equipment and then executes the AT^SCFGwrite command. Besides
The <rbp>is volatile and cannot be read back with the AT^SCFGread command. This is because the value is
used only for triggering one single search operation.
The parameter <rbp>may be one of the single bands or one of the four dualband combinations listed below.
All preferred bands must be contained in the range of allowed bands set with <rba>, invalid combinations are
not accepted. To give priority to a certain single band or band combination and suppress all others simply select
The value range of <rbp>is "1...12", but only the bands or band selections listed below are allowed. Trying to
set an unsupported value will be denied with "ERROR". To select or deselect a band calculate the sum of the
values of all desired bands and enter the resulting value. For example, for GSM 1800 MHz (2) and GSM 850
MHz (8) please enter the value (10).
“1“
GSM 900 MHz
“2“
GSM 1800 MHz
“4“
GSM 1900 MHz
“8“
GSM 850 MHz
“3“
GSM 900 MHz + GSM 1800 MHz
GSM 900 MHz + GSM 1900 MHz
GSM 850 MHz + GSM 1800 MHz
GSM 850 MHz + GSM 1900 MHz
“5“
“10“
“12“
<rbc>(str)(+CSCS)
Currently selected radio band(s)
<rbc>is the single band or dual band combination currently used by the ME, found either by the automode
algorithm or after the network search was triggered with <rbp>. The <rbc>value is saved on power down.
When restarted next time the ME tries to select the same band(s) if these are visible. If the band(s) stored with
<rbc>are not visible the ME uses the standard band(s) of the current country and consequently updates the
<rbc> is only a response parameter returned either after sending the read command AT^SCFG? or writing
AT^SCFG="Radio/Band".
In addition to <rbc>and to allow the subscriber to be notified whenever the selected band changes it is recom-
“1“
“2“
“4“
“8“
“3“
“5“
GSM 900 MHz
GSM 1800 MHz
GSM 1900 MHz
GSM 850 MHz
GSM 900 MHz + GSM 1800 MHz
GSM 900 MHz + GSM 1900 MHz
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 68 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
“10“
“12“
GSM 850 MHz + GSM 1800 MHz
GSM 850 MHz + GSM 1900 MHz
<ropr>(str)(+CSCS)
Radio Output Power Reduction
According to 3GPP Rel99, output power reduction for multiple TX slots is a mandatory feature. The amount of
power reduction is configurable up to 3.0dB for 2TX, 4.8dB for 3Tx to 6dB for 4TX. To optimize heat dissipation,
power consumption and SAR values it is recommended to use full power reduction (value "3").
“1“
Medium Reduction at GMSK (0dB reduction for 1TX and 2TX, 1.8dB for 3TX
and 3dB for 4TX) and Full Power at 8PSK (1TX and 2TX 0dB reduction)
“2“
Maximal Reduction at GMSK (0dB reduction for 1TX, 3dB for 2TX, 4.8dB for
3TX and 6dB for 4TX) and Full Power at 8PSK (1TX and 2TX 0dB reduction)
“3“(P)
Maximal Reduction at GMSK (0dB reduction for 1TX, 3dB for 2TX, 4.8dB for
3TX and 6dB for 4TX) and Maximal Reduction at 8PSK (0dB reduction for 1TX,
3dB for 2TX)
<tcpBufSize>(str)(+CSCS)
BufferSize
This value defines the default size of the TCP receive queue in bytes. Higher values allow higher throughput but
less number of parallel connections. The total troughput is limited by the GPRS/EDGE network resources and
cannot exceed the theoretical maximum gross throughput of 230Kbit.
Parameter is global for the ME and non-volatile. Use of default value is recommended. If changed the new value
3000...5200(&F)(D)...20000
Size of TCP receive buffer in bytes.
Possible number of parallel socket connections depending on buffer size:
- 5200 bytes (default): max. 8 connections
- 10000 bytes (medium): max. 4 connecitons
- 20000 bytes (high): max. 2 connections
<tcpIrt>(str)(+CSCS)
Initial Retransmission Timeout (IRT)
1...3(&F)(D)...60
This parameter determines the time (in seconds) the TCP/IP stack will wait
before starting the first retransmission of packets during the initial connection
establishment phase.
The TCP protocol ensures the retransmission of packets several times at
increasing intervals until some upper limit is reached.
This mechanism prevents packet loss and serious congestion problems.
Parameter is global for the ME and non-volatile. Use of default value is recom-
mended. If changed the new value takes effect the next time you start an Inter-
<tcpMr>(str)(+CSCS)
Maximum Number of Retransmissions (MR)
1...10(&F)(D)...30
This parameter determines the maximum number of times to retransmit TCP
packets while the service is in connected state. If the service is still connecting
(connection setup) another algorithm applies.
each service profile, you can set another "tcpMR" value which has precedence
Parameter is global for the ME and non-volatile. Use of default value is recom-
mended.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 69 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
<tcpOt>(str)(+CSCS)
Overall TCP Timer for outstanding connections (tcpOT)
1...6000(&F)(D)
This parameter specifies the number of seconds to wait before closing a con-
nection if TCP/IP packets are not acknowledged.
Setting the maximum value is practically equivalent to deactivating the tcpOT
mechanism because the maximum time would never be reached by the TCP/
IP stack.
ever, in each service profile, you can set another "tcpOT" value which has
Parameter is non-volatile. Use of default value is recommended.
<tcpSack>(str)(+CSCS)
Selective Acknowledge (SAck)
This parameter concerns a set of TCP extensions to improve performance and to provide reliable operation. It
defines new TCP options for scaled windows and timestamps, which are designed to provide compatible inter-
working with TCPs that do not implement the extensions.
The set of TCP extensions to improve performance is described in RFC 1323. The value set with <tcpSack>
enables or disables the set of TCP extensions.
Parameter is global for the ME. Use of powerup value is recommended.
“0“
“1“(P)
Disable set of TCP extensions.
Enable set of TCP extensions.
<tcpTtcp>(str)(+CSCS)
Transaction/TCP (T/TCP)
This parameter concerns T/TCP, an extension of TCP to provide a transaction-oriented service.
Parameter is global for the ME. Use of powerup value is recommended.
“0“(P)
Disable T/TCP extension.
Enable T/TCP extension.
“1“
<tcpWithUrc>(str)(+CSCS)
URC mode or polling mode for Internet service commands
This parameter enables or disables the presentation of the following URCs related to Internet service com-
mands: "^SISR" URC, "^SISW" URC and "^SIS" URC for parameter <urcCause>=0 (Internet service events).
Parameter is global for the ME and non-volatile.
“on“(&F)(D)
Enable URCs related to Internet service commands.
Throughout the Chapter "Internet Service AT Commands" the mode is also
referred to as URC mode.
“off“
Disable URCs related to Internet service commands.
This requires the host application to employ polling techniques when using the
Internet service AT commands: The host application is responsible to retrieve
all status information needed to control an Internet session. The method is
referred to as polling mode.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 70 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
<OtapTracer>(str)(+CSCS)
OTAP tracer
This parameter enables a trace output of the Java Over The Air procedure. The tracer is useful for obtaining
additional information when setting up an OTAP scenario. The output is provided on the interface on which the
command was entered. While the tracer is enabled the interface is used for trace output only, meaning that no
AT commands can be entered. The tracer will be switched off only by a reset of the module, e.g. after a com-
pleted OTAP procedure.
“1“
Enable OTAP tracer.
<deviceDescr>(str)(+CSCS)
Device Descriptor
This parameter determines whether to use the Siemens standard USB Device Descriptor configuration (default)
or a Device Descriptor configuration customized by the application manufacturer.
Parameter is global, stored non-volatile in ME and not reset by AT&F. Setting will be active after AC75 restart.
“0“(D)
Siemens standard USB Device Descriptor.
cannot be changed. For use in a Windows environment, the "usbmodem.inf"
file delivered with AC75 shall be present.
Note that whenever the AC75 firmware is updated over the USB interface the
Siemens standard configuration must be present. Therefore, before starting a
under Windows, the Siemens "usbmodem.inf" file can be found. Remember to
firmware download.
“1“
Customer specific USB Device Descriptor.
can be changed.
Customizing the USB Device Descriptor configuration requires a unique Ven-
dor ID obtained from the USB Implementers Forum. For information please
refer to http://www.usb.org.
For use under Windows a customized INF file for the USB modem must be
present. An easy way to create this file is copying the Siemens "usbmodem.inf"
least the Vendor ID, Product ID and, optionally, the manufacturer string. This
is because the strings given for the customized "Serial/USB/DDD" parameters
must be identical with those contained in the INF file.
<descrIndex>(str)(+CSCS)
Descriptor Index
As the AC75 shall be capable of holding 0 - 3 customized Device Desciptor configurations, the <descrIndex>
allows to create and select different parameter sets consisting of the parameters listed below.
Please note that AC75 Release 01.002 supports only one parameter set associated to value 0.
Parameter is global, stored non-volatile in ME and not reset by AT&F. Setting will be active after AC75 restart.
“0“(D)
Index for the first descriptor definition.
Future use.
“1“
“2“
Future use.
“3“
Future use.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 71 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
<langId>(str)(+CSCS)
Language ID
Please refer to USB.ORG [28] to find the language IDs currently defined for USB devices. If parameter
<langId> is not specified, the default value of the Siemens standard USB Device Descriptor configuration
applies (US English).
Parameter is global, stored non-volatile in ME and not reset by AT&F. Setting will be active after AC75 restart.
Parameter length: maximum 4 characters.
<vendorId>(str)(+CSCS)
Vendor ID
This parameter represents the Vendor ID obtained from the USB Implementers Forum. The Vendor ID will,
together with the Product ID, be transmitted to the host during initialization. The given Vendor ID must be
included in the INF file needed for Windows.
Parameter is global, stored non-volatile in ME and not reset by AT&F. Setting will be active after AC75 restart.
Parameter length: maximum 4 characters.
<productId>(str)(+CSCS)
Product ID
Product ID (PID) defined by the application manufacturer to identify the USB device.
The Product ID will, together with the Vendor ID, be transmitted to the host during initialization. The given Prod-
uct ID must be included in the INF file needed for Windows.
Parameter is global, stored non-volatile in ME and not reset by AT&F. Setting will be active after AC75 restart.
Parameter length: maximum 4 characters.
<manufacturer>(str)(+CSCS)
Manufacturer name
Optional manufacturer string defined by the application manufacturer. If specified with <manufacturer>the
same string shall be included in the INF file needed for Windows.
Parameter is global, stored non-volatile in ME and not reset by AT&F. Setting will be active after AC75 restart.
Parameter length: maximum 63 characters.
<product>(str)(+CSCS)
Product string
Optional product name defined by the application manufacturer. If specified with <product>it is recommended
to include the same string into the INF file.
Parameter is global, stored non-volatile in ME and not reset by AT&F. Setting will be active after AC75 restart.
Parameter length: maximum 63 characters.
<serialNo>(str)(+CSCS)
Device's serial number
Optional serial number. Empty string if not used, like in the case of the Siemens standard USB Device Descriptor
configuration.
A serial number has several advantages. For example, it enables the host to assign the same virtual COM port
to same USB device even though the device is connected to another USB port. This eliminates the need for the
host to load the driver again.
Parameter is global, stored non-volatile in ME and not reset by AT&F. Setting will be active after AC75 restart.
If parameter <serialNo> is not specified, the default value of Siemens standard USB Device Descriptor
applies.
Parameter length: maximum 63 characters.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 72 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
<succ>(str)(+CSCS)
CIEV Call Status Indication
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of URC "+CIEV: call". See also AT+CIND, AT+CMERand
“restricted“(P)
in the list of active calls.
“verbose“
tions beginning or ending in state "unknown") occurs in the list of active calls,
or when a traffic channel is established.
<sucs>(str)(+CSCS)
SLCC Call Status Indication
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of URC "^SLCC". See also AT^SLCCand Section 7.1, Call
“restricted“
list of active calls
“verbose“(P)
beginning or ending in state "unknown") occurs in the list of active calls, or
when a traffic channel is established.
<uri>(str)(+CSCS)
URC RING line
This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of the RING line to indicate URCs (both for idle interfaces
and, if configured by the parameter "URC/Datamode/Ringline", if link is reserved) and, if configured, the indicator
“off“
URC is not indicated by RING.
“local“(P)
URC will be indicated by an activated RING line of the interface on which the
URC appears
“asc0“
URC is indicated by an activated RING0 line.
<udri>(str)(+CSCS)
URC Datamode RING line
This parameter specifies whether RING or BREAK is used for the signaling of URCs when the TA-TE link is
reserved (e.g. during circuit-switched data calls, fax connections, in GPRS data mode or during the execution
of an AT command).
“off“(P)
URC will be indicated by BREAK
“on“
URC is indicated by an active RING line for a time which is configured by the
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 73 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
<urat>(str)(+CSCS)
URC RING line Active Time
This parameter can be used to control how long the RING line is activated to indicate URCs (both for idle inter-
faces and, if configured by the parameter "URC/Datamode/Ringline" (<udri>), if link is reserved) and, if con-
figured by the parameter "GPRS/RingOnIncomingData", to indicate incoming GPRS IP data packets
“0“
RING line will be activated for a time between 4.6 and 9.2 ms.
RING line will be activated for about 100ms.
“1“
“2“(P)
RING line will be activated for about 1s.
<ua>(str)(+CSCS)
Userware Autostart
Specifies if the userware is started automatically on power-up.
If the Java application starts, all current calls will be terminated.
The Userware/Autostart mechanism takes effect also in Airplane modeand CHARGE-ONLY-MODE.
“0“(D)
Userware autostart disabled
Userware autostart enabled
“1“
<uaa>(str)(+CSCS)
Userware Autostart AppName
Specifies the absolute path of the userware (the jar/jad file containing the desired application) to be started auto-
matically on power-up. The local flash file system is identified by: "A:", directory separator is "/" (002Fh). The
underline character "_" (005Fh) will not be supported.
Parameter length: maximum 100 characters.
<uad>(str)(+CSCS)
Userware Autostart Delay
0(D)...10000
Specifies the delay time (in 100ms) when the userware is started automatically
after power-up.
<upwd>(str)(+CSCS)
Userware Password
Password used to change values of userware parameters.
The maximum length of a given password is 8 characters. It is allowed to have an empty password (this is the
value on delivery of the module).
CAUTION: Be careful not to lose the password. There is no way to reset or recover a forgotten password or to
obtain a new password from the manufacturer.
<udbgif1>(str)(+CSCS)
Userware Debug Interface Local IP address
Local IP address of the module used by the userware debugger.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 74 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
<udbgif2>(str)(+CSCS)
Userware Debug Interface Remote IP address
IP address of the host running the userware debugger.
<udbgif3>(str)(+CSCS)
Default interface flag for IP connections
Flag to select if the userware debug interface is the default interface for IP connections. Parameter is global,
[“0“]
“1“
Debug interface is not the default.
Debug interface is default for IP connections.
<umode>(str)(+CSCS)
Userware Mode
[“normal“]
“debug“
“test“
Userware is started by AT command or autostart option.
Userware is started by debugger on host side.
Userware is loaded from test server.
<uurl>(str)(+CSCS)
Userware Mode: Location
Use of parameter depends on selected userware mode.
<uport>(str)(+CSCS)
Userware Mode: Port
Use of parameter depends on selected userware mode.
0...65535
<if>(str)(+CSCS)
Interface for Java System.out
This parameter specifies the interface to be used for the Java standard output System.out. The selected inter-
face must be supported by the hardware.
“ASC0“
“ASC1“(D)
“USB“
System.out is routed to the first serial interface.
The interface is shared between Java CommConnection and System.out. The
baud rate set for CommConnection applies also to System.out.
System.out is routed to the second serial interface.
The interface is shared between Java CommConnection and System.out. The
baud rate set for CommConnection applies also to System.out.
System.out is routed to the Universal Serial Bus interface.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 75 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
“NULL“
“UDP“
Discard data.
System.out is routed to a UDP socket. The parameter requires that the port
"UDP" is intended only for use with the Java IDE and will be set automatically
each time you start the debugging emulator of the AC75 (on-device debug-
ging). Closing the debugger causes the ME to reboot and automatically resets
target to be used when not debugging. Due to this, the value "UDP" is volatile
Java is running.
“FILE“
<intvalue>(str)(+CSCS)
This parameter is required only if parameter <if>for the Java System.out is set to "UDP" or "FILE". Parameter
1...65535
than 1023.
ported.
<filename>(str)(+CSCS)
This parameter is required only if parameter <if>for the Java System.out is set to "FILE". It specifies the abso-
lute path and the file name of the log. The local Flash File system is identified by: "A:", directory separator is "/"
(002Fh).
The underline character "_" (005Fh) is not supported.
The log is split into two concatenated files, each using half of the entire log size set with parameter
extension "0" or "1" automatically appended, for example "a:/java/log.txt.0" for the first part of the log and "a:/
java/log.txt.1" for the second part. When the first log file reaches half of the log size, the System.out is written to
the second file. When the second file is used up, the ME starts to overwrite the first one.
Parameter length: maximum 125 characters.
<logmode>(str)(+CSCS)
This parameter is required only if parameter <if> for the Java System.out is set to "FILE". The parameter
selects the mode of writing System.out data to file.
“buffered“(D)
Uses a buffer and a timer and acts like a write cache.
Writes all output data byte by byte to the file.
“secure“
Notes
•
Any changes to parameters of the Autoexec function will be saved and restored on next power-up only when
•
Please keep in mind, that each time the ME is restarted the timers of all autoexec actions configured with
action configured at a time later then a scheduled automatic restart would never be executed.
•
•
only little time remains to change these settings again after AC75 restart.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 76 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
•
able only for modules supporting GPRS.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Usage of "AutoExec":
Enable sending of a short message (SMS) on next DTR activation (OFF-ON transition). Sent SMS is
assumed to be stored at first location of storage selected with AT+CPMSand AT^SSMSS, i.e. SMS may be
sent either from SIM or ME storage.
AT+CMGF=1
OK
Enable SMS text mode.
AT+CNMI=1,1
Enable "+CMTI:" URC to be indicated when a short
message is received.
OK
AT+CMGD=1
Delete first SMS location.
OK
AT+CMGW="01522400045",145
Start writing a short message.
>Test-SMS to be sent from storage!
+CMGW: 1
Enter the text of the message. Finish with CTRL-Z.
Confirms that message is stored to first location.
OK
AT^SCFG="AutoExec",1,0,0,0,"AT+CMSS=1"
Enable execution on next DTR activation.
^SCFG: "AutoExec","1","0","0","0","at+cmss=1"
^SCFG: "AutoExec","0","1","0","0","","000:00:00","000:00:00"
^SCFG: "AutoExec","0","1","1","0","","000:00:00","000:00:00"
^SCFG: "AutoExec","0","1","2","0","","000:00:00","000:00:00"
OK
If a DTR activation has occured the ME issues the URC "^SCFG: " followed by the response of the executed
command; the message reference in this case:
^SCFG:"AutoExec",0,0,1,0,"AT+CMSS=1"
OK
Confirms that AT+CMSS=1 has been issued.
+CMSS: 16
EXAMPLE 2
Usage of "AutoExec":
Configure AC75 to perform a reset every 10 hours. The execution of the reset command shall be deferred
until after any calls have ended.
AT^SCFG="AutoExec",1,1,2,5,"AT+CFUN=0,1","010:00:00"
...
OK
After ten hours:
^SCFG:"AutoExec",1,1,2,5,"AT+CFUN=0,1"
OK
SYSSTART
Confirms that AT+CFUN=0,1 has been issued.
AC75 has restarted. Remember that the
"^SYSSTART" URC will not appear if autobauding is
enabled.
EXAMPLE 3
Usage of "AutoExec":
Switch off the ME after three minutes without restarting it.
Please keep in mind that if the GSM alphabet is enabled special characters within the executed AT command
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 77 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.14 AT^SCFG
s
shall be issued as escape sequences. A list of typical escape sequences can be found in Section 1.5.1, GSM
alphabet tables and UCS2 character values. For example, the caret character "^" included in all Siemens
defined AT commands shall be given as "\1B\14".
AT^SCFG="AutoExec",1,1,0,0,"AT\1B\14SMSO","000:03:00"
^SCFG: "AutoExec","0","0","0","0",""
^SCFG:
"AutoExec","1","1","0","0","ATSMSO","000: sequence in the write command response depends
03:00","000:02:59" on the used program.
Please note that the indication of the escape
^SCFG: "AutoExec","0","1","1","0","","000:00:00","000:00:00"
^SCFG: "AutoExec","0","1","2","0","","000:00:00","000:00:00"
OK
After three minutes:
^SCFG:"AutoExec",0,1,1,0,"AT^SMSO"
^SMSO: MS OFF
OK
^SHUTDOWN
Indicates that AT^SMSO was successfully executed.
The ME enters the POWER DOWN mode.
EXAMPLE 4
Usage of "AutoExec":
Deactivate a timer-driven Autoexec function configured at <AutoExecIndex>2 (such as the periodic auto-
matic reset or the automatic switch-off functions configured in the preceding examples):
AT^SCFG="AutoExec",0,1,2
...
OK
EXAMPLE 5
Usage of "URC/Ringline" and "URC/Datamode/Ringline":
AT+CSCS="GSM"
Switch to GSM character set.
OK
AT^SCFG?
Query all parameters.
...
^SCFG:"URC/Datamode/Ringline","off"
While the TA-TE link is reserved URCs will be indi-
cated by BREAK.
^SCFG:"URC/Ringline","local"
URCs on this interface will be indicated by Ring line
associated to the interface (e.g. RING0 for ASC0).
...
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Datamode/Ringline","on"
^SCFG:"URC/Datamode/Ringline","on"
While the TA-TE link is reserved URCs will be indi-
cated by an activated "local" Ring line.
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Ringline","asc0"
^SCFG:"URC/Ringline","asc0"
URCs on this interface will be indicated by an acti-
vated RING0 no matter whether or not the TA-TE link
is reserved.
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Datamode/Ringline","off"
^SCFG:"URC/Datamode/Ringline","off"
URCs on this interface will be indicated by an acti-
vated RING0 if the TA-TE link is not reserved and by
BREAK if the TA-TE link is reserved.
OK
AT^SCFG="URC/Ringline"
Disable any Ring line indication for URCs on this
interface.
^SCFG:"URC/Ringline","off"
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 78 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
2.15 AT^SM20
s
2.15
AT^SM20 Set M20 compatibility mode
responses returned upon execution of the commands ATDand sms commands like e.g. AT+CMGW. Please note
that the AT^SM20command has no effect on any other features and is not intended to adjust other differences
between M20 and AC75.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SM20=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SM20?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<CallMode>(num)
Call setup response mode
Applies only to voice calls.
0
Set compatibility to Siemens mobile phones.
In case of failure, additional call release indications, such as "NO DIAL TONE,
"NO CARRIER", "BUSY" will follow.
1(&F)
Default call setup mode, compatible to M20.
ME will return "OK" in case of a successful connection, otherwise one of the
call release indications "NO DIAL TONE, "NO CARRIER", "BUSY" are indi-
cated.
<CmgwMode>(num)
Response mode for sending and writing short messages
0
Set compatibility to Siemens mobile phones.
ME will return +CMS ERROR: <err> when writing or sending of short mes-
sages fails.
1(&F)
Default mode for sending and writing short messages, compatible to M20.
ME will return "OK", no matter whether or not sms command was successfully
executed.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 79 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3. Status Control Commands
s
3.
Status Control Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to obtain various status information
from the AC75.
3.1
AT+CMER Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
This command controls details of the "+CIEV" URC presentation related to AT^SINDand AT+CIND. If registered
via these commands the URCs are sent whenever a value of the related indicator changes.
In addition, AT+CMERcontrols "^SLCC" URCs related to AT^SLCC. For details refer to Call Status Infor-
The read command returns the URC presentation mode <mode>and among others, the indicator event reporting
Value>2][, <indValue>[,...]]" URCs. <indDescr>refers to the name of a "+CIEV" indicator and <indValue>
is the new value of this indicator. After AT+CMERhas been switched on, URCs for all registered indicators will be
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMER=?
Response(s)
+CMER: (list of supported<mode>s), (list of supported <keyp>s), (list of supported <disp>s), (list of
OK
Read Command
AT+CMER?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Unsolicited Result Code
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 80 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.1 AT+CMER
s
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
0(&F)
1
online data mode. Otherwise they are forwarded directly to the TE.
2
3
in online data mode, and flush them to the TE afterwards. Otherwise they are
forwarded directly to the TE.
data mode, URCs are signaled via sending BREAK and stored in a buffer.
in the buffer will be output.
<keyp>(num)
0(&F)
Keypad event reporting is not supported by AC75.
Display event reporting is not supported by AC75.
<disp>(num)
0(&F)
<ind>(num)
0(&F)
Disable indicator event reporting.
Enable indicator event reporting.
2
<bfr>(num)
0(&F)
is entered.
<indDescr>(str)
<indValue>(num)
Value of indicator; for a list of all values for the supported indicators please refer to AT+CINDand AT^SIND.
Notes
•
If the ME operates on different instances (MUX channels 1, 2, 3 or ASC0/ASC1) avoid different settings for
routing and indicating SMS. For example, if messages shall be routed directly to one instance of the TE (set
with AT+CNMI, AT^SSDA), it is not possible to activate the presentation of URCs with AT+CMERor AT+CNMI
on another instance. Any attempt to activate settings that conflict with existing settings on another interface,
will result in CME ERROR, or accordingly CMS ERROR.
•
It is recommended that priority be given to AT+CMER=<mode>2 or 3. Otherwise, if <mode>equals 1, URCs
will be discarded in case of long running AT commands or an active data connectiion.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 81 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.2 AT+CIND
s
3.2
AT+CIND Indicator control
The AT+CINDcommand controls the presentation of Indicator Event Reports related to various functions such
as battery charge level, signal quality, service availability, sound generation, indication of unread short mes-
sages, full SMS storage, call in progress or roaming activities.
easier to use and provides additional indicators. All indicators provided by AT+CIND can be handled with
•
•
One approach is to query the current status of each indicator by using the read command AT+CIND?. It
returns the status no matter whether the indicator has been registered with the write command
The other way is an event-driven notification based on the "+CIEV" URCs. In this case, the ME will automat-
ically send a message to the application, whenever the value of an indicator changes. The application should
be designed to react adequately when receiving a URC.
The presentation of these URCs depends on two settings:
-
ME is switched on all of them are in registered mode. Any indicator can be excluded if deregistered with
<mode>=0. To register or deregister an indicator the AT+CINDwrite command requires to type the value
<mode>=1 or 0 exactly at the position where the indicator is located in the list. This is not necessary with
-
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CIND=?
Response(s)
...]]
OK
Read Command
AT+CIND?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<indValue>(num)
Integer type value, which shall be in range of corresponding <indDescr>
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 82 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.2 AT+CIND
s
<indDescr>(str)
More indications are available via AT^SIND. Therefore use of AT^SINDfor control of all indications is recom-
mended.
“battchg“
Battery charge level 0..4 or 5 if no measuring is performed, e.g because no bat-
“signal“
Signal quality (0..7)
The indicated value is the bit error rate of the signal received. Bit errors are esti-
“service“
Service availability (0-1)
0: Not registered to any network
1: Registered to home network or, if "roam"=1 then registered to another net-
work
“sounder“
Sounder activity (0-1)
Reports every event that causes the ME to generate a tone.
Value 1 means for example:
Waiting call - ME generates waiting call tone (if call waiting is enabled).
Outgoing call - ME generates Call Progress tone.
Outgoing call - ME generates BUSY tone.
The value changes to 0 when the tone stops.
“message“
“call“
Call in progress (0-1). Indicator value is "1" if at least one call is in state "active"
or "held".
"call" will be issued
•
when a state transition ends in state "active" or state "unknown", if
<succ>="restricted",
•
when any state transition (including transitions beginning or ending in state
"unknown") occurs in the list of active calls or when a traffic channel is
“roam“
Roaming indicator (0-1)
0: Registered to home network or not registered
1: Registered to other network
“smsfull“
“rssi“
A short message memory storage in the MT has become full (1) or memory
locations are available (0), i.e. range is (0-1)
Received signal (field) strength (0..5)
0: signal strength <= -112 dbm
1-4: signal strength in 15 dbm steps
5: signal strength >= -51 dbm
the signal strength is scaled to value range 0..31 by this command.
<mode>(num)
0
[1](&F)(P)
Indicator is registered, indicator event report allowed.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 83 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.2 AT+CIND
s
Notes
•
Due to its restrictive value range, indicator "call" does not clearly reflect specific call states (such as alerting,
active, held etc.), but rather serves to trigger the application to retrieve the new call status from the list of cur-
•
If AT^SCFG setting <succ>="verbose", indicator "call" will be issued also when a traffic channel is estab-
In these cases, the relevant information about the cause of the display is available only from AT command
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
^SYSSTART
AT+CPIN=9999
OK
AT+CIND?
+CIND: 5,0,1,0,0,0,0,0
The battery is either full or no battery is connected to the ME. The bit
error rate of the signal quality is not available (since there is no call in
progress). The ME is registered to its home network.
OK
AT+CMER=2,0,0,2
OK
+CIEV: battchg,5
+CIEV: signal,0
+CIEV: service,1
+CIEV: sounder,0
+CIEV: message,0
+CIEV: call,0
+CIEV: roam,0
+CIEV: smsfull,0
+CIEV: rssi,5
ATD0123456;
OK
Full receive signal strength.
Make a call.
+CIEV: sounder,1
+CIEV: call,1
+CIEV: sounder,0
+CIEV: call,0
NO CARRIER
Called party hangs up.
AT+CIND=,,,0,,0
OK
Deregister the indicators "sounder" and "call".
ATD0123456;
OK
NO CARRIER
Dial the same call.
This time, no URCs are displayed.
Called party hangs up.
EXAMPLE 2
Deactivation of indicator "sounder" via AT+CIND
AT+CIND?
Query the current status of indicators.
+CIND: 5,0,1,0,1,0,0,0,4
OK
AT+CIND=,,,0
OK
To deactivate indicator "sounder" (= fourth item in list of indicators).
EXAMPLE 3
Deactivation of indicator "sounder" via AT^SIND
AT^SIND="sounder",0
^SIND: sounder,0,0
OK
To deactivate indicator "sounder".
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 84 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.3 AT^SIND
s
3.3
AT^SIND Extended Indicator Control
Designed for extended event indicator control AT^SIND
•
•
•
•
•
offers several extra indicators,
can be used to register or deregister the indicators of both commands,
The AT^SINDread command provides a list of all indicators supported by AT+CINDand AT^SIND. Each indica-
tor is represented with its registration mode and current value.
The AT^SINDwrite command can be used to select a single indicator in order to modify its registration and to
view the current value.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SIND=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SIND?
Response(s)
...
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 85 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.3 AT^SIND
s
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
Format of the standard indicator:
Value related to an indicator has changed.
URC 2
Format of the "adnread" indicator issued when accessing the ADN phonebook records stored on the SIM:
One URC is issued for every used Abbreviated Dialing Number (ADN) phonebook record. After the last record
of the ADN phonebook was read, a URC with "READY" tag signals end of processing.
URC 3
Format of the Voice Message indicator, if the number of waiting messages is delivered by the network:
If the number of waiting messages is not delivered the standard indicator applies.
URC 4
Format of the "eons" indicator:
One URC is issued for each new LAI (Location Area Information) broadcast by the network.
URC 5
Format of the "nitz" indicator:
Parameter Description
<indDescr>(str)
All indicators supported by AT+CINDare accessible with this command, too. A detailed description of these indi-
cators can be found there.
“audio“
Activity of the built-in audio unit.
0
1
Audio unit not active.
Audio unit is active, for example:
MO voice call: Indicator is output with value 1 when dialing starts.
MT voice call: Indicator is output with value 1 when call is ringing.
“vmwait1“
Voice Message Waiting Indication for line 1
0
The value 0 notifies that no new voice message is available, and is pro-
vided by the service center to clear the voice message indication after
the subscriber has retrieved all voice messages.
1
The value 1 notifies the subscriber that the mailbox contains one or
several messages.
"vmwait1" and "vmwait2" indicate the receipt of a special short message with
a Voice Message Waiting Indicator. The service must be provisioned by the
operator.
The numbers 1 or 2 in "vmwait1" and "vmwait2" are related to the two lines of
the Alternate Line Service (ALS), also defined in CPHS Phase 2 standard. For
The presentation mode of the indicator varies with the operator: If more than
one message are waiting, some operators only indicate the first one, others
deliver the indicator each time a new voice message is put into the mailbox.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 86 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.3 AT^SIND
s
After the subscriber has retrieved all voice messages the service center auto-
matically sends another message indication which provides the value 0.
Some operators may also send the number of waiting voice messages along
with the indication. In this case, the number will be displayed by the AC75 as
part of the URC. For example, "+CIEV: vmwait1,1,5" notifies that five new voice
messages are waiting. However, it should be noted that neither the read com-
number of waiting messages.
The "vmwait" indicators do not apply if a network provider signals new voice
mail(s) via standard SMS. In this case the indicator "message" will be displayed
“vmwait2“
“ciphcall“
Voice Message Waiting Indication for line 2
0
1
See description of "vmwait1".
See description of "vmwait1".
Ciphering Status Change Indication
0
1
Current call or SMS is not ciphered.
Current call or SMS is ciphered.
As stated in GSM specifications 02.07 and 02.09 the ciphering indicator feature
allows the AC75 to detect that ciphering is not switched on and to indicate this
to the user.
The ciphering indicator feature may be disabled by the home network operator
setting data in the "administrative data" field (EFAD) in the SIM, as defined in
GSM 11.11.
If this feature is not disabled by the SIM, then whenever a connection is in
place, which is, or becomes unenciphered, an indication shall be given to the
user. This enables the user's decision how to proceed.
Read command returns valid ciphering status only if a call is in progress or
active.
If EFAD setting disables the ciphering indicator feature read command always
indicates a ciphered link and no URC presentaion will take place.
The following restrictions apply if the same serial channel is used for AT^SIND
"ciphcall" indication and for the action triggering this URC. In general, the rec-
ommended solution is to use a dedicated channel for all status signalling via
URCs.
•
URCs on the same serial channel will be issued after the related "OK" and
indicate the ciphering state at this time.
•
call" URCs on the same serial channel will be issued after the interface is
not longer blocked by the call (call is released or temporarily stopped) and
indicate the ciphering state at this time.
“adnread“
Abbreviated Dialing Number (ADN) Phonebook Read Indication
0
1
Phonebook reading is not finished.
Phonebook reading is finished.
phonebook. This can be used to enable the TE to output the phonebook
records as URCs. The advantage is that the user does not need to wait until
the phonebook read command AT+CPBR is accessible after entering the SIM
PIN (depending on the SIM card this may take up to 30 seconds without RSA
or 2 minutes with RSA).
as URCs after SIM PIN authentication has been performed successfully. A
URC with "READY" tag issued at the end of the list indicates that AC75 has
finished reading the phonebook.
values when restarting the AC75. Therefore it is recommended that the set-
tings be enabled before entering the SIM PIN. This can be done, for example,
after rebooting the AC75.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 87 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.3 AT^SIND
s
“eons“
Enhanced Operator Name String (EONS) Indication
The Enhanced Operator Name String indicator feature allows the AC75 to out-
put various operator names for different PLMN identities via URC. It also allows
the output of a different operator name based on a subset of the registered net-
work by using a range of Location Area Codes (LACs) or a single LAC.
The presentation of the "eons" indicator is determined by network activity. For
example, the indicator appears every time a location update occurs or a NITZ
information is sent, no matter whether or not the status of the EONS informa-
tion has changed. This means that the same EONS information may be
reported several times.
The EONS tables are stored in the SIM card and will be read at power-up.
Following are the SIM Elementary Files that are affected by the introduction of
EONS feature in the SIM card:
EFSST (SIM Service Table) - describes which features are active.
EFOPL (Operator PLMN List) - contains the PLMN identification and location ID
together with the index of the corresponding PNN record
EFPNN (PLMN Network Name) - contains the full and short form version of the
network name for the registered PLMN
If the Operator Name Source is CPHS Operator Name String long and short
used:
EFONString (Operator Name String) - contains the name of the PLMN operator
who issued the SIM.
EFOPShort (Operator Name Short form) - contains a short form of the name of
the PLMN operator who issued the SIM.
“nitz“
Network Identity and Time Zone indication
This indicator shows the time relevant information elements of an MM Informa-
tion (MMI) or GMM Information (GMMI) message received from the network
(see GSM 24.008, ch. 9.2.15a and 9.4.19). The network usually sends a NITZ
indicator when the mobile attaches to the network, when it enters a location
area with different time zone or when a daylight change occurs.
A NITZ indicator may consist of the following parameters: Universal Time (UT),
local Time Zone (TZ), Daylight Saving Time (DST). All information elements of
MMI/GMMI are optional and therefore, the presentation of the parameters
network may send all three parameters UT, TZ, DST, or only UT and TZ or only
TZ.
UT is indicated in usual date/time format and represents the current world time
(GMT) at the moment when sent.
TZ is given as a positive (east) or negative (west) offset from UT in units of 15
minutes.
DST shows the number of hours added to the local TZ because of daylight sav-
ing time (summertime) adjustment. Usually DST is 1 hour but it can be also 2
hours in certain locations.
Example for time and time zone with DST:
+CIEV: nitz,"04/07/23,13:39:20",-28,1
In this example TZ is -28, showing a time offset of -7 hours (west) to Universal
Time/GMT (which never changes for DST). DST is 1 which indicates that one
hour was added to TZ because of Daylight Saving Time. If a network does not
send the DST parameter the TZ value would be -32 (8 hours west) as would
be done in winter:
+CIEV: nitz,"04/11/23,13:39:20",-32
Please be aware that despite the last NITZ value can be looked up again via
"AT^SIND=nitz,2" the returned values may be out of date. Especially the UT
value is obsolete because there is no internal NITZ clock and therefore no con-
tinuation of UT.
NITZ values are lost when the module detaches from network. Also when a
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 88 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.3 AT^SIND
s
manual network selection fails and the module automatically falls back to the
previous network the NITZ values cannot be recalled. Nevertheless an indi-
cated time zone is valid until a new MMI/GMMI will trigger another NITZ indi-
cation.
“simstatus“
SIM Status Indication
The SIM Status indicator allows the AC75 to output the status of the subscriber
identity module (SIM) via URC.
0
SIM card removed.
1
2
SIM card inserted.
SIM PIN1 not required - SIM card unlocked. AC75 automatically regis-
ters to the GSM network without requesting SIM PIN1.
SIM PIN1 required - SIM card locked. SIM PIN1 must be entered to
enable AC75 to register to the GSM network.
Personalization info ready - CHV (Card Holder Verification) data have
been verified (if required).
SIM initialization completed - ME has finished reading SIM data.
Note: Another way to notify the user when SIM data are accessible is
3
4
5
“band“
Currently selected frequency band or band combination.
rently available for network selection, depending on the network config-
uration either a single band or a dualband combination. The URC
appears whenever the status of the currently available band(s)
for further detail about the feature "Radio/Band" selection.
“simlocal“
Availability of the SIM card, physically connected
0
1
SIM removed.
SIM inserted.
The status of the remote SIM card currently used for the RSA connection is
<indValue>(num)
Notes specific to the EONS feature:
If the indicator is "eons", the <indValue>is a type associated to the operator name according to GSM 22.101
[26]. This type depends on the source of the operator name.
Priority of types associated to the operator names is defined as follows (the type listed first has the highest pri-
ority). If a type cannot be indicated the next one will be used.
0
1
2
Not registered.
EF-OPL and EF-PNN (alphanumeric format, can contain up to 24 characters.)
Operator Name String in long and short format according to Common PCN
characters).
3
4
Name information received by the NITZ service long and short form (alphanu-
meric format, can contain up to 16 characters). The short form will be displayed
only if EFOPShort from CPHS is available.
Any operator name stored internal to the ME (alphanumeric format, can con-
tain up to 16 characters).
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 89 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.3 AT^SIND
s
5
Broadcast MCC-MNC (numeric format which consists of a 3-digit country code
plus a 2- or 3-digit network code).
The name information received by the NITZ service (type 3) is stored non-volatile. It replaces the operator name
of the registered PLMN (type 4) or its numeric form (type 5) stored in the ME. But if the ME, after restart, registers
to another PLMN that is not equal to the saved NITZ name information, the NITZ name information must be
invalidated. If the type is 2, 4 or 5, AT+COPSwith the appropriate <mode>displays the same operator name.
<mode>(num)
0
Indicator is deregistered, i.e. no such indicator event report (URC) will be
1
Indicator is registered.
•
•
default settings apply: Power-up and factory default of the indicators sup-
2
Query the registration status and the current value of a single indicator type.
<adnEntry>(num)
ADN phonebook record number on the SIM.
<adnNumber>(str)
<adnType>(num)
145
209
acters saved with the number string.
129
otherwise
<adnText>(str)
<vmCounter>
If delivered by the network: Number of new voice messages sent as part of the Voice Message Waiting Indicator.
<eonsOperator>
<servProvider>(str)
Service Provider Name according to the status settings (SIM Service No. 17) in the SIM Service Table (SST) of
the SIM.
<nitzUT>
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 90 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.3 AT^SIND
s
<nitzTZ>
<nitzDST>
Example
Activation and use of indicator "audio":
AT^SIND="audio",1
You register the indicator "audio".
^SIND: audio,1,0
OK
AT+CMER=2,,,2
OK
A set of all registered URCs is presented. (Please note that the example
includes the indicators registered due to the power-up default settings
+CIEV: battchg,5
+CIEV: signal,0
+CIEV: service,1
+CIEV: sounder,0
+CIEV: message,1
+CIEV: call,0
+CIEV: roam,0
+CIEV: smsfull,0
+CIEV: rssi,4
+CIEV: audio,0
ATD030123456
OK
You make a call.
+CIEV: audio,1
+CIEV: sounder,1
+CIEV: call,1
+CIEV: signal,0
+CIEV: sounder,0
ATH
You hang up.
OK
+CIEV: call,0
+CIEV: rssi,3
+CIEV: audio,0
+CIEV: signal,0
+CIEV: rssi,4
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 91 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
3.4
AT+CEER Extended Error Report
•
•
•
•
•
•
call release
failure to set up a call (both mobile originated or terminated)
failure to modify a call by using Supplementary Services
failed attempt to activate, register, query, deactivate or deregister a Supplementary Service
unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context activation
GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation
The release cause report is presented in numeric format. Default output in case of a none-error-situation is
+CEER: 0,0,0. A description associated with each number can be found in the tables given in the following sub-
clauses and the relevant GSM specifications.
The first parameter <locationID> serves to locate the other two parameters. Depending on the failure or
release cause either <reason>or <ssRelease>are applicable, i.e. if <reason>≠ 0, then <ssRelease>= 0.
In addition to AT+CEER, the command ATS18can be used to check especially the status of fax and data calls.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CEER=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Exec Command
AT+CEER
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<locationID>(num)
Location ID as number code. Location IDs are listed in Section 3.4.1, Cause Location ID for the extended error
<reason>(num)
Reason for last call release as number code. The number codes are listed in several tables, sorted by different
categories in the following subclauses. The tables can be found proceeding from the Location ID given in Sec-
<ssRelease>(num)
Release cause for last Supplementary Service call (listed in Section 3.4.9, GSM Release cause for Supplemen-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 92 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
ATD"01751223344";
NO CARRIER
AT+CEER
+CEER: 8,21,0
OK
A mobile originated call is rejected by the remote party.
Call setup is terminated with NO CARRIER.
To check the cause, the caller enters AT+CEER.
not applicable.
EXAMPLE 2
The user attempts to activate call barring, but uses a wrong password.
AT+clck=oi,1,"0000",3
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
AT+CEER
+CEER: 35,0,38
OK
"NegativePWCheck" may mean that a wrong password was tried for the
cable.
3.4.1
Cause Location ID for the extended error report
ID
0
Description
No error (default)
1
SIEMENS L2 cause
2
GSM cause for L3 Radio Resource Sublayer (GSM 04.08 annex F)
SIEMENS cause for L3 Radio Resource Sublayer
GSM cause for L3 Mobility Management (GSM 04.08 annex G)
SIEMENS cause for L3 Mobility Management
GSM cause for L3 Mobility Management via MMR-SAP (GSM 04.08 annex G)
GSM cause for L3 Call Control (GSM 04.08 10.5.4.11 and annex H)
SIEMENS cause for L3 Call Control
3
4
5
6
8
9
12
13
14
16
17
21
22
33
34
35
48
49
50
127
128
GSM cause for L3 SMS CP Entity
SIEMENS cause for L3 SMS CP Entity
GSM cause for L3 SMS RL Entity
GSM cause for L3 SMS TL Entity
SIEMENS cause for L3 SMS TL Entity
GSM cause for L3 Call-related Supplementary Services
SIEMENS cause for L3 Call-related Supplementary Services
SIEMENS cause for Supplementary Services Manager
Network cause for Supplementary Services (GSM 04.08 10.5.4.11 and annex H)
Supplementary Services network error (GSM 04.80 3.6.6)
GSM cause for GPRS Mobility Management (GSM 04.08 annex G.6)
SIEMENS cause for GPRS Mobility Management
GSM cause for Session Management (GSM 04.08 annex I)
SIEMENS cause for protocol module or other local cause
Supplementary Services general problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 93 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
ID
Description
129
130
131
241
243
Supplementary Services invoke problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
Supplementary Services result problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
Supplementary Services error problem (GSM 04.80 3.6.7)
SIEMENS cause for GPRS API
SIEMENS cause for PPP/IP-Stack
3.4.2
SIEMENS L2 cause
Number
249
Description
L2 Error
3.4.3
GSM release cause for L3 Radio Resource (RR)
Number
Description
0
Normal event
1
Abnormal release, unspecified
Abnormal release, channel unacceptable
Abnormal release, timer expired
Abnormal release, no activity on the radio path
Pre-emptive release
2
3
4
5
8
Handover impossible, timing advance out of range
Channel mode unacceptable
Frequency not implemented
9
10
65
95
96
97
98
100
101
111
Call already cleared
Semantically incorrect message
Invalid mandatory information
Message type non-existent or not implemented
Message type not compatible with protocol state
Conditional information element error
No cell allocation available
Protocol error unspecified
3.4.4
SIEMENS release cause for L3 Radio Resource (RR)
Number
Description
1
2
3
4
5
Racchs not answered
Racchs rejected
Access class of the SIM is barred by the network provider
SABM failure
Radio link counter expiry or PerformAbnormalRelease
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 94 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
Number
Description
6
Confirm ABORT of the MM
Respond to DEACT REQ
7
8
Loss of coverage
9
Reestablishment not possible
T3122_STILL_RUNNING
10
11
12
13
14
CELL_SELECTION_IN_PROGRESS
RESPONDING_TO_PAGING
LOCATION_AREA_CODE_HAS_CHANGED
CIRCUIT_SWITCHED_NOT_AVAILABLE
3.4.5
GSM release cause for Mobility Management (MM) or Session
Management (SM)
Number
Description
Causes related to MS identification
2
3
4
5
6
IMSI unknown in HLR
Illegal MS
IMSI unknown in VLR
IMEI not accepted
Illegal ME
Cause related to subscription options
11
12
13
PLMN not allowed
Location Area not allowed
Roaming not allowed in this location area
Causes related to PLMN specific network failures and congestion
17
22
Network failure
Congestion
Causes related to nature of request
25
32
33
34
38
PDP context is deactivated because of a LLC or SNDCP failure
Service option not supported
Requested service option not subscribed
Service option temporarily out of order
Call cannot be identified
Causes related to invalid messages
95
Semantically incorrect message
96
Invalid mandatory information
97
Message type non-existent or not implemented
Message not compatible with protocol state
Information element non-existent or not implemented
Conditional information element error
98
99
100
101
Messages not compatible with protocol state
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 95 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
Number
111
Description
Protocol error, unspecified
Causes related to GPRS
7
GPRS services not allowed
8
GPRS services not allowed in combination with non-GPRS services
MS identity cannot be identified by the network
Implicitly detached
9
10
14
16
GPRS services not allowed in current PLMN
MSC temporarily unreachable
3.4.6
SIEMENS release cause for L3 Mobility Management (MM)
Number
1
Description
No SIM available
8
No MM connection
9
Authentification failure
11
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
MM performs detach
Registration failed and will be re-attempted in a short term
CM connection establishment failed
Registration failed and will be re-attempted in a long term
RR connection is released
MS tries to register
SPLMN is not available
An MTC is in progress
A PLMN scan is in progress
The MM is detached, the MS is in MS class C GPRS only
The maximum numbers of CM connections is exceeded
The MM is not registered
The MM state is incompatible
3.4.7
GSM release cause for L3 Call Control (CC)
Number
Description
Normal class
1
Unassigned (unallocated) number
No route to destination
Channel unacceptable
Operator determined barring
Normal call clearing
3
6
8
16
17
18
User busy
No user responding
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 96 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
Number
19
Description
User alerting, no answer
Call rejected
21
22
Number changed
25
Pre-emption
26
Non-selected user clearing
Destination out of order
Invalid number format (incomplete number)
Facility rejected
27
28
29
30
Response to STATUS ENQUIRY
Normal, unspecified
31
Resource unavailable class
34
38
41
42
43
44
47
No circuit/channel available
Network out of order
Temporary failure
Switching equipment congestion
Access information discarded
Requested circuit/channel not available
Resource unavailable, unspecified
Service or option not available class
49
50
55
57
58
63
Quality of service unavailable
Requested facility not subscribed
Incoming calls barred within the CUG
Bearer capability not authorized
Bearer capability not presently available
Service or option not available, unspecified
Service or option not implemented
65
68
69
70
79
Bearer service not implemented
ACM equal or greater than ACMmax
Requested facility not implemented
Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available
service or option not implemented, unspecified
Invalid message (e.g. parameter out of range) class
81
87
88
91
95
Invalid transaction identifier value
User not member of CUG
Incompatible destination
Invalid transit network selection
Semantically incorrect message
Protocol error (e.g. unknown message) class
96
97
98
99
Invalid mandatory information
Message type non-existant or not implemented
Message type not comaptible with protocol state
Information element non-existent or not implemented
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 97 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
Number
100
Description
Conditional information element error
Message not compatible with protocol
Recovery on timer expiry
101
102
111
Protocol error, unspecified
Interworking class
127
Interworking, unspecified
3.4.8
SIEMENS release cause for L3 Call Control (CC)
Number
Description
2
Service not available
3
Hold procedure not available
Temporary no service, previous procedure not yet finished
4
7
Mobile received a release (complete) message during a modify procedure (modify reject)
Number not included in FDN list
10
Notifications
300
Called party barred incoming call
3.4.9
GSM Release cause for Supplementary Service Call
Number
0
Description
No error (default)
UnknownSubscriber
IllegalSubscriber
BearerServiceNotProvisioned
TeleserviceNotProvisioned
IllegalEquipment
CallBarred
1
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
27
29
30
34
35
CUGReject
IllegalSSOperation
SSErrorStatus
SSNotAvailable
SSSubscriptionViolation
SSIncompatibility
FacilityNotSupported
AbsentSubscriber
ShortTermDenial
LongTermDenial
SystemFailure
DataMissing
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 98 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
Number
36
Description
UnexpectedDataValue
PWRegistrationFailure
NegativePWCheck
37
38
43
NumberOfPWAttemptsViolation
UnknownAlphabet
71
72
USSDBusy
126
127
MaxNumsOfMPTYCallsExceeded
ResourcesNotAvailable
General Problem Codes
300
301
302
Unrecognized Component
Mistyped Component
Badly Structured Component
Invoke Problem Codes
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
Duplicate Invoke ID
Unrecognized Operation
Mistyped Parameter
Resource Limitation
Initiating Release
Unrecognized Linked ID
Linked Response Unexpected
Unexpected Linked Operation
Return Result Problem Codes
311
312
313
Unrecognize Invoke ID
Return Result Unexpected
Mistyped Parameter
Return Error Problem Codes
314
315
316
317
318
Unrecognized Invoke ID
Return Error Unexpected
Unrecognized Error
Unexpected Error
Mistyped Parameter
3.4.10
GSM release cause for Session Management (SM)
Number
102
Description
Recovery on timer expiry
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 99 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.4 AT+CEER
s
3.4.11
GSM cause for L3 Protocol module or other local cause
Number
10
Description
Unspecified RLP Error
14
unreliable data link or if the peer instance is not RLP
SREJ timed out
15
16
REMAP procedure timed out
3.4.12
SIEMENS release cause for GPRS API
Number
Description
0
Regular deactivation of the call
Action temporarily not allowed
Wrong connection type
1
2
3
Specified data service profile invalid
PDP type or address is unknown
4
5
FDN Check was not successful; GPRS Attach and PDP Context Activation blocked
9
GPRS service not available
Undefined
255
3.4.13
SIEMENS release cause for PPP/IP-Stack
Number
Description
0
Regular call deactivation
LCP stopped
1
255
Undefined
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 100 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.5 ATS18
s
3.5
ATS18 Extended call release report
ATS18controls the presentation of extended call release reports for circuit switched fax and data calls. Extended
The call release report is presented in numeric format and shows as follows:
If enabled the message will be reported every time a fax or data call is released or fails to be established.
Syntax
Read Command
ATS18?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS18=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
An odd number enables the presentation of the extended call release report. Any even number disables this
feature.
0(&F)...255
<locationID>(num)
Location IDs are listed in Section 3.4.1, Cause Location ID for the extended error report. Each ID is related to
<reason>(num)
<reason>numbers and the associated descriptions are listed in several tables, sorted by different categories
at AT+CEER. The tables can be found proceeding from the Location IDs listed in Section 3.4.1, Cause Location
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 101 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.5 ATS18
s
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
ATS18=1
Enables the presentation of extended call release reports.
OK
ATD03012345678
+CAUSE: 8:17
BUSY
Now, a mobile originated data call fails.
An extended error report is output, followed by the result code BUSY.
= "User busy".
EXAMPLE 2
ATS18=1
OK
ATD03012345678
CONNECT 9600/RLP
Hello,....
+++
Enables the presentation of extended call release reports.
Now, a mobile originated data call is set up.
Call ends after remote party hung up.
+CAUSE: 8:16
Normal call release is reported, followed by the result code NO CAR-
RIER.
NO CARRIER
= "Normal call clearing".
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 102 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.6 AT+CPAS
s
3.6
AT+CPAS Mobile equipment activity status
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPAS=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CPAS
Response(s)
+CPAS: <pas>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<pas>(num)
0
3
4
Ready
Incoming call (ringing)
Call in progress or call hold
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 103 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
3.7 AT+WS46
s
3.7
AT+WS46 Select wireless network
Syntax
Test Command
AT+WS46=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+WS46?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
12
GSM digital cellular
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 104 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4. Serial Interface Control Commands
s
4.
Serial Interface Control Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to determine various settings related
to the AC75's serial interface.
4.1
AT\Q Flow control
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
-
±
±
±
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
Disable flow control
1
2
3
XON/XOFF software flow control
Only CTS by DCE (TA)
RTS/CTS hardware flow control
Recommended for the following procedures: incoming or outgoing data calls,
fax calls, MUX mode.
Often, the initialization routine of Fax programs includes enabling RTS/CTS
Notes
•
When using XON/XOFF flow control (AT\Q1) in online mode, +++should not be used while the data trans-
mission is paused with XOFF. Before entering the command mode with +++the paused transmission should
be resumed using the XON character.
•
For compatibility reasons, the AT\Qcommand can be used in Multiplex mode, though the settings will not
take effect. However, be aware that whenever you use the AT\Qwrite command in Multiplex mode and then
save the current configuration to the user profile with AT&W, the changed AT\Qsetting will become active after
restart.
•
With AT+IFC, flow control can be set separately for each data direction, while AT\Qapplies to both directions.
The two commands influence each other, i.e. settings made with AT\Q apply to AT+IFC and, vice versa,
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 105 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.2 AT&C
s
4.2
AT&C Set Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Line mode
The AT&Ccommand determines how the state of the DCD line (circuit 109) reflects the AC75's internal activity.
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250 , SIEMENS
-
+
-
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
1(&F)
2
DCD line shall always be on.
DCD line shall be on only when data carrier signal is present.
DCD line shall be on when one or more Internet services defined on the related
serial channel are in state "Connecting" or "Up" as described below. For details
•
SOCKET, HTTP, SMTP, POP3: DCD shall be on when
<srvState>="Connnecting" or "Up"
•
FTP: DCD shall be on when data channel is connected, i.e.
<srvState>="Up"
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 106 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.3 AT&D
s
4.3
AT&D Set circuit Data Terminal Ready (DTR) function mode
The AT&Ddetermines how the TA responds when circuit 108/2 (DTR) is changed from ON to OFF during data
mode.
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
±
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
1
TA ignores status of DTR.
ON->OFF on DTR: Change to command mode while retaining the connected
call.
2(&F)
ON->OFF on DTR: Disconnect data call, change to command mode. During
state DTR = OFF auto-answer is off.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 107 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.4 AT&S
s
4.4
AT&S Set circuit Data Set Ready (DSR) function mode
The AT&Scommand determines how the TA sets circuit 107 (DSR) depending on the communication state of
the TA interfacing TE.
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
-
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
DSR line is always ON
1
TA in command mode: DSR is OFF.
TA in data mode: DSR is ON.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 108 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.5 ATE
s
4.5
ATE Enable command echo
state.
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0]
1(&F)
Echo mode off
Echo mode on
Notes
•
•
When a Java application is running there is no echo available, existing settings are ignored and attempts to
change the settings are disregarded.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 109 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.6 AT+ICF
s
4.6
AT+ICF Serial Interface Character Framing
The command AT+ICFcontrols the serial interface character framing format and parity used for receiving and
transmitting.
The following settings are supported:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Syntax
Test Command
AT+ICF=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+ICF?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
-
±
±
±
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<format>(num)(&W)(&V)
Specifies the character format used for receiving and transmitting.
1
8 data 0 parity 2 stop
8 data 1 parity 1 stop
8 data 0 parity 1 stop
7 data 1 parity 1 stop
2
[3](D)
5
<parity>(num)(&W)(&V)
0
1
odd
even
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 110 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.6 AT+ICF
s
Notes
•
•
•
If AT+ICFmodes 7E1 or 7O1 are set, the parity bit will by default not be transmitted over the air. If the remote
When using a bit rate of 300 bps there must be a delay of 500ms before entering the next command. At bit
rates of 1200 bps the delay must be 300ms. For higher bit rates use of the default delay is sufficient.
AC75's autobaud feature detects the bit rate currently used by the TE. However, this detection suffers some
limitations described in Section 4.9.1, Autobauding. If autobauding is enabled, the AT+ICFread command
does not show the current character framing, but the character framing that will be used when autobauding
is disabled.
•
For compatibility reasons, the command can be used in Multiplex mode, though the settings will not take
effect. Please note that changes made on multiplex channel 1 will be saved with AT&Wand will become active
•
•
To start the multiplexer it is necessary to set the character framing to 8 bits, no parity and 1 stop bit.
If a <format>is selected without parity (e.g. <format>=3) and you try to activate a format with parity (e.g.
<format>=2), you need to explixitly set the parameter <parity>(e.g. AT+ICF=2,1). Otherwise you will get
'+CME ERROR: invalid index'. This is because for <format>=3, the parameter <parity>is set to the inter-
nal value 'no parity' which is not supported by <format>=2. (Remember that if an optional parameter is omit-
ted for which no default is stated in this specification, the value of the parameter remains unchanged).
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 111 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.7 AT+IFC
s
4.7
AT+IFC Set Flow Control separately for data directions
The command AT+IFCcan be used to set or query the data flow control separately for each data direction. In
Syntax
Test Command
AT+IFC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+IFC?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
-
±
±
±
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<TEflowcontrol>(num)(&W)
Specifies the method used by the TE when receiving data from the TA.
[0](&F)
none
1
2
3
XON/XOFF, terminate flow control in the Cellular Engine
RTS line
XON/XOFF, evaluate flow control in the Cellular Engine and pass it through
(over the air) to the opposite TE
<TAflowcontrol>(num)(&W)
Specifies the method used by the TA when receiving data from the TE.
[0](&F)
none
1
2
XON/XOFF
CTS line
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 112 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.7 AT+IFC
s
Notes
•
while the data transmission is paused with XOFF. Before entering the command mode with +++the paused
transmission should be resumed using the XON character.
•
For compatibility reasons, the AT+IFCcommand can be used in Multiplex mode, though the settings will not
then save the current configuration to the user profile with AT&W, the changed AT+IFCsetting will become
active after restart.
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 113 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.8 AT+ILRR
s
4.8
AT+ILRR Set TE-TA local rate reporting
The command AT+ILRRcontrols whether or not the intermediate result code "+ILRR" is transmitted from the TA
to the TE while a connection is being set up. The result code indicates the local rate. It is issued before the final
result code of the connection, e.g. CONNECT, is transmitted to the TE.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+ILRR=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+ILRR?
Response(s)
+ILRR: <value>
OK
Write Command
AT+ILRR=<value>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
+
+
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
Intermediate Result Code
+ILRR: <rate>
Indicates local port rate setting upon connection setup.
Parameter Description
<value>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
Disables reporting of local port rate
Enables reporting of local port rate
1
<rate>(num)
Port rate setting upon connection setup (bps)
0
usable with Java.
300
600
1200
2400
4800
9600
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 114 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.8 AT+ILRR
s
14400
19200
28800
38400
57600
115200
230400
460800
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 115 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.9 AT+IPR
s
4.9
AT+IPR Set fixed local rate
Syntax
Test Command
AT+IPR=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+IPR?
Response(s)
+IPR: <rate>
OK
Write Command
AT+IPR=<rate>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
±
-
±
±
±
-
+
-
Command Description
The test command returns the values of the supported automatically detectable bit rates and the values of the
supported fixed bit rates.
The read command returns the current bit rate of the interface.
The write command specifies the bit rate to be used for the interface. When you set a fixed rate, make sure that
both TE (DTE) and TA (DCE) are configured to the same rate.
The setting is stored in the non-volatile memory and will be used when the ME is powered up again. However,
in case of autobaud mode (AT+IPR=0) the detected TA bit rate will not be saved and, therefore, needs to be
Parameter Description
<rate>(num)(&V)
bit rate per second (bps)
0
Activates autobauding. Not supported on ASC1. Not usable with Java. See
300
600
1200
2400
4800
9600
14400
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 116 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.9 AT+IPR
s
19200
28800
38400
57600
115200
230400
460800
Notes
•
•
Delivery value for <rate>is 115200bps on ASC0 and 115200bps on ASC1. It will not be restored with AT&F.
The current setting of AT+IPRwill be preserved when you download firmware (i.e. a firmware update does
not restore the factory setting) or in the event of power failure.
•
Generally, AT+IPRshould be used as a standalone command. If nevertheless combinations with other com-
mands on the same command line cannot be avoided, there are several constraints to be considered:
-
-
-
Take into account, that a pause of 100ms is required between the response to the last command (e.g. OK)
and the next command.
following problem: if switching to the new bit rate takes effect while a response is being transmitted, the
last bytes may be sent with the new bit rate and thus, not properly transmitted. The following commands
will be correctly sent at the new bit rate.
•
•
In order to account for greater amounts of data it is recommended to choose a minimum bit rate of 2400 bps.
If the ME shall be operated in Multiplex mode we suggest a minimum bit rate of 4800bps.
In Multiplex mode, the write command AT+IPR=<rate>will not change the bit rate currently used, but the
new bit rate will be stored and becomes active, when the module is restarted.
•
•
A selected bit rate takes effect after the write commands returns OK.
If Java is running, the firmware will ignore any settings made with AT+IPR. Responses to the read, write or
test command will be invalid or deliver "ERROR". See also "AC75 Java User's Guide" [3], Section "Configur-
ing serial interface".
4.9.1
Autobauding
To take advantage of autobaud mode specific attention must be paid to the following requirements:
•
Synchronization between TE and TA:
Ensure that TE and TA are correctly synchronized and the bit rate used by the TE is detected by the TA. To
allow the bit rate to be synchronized simply use an "AT" or "at" string. This is necessary when you start up
the ME while autobauding is enabled. It is recommended to wait 3 to 5 seconds before sending the first AT
character. Otherwise undefined characters might be returned.
•
Restrictions on autobauding operation:
-
If you switch to autobaud mode, then autobauding does not take effect immediately after the write com-
next restart of the TA. This is indicated by any following AT+IPRread command which still returns the old
baudrate until the next restart.
Before you activate autobauding switch on the local echo with ATE1. To verify if autobauding has become
effective after restart first send only the characters "AT" or "at" and check that they are echoed within
100ms. In some cases you may need to repeat this several times, until both characters are properly ech-
oed within 100ms.
Please note that after the successful synchronization between TE and TA the autobauding mechanism of
the TA is deactivated until next restart. So, while autobauding is enabled you will need to restart the TA
each time after changing the bit rate of the TE.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 117 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.9 AT+IPR
s
-
-
-
The TA cannot distinguish between 1 and 2 stop bits. Therefore, 1 stop bit will be used by the TA.
Only the first "AT" or "at" after restart of the module can be detected (neither "At" nor "aT"). This means
that all the AT commands have to use the same bit rate and frame type.
-
-
-
The second serial interface ASC1 does not support autobauding.
Autobauding cannot be used if the ME operates with Java.
URCs that may be issued before the ME detects a new bit rate (by receiving the first AT character) will be
sent at the previously detected bit rate or, after ME restart, at 115200 bps.
•
Autobauding and bit rate after restart:
Unless the bit rate is determined, the following constraints apply:
-
An incoming CSD call or a network initiated GPRS request cannot be accepted. This must be taken into
if SIM PIN 1 authentication is done automatically and the setting ATS0≠ 0 is stored to the user profile with
AT&W.
-
Until the bit rate is found, URCs generated after restart will be output at 115200 bps. This applies only to
user defined URCs, such as "+CREG", "CCWA", "^SCKS" etc. The URCs "^SYSSTART", "^SYSSTART
CHARGE-ONLY MODE" and "^SYSSTART AIRPLANE MODE" will not be indicated when autobauding is
enabled.
Note: To avoid any problems caused by undetermined bit rates in the direction from TA to TE we strongly
recommend to configure a fixed bit rate rather than autobauding.
•
Autobauding and multiplex mode:
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 118 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.10 AT+CMUX
s
4.10
AT+CMUX Enter multiplex mode
All information provided in this section applies to the ASC0 interface only. The second interface ASC1 has no
support of Multiplex mode.
Multiplex mode according to the ETSI TS 101 669 and GSM 07.10 enables one physical serial asynchronous
interface to be partitioned into three virtual channels. This allows you to take advantage of up to 3 simultaneous
sessions running on the serial interface. For example, you can send or receive data or make a call on the first
channel, while the other two channels are free to control the module with AT commands.
The AC75 module incorporates an internal multiplexer and thus integrates all the functions needed to implement
full-featured multiplex solutions. For the application on top, customers have the flexibility to create their own mul-
tiplex programs conforming to the multiplexer protocol. To help system integrators save the time and expense of
designing multiplexer applications, SIEMENS AG offers WinMUX2k, a ready-to-use multiplex driver for Windows
2000 and Windows XP. Another approach is to develop customized solutions based on the sources of the
WinMux2k driver.
Refer to [6] which provides a detailed description of the multiplex architecture and step-by-step instructions of
how to install and configure the multiplex mode. The WinMUX2k driver and its source files can be supplied on
request. Please contact your local distributor to obtain the latest installation software and user's guide.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMUX=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMUX?
Response(s)
+CMUX: <mode>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CMUX=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07, GSM 07.10
-
+
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
Multiplexer transparency mechanism
0
Basic option
<subset>(num)
Subparameters defined in GSM07.07 are adjusted for control and logical channels as follows
0
UIH frames used only (control channel)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 119 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.10 AT+CMUX
s
Notes
•
The write command is used to enter the multiplex mode. The setup of the logical channels is initiated by the
TE, i.e. the TE acts as initiator. This means that the TE shall ensure that logical channels are established
before any further actions on the channels can be started.
•
•
•
There is a timeout of five seconds, if the multiplexer protocol is enabled and no multiplexer control channel is
established. The GSM engine returns to AT command mode.
changed. All other parameters are not available.
The Multiplex feature is not relevant for Java applications. The mode cannot be started if the ME is Java con-
trolled.
If Java autostart is enabled with AT^SCFG, it is not possible to activate Multiplex mode on ASC0 or USB.
•
Multiplexer mode requires character framing to be set to 8 bits, no parity and 1 stop bit. The setting can be
4.10.1
Restrictions on Multiplex mode
When the serial interface ASC0 is in multiplex mode, data and fax calls can only be set up on logical channel 1.
Due to this restriction, AT commands have a different behavior on channels 2+3 compared to channel 1. Several
commands are not available, others return different responses. This section summarizes the concerned com-
Table 4.1: Availability of AT Commands on Virtual Channels
Command
Behavior on channel 1
not usable, but see note 2)
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
as described
Behavior on channel 2+3
not usable, but see note 2)
not usable
not usable
see note 3)
AT+CG... (GPRS commands)
AT+F... (Fax commands)
not usable
not usable
no Data Calls
no Data Calls
not usable
not usable
not usable
not usable
not usable
not usable
not usable
not usable
not usable
1) Siemens GSM engines support the registers S0 - S29. You can change S0,S3,S4,S5,S6,S7,S8,S10 and S18 using the
related ATSn commands (see starting from ATS0). The other registers are read-only and for internal use only!
2) The applicability of the +++escape sequence depends on the customer's external application based on the Mulitplexer
Protocol. Recommendations for implementing an appropriate modem status command (MSC) are provided in [6], Section
"Escape Sequence".
3) PDP contexts can be defined on any channel, but are visible and usable only on the channel on which they are defined
(thus it is not possible to define a context on channel 2 and activate it on channel 3). GPRS connections can be estab-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 120 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.10 AT+CMUX
s
lished on two channels at a time.
Table 4.2: Summary of AT commands with Different Behavior in Multiplex Mode
Command
Description
Different default configurations on channels 1, 2 and 3.
Different user profiles can be stored on each channel.
Before you start Multiplex mode, it is recommended to set the ME to 57600 bps
(minimum should be 4800 bps). For GPRS we suggest to use 115200 bps or
230400 bps.
currently used, but the new bit rate will be stored and becomes active, when the
module is restarted.
AT+IPR=0
Multiplex mode cannot be activated while autobauding is enabled.
channels overwrites the time setting on all remaining channels. Therefore, the total
<n>=0, no matter whether individual text messages are stored.
When the alarm is timed out and executed the ME sends the URC only on the
channel where the most recent alarm setting was made. The alarm time will be
reset to "00/01/01,00:00:00" on all channels.
Presentation mode can be separately configured for each channel.
If Multiplex mode is activated the +CNMI parameter will be set to zero on all chan-
nels, if one channel fails to acknowledge an incoming message within the required
time.
Phase 2+ parameters can only be used on one channel. The parameter for <mt>
Report is not acknowledged, all +CNMI parameter will be set to zero on all chan-
nels.
If the ME is in Multiplexer mode, it is not recommended to activate SLEEP mode
(PSC)".
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 121 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.10 AT+CMUX
s
4.10.2
Second serial interface ASC1
The second serial interface ASC1 is intended as an auxiliary interface for applications which need multiple par-
allel access to the module (e.g. to query status information during a data call), but cannot use the GSM 07.10
multiplexing protocol. Therefore this interface offers limited functionality only.
•
•
•
No DTR, DSR, DCD, RING signals. These hardware lines do not exist. As a result, AT commands controlling
No presentation of ^SYSSTART URCs on ASC1. After restart or reset of the ME, either check that the URC
has been sent on ASC0 or wait approximately 3 seconds before entering the first AT command on ASC1.
No Autobauding. The hardware is not capable of automatically detecting the baudrate on this interface, so
•
•
•
No CSD calls, so all related AT commands cannot be used and return ERROR.
No fax calls, so all AT+F commands cannot be used and return ERROR.
ASC1 is disabled when the multiplexer is enabled on the first serial interface ASC0. Yet, both ASC1 and the mul-
tiplexer channel 2 are using the same parameters, and thus, the same user defined profile (if any). As a result,
a user profile stored on multiplexer channel 2 takes effect on ASC1 after closing the multiplexer and starting up
ASC1. Likewise, a user profile stored on ASC1 will be loaded on multiplexer channel 2.
This may be a problem when ASC1 is not connected, but flow control (for example AT\Q1 or AT\Q3) is stored to
the user profile on the multiplexer channel 2. In this case, flow control takes effect on ASC1, when the multiplexer
is switched off. If then for example a large amount of URCs is generated, their transmission might be stopped
due to the flow control. To avoid this problem we recommend that you do not activate flow control on multiplexer
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 122 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
4.11 AT^STPB
s
4.11
AT^STPB Transmit Parity Bit (for 7E1 and 7O1 only)
This command is intended only for use with 7E1 and 7O1. In addition to the 7E1 or 7O1 settings made with
Syntax
Test Command
AT^STPB=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^STPB?
Response(s)
^STPB: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT^STPB=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: unknown
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
-
±
±
±
-
+
-
Command Description
The write command can be used to control the handling of the parity bit. If command fails, "+CME ERROR:
unknown" will be returned.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)
0(&F)
The parity bit will not be transmitted over the air and will be replaced with 0.
1
In a data connection 8 bits will be transmitted, including the parity bit, i.e. the
parity bit will be properly transmitted over the air. The setting shall be used if
problems are encountered when AC75 is running in the default 7E1 or 7O1
Note
•
Command is usable if multiplexer is enabled but setting is ignored.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 123 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5. Security Commands
s
5.
Security Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to determine various security related
settings.
5.1
AT+CPIN PIN Authentication
The read command returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether or not network authentication is required.
The write command allows the AC75 to store the entered password. This may be for example the SIM PIN1 to
register to the GSM network, or the SIM PUK1 to replace a disabled SIM PIN1 with a new one, or the PH-SIM
PIN if the client has taken precautions for preventing damage in the event of loss or theft etc.
If no PIN1 request is pending (for example if PIN1 authentication has been done and the same PIN1 is entered
again) AC75 responds "+CME ERROR: operation not allowed"; no further action is required.
Each time a password is entered with AT+CPINthe module starts reading data from the SIM. The duration of
reading varies with the SIM card. This may cause a delay of several seconds before all commands which need
access to SIM data are effective. See Section 23.1, Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication
for further detail.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPIN=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPIN?
Response(s)
+CPIN: <code>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 124 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.1 AT+CPIN
s
Parameter Description
<pin>(str)
Password (string type), usually SIM PIN1.
If the requested password was a PUK, such as SIM PUK1 or PH-FSIM PUK or another password, then <pin>
<new pin>(text)
If the requested code was a PUK: specify a new password or restore the former disabled password. See Section
5.1.1, What to do if PIN or password authentication fails? for more information about when you may need to
enter the PUK.
<code>(text)
SIM PIN authentication
READY
SIM PIN
SIM PUK
PIN has already been entered. No further entry needed.
ME is waiting for SIM PIN1.
ME is waiting for SIM PUK1 if PIN1 was disabled after three failed attempts to
enter PIN1.
SIM PIN2
ME is waiting for PIN2. This is only applicable when an attempt to access a
PIN2 related feature was acknowledged with +CME ERROR: 17 ("SIM PIN2
required"), for example when the client attempts to edit the FD phonebook). In
SIM PUK2
ME is waiting for PUK2 to unblock a disabled PIN2. As above, this is only nec-
essary when the preceding command was acknowledged with +CME ERROR:
PUK2.
Phone security locks set by client or factory
PH-SIM PIN
ME is waiting for phone-to-SIM card password if "PS" lock is active and the cli-
ent inserts other SIM card than the one used for the lock. ("PS" lock is also
referred to as phone or antitheft lock).
PH-SIM PUK
PH-FSIM PIN
ME is waiting for Master Phone Code, if the above "PS" lock password was
incorrectly entered three times.
ME is waiting for phone-to-very-first-SIM card. Necessary when "PF" lock was
set. When powered up the first time, ME locks itself to the first SIM card put into
the card holder. As a result, operation of the mobile is restricted to this one SIM
card (unless the PH-FSIM PUK is used as described below).
PH-FSIM PUK
ME is waiting for phone-to-very-first-SIM card unblocking password to be
given. Necessary when "PF" lock is active and other than first SIM card is
inserted.
PH-NET PUK
PH-NS PIN
PH-NS PUK
PH-SP PIN
PH-SP PUK
PH-C PIN
ME is waiting for network personalisation unblocking password
ME is waiting for network subset personalisation password
ME is waiting for network subset unblocking password
ME is waiting for service provider personalisation password
ME is waiting for service provider personalisation unblocking password
ME is waiting for corporate personalisation password
PH-C PUK
ME is waiting for corprorate personalisation un-blocking password
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 125 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.1 AT+CPIN
s
Notes
•
Successful PIN authentication only confirms that the entered PIN was recognized and correct. The output of
the result code OK does not necessarily imply that the mobile is registered to the desired network.
Typical example: PIN was entered and accepted with OK, but the ME fails to register to the network. This may
be due to missing network coverage, denied network access with currently used SIM card, no valid roaming
agreement between home network and currently available operators etc.
AC75 offers various options to verify the present status of network registration: For example, the AT+COPS
command indicates the currently used network. With AT+CREGyou can also check the current status and acti-
vate an unsolicited result code which appears whenever the status of the network registration changes (e.g.
when the ME is powered up, or when the network cell changes).
•
•
•
5.1.1
What to do if PIN or password authentication fails?
PIN1 / PUK1:
After three failures to enter PIN 1, the SIM card is blocked (except for emergency calls). +CME ERROR: 12 will
prompt the client to unblock the SIM card by entering the associated PUK (= PIN Unblocking Key / Personal
Unblocking Key). After ten failed attempts to enter the PUK, the SIM card will be invalidated and no longer oper-
able (the device will respond with: +CME ERROR: 770, which stands for: SIM invalid - network reject). In such
a case, the card needs to be replaced. PIN1 consists of 4 to 8 digits, PUK1 is an 8-digit code only.
To unblock a disabled PIN1 you have two options:
•
•
PIN2 / PUK2:
PIN2 prevents unauthorized access to the features listed in AT+CPIN2. The handling of PIN2 varies with the pro-
vider. PIN2 may either be a specific code supplied along with an associated PUK2, or a default code such as
0000. In either case, the client is advised to replace it with an individual code. Incorrect input of PUK2 will per-
manently block the additional features subject to PIN2 authentification, but usually has no effect on PIN1. PIN2
consists of 4 digits, PUK2 is an 8-digit code only.
To unblock a disabled PIN2 you have two options:
•
•
Phone lock:
If the mobile was locked to a specific SIM card (= "PS" lock or phone lock), the PUK that came with the SIM card
cannot be used to remove the lock. After three failed attempts to enter the correct password, ME returns +CPIN:
PH-SIM PUK (= response to read command AT+CPIN?), i.e. it is now waiting for the Master Phone Code. This
is an 8-digit device code associated to the IMEI number of the mobile which can only by obtained from the man-
ufacturer or provider. When needed, contact Siemens AG and request the Master Phone Code of the specific
module.
There are two ways to enter the Master Phone code:
•
•
Usually, theMaster Phone Code will be supplied by mail or e-mail. If the received number is enclosed in the *#
codes typically used for the ATD option, it is important to crop the preceding *#0003* characters and the
appended #.
Example: You may be given the string *#0003*12345678#. When prompted for the PH-SIM PUK simply enter
12345678.
If incorrectly input, the Master Phone Code is governed by a specific timing algorithm: (n-1)*256 seconds (see
table below). The timing should be considered by system integrators when designing an individual MMI.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 126 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.1 AT+CPIN
s
Number of failed attempts
1st failed attempt
Time to wait before next input is allowed
No time to wait
2nd failed attempt
4 seconds
3rd failed attempt
3 * 256 seconds
4 * 256 seconds
5 * 256 seconds
6 * 256 seconds and so forth
4th failed attempt
5th failed attempt
6th failed attempt and so forth
SIM locks:
These are factory set locks, such as "PF", "PN", "PU", "PP", "PC". An 8-digit unlocking code is required to operate
the mobile with a different SIM card, or to lift the lock. The code can only be obtained from the provider.
Failure to enter the password is subject to the same timing algorithm as the Master Phone Code (see Table
above).
Call barring:
Supported modes are "AO", "OI", "OX", "AI", "IR", "AB", "AG", "AC". If the call barring password is entered incor-
rectly three times, the client will need to contact the service provider to obtain a new one.
Related sections:
"+CME ERROR: <err>" values are specified at Section 2.12.1, CME/CMS Error Code Overview. For further
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 127 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.2 AT+CPIN2
s
5.2
AT+CPIN2 PIN2 Authentication
The read command returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether or not network authentication is required.
The write command allows the AC75 to store the entered password. This may be for example the SIM PIN2 to
benefit from the features listed below, or the SIM PUK2 to replace a disabled PIN2 with a new one. Note that
PIN2 can only be entered if PIN1 authentication was done.
If the AC75 is requesting SIM PUK2, use <pin>to enter the PUK2, followed by <new pin>to specify the new
PIN2.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPIN2=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPIN2?
Response(s)
+CPIN2: <code>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<pin>(str)
Password (string type), usually SIM PIN2 or, if requested, SIM PUK2.
<new pin>(str)
If the requested code was SIM PUK2: new password (PIN2).
See Section 5.1.1, What to do if PIN or password authentication fails? for more information about when you may
need to enter the PUK.
<code>(text)
READY
ME is not pending for any password.
SIM PIN2
ME is waiting for SIM PIN2.
or has failed ("+CME ERROR:17").
SIM PUK2
ME is waiting for SIM PUK2.
pending for SIM PUK2 (i.e. "+CME ERROR:18").
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 128 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.2 AT+CPIN2
s
Note
•
Functions accessible only after PIN2 authentication:
AT+CACM: Accumulated call meter (ACM) reset or query
AT+CAMM: Accumulated call meter maximum (ACMmax) set or query
AT+CLCK: Facility lock to "FD" (Fixed dialing phonebook)
AT^SLCK: Facility lock to "FD" (Fixed dialing phonebook)
AT+CPWD: Change "P2"password
AT^SPWD: Change "P2"password
AT+CPUC: Price per unit and currency table
AT+CPIN2: Enter SIM PIN2 or SIM PUK2 if requested.
For example, SIM PIN2 will be needed when you attempt to edit the "FD" phonebook and ME returns "+CME
Error 17" or "+CPIN: SIM PIN2".
300s, a repetition of the authentication process is required (PIN2 authentication code changes from READY
to SIM PIN2).
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Change PIN2
AT+CPWD="P2","0000","8888"
OK
(where "0000" = old PIN2 and "8888" = new PIN2)
EXAMPLE 2
Unblock a disabled PIN2
AT+CPIN2?
+CPIN2: SIM PUK2
OK
PIN2 has been disabled, PUK2 must be entered
to define a new PIN2
AT+CPIN2=12345678,8888
where "12345678" is the PUK2, and "8888" the new
PIN2.
EXAMPLE 3
Write into "FD" phonebook
AT+CPBS="FD"
OK
AT+CPBW=2,"+493012345678",145,"Charly"
+CME ERROR 17
access denied due to missing PIN2 authentication
AT+CPIN2=8888
OK
AT+CPBW=2,"+493012345678",145,"Charly"
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 129 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.3 AT^SPIC
s
5.3
AT^SPIC Display PIN counter
The AT^SPICcommand can be used to find out whether the ME is waiting for a password and, if so, how many
attempts are left to enter the password.
The execute command returns the number of attempts still available for entering the currently required password,
for example the PIN, PUK, PH-SIM PUK etc.
The read command AT^SPIC? indicates which password the number of attempts stated by the execute com-
mand actually refers to. Also, the write command may be used to query the counter for a specific password: It
indicates the number of attempts still available for entering the password identified by <facility>, for example
the PIN, PIN2, PH-SIM PIN etc.
AT^SPIC?. If the response to AT+CPIN? is "READY" the counter of the execute command AT^SPICrelates to
PIN2. See last example. If the responses to AT+CPIN? and AT+CPIN2? both read "READY", no password is
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPIC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SPIC?
Response(s)
^SPIC: <code>
OK
Exec Command
AT^SPIC
Response(s)
^SPIC: <counter>
OK
Write Command
AT^SPIC=<facility>
Response(s)
^SPIC: <counter>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<counter>(num)
Number of attempts left to enter the currently required password. This number will be counted down after each
failure.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 130 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.3 AT^SPIC
s
<facility>(str)
Password for which the corresponding PIN counter is to be displayed.
“SC“
SIM PIN or SIM PUK. If the SIM PIN has been deactivated after three failed
attempts, the counter for SIM PUK will be returned instead.
“PS“
entered three times, the Master Phone Code is required to lift the lock and the
number of remaining attempts for the master phonecode will be returned.
“P2“
SIM PIN2 or SIM PUK2. If the SIM PIN2 has been deactivated after three failed
attempts, the counter for SIM PUK2 will be returned instead.
“PN“
Network Personalisation
<code>(text)
Identification of the currently required password.
SIM PIN
ME is waiting for SIM PIN1.
SIM PUK
ME is waiting for SIM PUK1 if PIN1 was disabled after three failed attempts to
enter PIN1.
SIM PIN2
ME is waiting for PIN2, when the attempt to access PIN2 requiring features was
acknowledged with +CME ERROR:17 (e.g. if the user attempts to edit the FD
phonebook).
SIM PUK2
ME is waiting for PUK2 to unblock a disabled PIN2. Necessary if preceding
command was acknowledged with +CME ERROR:18.
PH-SIM PIN
ME is waiting for phone-to-SIM card password if ''PS'' lock is active and user
inserts other SIM card than the one used for the lock. (''PS'' lock is also referred
to as phone or antitheft lock).
PH-SIM PUK
PH-NET PUK
ME is waiting for Master Phone Code, if the above ''PS'' lock password was
incorrectly entered three times.
ME is waiting for network personalisation unblocking password
Notes
•
Whenever the required password changes, <counter>changes to reflect that change. Please refer to the
examples below.
•
For passwords associated to the phone lock (''PS'' lock set by user or factory) or other factory set locks, such
as ''PF'', ''PN'', ''PU'', ''PP'', ''PC'' the number of attempts is subject to a timing algorithm explained in
AT+CPIN. If these passwords are incorrectly entered the counter first returns 3, 2 and 1 remaining attempt(s),
but then gives the total number of attempts which amounts to 63 (see example below).
•
passwords.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
The user fails to provide a correct SIM PIN three times. The counter decreases each time. After the counter
reaches zero, the SIM PUK is required. After each failure to enter a correct SIM PUK, the counter decreases.
at+cpin?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
at^spic
^SPIC: 3
OK
Currently required password is PIN1.
3 attempts left.
at+cpin=9999
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 131 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.3 AT^SPIC
s
at^spic
^SPIC: 2
OK
at+cpin=9999
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
OK
at^spic
^SPIC: 1
2 attempts left.
1 attempt left.
OK
at+cpin=9999
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at+cpin?
+CPIN: SIM PUK
OK
at^spic
^SPIC: 10
OK
Now required password is PUK 1.
10 attempts left for PUK 1.
at+cpin=01234567,1234
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic
^SPIC: 9
OK
9 attempts left for PUK 1.
EXAMPLE 2
Though a mobile is locked to a specific SIM card (phone lock), the user attempts to operate it with another
SIM card. The user correctly enters the SIM PIN of the SIM card currently inserted, but then fails to give the
''PS'' lock password (PH-SIM PUK):
at+cpin=9999
OK
at+cpin?
+CPIN: PH-SIM PIN
OK
at^spic
^SPIC: 3
ME is waiting for the phone lock password.
3 attempts left.
OK
at+cpin=4711
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic?
^SPIC: 2
2 attempts left.
OK
at+cpin=4712
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic
^SPIC: 1
1 attempt left.
OK
at^spic?
^SPIC: PH-SIM PIN
OK
Displayed counter refers to phone lock password.
at+cpin=4713
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic
^SPIC: 63
OK
at^spic?
^SPIC: PH-SIM PUK
OK
Displayed counter refers to master phone code.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 132 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.3 AT^SPIC
s
at+cpin=4714
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic
^SPIC: 63
OK
EXAMPLE 3
This example shows that after successful SIM PIN1 authentication the counter of the AT^SPICexecute and
read command refers to SIM PIN2, i.e. it does not reflect the status of SIM PIN1. This may be a problem if
the user enters a wrong PIN1 and is not aware that the number of attempts left to enter SIM PIN1 is counted
down.
+CREG: 0
at+cpin=1234
OK
+CREG: 2
+CREG: 1
The mobile ist properly registered to the network.
at+cpin?
+CPIN: READY
PIN1 authentication was successful.
at^spic
^SPIC: 3
As SIM PIN1 authentication was successful, the
counter relates to SIM PIN2 and correctly indicates
that the user has 3 attempts to enter SIM PIN2.
OK
AT^SPIC?
Likewise, the read command notifies that the ME is
waiting for SIM PIN2.
^SPIC: SIM PIN2
OK
at+clck="SC",0,456789
CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic
First attempt to enter a wrong SIM PIN1.
^SPIC: 3
SIM PIN1 authentication is still valid, and the counter
relates to SIM PIN2.
at+clck="SC",0,456789
CME ERROR: incorrect password
at^spic
Second attempt to enter a wrong SIM PIN1.
^SPIC: 3
SIM PIN1 authentication is still valid, and the counter
relates to SIM PIN2.
at+clck="SC",0,456789
Third attempt to enter a wrong SIM PIN1.
CME ERROR: incorrect password
+CREG: 0
at^spic
SIM PIN1 authentication is no longer valid.
^SPIC: 10
This time, after the SIM PIN1 code has been dis-
abled, the counter indicates the status of SIM PIN1
and notifies that 10 attempts are left to enter the SIM
PUK.
To avoid conflicts we recommend to use the AT^SPICread and write commands rather than the execute com-
mand only. The read command clearly states the currently required password, and the write command may
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 133 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.4 AT+CLCK
s
5.4
AT+CLCK Facility lock
aborted when network facilities are being set or interrogated.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLCK=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
[+CLCK: ...]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07, GSM 02.04, GSM 02.88,
GSM 03.88, GSM 04.88
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
±
-
Parameter Description
<facility>(str)
Phone security locks set by client or factory
Primarily intended for the client to take safety precautions, "SC", "PS" and "FD" can be configured individually.
"PS" may also be factory set.
See examples below for further details.
“SC“
“PS“
SIM (lock SIM cards). SIM requests password upon ME power-up and when
this lock command is issued.
<password>: SIM PIN1.
Phone locked to SIM card. ME requests password when other than current SIM
card is inserted.
"PS" lock is frequently referred to as "phone lock", or "device lock". Accord-
ingly, the password may be called "phone code" or "device code". The "PS"
password is not associated with the PUK of the SIM card. If incorrectly entered
three times, the Master Phone Code is required to lift the lock. This is an 8-digit
device code associated to the IMEI number of the mobile which can only by
obtained from the manufacturer of the module. Once the Master Phone Code
has been acctepted, the mobile is operational, and the "PS" lock is no longer
active. If needed it must be set once again.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 134 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.4 AT+CLCK
s
<password>: User defined password. It is needed before the first use of
AT^SPWD, if it has not been predefined by factory settings. If set by factory (e.g.
for a prepaid mobile), the password is supplied by the provider or operator.
“FD“
SIM fixed dialling memory: If the mobile is locked to "FD", only the phone num-
bers stored to the "FD" memory can be dialled. (Capacity of FD phonebook
depending on the SIM card).
<password>: SIM PIN 2.
If a lock on the SIM fixed dialing memory is active, the following applies:
•
Outgoing voice, data or fax calls can be made only to numbers stored in
''FD'' phonebook.
Result code depends on the type of the call:
for voice calls, indication is ''+CME Error 257: Call barred''.
for data and fax calls, indication is ''NO CARRIER''.
•
Access to defined Supplementary Services such as Call barring, Call wait-
ing, Call forwarding, Call hold and Multiparty is possible only if the exact cor-
responding public MMI *# code for the desired service is stored in the fixed
dialing number phone book, and used with ATD.
AT commands for supplementary service control are barred while "FD" lock
is active.
Indication is ''+CME Error 257: Call barred''.
•
•
•
Access to Unstructured Supplementary Services (''USSD'') is possible only
if the exact desired USSD string is stored in the fixed dialling number phone
book, and used with ATD.
AT commands for USSD are barred while "FD" lock is active.
Indication is ''+CME Error 257: Call barred''.
SMS can be sent only to phone numbers which are stored in the ''fixed dial-
ling numbers'' phonebook ''FD''.
Also a valid Service Center Address (international format) must be present
in ''FD'' to allow sending SMS at all.
Indication is ''+CMS Error 302: operation not allowed''.
GPRS commands can be used only if the ''fixed dialling numbers'' phone-
book ''FD'' contains an entry with phone number ''*99#''. This single entry
enables all GPRS commands, including AT commands and modem com-
patibility commands like ''ATD*99***1#'' or ''ATD*98***1#''.
Indication is ''+CME Error 257: Call barred''.
Factory defined SIM locks:
Typical examples of factory set SIM locks are prepaid phones or network locks, used to restrict the operation of
a mobile to a specific provider or operator. The client should be aware that each of these lock types can only be
unlocked if the associated password is available. For example, a mobile can be locked to accept only SIM cards
from the respective provider, or even one single SIM card. Once a different SIM card is inserted the ME will
prompt the client to enter a specific code. This is not the PUK of the SIM card, but usually an 8-digit code which
needs to be requested from the provider.
The locks can only be set by the manufacturer and need to be agreed upon between the parties concerned, e.g.
provider, operator, distributor etc. on the one side and the manufacturer on the other side. For details contact
your local dealer or Siemens AG.
“PF“
“PN“
“PU“
“PP“
“PC“
lock Phone to the very First SIM card
Network Personalisation
Network subset Personalisation
Service Provider Personalisation
Corporate Personalisation
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 135 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.4 AT+CLCK
s
Supplementary Service Call Barring:
Supplementary Service "Call Barring" allows to specify conditions under which calls will be disallowed by the
network.
The availability of the Supplementary Services varies with the network. To benefit from call barring the client will
need to subscribe them, though a limited number of call barring types may be included in the basic tariff pack-
age.
When you attempt to set a <facility>or <class>which is not provisioned, not yet subscribed to, or not sup-
ported by the module, the setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned. The responses in these
cases vary with the network (for example "OK", "+CME ERROR: Operation not allowed", "+CME ERROR: Oper-
ation not supported" etc.). To make sure check the extended error response with AT+CEERand the lock status
<password>: Network password supplied from the provider or operator. Usually there is one password which
applies to all call barring options. For details contact your provider.
“AO“
“OI“
BAOC (Bar All Outgoing Calls)
BOIC (Bar Outgoing International Calls)
“OX“
“AI“
BOIC-exHC (Bar Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country)
BAIC (Bar All Incoming Calls)
“IR“
BIC-Roam (Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country)
“AB“
“AG“
“AC“
<mode>(num)
0
1
2
unlock
lock
query status
<status>(num)
0
1
lock is inactive
lock is active
<password>(str)
Password string used to lock and to unlock a <facility>. Length and authority for passwords depend on the
<facility>in question and are therefore listed in the section on parameter <facility>. Passwords can be
<class>(num)
Integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information, i.e. a bearer service, telecommunication ser-
vice or bearer service group as defined in "GSM 02.04".
1
2
voice
class 2 ("data") comprises all those individual data classes between 16 and
128, that are supported both by the network and the MS. This means, a setting
made for class 2 applies to all individual data classes (if supported). In addition,
you can assign a different setting to a specific class. For example, you can acti-
vate Call Forwarding for all data classes, but deactivate it for data class 64,
"dedicated packet access".
4
fax
8
SMS
16
32
data circuit sync
data circuit async
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 136 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.4 AT+CLCK
s
64
dedicated packet access
128
dedicated PAD access
1...[7]...255
combination of some of the above classes.
For example, the default setting 7 represents the sum of the integers 1, 2 and
4 (voice, data and fax).
The value 255 covers all classes.
If parameter "class" is omitted, the default value 7 is used.
Notes
•
However, when you attempt to use a service option which is not provisioned or not yet subscribed to, the set-
ting will not take effect regardless of the response returned.
The responses in these cases vary with the network (for example "OK", "Operation not allowed", "Operation
not supported" etc.). To make sure check the extended error response with AT+CEERand the lock status with
<mode>=2.
•
•
•
actual applicability of a desired Call barring service to a specific service or service group (a specific <class>
value) please consult table A.1 of GSM 02.04.
If an outgoing Fax or Data Call is rejected due to an active ''call barring'' supplementary service, the call will
be terminated with result code NO CARRIER.
Under the same conditions, an outgoing Voice call will be terminated with result code NO DIALTONE.
If an invalid <password> is entered several times in succession, a delay incremented after each failed
attempt will increase the time to wait before the input of the <password>is accepted. To avoid blocking the
serial interface the running AT+CLCKcommand is aborted after a short timeout and returns CME ERROR 100
("Operation temporary not allowed"). For details regarding the delay see Section 5.1.1, What to do if PIN or
•
•
If the user tries to set a lock although it is already active or, the other way round, tries to unlock an inactive
In the airplane mode the write command version for the network related <facility>(AO, OI, OX, AI, IR,
AB, AG and AC) is not supported. For remaining facilities the command is fully functional then.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
AT+CLCK="SC",1,"9999"
The "SC" parameter enables or disables the SIM PIN authentication
(PIN 1) when you power up the GSM engine
OK
SIM card locked. As a result, SIM PIN 1 must be entered to enable ME
to register to the GSM network.
AT+CLCK="SC",0,"9999"
OK
Unlocks SIM card.
When powered up, ME registers to the GSM network without requesting
SIM PIN1.
Note: Depending on the services offered by the provider, this feature is
not supported by all SIM card types. If so, the command returns ERROR
when you attempt to unlock the card.
To query the status of the SIM card lock:
AT+CLCK="SC",2
+CLCK: 1
Query the status of SIM card lock.
SIM card is locked. SIM PIN1 must be entered to enable ME to register
to the GSM network.
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 137 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.4 AT+CLCK
s
EXAMPLE 2
AT+CPIN?
OK
Make sure that PIN1 authentication is valid.
AT+CPWD="PS",,"1234"
OK
If "PS" lock has not been set before: enter new password.
Optionally, if "PS" password was defined before, change existing password:
AT+CPWD="PS","1234","3333" To replace existing "PS" password: Enter old and new password.
OK
Then, activate the Phone Lock:
AT+CLCK="PS",1,"3333"
OK
Locks the mobile to the current SIM card.
To operate the mobile with the SIM card for which "PS" lock was activated:
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
AT+CPIN="9999"
OK
No additional password is required for operation (SIM recognized by
mobile).
To operate the mobile with other SIM card than the one used for the "PS" lock:
Enter SIM PIN of present card, followed by "PS" lock password.
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
AT+CPIN="1111"
OK
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: PH-SIM PIN
PIN authentication accepted.
"PS" lock password is required.
OK
AT+CPIN="3333"
OK
"PS" Lock password has been accepted. ME is fully operational now.
To deactivate the Phone Lock:
AT+CLCK="PS",0,"3333"
OK
Phone Lock password has to be provided again.
Now the mobile can be used with any SIM card, without the need of the
phone lock password.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 138 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.5 AT^SLCK
s
5.5
AT^SLCK Facility lock
AT^SLCKprovides the "Facility lock" function as defined for the GSM 07.07 command AT+CLCK. The command
AT^SLCKis, in every respect, identical with AT+CLCK, except that the command syntax and response prefix is
The command can be aborted when network facilities are being set or interrogated.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SLCK=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
[^SLCK: ...]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS, GSM 07.07, GSM 02.04,
GSM 02.88, GSM 03.88, GSM 04.88
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
±
-
Note
•
In the airplane mode the write command version for the network related <facility>(AO, OI, OX, AI, IR,
AB, AG and AC) is not supported. For remaining facilities the command is fully functional then.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 139 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.6 AT+CPWD
s
5.6
AT+CPWD Change Password
AT+CPWDallows to define a new password for a password protected <facility>lock function. Each password
is a string of digits, the length of which varies with the associated <facility>. The test command returns a list
of pairs which represent the available facilities and the maximum length of the associated password. See AT
Specifically the command can be used to
•
•
•
•
change PIN1 or PIN2,
change the password supplied from your provider for the "call barring" supplementary service,
set individual phone security passwords,
enter the unblocking key (Master Phone Code) to restore a disabled "PS" password.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPWD=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
New password has been registered for the facility lock function.
OK
+CME ERROR 16 (+CME ERROR: incorrect password)
+CME ERROR ...
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
±
-
Parameter Description
<facility>(str)
Phone security locks set by client or factory:
Primarily intended for the client to take safety precautions, passwords "SC" (SIM PIN) and "P2" (SIM PIN2) are
usually predefined, but can be configured individually. The password for lock facility "PS" may also be factory
set.
“SC“
SIM PIN. SIM requests password upon ME power-up and when this lock com-
mand is issued.
If incorrectly entered three times, the SIM PUK is required to perform authen-
tication. Input of the SIM PUK password is possible only with AT command
<password length>: 4 to 8 digits.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 140 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.6 AT+CPWD
s
“PS“
Phone locked to SIM card. ME requests password when other than current SIM
card is inserted.
"PS" lock is frequently referred to as "phone lock", or "device lock". Accord-
ingly, the password may be called "phone code" or "device code". The "PS"
password is not associated with the PUK of the SIM card. It must be defined
<password length>: 4 digits.
If incorrectly entered three times, the Master Phone Code is required to lift the
new phone code ("PS" password for lock facility), if desired.
Mind that successful PIN authentication is a prerequisite for use of AT com-
Once the Master Phone Code has been acctepted, the mobile is operational,
and the "PS" lock is no longer active. If needed it must be set once again with
“P2“
If incorrectly entered three times, the SIM PUK 2 is required to perform authen-
tication. Input of the SIM PUK 2 password is possible only with AT command
<password length>: 4 to 8 digits.
Factory defined SIM locks:
Typical examples of factory set SIM locks are prepaid phones or network locks, used to restrict the operation of
a mobile to a specific provider or operator. The client should be aware that each of these lock types can only be
unlocked if the associated password is available. For example, a mobile can be locked to accept only SIM cards
from the respective provider, or even one single SIM card. Once a different SIM card is inserted the ME will
prompt the client to enter a specific code. This is not the PUK of the SIM card, but usually an 8-digit code which
needs to be requested from the provider.
The locks can only be set by the manufacturer and need to be agreed upon between the parties concerned, e.g.
provider, operator, distributor etc. on the one side and the manufacturer on the other side. For details contact
your local dealer or Siemens AG.
“PF“
“PN“
“PU“
“PP“
“PC“
Lock Phone to the very First SIM card
Network Personalisation
Network subset Personalisation
Service Provider Personalisation
Corporate Personalisation
Supplementary Service Call Barring:
Supplementary Service "Call Barring" allows to specify conditions under which calls will be disallowed by the
network.
The availability of the Supplementary Services varies with the network. To benefit from call barring the client will
need to subscribe them, though a limited number of call barring types may be included in the basic tariff pack-
age.
<password length>: The Network Password needs to be supplied from the network provider or network oper-
ator. Usually there is one 4 digit password which applies to all call barring options. For details contact your pro-
vider.
“AO“
“OI“
“OX“
“AI“
BAOC (Bar All Outgoing Calls)
BOIC (Bar Outgoing International Calls)
BOIC-exHC (Bar Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country)
BAIC (Bar All Incoming Calls)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 141 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.6 AT+CPWD
s
“IR“
BIC-Roam (Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country)
All Barring services
“AB“
“AG“
“AC“
All outGoing barring services
All inComing barring services
<password length>(num)
4...8
Length of password. The range of permitted length for a password depends on
<old password>(str)
Password specified for the facility.
Take into account that a password may have already been set by factory, or that the service is subject to a pass-
word issued by the provider. See notes above or contact provider.
<new password>(str)
Notes
•
•
In the airplane mode the write command version for the network related <facility>(AO, OI, OX, AI, IR,
AB, AG and AC) is not supported. For remaining facilities the command is fully functional then.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
To change PIN2
AT+CPWD="P2","0000","8888"
OK
(where "0000" = old PIN2 and "8888" = new PIN2)
PIN2 Password has been changed to "8888"
EXAMPLE 2
To set password used to enable or disable barring of all outgoing calls:
AT+CPWD="AO","0000","3333"
Requests the network to change the password for
supplementary service "call barring".
OK
Usually this request will affect all barring services,
even though the request is issued for Supplementary
Service BAOC ("Barring of all outgoing calls") only.
Refer to the respective network provider for detail.
EXAMPLE 3
Handling of the "PS" lock password
AT+CMEE=2
AT+CPWD="PS","1111","2222"
Enable text output of CME Error information
(where "1111" = old password and "2222" = new
password)
OK
Password forfacility "PS" is now "2222"
Repeat command to provoke error "incorrect pass-
word"
AT+CPWD="PS","1111","2222"
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
("1111" is no longer the correct password)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 142 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.6 AT+CPWD
s
EXAMPLE 4
To specify a new "PS" lock password, after the old password was disabled (e.g. after three failed attempts to
change the "PS" password): use the master phone code.
CAUTION: THIS TEST SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY IF THE CORRECT MASTER PHONE CODE FOR
THE INDIVIDUAL ME USED IS DEFINITELY AVAILABLE! Otherwise the module used will be rendered use-
less until the correct master phone code is entered!:
AT+CPWD="PS","12345678","1111"
where 12345678 is the Master Phone Code and
1111 is the new password. You may also use <new
password> to restore the former disabled pass-
word.
OK
Alternatively, without giving a new password:
AT+CPWD="PS","12345678"
(where 12345678 is the Master Phone Code). Deac-
tivates the present phone lock.
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 143 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.7 AT^SPWD
s
5.7
AT^SPWD Change Password
The AT^SPWD command comprises all functions of the AT+CPWD command. Apart from the different prefixes
"^SPWD" and "+CPWD", the major difference is that the <facility>list of AT^SPWDincludes the additional
"CM" password dedicated to the Customer SIM Lock. Set with the command AT^SCSL, this type of lock allows
the application manufacturer to lock a mobile to specific operators.
The Customer SIM Lock feature is designed to be configurable during the production of the mobile application.
Therefore, to program the "CM" password, the AT^SPWDwrite command can be used no matter whether the SIM
is inserted or PIN authentication has been done. Opposite to that, passwords for all other facilities can only be
edited if the SIM is present and PIN authentication completed.
IMPORTANT: Please note that, even though there is no need for a factory set Customer SIM Lock, you are
strongly advised to specify at least a "CM" password, avoiding that end users ever have a chance to activate this
lock type.
Each password is a string of digits the length of which varies with the associated facility. The test command
returns a list of pairs which represent the available facilities and the maximum length of the associated password.
See also AT commands AT+CLCKand AT^SLCKas well as AT^SCSLfor more detail on the various lock features.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPWD=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
New password has been registered for the facility lock function.
OK
+CME ERROR 16 (+CME ERROR: incorrect password)
+CME ERROR ...
In case of trying to set a "CM" password although another type of factory set SIM lock is already active:
+CME ERROR: Operation not supported.
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
±
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
±
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 144 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.7 AT^SPWD
s
Parameter Description
<facility>(str)
“CM“
Password used as Customer Mastercode for Customer SIM Lock.
Defining the "CM" password allows the application manufacturer to set a Cus-
tomer SIM Lock by activating a Network Personalization ("PN") with the
operator list).
A description of all other passwords commonly supported by AT+CPWDand AT^SPWDcan be found in Section
Notes
•
•
In the airplane mode the write command version for the network related <facility>(AO, OI, OX, AI, IR,
AB, AG and AC) is not supported. For remaining facilities the command is fully functional then.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
To specify the "CM" password required as Customer Mastercode for the Customer SIM Lock:
AT^SPWD="CM"
ERROR
Check if the Customer Mastercode was already set.
No, it was not.
AT^SPWD="CM", ,"12345678"
Specify a new Customer Mastercode (where <old
word>"12345678" = new Customer Mastercode)
The Customer Mastercode has been set to
"12345678".
OK
AT^SPWD="CM"
OK
Checking again.
Yes, it is active now.
EXAMPLE 2
To change the Customer Mastercode:
AT^SPWD="CM","12345678","44444444"
(where "12345678" = old Customer Mastercode, and
"44444444" = new Customer Mastercode).
The Customer Mastercode has been changed from
"12345678" to "44444444".
OK
EXAMPLE 3
To delete the Customer Mastercode:
AT^SPWD="CM","44444444"
Delete the Customer Mastercode by omitting <new
OK
The Customer Mastercode as well as all personali-
sation data programmed by the manufacturer with
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 145 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.8 AT^SCSL
s
5.8
AT^SCSL Customer SIM Lock
AT^SCSLis a Siemens defined command especially designed to manage the Customer SIM Lock feature. This
feature allows application manufacturers to lock a mobile to specific operators by activating a Network Person-
alization ("PN"). If the lock is enabled the mobile will accept only SIM cards from the given operators.
The Customer SIM Lock is protected by two different passwords:
Also used to deactivate a given lock or activate a new one via AT+CLCKor AT^SLCK. The PUK may be pro-
visioned to the end user.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCSL=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
CME ERROR
^SCSL:
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
Siemens
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<facility>(str)
“PN“
Network Personalisation (= Customer SIM Lock)
<action>(num)
Set or remove a Customer SIM Lock, or list the locks currently activated.
0
Remove the given Customer SIM Lock from ME.
the entire list of operators.
1
2
Write Customer SIM Lock data to the ME and activate the lock.
Retrieve the list of operators the ME is currently locked to.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 146 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.8 AT^SCSL
s
<password>(str)
Password for programming the Customer SIM Lock.
8-digit "CM" password for the facility "PN" that needs to be created with AT^SPWD(see note below for further
<PUK>(str)
PUK created and required when entering the Customer SIM Lock data with AT^SCSL, i.e. if <action>=1. Also
used to deactivate a given "PN" lock or to activate a new "PN" lock for another SIM card via AT+CLCK or
<data>(str)
Data of the allowed network operators.
Each operator code consists of the "Mobile Country Code" MCC and the "Mobile Network Code" MNC, both sep-
arated by a dot, e.g. MCC1.MNC1. If more than one operator is entered on the same line, then a colon must be
set between each operator code, e.g. MCC1.MNC1:MCC2.MNC2:MCC3.MNC3. For example, for the three
operators T-Mobile D, Vodafone D2 and E-Plus you would enter the following data: 262.01:262.02:262.03
Note that each time the AT^SCSLwrite command is executed using the parameter <action>=1 the existing
operator codes will not be overwritten, but all new data will be added to the list. This applies no matter whether
the same operator code is already listed, i.e. entering the same operator again causes double entries.
The maximum number of entries in the operator list is 50.
Notes
•
The use of the Customer SIM lock features may be restricted by existing facility locks. For example it is not
possible to enable Customer SIM lock while the "PS" device lock is in place.
•
All parameters of AT^SCSLas well as the "CM" password of AT^SPWDcan be used no matter whether or not
the SIM card is inserted or PIN authentication has been done. This allows the application manufacturer to set
the "CM" password and activate the Customer SIM Lock during the production process.
•
•
•
•
parameter <action>=1. Then, after the reboot, the mobile will accept only SIM cards from the supported
operators.
AT^SCSL="PN",0,password. This will delete both the <PUK>and the list of operators. The mobile will accept
any SIM card.
Another way to operate the mobile with other SIM cards is to deactivate the Customer SIM Lock using the
command AT+CLCK="PN",0,PUK. This will delete the list of operators specified with the Customer SIM Lock,
If the Customer SIM Lock is deactivated and, therefore, operable with any SIM card, the end user may use
the <PUK>to set a new SIM lock. To do so, it is necessary to enter the command AT+CLCK="PN",1,PUK first,
then insert a different SIM card and finally restart the mobile. When restarted, the mobile will read out and
accept the list of operators of the currently inserted SIM card. As a result, a new Customer SIM Lock takes
effect for the operator(s) listed on this SIM card.
•
•
If the Customer SIM Lock is active, but the end user inserts an unsupported SIM card and enters PIN1 the
mobile returns OK, although access to SIM related commands (such as dialing out, access to phonebooks,
SMS etc.) will be denied. If then the read command AT+CPINis executed the mobile will request the PH-NET
PUK. In this case, you have two options: Use the AT+CPINcommand to enter the correct <PUK>of the Cus-
tomer SIM Lock. After this, the mobile can be operated with the new SIM card. As an alternative, re-insert the
correct SIM card associated with the Customer SIM Lock and deactivate the lock via AT+CLCK="PN",0,PUK.
If an invalid <password>or <PUK>is entered several times in succession, a delay incremented after each
failed attempt will increase the time to wait before the next input is accepted. The delay follows the same tim-
ing algorithm specified for the PH-SIM PUK (Master Phone Code). For details regarding the delay see Section
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 147 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.8 AT^SCSL
s
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
AT^SPWD="CM",,
OK
Check that the "CM" password was already set.
Yes, the "CM" password is valid.
EXAMPLE 2
To check, configure and remove a "PN" lock (= Customer SIM Lock):
AT^SCSL="PN",2,44444444
^SCSL:
Check the current status of the Customer SIM Lock.
44444444 is the "CM" password created with
Operator list is still empty, Customer SIM Lock has
not yet been set.
OK
AT^SCSL="PN",1,44444444,12345678,262.01:2 Set a "PN" Lock, where 44444444 = "CM" password,
62.02
12345678 = PH-NET PUK, 262.01 = MCC/MNC of
German operator T-Mobile D and 262.02 = MCC/
MNC of Vodafone D2.
OK
AT^SCSL="PN",2,44444444
^SCSL: 262.01:262.02
Check again.
The mobile is locked to the two network operators T-
Mobile D and Vodafone D2.
OK
AT^SCSL="PN",1,44444444,12345678,262.03
Add another operator (262.03 = MCC/MNC of Ger-
man network operator E-Plus).
OK
AT^SCSL="PN",1,44444444,11223344,262.04
Add another operator. In this case, a new PH-NET-
PUK was used. Keep in mind that the new password
overwrites the old one.
OK
AT^SCSL="PN",0,44444444
OK
Remove the Customer SIM Lock. Keep in mind that
this action deletes the entire list of network operators
accept any SIM card.
EXAMPLE 3
If the Customer SIM Lock is active, but the user inserts a different SIM card not supported by the list of oper-
AT^SCSL="PN",2,44444444
^SCSL: 262.01:262.02
For the purpose of this example, we check the cur-
rent status of the Customer SIM Lock.
The mobile lis locked to the German operators T-
Molile D and Vodafone D2.
OK
AT+CPIN=1111
PIN1 is accepted and the mobile is operable, except
for SIM related AT commands.
OK
AT+CMGF=1
AT command that does not require SIM authentica-
tion.
OK
AT+CPBS?
Attempt to use a phonebook command.
Access to phonebook fails because of lack of SIM
data.
Check status of PIN authentication.
The mobile is waiting for the PH-NET-PUK.
+CME ERROR: network personalisation PUK
required
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: PH-NET PUK
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 148 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
5.8 AT^SCSL
s
AT+CPIN=11223344
OK
PH-NET PUK is given with AT+CPIN. This action
deletes the entire operator list and, thus, removes
the Customer SIM Lock.
AT+CPIN?
Query status of PIN authentication.
+CPIN: READY
OK
AT^SCSL="PN",2,44444444
^SCSL:
Check the status of the Customer SIM Lock.
Entire operator list is empty, Customer SIM Lock is
no longer active.
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 149 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
6. Identification Commands
s
6.
Identification Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to obtain various identification infor-
mation related to the AC75 and linked entities.
6.1
ATI Display product identification information
The 'Revision' information consists of the following parts: Version xx and variant yy of software release.
Syntax
Exec Command
ATI
Response(s)
SIEMENS
AC75
REVISION xx.yy
OK
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
Values are not supported and only return OK.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 150 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
6.2 AT+CGMI
s
6.2
AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGMI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CGMI
Response(s)
SIEMENS
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
6.3
AT+GMI Request manufacturer identification
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GMI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GMI
Response(s)
SIEMENS
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 151 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
6.4 AT+CGMM
s
6.4
AT+CGMM Request model identification
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGMM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CGMM
Response(s)
AC75
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
6.5
AT+GMM Request model identification
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GMM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GMM
Response(s)
AC75
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 152 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
6.6 AT+CGMR
s
6.6
AT+CGMR Request revision identification of software status
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGMR=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CGMR
Response(s)
REVISION <xx.yy>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<xx.yy>(str)
Version xx and variant yy of software release.
6.7
AT+GMR Request revision identification of software status
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GMR=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GMR
Response(s)
REVISION <xx.yy>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<xx.yy>(text)
Version xx and variant yy of software release.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 153 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
6.8 AT+CGSN
s
6.8
AT+CGSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity
(IMEI)
AT+CGSNdelivers the International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI). Command is identical with: AT+GSN.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGSN=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CGSN
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<sn>(str)
International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) used to identify a GSM mobile equipment to the GSM network
6.9
AT+GSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)
AT+GSNdelivers the International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI). Command is identical with AT+CGSN
Syntax
Test Command
AT+GSN=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+GSN
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<sn>(str)
International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) used to identify a GSM mobile equipment to the GSM network.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 154 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
6.10 AT+CIMI
s
6.10
AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
AT+CIMIdelivers the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI). The IMSI permits the TE to identify the indi-
vidual SIM attached to the ME.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CIMI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CIMI
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<imsi>(str)
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (string without quotes).
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 155 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7. Call related Commands
s
7.
Call related Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to Mobile Originated (MOC, i.e. outgoing) Calls and
Mobile Terminated (MTC, i.e. incoming) Calls.
7.1
Call Status Information
For Circuit switched calls, including voice, fax and data calls, call status information is available with URC
"+CIEV: call" (configurable via AT commands AT+CINDand AT+CMER) or - in more detail - from the list of current
calls. This list can be displayed on request via at commands AT+CLCCand AT^SLCC. It can also be issued by
URC "+CIEV: call" and URC "^SLCC" can be configured using AT command AT^SCFG. An overview of the pos-
sible configurations and their consequences for the availability of call status information will be given here.
Generally speaking, the call status values recognized by the ME are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
active
held
dialing (MOC)
alerting (MOC)
incoming (MTC)
waiting (MTC)
terminating: The call is not active anymore, but inband information is still available.
dropped: The call has been suspended by the network, but may be resumed later.
The values "terminating" and "dropped" are not standardized for AT command AT+CLCC, and therefore only
available for command AT^SLCC. A call in any of these two states will not appear in the list of current calls as
A call that is not recognized by the ME is considered to be in "unknown" state.
Some networks may schedule a traffic channel for a call that is not yet in the "active" state. This is reflected in
Depending on the value of AT^SCFG setting <succ>, Indicator "+CIEV" will be issued (if configured with
•
when a state transition ends in state "active" or in state "unknown"
•
when any state transition (including transitions beginning or ending in state "unknown") occurs in the list of
active calls, or when a traffic channel is established
The indicator value for indicator "+CIEV: call" will be "1" if at least one call is in states "held" or "active", and "0"
otherwise.
Depending on the value of AT^SCFGsetting <sucs>, Indicator "^SLCC" will be issued (if configured with write
•
•
when a state transition ends in state "active" or in state "unknown" (if AT^SCFGsetting <sucs>="restricted")
when any state transition (including transitions beginning or ending in state "unknown") occurs in the list of
Due to compatibility considerations, the powerup default for AT^SCFG setting <succ> is "restricted", offering
compatibility to the standard behaviour of indicator "+CIEV: call", while the default for setting <sucs>is "ver-
bose".
In order to see the URCs, event reporting for both indicators must be explicitely configured with the appropriate
AT commands.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 156 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.2 ATA
s
7.2
ATA Answer a call
Syntax
Exec Command
ATA
Response(s)
In case of data call, if successfully connected (TA switches to data mode):
CONNECT <text>
In case of voice call, if successfully connected:
OK
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If no connection:
NO CARRIER
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Command Description
TA causes remote station to go off-hook (e.g. answer call).
Parameter Description
<text>(str)
Connection status
Notes
•
•
Any additional commands on the same command line are ignored.
The command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. It can't be aborted in
some connection setup states, such as handshaking.
•
If AT+FCLASSsetting is 1 or 2, all incoming calls will be answered as fax calls, when ATA is issued on multi-
plexer channel 1 resp. ASC0. For calls explicitly signalled as voice or data calls, this procedure will fail with
result code "NO CARRIER", but the call in question will continue to ring.
It is possible to change the setting for AT+FCLASSto 0 while the call is ringing, and accept the call normally
•
•
•
The ATA command may be used also to accept a network request for a PDP context activation (see ATA).
If an incoming call is no longer available (already disconnected/hanged up)a "NO CARRIER" result code will
be given.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 157 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.3 ATD
s
7.3
ATD Mobile originated call to specified number
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
NO DIALTONE
BUSY
If a connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
OK
If successfully connected and non-voice call (TA switches to online data mode):
CONNECT <text>
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected and voice call:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
±
+
±
+
+
±
±
-
-
-
Command Description
This command can be used to set up outgoing voice, data or fax calls. It also serves to control Supplementary
Services. The termination character ";" is mandatory to set up voice calls or to send *# codes for Supplementary
Services. It must not be used for data and fax calls.
•
For voice calls, you have the choice of two different response modes that can be selected with AT^SM20:
AT^SM20=1 (factory default) causes the ME to respond once the call setup is completed either successfully
("OK") or unsuccessfully ("NO CARRIER", "NO DIAL TONE", "BUSY").
AT^SM20=0 causes the ME to return "OK" immediately after dialing was completed (i.e. before call setup ter-
minates successfully or unsuccessfully).
•
For data connections, call setup always terminates when the call has been established (indicated by the result
apply.
Different call release indications:
•
Upon termination, an outgoing fax or data call may show a different result code than a voice call would show
under identical conditions. In order to track down the actual reason for call termination, AT+CEERor ATS18
should be used for all applicable connections.
•
When a user originates a second voice call whil there is already an active voice call, the first call will automat-
ically put on hold. The second call attempt is acknowledged with "OK" immediately after dialing with ATD has
completed, without relation to a successful call setup. In case of failure, the additional result codes "NO CAR-
RIER", "NO DIAL TONE", "NO CARRIER" will be presented afterwards (see example below).
Parameter Description
<n>(text)
String of dialing digits and optional V.250 modifiers: 0-9, *, #, +, A, B, C
The following V.250 modifiers are ignored: ,(comma), T, P, !, W ,@
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 158 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.3 ATD
s
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
i
G
g
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Activate Closed User Group explicit invocation for this call only.
Deactivate Closed User Group explicit invocation for this call only.
Notes
•
The command may be aborted generally when receiving a character during execution. It cannot be aborted
in some connection setup states, such as handshaking.
•
Parameter "I" and "i" only if no *#-code is within the dial string.
•
•
•
If ATDis used with a USSD command (e.g. ATD*100#;) an AT+CUSD=1 is executed implicitly (see AT+CUSD).
Parameter 'G' or 'g' will be ignored if Closed User Group was already activated, respectively deactivated with
AT+CCUGcommand before. Call by call invocation of CUG uses the settings provisioned by the provider or,
•
The ME is equipped with a "Blacklist" function according to GSM02.07 Annex A:
After a predefined number of failed call attempts, the dialed number is entered into a read-only phonebook
called "blacklist" (phonebook "BL"). Call attempts to numbers contained in the blacklist will be barred by ME
and not signalled to the network.
An attempt to start a voice call to a barred phone number will be stopped with a CME ERROR 257 "Call
Barred".
An attempt to start a data or fax call to a barred phone number will be answered immediately with result code
"NO CARRIER".
The barred numbers are automatically removed from the blacklist according to the timing conditions specified
in GSM02.07 Annex A.
•
•
Emergency calls: AC75 supports 112, 911 (standardized GSM emergency numbers, usable with or without
SIM).
If a SIM with ECC-file is inserted, additional call numbers stored in the ECC-file cause an emergency call
setup.
If SIM without ECC-file is inserted, call numbers 000, 08, 110, 112, 911 and 999 cause an emergency call
setup.
If no SIM is inserted, call numbers 000, 08, 110, 112, 118,119, 911 and 999 cause an emergency call setup.
Example
The following example shows the call setup procedure when a call is already active and a second call attempt
fails because the line of the called party is busy:
atd03012345678
Dialing out the first party's number.
OK
The first call is established.
ATD03022222222
OK
The number of the second party is dialed.
The response "OK" is issued immediately though no call is established
Line of the second called party is busy.
BUSY
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 159 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.4 ATD><mem><n>
s
7.4
ATD><mem><n> Mobile originated call using specific memory
and index number
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
+
+
±
+
+
±
±
-
-
-
Command Description
TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to the specified number. The termination character ";" is mandatory since
dialing from a phonebook is only supported for voice calls and for sending *# codes of Supplementary Services
or other functions.
Parameter Description
<mem>(str)
Phonebook storage:
“FD“
“SM“
“ON“
“ME“
“LD“
“MC“
“RC“
Fixed dialing phonebook
SIM phonebook
MSISDN list
Mobile Equipment Phonebook
Last number dialed phonebook
Missed (unanswered received) calls list
Received calls list
<n>(num)
Integer type memory location in the range of locations available in the selected memory, i.e. the index number
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
i
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone number to called party)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 160 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.4 ATD><mem><n>
s
Notes
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. Abortion is not possible
during some states of connection setup such as handshaking.
•
•
The command is not applicable to data calls. Any attempt to dial a data call number from <mem>causes the
result code "NO CARRIER" to appear.
•
•
•
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
To query the location number of the phonebook entry:
AT+CPBR=1,xx
TA returns the entries available in the active phonebook.
EXAMPLE 2
To dial a number from the SIM phonebook, for example the number stored to location 15:
ATD>SM15;
OK
EXAMPLE 3
To dial a phone number stored in the last dial memory on the SIM card:
ATD>LD9;
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 161 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.5 ATD><n>
s
7.5
ATD><n> Mobile originated call from active memory using index
number
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
+
+
±
+
+
±
±
-
-
-
Command Description
TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to the stored number. The termination character ";" is mandatory since
dialing from a phonebook is only supported for voice calls and for sending *# codes of Supplementary Services
or other functions.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
Integer type memory location in the range of locations available in the selected memory, i.e. the index number
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
i
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Notes
•
•
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. Abortion is not possible
during some states of connection setup such as handshaking.
The command is not applicable to data calls. Any attempt to dial a data call number from <n>causes the
result code "NO CARRIER" to appear.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 162 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.6 ATD><str>
s
7.6
ATD><str> Mobile originated call from active memory using cor-
responding field
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
+
+
±
+
+
±
±
-
-
-
Command Description
This command searches the active phonebook for a given string <str>and dials the assigned phone number.
The termination character ";" is mandatory since dialing from a phonebook is only supported for voice calls and
for sending *# codes of Supplementary Services or other functions.
Parameter Description
<str>(str)(+CSCS)
String type value ("x"), which should equal an alphanumeric field in at least one phonebook entry in the searched
memories; used character set should be the one selected with AT+CSCS. <str>can contain escape sequences
<str>must be wrapped in quotation marks (""), if escape sequences or parameter <mgsm>are used or if the
alphanumeric strings contains a blank. If not, quotation marks are optional.
If AT+CSCSis set to "UCS2", with respect to the coding of UCS2-characters only phonebook entries that contain
an alphanumeric string with as size less than the half of the parameter <tlength> from AT+CPBW can be
dialed.
<mgsm>(str)
String of GSM modifiers:
I
i
Activates CLIR (disables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Deactivates CLIR (enables presentation of own phone number to called party)
Notes
•
•
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. Abortion is not possible
during some states of connection setup such as handshaking.
The command is not applicable to data calls. Any attempt to dial <str> without semicolon ";" causes the
result code "NO CARRIER" to appear.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 163 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.7 ATDI
s
7.7
ATDI Mobile originated call to ISDN number
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
All other error reasons:
+CME ERROR
If successfully connected and non-voice call (TA switches to data state):
CONNECT <text>
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected and voice call:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
Command Description
TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to ISDN number. The termination character ";" is mandatory to set up voice
calls or to send *# codes for Supplementary Services. It must not be used for data and fax calls.
Parameter Description
<n>(str)
ISDN number
String with maximum length of 20 characters. Allowed characters: +, 0-9, A, B, C.
Note
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. Abortion is not possible
during some states of connection setup such as handshaking.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 164 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.8 ATDL
s
7.8
ATDL Redial last number used
Syntax
Exec Command
ATDL[;]
Response(s)
If there is no last number or number is not valid:
+CME ERROR
If no dialtone (parameter ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If connection cannot be set up:
NO CARRIER
If successfully connected and non-voice call (TA switches to online data mode):
CONNECT <text>
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If successfully connected and voice call:
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
+
+
±
+
+
±
±
-
-
-
Command Description
This command redials the last voice and data call number used in the ATD command. If terminated with semi-
colon ";" ATDL dials the last voice call number stored in the "LD" phonebook. Otherwise, the last dialed data or
fax number will be used (not contained in the "LD" phonebook).
Notes
•
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. Abortion is not possible
during some states of connection setup such as handshaking.
•
Parameter "I" and "i" only if no *#-code is within the dial string.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 165 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.9 ATH
s
7.9
ATH Disconnect existing connection
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
V.250
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Command Description
Disconnect existing call from command line by local TE and terminate call.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
[0]
disconnect from line and terminate call
Notes
•
OK is issued after circuit 109 (DCD) is turned off, if it was previously on.
• ATHterminates every circuit switched call (voice, data or fax), even if it is issued via another interface. This
behavior is in accordance with ITU-T V.250; (07/97, "Hook control": "ATHis terminating any call in progress.").
• ATHclears any active PDP context or terminates any existing PPP connection, but only if issued on the same
interface where GPRS is used and if there is no pending network request for PDP context activation. It does
not affect PDP contexts and PPP connections on other interfaces (see also Chapter "ATHManual rejection
of a network request for PDP context activation").
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 166 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.10 AT+CHUP
s
7.10
AT+CHUP Hang up call
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CHUP=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Exec Command
AT+CHUP
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Command Description
Cancels all active and held calls.
Note
• AT+CHUPimplements the same function as ATHexcept that it is not supported for Fax. Therefore, Fax con-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 167 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.11 AT^SHUP
s
7.11
AT^SHUP Hang up call(s) indicating a specific GSM04.08 release
cause
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SHUP=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
ERROR
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
Siemens
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Command Description
The write command serves to end one specific call or all calls known to the ME, indicating a specific GSM04.08
release cause specified by the user. The command can be used for voice, fax and data calls in any call status
Parameter Description
<cause>(num)
release cause
Release cause from GSM04.08 to be indicated to the network.
The AC75 will release the selected connection(s) with release cause indication "cause" and location "user" (0)
in the "disconnect" protocol message to the GSM Network. It depends on the network whether or not the release
cause will be forwarded to the remote party.
1
Send GSM04.08 release cause "unassigned (unallocated) number"
Send GSM04.08 release cause "Normal call clearing "
Send GSM04.08 release cause "User busy "
16
17
18
27
31
Send GSM04.08 release cause "No user responding "
Send GSM04.08 release cause "Destination out of order "
Send GSM04.08 release cause "Normal, unspecified"
<cn>(num)
call number
The "call number" is an optional index into the list of current calls available via AT+CLCC. AT command AT^SHUP
will terminate the call identified by the specified call number. The default call number "0" is not assigned to any
call, but signifies "all calls". As "0" is the default value, it may be omitted.
With AT^SHUP, Calls will be terminated regardless of their current call status, which may be any of the states
[0]
Terminate all known calls
1...7
Terminate the specific call number <cn>
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 168 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.11 AT^SHUP
s
Notes
•
•
It depends on the network whether or not a delivered release cause will be forwarded to the remote party.
With AT^SHUP, calls will be terminated regardless of their current call status, which may be any of the states
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 169 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.12 ATS0
s
7.12
ATS0 Set number of rings before automatically answering a call
Syntax
Read Command
ATS0?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Write Command
ATS0=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
±
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
000(&F)
Automatic answer mode is disabled.
Enable automatic answering after specified number of rings.
001-255
Notes
•
•
•
•
This command works for MT data and fax calls.
Autoanswering of CSD data and fax calls is supported on ASC0/Mux1 only.
If <n>is set to higher values, the calling party may hang up before the call is automatically answered.
Example: Call setup may fail if ATS7=30 and ATS0=20.
•
Setting is local to the interface. It is allowed to have different settings on different interfaces. In such cases
•
•
The ATS0 write command is PIN protected.
as GPRS compatibility command to answer automatically to a network request for PDP context activation
(see Section 11.21). Therefore, when the ATS0write command is issued with <n>greater than 0, the ME will
attempt to perform a GPRS attach if not yet attached and if configured to do so (due to the setting
AT^SCFG="GPRS/ATS0/withAttach","on").
If the automatic GPRS attach fails the ME keeps trying to attach for approx. 5 minutes, before ATS0ends up
with "ERROR" or "+CME ERROR: unknown", though the new <n>value takes effect. To avoid the risk of long
response times to ATS0in such case take care that the parameter AT^SCFG=<gs0aa>is off, if autoanswer
mode is not needed for GPRS or if the mobile works in non-GPRS networks.
The GPRS attach will not be performed on recalling a stored user profile with ATZor on powerup, even though
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 170 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.13 ATS6
s
7.13
ATS6 Set pause before blind dialing
Syntax
Read Command
ATS6?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS6=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
-
Command Description
No effect for GSM.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
000(&F)...255
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 171 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.14 ATS7
s
7.14
ATS7 Set number of seconds to wait for connection completion
ATS7specifies the number of seconds the TA will wait for the completion of the call setup when answering or
originating a data call. Also referred to as "no answer timeout". To put it plainly, this is the time to wait for the
carrier signal. If no carrier signal is received within the specified time, the TA hangs up.
Syntax
Read Command
ATS7?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS7=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
Number of seconds to wait for connection completion
000...060(&F)
Notes
•
•
•
Values greater than 60 (maximum 255) cause no error, but <n>will be restored to the maximum value of 60.
The correlation between ATS7 and ATS0 is important. If the called party has specified a high value for
Example: Call setup may fail if ATS7=30 and ATS0=20.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 172 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.15 ATS8
s
7.15
ATS8 Set number of seconds to wait for comma dialing modifier
This command specifies the amount of time, in seconds, that the DCE shall pause, during signalling of call
addressing information to the network (dialling), when a "," (comma) dial modifier is encountered in a dial string.
Syntax
Read Command
ATS8?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS8=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
-
Command Description
No effect for GSM.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
DCE does not pause when "," encountered in dial string
Number of seconds to pause
1...255
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 173 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.16 ATS10
s
7.16
ATS10 Set disconnect delay after indicating the absence of data
carrier
Syntax
Read Command
ATS10?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS10=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
-
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the amount of time, that the TA remains connected in absence of a data car-
rier. If the data carrier is detected before disconnect, the TA remains connected.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
number of tenths of seconds of delay
001...2(&F)...254
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 174 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.17 ATO
s
7.17
ATO Switch from command mode to data mode / PPP online
mode
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
If connection is not successfully resumed:
NO CARRIER
or
TA returns to data mode from command mode
CONNECT <text>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
±
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
Command Description
ATOis the corresponding command to the +++escape sequence: When you have established a CSD call or a
GPRS connection and TA is in command mode, ATOcauses the TA to resume the data or GPRS connection and
takes you back to data mode or PPP online mode.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
[0]
Switch from command mode to data mode
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 175 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.18 +++
s
7.18
+++ Switch from data mode to command mode
Syntax
Exec Command
+++
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
V.250
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
±
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
Command Description
This command is only available during a CSD call or a GPRS connection. The +++ character sequence causes
the TA to cancel the data flow over the AT interface and switch to command mode. This allows you to enter AT
commands while maintaining the data connection to the remote device or, accordingly, the GPRS connection.
To prevent the +++ escape sequence from being misinterpreted as data, it must be preceded and followed by a
pause of at least 1000 ms. The +++ characters must be entered in quick succession, all within 1000 ms.
Notes
•
•
In Multiplex mode the +++ sequence does not work. Therefore, if required in Multiplex mode, the escape
sequence needs to be implemented in the customer's external Multiplex application. Design solutions, for
•
On ASC1 the +++ sequence can be used in GPRS connections for switching from PPP online to command
mode.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 176 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.19 AT+CBST
s
7.19
AT+CBST Select bearer service type
element <ce>to be used when data calls are originated. The settings also apply to mobile terminated data calls,
especially when single numbering scheme calls or calls from analog devices are received (see AT+CSNS). See
GSM 02.02[1] for a list of allowed combinations of subparameters.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CBST=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CBST?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<speed>(num)(&W)(&V)
0
Autobauding
1
300 bps (V.21)
2
1200 bps (V.22)
2400 bps (V.22bis)
4800 bps (V.32)
9600 bps (V.32)
14400 bps (V.34)
300 bps (V.110)
1200 bps (V.110)
2400 bps (V.110)
4800 bps (V.110)
9600 bps (V.110)
14400 bps (V.110)
4
6
[7](&F)
14
65
66
68
70
71
75
<name>(num)(&W)
0(&F)
Asynchronous modem
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 177 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.20 AT+CRLP
s
7.20
AT+CRLP Select radio link protocol parameters for originated
non-transparent data calls
The AT+CRLPwrite command sets radio link protocol (RLP) parameters used when non-transparent data calls
are originated. The read command returns the current settings for the supported RLP version 0.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CRLP=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CRLP?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<iws>(num)(&W)(&V)
Interworking window size (IWF to MS)
0...61(&F)
<mws>(num)(&W)(&V)
Mobile window size (MS to IWF)
0...61(&F)
<T1>(num)(&W)(&V)
Acknowledgement timer (T1 in 10 ms units)
39...[78](&F)...255
<N2>(num)(&W)(&V)
Re-transmission attempts N2
1...6(&F)...255
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 179 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.21 AT+CLCC
s
7.21
AT+CLCC List current calls of ME
The execute command returns a list of current calls of ME. If command is successful, but no calls are available,
no information response is sent to TE.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLCC=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CLCC
Response(s)
[+CLCC: ...]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<idx>(num)
Call identification number as described in GSM02.30 subclause 4.5.5.1; this number can be used in AT+CHLD
command operations
<dir>(num)
0
1
Mobile originated call (MOC)
Mobile terminated call (MTC)
<stat>(num)
State of the call
0
1
2
3
4
5
Active
Held
Dialing (MOC)
Alerting (MOC)
Incoming (MTC)
Waiting (MTC)
<mode>(num)
Bearer/teleservice
0
1
2
Voice
Data
Fax
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 180 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.21 AT+CLCC
s
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Voice followed by data, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
Alternating voice/data, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
Alternating voice/fax, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
Voice followed by data, data mode (only in connection with single numbering
Alternating voice/data, data mode (only in connection with single numbering
Alternating voice/fax, fax mode (only in connection with single numbering
Unknown
<mpty>(num)
0
1
Call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
Call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<number>(str)
Phone number in format specified by <type>
<type>(num)
Type of address octect
145
129
Otherwise
<alpha>(str)(+CSCS)
Alphanumeric representation of <number>corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set
The maximum displayed length of <alpha>is 16 characters. If <alpha>has more than 16 characters, only the
first 15 characters are displayed. To indicate an overflow, a special character will be used as the 16th character.
This is a space if the character set selected with AT+CSCSis 'GSM', or 'E400' if the character set is 'UCS2'.
Due to time constraints on the necessary evaluation of the phonebook, this parameter may show a default value
in early call phases (e.g. for <stat>= ''dialing'', ''incoming'' or ''alerting''), even if a phonebook entry is present
for the number concerned.
Note
•
Teleservices other than voice, data, fax are not fully supported by ME. They are used only in connection with
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 181 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.22 AT^SLCC
s
7.22
AT^SLCC Siemens defined command to list current calls of ME
AT^SLCCcovers essentially the same information as GSM 07.07 command AT+CLCC, with the following addi-
tions:
•
indicates whether the call has been assigned a traffic channel by the network and transmission of DTMF
tones is possible.
•
The additional write command allows to activate Event reporting for the list of current calls. If event reporting
is active for an interface, a call status transition (cf. Call Status Information) and (if desired) the
assignment of a traffic channel will generate an event report indication to this interface. In order to receive
this event report as an URC, the URC presentation mode for this interface has to be configured with
•
The additional read command allows to determine the event reporting mode <n>which indicates whether the
interface receives event report indications for the list of current calls. Mind that the URC will be displayed only
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SLCC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SLCC?
Response(s)
^SLCC: <n>
OK
Exec Command
AT^SLCC
Response(s)
[^SLCC:...]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
Siemens
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 182 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.22 AT^SLCC
s
Unsolicited Result Code
Unsolicited Call Status information
if the list of current calls is empty:
^SLCC:
if one or more calls are currently in the list:
[... ]
^SLCC:
URC "^SLCC" displays the list of current calls as displayed with the execute command AT^SLCC. The list is dis-
played in the state it has at the time of display, not in the state it had when the signal was generated.
The URC's occurrence indicates call status changes for any of the calls in the list of current calls.
Please refer to Call Status Informationand AT^SCFGfor further information about the configuration of
this URC.
Event reporting can be enabled separately for each interface. Interface settings are saved with AT&Wand can be
displayed with AT&V. Additionally, The URC presentation mode for the interface must be configured with
Depending on the value of AT^SCFGsetting <sucs>, Indicator "^SLCC" will be issued (if configured with write
•
•
when a state transition ends in state "active" or in state "unknown" (if AT^SCFGsetting <sucs>="restricted")
when any state transition (including transitions beginning or ending in state "unknown") occurs in the list of
If multiple displays of identical list configurations occur, this happens because of short intermediate states of the
list, that have already been overridden by new transitions and states. Thus, it is guaranteed that the configuration
displayed is always the current configuration at the time of the last display.
The list of active calls displayed with this URC will always be terminated with an empty line preceded by prefix
"^SLCC: ", in order to indicate the end of the list.
Command Description
The read command returns an indication whether event reporting is active for the current interface.
The exec command returns a list of current calls of ME. If command is successful, but no calls are available, no
information response is sent to TE.
Use the write command to activate or deactivate event reporting for URC "^SLCC". Event reporting can be
enabled separately for each interface. Interface settings are saved with AT&Wand can be displayed with AT&V.
Parameter Description
<idx>(num)
Call identification number as described in GSM02.30 subclause 4.5.5.1; this number can be used in AT+CHLD
command operations.
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
1
<dir>(num)
0
1
Mobile originated call (MOC)
Mobile terminated call (MTC)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 183 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.22 AT^SLCC
s
<stat>(num)
state of the call
0
1
2
3
4
5
Active
Held
Dialing (MOC)
Alerting (MOC)
Incoming (MTC)
Waiting (MTC)
<mode>(num)
bearer/teleservice
0
1
2
3
Voice
Data
Fax
Voice followed by data, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
4
5
6
7
8
9
Alternating voice/data, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
Alternating voice/fax, voice mode (only in connection with single numbering
Voice followed by data, data mode (only in connection with single numbering
Alternating voice/data, data mode (only in connection with single numbering
Alternating voice/fax, fax mode (only in connection with single numbering
Unknown
<mpty>(num)
0
1
Call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
Call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<traffic channel assigned>(num)
0
1
No traffic channel assigned. Transmission of DTMF tones not possible.
Traffic channel is assigned and the progress indicator IE has been received
(call setup) or a voice connection has an active state. The parameter indicates
also note below.
<number>(str)
Phone number in format specified by <type>
<type>(num)
Type of address octect
145
129
Otherwise
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 184 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.22 AT^SLCC
s
<alpha>(str)
Alphanumeric representation of <number>corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set
The maximum displayed length of <alpha>is 16 characters. If <alpha>has more than 16 characters, only the
first 15 characters will be displayed. To indicate an overflow, a special character will be used as the 16th char-
acter. This will be a space if the character set selected with AT+CSCSis 'GSM', or 'E400' if the character set is
'UCS2'.
Due to time constraints on the necessary evaluation of the phonebook, this parameter may show a default value
during early call phases (e.g. for <stat>= "dialing", "incoming" or "alerting"), even if a phonebook entry is
present for the number concerned.
Notes
•
Teleservices other than voice, data, fax are not fully supported by ME. They are used only in connection with
•
If a URC "^SLCC" in verbose mode (see AT^SCFG) has been buffered while the interface was in dedicated
mode (depending on the settings of AT+CMERparameter <bfr>), each buffered event indicator will be output
as a separate URC after the interface returns to idle mode.
However, the output will deliver the list of current calls in the "current" state (at the time when the output is
generated), possibly leading to multiple displays of identical list configurations.
•
Some parameters of AT command AT+CHLD, as well as some situations where the call status in the network
changes very quickly (e.g. the transition between <stat>= "unknown", "dialing" and "alerting" for a call to a
reachable subscriber within the registered network) may lead to quasi-simultaneous changes to the states of
one or several calls in the list, possibly leading to multiple displays of identical list configurations.
•
•
If multiple displays of identical list configurations occur, this happens because of intermediate states of the
list, that have already been overridden by new transitions and states. Thus, it is guaranteed that the configu-
ration displayed in such cases is the current configuration at the time of the last display.
It is adviseable to receive URC "^SLCC" on an interface that is not used for call initiation, if verbose output is
configured. If only voice calls are expected, a setting of AT^SM20= 0 may be used alternatively in order to
keep the call from blocking the interface.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
^SYSSTART
at+cpin=9999
OK
+CREG: 2
+CREG: 1,"0145","0016"
at^sm20=0
We are now registered.
nate immediately with response "OK".
OK
atd"1234567";
OK
We start a voice call.
"OK" response is issued immediately because of set-
^SLCC: 1,0,2,0,0,0,"1234567",129,"Called
MO voice call starts, paging B-party.
Party"
^SLCC:
End of current list
^SLCC: 1,0,2,0,0,1,"1234567",129,"Called
Party"
Traffic channel established,
network may now transmit network announcements,
ME may now transmit DTMF tones.
End of current list
^SLCC:
^SLCC: 1,0,3,0,0,1,"1234567",129,"Called
Party"
Call is now ringing at B-Party.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 185 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.22 AT^SLCC
s
^SLCC:
End of current list
^SLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,1,"1234567",129,"Called
B-Party has accepted the call, connection estab-
lished.
End of current list.
Party"
^SLCC:
atd23456;
OK
We start a second voice call.
"OK" response is issued immediately because
The active call is automatically put on hold, triggering
the display of the list.
^SLCC: 1,0,1,0,0,0,"1234567",129,"Called
Party"
^SLCC: 2,0,2,0,0,1,"23456",129
The second call has already started before the indi-
cation for the held call could be displayed
End of current list.
^SLCC:
^SLCC: 1,0,1,0,0,0,"1234567",129,"Called
Party"
The identical list is displayed again, triggered by the
start of the second voice call.
^SLCC: 2,0,2,0,0,1,"23456",129
The status of the second list entry has already been
displayed with the previous URC.
End of current list.
^SLCC:
^SLCC: 1,0,1,0,0,0,"1234567",129,"Called
The held call doesn't change status right now.
Party"
^SLCC: 2,0,3,0,0,1,"23456",129
^SLCC:
The second call is now alerting the B-Party.
End of current list.
^SLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,1,"1234567",129,"Called
The held call doesn't change status right now.
Party"
^SLCC:
End of current list: the B-Party of the second call has
not accepted the call in time, the second call has
ended.
NO CARRIER
^SLCC:
NO CARRIER
The second call has ended.
list is now empty: B-Party has ended the first call.
The first call has ended.
EXAMPLE 2
^SLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,1,"1234567",129
Incoming voice call is signalled.
Display is triggered by the incoming call, but the cur-
rent status of the call at the time of display already
comprises an active traffic channel.
End of current list.
^SLCC:
RING
Incoming call is signalled.
^SLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,1,"1234567",129
The incoming call had a traffic channel assigned
from the start.
This second identical display is triggered by the traf-
fic channel assignment.
Since the traffic channel was already indicated in the
previous URC, both instances of the URC contain
identical information.
^SLCC:
End of current list.
RING
Incoming call is signalled.
ata
Incoming call is accepted.
OK
call is established.
^SLCC: 1,1,0,0,0,1,"1234567",129
The call is now active.
^SLCC:
ath
End of current list.
Hang up the call.
OK
hang up complete.
^SLCC:
The list of current calls is empty again.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 186 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.23 AT+CR
s
7.23
AT+CR Service reporting control
AT+CRconfigures the TA whether or not to transmit an intermediate result code +CR: <serv>to the TE when a
call is being set up.
Setting the value of <mode>to 1 may lead to connection failure, if the application (e.g. WinFax) waits for default
result code/URC.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CR=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Read Command
AT+CR?
Response(s)
+CR: <mode>
OK
ERROR
Write Command
AT+CR=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Intermediate Result Code
If enabled, an intermediate result code is transmitted during connect negotiation when the TA has determined
the speed and quality of service to be used, before any error control or data compression reports are transmitted,
and before any final result code (e.g. CONNECT) appears.
+CR: <serv>
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
Disable
Enable
1
<serv>(str)
“REL ASYNC“
“GPRS“
Asynchronous non-transparent
GPRS
“SYNC“
Fax connection
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 187 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.24 AT+CRC
s
7.24
AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for incoming call indication
<mode>=1 may lead to connection failure, if the application (e.g. WinFax) waits for the default URC.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CRC=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Read Command
AT+CRC?
Response(s)
+CRC: <mode>
OK
ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
RING
URC 2
+CRING: <type>
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
Disable extended format
Enable extended format
1
<type>(str)
“REL ASYNC“
“FAX“
Asynchronous non-transparent
Facsimile
Voice
“VOICE“
“GPRS“
PDP context activation
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 188 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.25 AT+CSNS
s
7.25
AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme
The AT+CSNScommand enables the ME to accept incoming calls when no bearer capability information is pro-
vided with the call, e.g. single numbering scheme calls or calls originating from analog devices.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSNS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSNS?
Response(s)
+CSNS: <mode>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
Parameter is non-volatile.
[0](D)
Voice: Each call received without bearer element is assumed to be speech
2
Fax: Each call received without bearer element is assumed to be an incoming
fax.
4
Data: Each call received without bearer element is assumed to be a data call.
Please take into account that the bearer service parameters set with AT+CBST
apply to all data calls including those received without bearer capability.
Notes
•
The command must be set before the call comes. By default, when you do not modify the settings, all calls
received without bearer element are assumed to be voice.
•
If problems are encountered with CSD connections at 14.4 kbit/s you may be required to change the Fixed
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 189 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.26 AT^SCNI
s
7.26
AT^SCNI List Call Number Information
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCNI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SCNI
Response(s)
[...]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Command Description
TA returns a list of current calls of ME.
Parameter Description
<id>(num)
call identification number as described in GSM 02.30[19] subclause 4.5.5.1; this number can be used in
1...7
<cs>(num)
Call status of respective call number (first parameter)
0
1
2
call hold
call in progress
waiting call
<number>(str)
string type phone number in format specified by <type>
<type>(num)
type of address octet in integer format; 145 when dialling string includes international access code character "+",
otherwise 129
Note
•
See also GSM 07.07: AT+CLCC
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 190 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.27 AT^SLCD
s
7.27
AT^SLCD Display Last Call Duration
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SLCD=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Exec Command
AT^SLCD
Response(s)
^SLCD: <time>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
TA returns last call duration or current call duration.
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "hh:mm:ss", where characters indicate hours, minutes, seconds; E.g. 22:10:00 "22:10:00"
Max value is 9999:59:59
Note
•
The proper working of that command is network dependant.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 191 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.28 AT^STCD
s
7.28
AT^STCD Display Total Call Duration
Syntax
Test Command
AT^STCD=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Exec Command
AT^STCD
Response(s)
^STCD: <time>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
TA returns total call duration (accumulated duration of all calls).
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "hh:mm:ss", where characters indicate hours, minutes, seconds; E.g. 22:10:00 "22:10:00"
Max value is 9999:59:59
Notes
•
•
The Total Call Duration will not be reset by power off or other means.
The proper working of that command is network dependant and only for MO calls.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 192 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
7.29 ATP
s
7.29
ATP Select pulse dialing
Syntax
Exec Command
ATP
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
V.250
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
Note
•
No effect for GSM.
7.30
ATT Select tone dialing
Syntax
Exec Command
ATT
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
V.250
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
Note
•
No effect for GSM.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 193 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8. Network Service Commands
s
8.
Network Service Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to various network services. More commands related
8.1
AT+COPN Read operator names
The AT+COPNcommand returns the list of operator names from the ME. Each operator code <numericn>that
Syntax
Test Command
AT+COPN=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Exec Command
AT+COPN
Response(s)
+COPN: ...
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<numericn>(str)
Operator in numeric format; GSM location area identification number.
<alphan>(str)
Operator in long alphanumeric format; can contain up to 16 characters.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 194 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.2 AT+COPS
s
8.2
AT+COPS Operator Selection
AT+COPSqueries the present status of the AC75's network registration and allows to determine whether auto-
Three operator selection modes are available:
•
Automatic
AC75 searches for the home operator automatically. If successful the AC75 registers to the home network. If
the home network is not found, AC75 goes on searching. If a permitted operator is found, AC75 registers to
this operator.
If no operator is found the AC75 remains unregistered.
•
•
Manual
Desired operator can be determined using the AT+COPSwrite command. If the operator is found, AC75 reg-
isters to it immediately. If the selected operator is forbidden, the AC75 remains unregistered.
Manual/automatic
The ME first tries to find the operator determined via AT+COPSwrite command. If the ME is able to register
to this operator, it enters the manual operator selection mode. If the ME cannot find this operator or fails to
register to this operator, then it enters the automatic operator selection mode and starts to select the home
operators network or another (permitted) one. If the ME is registered and the manually selected network is
not available, the ME will remain registered without further result code notification.
The most recently entered operator selection mode is still valid after the ME was restarted (power-off/on).
The AT+COPStest command lists sets of four parameters, each representing an operator present in the network.
A set consists of
•
•
•
an integer indicating the availability of the operator,
long alphanumeric format of the operator's name and
numeric format representation of the operator.
Any of the parameters may be unavailable and will then be an empty field (,,). The list of operators comes in the
following order: Home network, networks referenced in SIM and other networks.
The operator list is followed by a list of the supported <mode>s and <format>s. These lists are delimited from
the operator list by two commas.
If the test command is used during an ongoing GPRS transfer, traffic will be interrupted for up to one minute.
The AT+COPSread command returns the current <mode>and the currently selected operator. If no operator is
The AT+COPSwrite command forces an attempt to select and register to the GSM network operator (see note
below). If the selected operator is not available, no other operator will be selected (except <mode>=4). The
Command settings are effective over all serial interfaces of the AC75.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+COPS=?
Response(s)
+COPS: [list of present operators (<opStatus>, long alphanumeric <oper>s,,numeric <oper>s ], , (list of
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 195 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.2 AT+COPS
s
Read Command
AT+COPS?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
±
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<opStatus>(num)
Status
0
1
2
3
Unknown
Operator available
Current operator
Operator forbidden
<oper>(str)
Operator
If test command: Operator name in long alphanumeric format and numeric format.
If write command: Operator name in numeric format.
<mode>(num)(&V)
Parameter values 0 and 1 are stored non-volatile in the AC75.
0(D)
1
Manual operator selection
2
1 or 4 is selected.
3
4
Automatic / manual selection; if manual selection fails, automatic mode
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 196 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.2 AT+COPS
s
<format>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
2
number, which consists of the 3-digit Mobile Country Code (MCC) plus the 2-
or 3-digit Mobile Network Code (MNC).
Note
•
It is not recommended to use the AT+COPScommand before passing the CHV (card holder verification) / SIM
PIN1 verification. In case of entering of AT+COPS= 0 before PIN1 verification the module will answer with OK
and does not try to register to the network. Also, the test command should only be used after PIN1 authenti-
cation.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 197 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.3 AT^SOPS
s
8.3
AT^SOPS Extended Operator Selection
AT^SOPSqueries the present status of the AC75's network registration. Since basic operator selection services
specification while handling operator name strings. Additional EONS related information is available with
AT^SOPStest command lists sets of five parameters, each representing an operator present in the network.
A set consists of
1. an integer indicating the availability of the operator,
3. operator name according to EONS Table,
4. Service Provider Name from the SIM Service Table and
5. numeric format representation of the operator.
Any of the parameters may be unavailable and will then be an empty field (,,).
The list of operators comes in the following order: Home network, networks referenced in SIM and other net-
works.
After the operator list the AC75 returns lists of supported <mode>s and <format>s. These lists are delimited
from the operator list by two commas.
If the test command is used while an ongoing GPRS transfer, traffic will be interrupted for up to one minute.
Command settings are effective over all serial interfaces of the AC75.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SOPS=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<opStatus>(num)
Status
0
1
2
3
unknown
operator available
current operator
operator forbidden
<eonsType>(num)
Specification of the source of the operator name <eonsOperator>. Details of EONS-supplied operator name
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 198 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.3 AT^SOPS
s
<eonsOperator>
<servProvider>(str)
Service Provider Name according to setting of Service No. 17 in the SIM Service Table (EFSST).
<opName>
Operator
Operator name in numerical presentation contains the GSM Location Area Identification (LAI) number, which
consists of the 3-digit Mobile Country Code (MCC) plus the 2- or 3-digit Mobile Network Code (MNC).
Parameter is stored non-volatile to the SIM.
<mode>(num)
Parameter is not applicable.
<format>(num)
Parameter is not applicable.
Note
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 199 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.4 AT+CREG
s
8.4
AT+CREG Network registration
The AT+CREGcommand serves to verify the network registration status of the ME. For this purpose two types of
URCs are available.
registration status of the ME. The location information elements <lac>and <ci>are returned only when <n>=2
and ME is registered to the network.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CREG=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CREG?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
+CREG: <stat>
URC 2
If <n>=2 and there is a change in the ME network registration status or a change of the network cell:
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
Disable +CREG URC
1
2
will not be displayed during calls or if these values have not changed since last
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 200 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.4 AT+CREG
s
<stat>(num)(&V)
0
Not registered, ME is currently not searching for new operator
Normally, status 0 occurs temporarily between two network search phases
(status 2). However, if it persists, one the following reasons may apply:
•
Automatic network selection is active, but probably there is
-
-
-
no SIM card available
no PIN entered
no valid Home PLMN entry found on the SIM
•
Manual network selection is active and the selected network is available,
but login fails due to one of the following reasons:
-
-
-
#11 ... PLMN not allowed
#12 ... Location area not allowed
#13 ... Roaming not allowed in this location area
In either case, user intervention is required. Yet, emergency calls can be made
if any network is available.
1
2
Registered to home network
Not registered, but ME is currently searching for a new operator
The ME searches for an available network. Failure to log in until after more than
a minute may be due to one of the following reasons:
•
•
•
No network available or insufficient Rx level.
The ME has no access rights to the networks available.
Networks from the SIM list of allowed networks are around, but login fails
due to one of the following reasons:
-
-
-
#11 ... PLMN not allowed
#12 ... Location area not allowed
#13 ... Roaming not allowed in this location area
After this, the search will be resumed (if automatic network search is
enabled).
•
The Home PLMN or an allowed PLMN is available, but login is rejected by
the cell (reasons: Access Class or LAC).
If at least one network is available, emergency calls can be made.
Registration denied
3
•
Authentication or registration fails after Location Update Reject due to one
of the following reasons:
-
-
-
#2 ... IMSI unknown at HLR
#3 ... Illegal MS
#6 ... Illegal ME
Either the SIM or the MS or the ME are unable to log into any network. No
further attempt is made to search or log into a network. User intervention is
required. Emergency calls can be made, if any network is available.
4
5
Unknown (not used)
Registered, roaming
The ME is registered at a foreign network (national or international network)
<lac>(str)
Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals 193 in decimal).
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 201 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.4 AT+CREG
s
<ci>(str)
Two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format.
Note
•
After the "+CREG: 1" (or "+CREG: 5") URC and before the "^SSIM READY" URC it is not sure that outgoing
and incoming calls can be made and short message functions executed. Emergency calls are possible.
Outgoing and incoming calls are always possible AFTER having received the "+CREG: 1" (or "+CREG: 5") and
Example
AT+CREG=2
Activates extended URC mode.
OK
AT+COPS=0
Forces ME to automatically search network operator.
OK
+CREG: 2
+CREG: 1,"0145","291A"
URC reports that ME is currently searching.
URC reports that operator has been found.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 202 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.5 AT+CSQ
s
8.5
AT+CSQ Signal quality
The AT+CSQ execute command indicates the received signal strength <rssi> and the channel bit error rate
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSQ=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CSQ
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<rssi>(num)
0
-113 dBm or less
-111 dBm
1
2..30
31
99
-109... -53 dBm
-51 dBm or greater
not known or not detectable
<ber>(num)
0..7
99
as RXQUAL values in the table in GSM 05.08 section 8.2.4.
not known or not detectable
Note
•
After using network related commands such as AT+CCWA, AT+CCFC, AT+CLCK, users are advised to wait 3s
before entering AT+CSQ. This is recommended to be sure that any network access required for the preceding
command has finished.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 203 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.6 AT^SMONC
s
8.6
AT^SMONC Cell Monitoring
The AT^SMONCexecute command delivers cell information containing 9 values from a maximum of 7 base sta-
tions. The first base station is the serving cell.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMONC=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Exec Command
AT^SMONC
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS, 3GPP TS 05.08
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<MCC>(num)
Mobile country code
3 digits, e.g. 232
000
Not decoded
Not decoded
Not decoded
Not decoded
<MNC>(num)
Mobile network code
2 digits or 3 digits, e.g. 07 or 003
000
<LAC>(num)
Location area code
4 hexadecimal digits, e.g. 4EED
0000
<cell>(num)
Cell identifier
4 hexadecimal digits, e.g. 4EAF
0000
FFFF
Cell ID currently not available, e.g. because the cell ID information is not yet
read from the Sysinfo 3 transmitted by the base station.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 204 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.6 AT^SMONC
s
<BSIC>(num)
Base station identity code
2 digits, e.g. 32
00
Not decoded
<chann>(num)
ARFCN (Absolute Frequency Channel Number)
0
Not decoded. In this case, all remaining parameters related to the same chan-
nel are neither decoded. For example, a non-existing cell appears as follows:
000,000,0000,0000,00,0,0,-,-
<RSSI>(num)
Received signal level of the BCCH carrier (0..63). The indicated value is composed of the measured value in
dBm plus an offset. This is in accordance with a formula specified in 3GPP TS 05.08
<C1>(num)
Coefficient for base station reselection, e.g. 30. In dedicated mode, under certain conditions the parameter can-
not be updated. In such cases a '-' is presented.
<C2>(num)
Coefficient for base station reselection, e.g. 30. In dedicated mode, under certain conditions the parameter can-
not be updated. In such cases a '-' is presented.
Note
•
eters. The receiving level, for example, can be queried with all three commands. Yet the resulting values may
be slightly different, even though obtained over a time period of a few seconds. This is quite normal and noth-
ing to worry about, as the cell information is permanently updated.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 205 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.7 AT^SMOND
s
8.7
AT^SMOND Cell Monitoring
The AT^SMONDexecute command can be used to obtain status information of the service cell and up to six neigh-
bour cells. The advantage over other cell monitoring commands is that AT^SMONDdelivers more detailed infor-
mation about the received signal strength.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMOND=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Exec Command
AT^SMOND
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS, 3GPP TS 05.08
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<sci>(str)
Serving cell information (comma-separated, no cr/lf included)
<nci>(str)
Neighbour cell information for neighbour cell 1 through 6 (comma-separated, no cr/lf included)
An unavailable cell appears as follows: " ,,,,,,0"
<rssiber>(str)
Values for RSSI and BER (comma-separated, no cr/lf included)
<MCC>(num)
Mobile country code
3 digits, e.g. 232
000
Not decoded
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 206 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.7 AT^SMOND
s
<MNC>(num)
Mobile network code
2 digits or 3 digits, e.g. 07 or 003
000
Not decoded
Not decoded
Not decoded
<LAC>(num)
Location area code
4 hexadecimal digits, e.g. 4EED
0000
<cell>(num)
Cell identifier
4 hexadecimal digits, e.g. 4EAF
0000
FFFF
Cell ID currently not available, e.g. because the cell ID information is not yet
read from the Sysinfo 3 transmitted by the base station.
<BSIC>(num)
Base station identity code
2 digits, e.g. 32
00
Not decoded
<chann>(num)
ARFCN (Absolute Frequency Channel Number)
<RxLev>(num)
Received signal level in dBm
<RxQual>(num)
Received signal quality as defined in GSM05.08
<Timeslot>(num)
Assigned timeslot. If mobile is in idle mode, timeslot 0 (BCCH timeslot) will be indicated.
0...8
Assigned timeslot
<TA>(num)
Timing advance for the serving cell, in bits.
<RSSI>(num)
Receive Level, with value 99 indicateing "not known or not detectable"
0...31
Signifies the RSSI range from -113dBm or less ("0") to -51dBm or greater
("31") in steps of -2dBm (e.g. "1" = -111 dBm, "2" = -109 dBm ..., "30" = -
53dBm)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 207 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.7 AT^SMOND
s
<BER>(num)
Bit Error rate, with value 99 indicating "not known or not detectable"
0...7
as RXQUAL values RXQUAL0 to RXQUAL7 in GSM 05.08 section 8.2.4
Notes
•
•
same parameters. The receiving level, for example, can be queried with all three commands. Yet the resulting
values may be slightly different, even though obtained over a time period of a few seconds. This is quite nor-
mal and nothing to worry about, as the cell information is permanently updated.
During a connection, not all of the neighbour cell information can be decoded. The following restrictions apply:
-
Information is updated only for neighbour cells that have already been visible at connection setup, and
continue to be included in the list of cells.
-
New neighbour cells added to the list, for example after handover, cannot be displayed until the connection
is released.
Example
at^smond
Execute command
^SMOND:262,01,3008,6060,32,100,66,,,0,,,0,
262,01,3008,DDD1,35,92,80,
262,01,3008,,31,96,83,
262,01,3008,BFBE,35,27,86,
262,01,3008,,32,98,88,
262,01,3008,BB44,32,90,89,
262,01,3008,8307,31,22,93,
2,23,99
Line breaks inserted for readability in print
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 208 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.8 AT^SFNUR
s
8.8
AT^SFNUR Select the fixed network user rate
The AT^SFNURcommand specifies the Fixed Network User Rate (FNUR) parameter. This parameter is impor-
tant only for mobile originated 14.4 kbit/s UDI calls (AT+CBST=75) and mobile terminated data calls if the bearer
capability information element is delivered without data bearer service (see AT+CSNSand AT+CBSTcommands).
Changes are recommended only if a CSD call fails. The choice as to which of the values to use depends on the
GSM network and the location. Users should be aware that even the same operator may apply varying FNUR
configurations in different regions.
The AT^SFNURcommand has no effect on CSD connections controlled by the Internet Service commands. If
needed for the Internet Services the Fixed Network User Rate can be set in the connection profile. For details
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SFNUR=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SFNUR?
Response(s)
^SFNUR: <value>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SFNUR=<value>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
0
not applicable
9.6 kbit/s
1
2(P)
14.4 kbit/s
19.2 kbit/s
28.8 kbit/s
38.4 kbit/s
48.0 kbit/s
56.7 kbit/s
64.0 kbit/s
3
4
5
6
7
8
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 209 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.9 AT^MONI
s
8.9
AT^MONI Monitor idle mode and dedicated mode
The AT^MONIcommand supplies information of the serving/dedicated cell. There are two ways to retrieve the
information: once on request by using the execute command or automatically every <period>seconds by using
the write command. To stop the periodic presentation type "AT" or "at".
Syntax
Test Command
AT^MONI=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^MONI
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^MONI=<period>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<period>(num)
Display period in seconds
1...254
Notes
•
•
The length of following output lines exceeds 80 characters. Therefore a terminal program may draw a carriage
return on a screen. However, this is not part of the response.
•
•
If the ME is Java controlled, periodic retrieval of cell information using the write command
AT^MONI=<period>is not supported. If periodic cell information is required simply repeat the execute com-
mands at regular intervals.
The parameters LAC and cell are presented as hexadecimal digits, the remaining parameters are composed
of decimal digits.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 210 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.9 AT^MONI
s
•
If the radio cell changes during a connection, the parameters PWR, RXLev and C1 of the 'Serving Cell' part
cannot be updated under certain conditions and therefore, are displayed as "-" (for conditions see also
AT+CREG). This is because the MS does not update the cell selection and reselection parameters since, in
this mode, they are not relevant for operation. When the connection ends, and the mobile is back to IDLE
mode, correct values will be given.
If the radio cell changes during a connection, it normally takes 1 or 2 seconds to update the parameters cell,
NCC and BCC. Until the information is received from the new base station, the default values will be shown
instead: cell="0000", NCC="-", BCC="-".
•
•
If the BS supports frequency hopping during a connection, the dedicated channel (parameter chann) is not
stable. This mode is indicated by chann = 'h'.
To some extent, the cell monitoring command AT^SMONCcovers the same parameters. The receiving level,
for example, can be queried with both commands. Yet the resulting values may be slightly different, even
though obtained over a time period of a few seconds. This is quite normal and nothing to worry about, as the
cell information is permanently updated.
•
For compatibility with earlier products and to support legacy applications, any input character may be used to
8.9.1
AT^MONI responses
ME is not connected:
a) ME is camping on a cell and registered to the network:
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm MCC MNC LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod
1013 21 -71 001 01 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33 I No connection
b) ME is camping on a cell but not registered to the network (only emergency call allowed):
Serving Cell I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm MCC MNC LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod
1013 21 -71 001 01 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33 I
Limited Service
c) ME camping on a cell, but searching for a better cell (cell reselection):
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm MCC MNC LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod
1013 21 -71 001 01 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33 I
Cell Reselection
d) ME is searching and could not (yet) find a suitable cell:
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm MCC MNC LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod
Searching
ME is connected (Call in progress):
Serving Cell
I Dedicated channel
chann rs dBm MCC MNC LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod
1013 19 -76 001 01 1001 0103 7 7 33 -105 33 I 1015 1
0 5 -76 0 S_HR
Columns for Serving Cell:
Column
chann
rs
Description
ARFCN (Absolute Frequency Channel Number) of the BCCH carrier
RSSI value 0 - 63 (RSSI = Received signal strength indication)
Receiving level of the BCCH carrier in dBm
dBm
MCC
Mobile Country Code (first part of the PLMN code)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 211 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.9 AT^MONI
s
Column
MNC
LAC
Description
Mobile Network Code (second part of the PLMN code)
Location area code, see note below
Cell ID
cell
NCC
BCC
PWR
RXLev
C1
PLMN colour code
Base station colour code
Maximal power level used on RACH channel in dBm
Minimal receiving level (in dBm) to allow registration
Coefficient for base station selection
Columns for Dedicated channel:
Column
chann
Description
ARFCN (Absolute Frequency Channel Number) of the TCH carrier
Note: <chann> = h indicates frequency hopping.
TS
Timeslot number
timAdv
PWR
dBm
Q
Timing advance in bits
Current power level
Receiving level of the traffic channel carrier in dBm
Receiving quality (0-7)
ChMod
Channel mode (S_HR: Half rate, S_FR: Full rate, S_EFR: Enhanced Full Rate,
A_HR: AMR Half rate, A_FR: AMR Full rate)
8.9.2
Service states
Depending on the service state, an additional textual output is generated (refer also to the response examples):
•
•
•
•
'Searching' - The MS is searching, but could not (yet) find a suitable cell. This output appears after restart of
the MS or after loss of coverage.
'No connection' - The MS is camping on a cell and registered to the network. The service state is 'idle', i.e.
there is no connection established or a dedicated channel in use.
'Cell Reselection' - The MS has not yet lost coverage but is searching for a better cell, since the cell reselec-
tion criterion is fulfilled.
'Limited Service' - The MS is camping on a cell but not registered to the network. Only emergency calls are
allowed. The MS enters this state, for example, when
-
-
-
no SIM card is inserted, or PIN has not been given,
neither Home PLMN nor any other allowed PLMN are found,
registration request was not answered or denied by the network (use command AT+CREG to query the
registration status),
-
authentication failed.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 212 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.10 AT^MONP
s
8.10
AT^MONP Monitor neighbour cells
The AT^MONPsupplies information of up to six neighbour cells. There are two ways to retrieve the information:
once on request by using the execute command or automatically every <period>seconds by using the write
command. To stop the periodic presentation type "AT" or "at".
Syntax
Test Command
AT^MONP=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^MONP
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^MONP=<period>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<period>(num)
Display period in seconds
1...254
Notes
•
Due to the fact that not all necessary information of the neighbour cells can be decoded during a connection,
there are several constraints to be considered:
-
-
-
Only neighbour cells that have already been visible in IDLE mode will be further updated, as long as they
are still included in the list.
Though new neighbour cells can be added to the list (e.g. due to handover), their C1 and C2 parameters
cannot be displayed until the connection is released. In this case "-" is presented for C1 and C2.
level, for example, can be queried with both commands. Yet the resulting values may be slightly different,
even though obtained over a time period of a few seconds. This is quite normal and nothing to worry about,
as the cell information is permanently updated.
•
•
For compatibility with earlier products and to support legacy applications, any input character may be used to
If the ME is Java controlled, periodic retrieval of cell information using the write command
AT^MONP=<period>is not supported. If periodic cell information is required simply repeat the execute com-
mands at regular intervals.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 213 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.10 AT^MONP
s
8.10.1
AT^MONP responses
chann rs dBm MCC MNC BCC C1 C2
653 26 -84 262 07 0 22 22
660 20 -90 262 07 3 16 16
687 19 -91 262 07 1 15 15
678 14 -96 262 07 3 10 10
671 14 -96 262 07 1 10 10
643 10 -100 262 07 7 6 6
Column
Chann
rs
Description
ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the BCCH carrier
RSSI value 0 - 63 (RSSI = Received signal strength indication)
Receiving level in dBm
dBm
MCC
MNC
BCC
C1
Mobile Country Code (first part of the PLMN code)
Mobile Network Code (second part of the PLMN code)
Base Station colour code
cell selection criterion
C2
cell reselection criterion
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 214 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.11 AT^SMONG
s
8.11
AT^SMONG GPRS Monitor
The AT^SMONGcommand supplies GPRS specific cell information. There are two ways to retrieve the informa-
tion: once on request by using the execute command or automatically every <period>seconds by using the
write command. To stop the periodic presentation type "AT" or "at".
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMONG=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Exec Command
AT^SMONG
Response(s)
GPRS Monitor
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
^SMONG: GPRS Monitor
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<table>(num)
1
Cell Info Table
<period>(num)
Display period in seconds
If <period>is omitted the cell data will be presented only once on a single line (as if Execute command was
issued).
If <period>is given, the cell data will be listed repeatedly on 10 data lines. Every 10th data line is followed by
the header, simply to repeat the column titles.
1...100
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 215 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.11 AT^SMONG
s
Notes
•
For compatibility with earlier products and to support legacy applications, often any input character will stop
the periodic output of the write command. But since this applies only in certain cases (depending on the set-
•
If the ME is Java controlled, periodic retrieval of cell information using the write command
AT^SMONG=<table>,<period>is not supported. If periodic cell information is required simply repeat the
execute commands at regular intervals.
8.11.1
AT^SMONG Cell Info Table
GPRS Monitor
BCCH G PBCCH PAT MCC MNC NOM TA
RAC
0B
# Cell #
0637 1 -
4 234 05 2
00
Columns of the cell info table:
Column
BCCH
G
Description
ARFCN of BCCH carrier
GPRS / EGPRS status:
0
1
2
3
4
GPRS / EGPRS not available in currently used cell
GPRS available in currently used cell
GPRS attached
EGPRS available in currently used cell
EGPRS attached
Note: If the network uses the PBCCH, the correct value can only be displayed if the
AC75 is attached.
PBCCH
PAT
If PBCCH is present, indication of ARFCN, else ''-'' or if Frequency Hopping is used ''H''
Priority Access Threshold (GSM Rec. 04.08 / 10.5.2.37b)
0
1
2
3
4
Packet access is not allowed in the cell
Spare, shall be interpreted as "000" (packet access not allowed)
Spare, shall be interpreted as "000" (packet access not allowed)
Packet access is allowed for priority level 1
Packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2
MCC
MNC
NOM
TA
Mobile Country Code
Mobile Network Code
Network Operation Mode (1...3)
Timing Advance Value
RAC
Routing Area Code (as hexadecimal value)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 216 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.12 AT^SALS
s
8.12
AT^SALS Alternate Line Service
The AT^SALScommand is designed to support Alternate Line Service. This allows the subscriber to use two
voice numbers on the same SIM card (service requires a dual line SIM card).
The write command enables or disables the presentation of <view>and specifies the <line>used for outgoing
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SALS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SALS?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Unsolicited Result Code
^SALS: <line>
Indicates the line used by an incoming call.
Parameter Description
<view>(num)
Controls the presentation mode of the URC "^SALS" which indicates the line number used by an incoming call:
0(&F)(P)
Disables indication of the called line
Enables indication of the called line
1
<line>(num)
Selects the line to be used for outgoing calls. Setting is global for the ME and non volatile.
1(&F)(D)
ALS Line 1
ALS Line 2
2
Note
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 217 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.12 AT^SALS
s
Example
AT^SALS=1,1
RING
Line 1 has been selected for outgoing calls. "^SALS" URC is enabled.
You receive a notification that you have an incoming call on line 2.
^SALS: 2
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 218 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.13 AT^SHOM
s
8.13
AT^SHOM Display Homezone
The AT^SHOMreturns the homezone state. The result is valid only, if network registration state <stat>is 1 (reg-
The feature is available only for supported network operators (O2 Germany) and requires a suitable SIM card. If
the homezone feature is not supported by the network operator or SIM card, result is always 0.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SHOM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SHOM
Response(s)
^SHOM: <homezonestate>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<homezonestate>(num)
0
1
2
ME is out of Homezone and Cityzone
ME is within the Homezone
ME is within the Cityzone
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 219 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.14 AT^SPLM
s
8.14
AT^SPLM Read the PLMN list
The AT^SPLMexecute command returns the list of operators from the ME. Each operator code <numeric>that
has an alphanumeric equivalent <alpha>in the ME memory is returned. The list is sorted by operator codes.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPLM=?
Response(s)
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Read Command
AT^SPLM?
Response(s)
^SPLM:<range>
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Exec Command
AT^SPLM
Response(s)
^SPLM:[... ]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT^SPLM=<index>
Response(s)
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The read command returns the range of operator indices supported by the ME.
The write command serves to read a single operator entry specified with <index>. The operator will be indicated
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 220 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.14 AT^SPLM
s
Parameter Description
<numeric>(str)
Operator in numeric form; GSM location area identification number
<alpha>(str)
Operator in long alphanumeric format; can contain up to 16 characters
<range>(num)
Range of supported operator indices
<index>(num)
Index of the operator entry to be retrieved with the write command
Note
•
If the ME is Java controlled, take into account that the AT Command API can handle responses up to a length
of 1024 bytes. To avoid any longer responses it is recommended not to read the entire range of PLMN entries
at a time.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 221 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.15 AT+CPOL
s
8.15
AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List
The AT+CPOLread command returns the list of the preferred operators. The AT+CPOLwrite command allows to
edit the list of the preferred operators. If <index>is given but <operator>is left out, the entry is deleted. An
operator can be only once in the list.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPOL=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CPOL?
Response(s)
+CPOL: ...
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR:
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<index>(num)
The order number of the operator in the SIM preferred operator list.
<format>(num)
2
Numeric format
<operator>(str)
Operator in numeric format (GSM Location Area Identification number which consists of a 3-digit country code
plus a 2- or 3-digit network code).
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 222 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.16 AT^SPLR
s
8.16
AT^SPLR Read entry from the preferred operators list
The AT^SPLR write command returns used entries from the SIM list of preferred operators with <indexa>
between <index1>and <index2>. If <index2>is not given, only entry at <index1>is returned. The test com-
mand returns the whole index range supported by the SIM.
See also GSM 07.07: AT+CPOL
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPLR=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<index1>(num)
Location number to start reading from
<index2>(num)
Location number where to stop reading
<indexa>(num)
<oper>(str)
Operator in numeric form; GSM location area identification number
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 223 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
8.17 AT^SPLW
s
8.17
AT^SPLW Write an entry to the preferred operators list
The AT^SPLWwrite command writes an entry to the SIM list of preferred operators at location number <index>.
If <index>is given but <oper>is left out, the entry is deleted. An operator can be only once in the list. Test
command returns the whole index range supported by the SIM.
See also GSM 07.07: AT+CPOL
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPLW=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR:
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<index>(num)
location number
<oper>(str)
Operator in numeric format (GSM Location Area Identification number which consists of a 3-digit country code
plus a 2- or 3-digit network code).
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 224 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9. Supplementary Service Commands
s
9.
Supplementary Service Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to the Supplementary Services offered by the GSM net-
work.
9.1
AT+CACM Accumulated call meter (ACM) reset or query
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CACM=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CACM?
Response(s)
+CACM: <acm>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The read command returns the current ACM value.
The write command resets the Advice of Charge related to the accumulated call meter (ACM) value in SIM file
EF(ACM). ACM contains the total number of home units for both the current and preceding calls.
Parameter Description
<acm>(str)
Three bytes of the current ACM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30) 000000
- FFFFFF.
<passwd>(str)
SIM PIN2
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 225 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.2 AT^SACM
s
9.2
AT^SACM Advice of charge and query of ACM and ACMmax
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SACM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SACM
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SACM=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Unsolicited Result Code
+CCCM: <ccm>
When activated, an unsolicited result code is sent when the CCM value changes, but not more often than every
10 seconds.
Command Description
The execute command can be used to query the current mode of the Advice of Charge supplementary service,
the SIM values of the accumulated call meter (ACM) and accumulated call meter maximum (ACMmax).
The write command enables or disables the presentation of unsolicited result codes to report the call charges.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
suppress unsolicited result code
display unsolicited result code
1
<acm>(str)(&V)
Three bytes of the current ACM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30) 000000-
FFFFFF
<acmMax>(str)(&V)
Three bytes of the max. ACM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30) 000000
disable ACMmax feature 000001-FFFFFF
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 226 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.2 AT^SACM
s
<ccm>(str)
Three bytes of the current CCM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30); bytes
are coded in the same way as ACMmax value in the SIM 000000-FFFFFF
Notes
•
default. To benefit from the URC it is recommended to have the setting included in the user profile saved with
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 227 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.3 AT+CAMM
s
9.3
AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum (ACMmax) set or
query
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CAMM=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CAMM?
Response(s)
+CAMM: <acmmax>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The read command returns the current ACMmax value.
The write command sets the Advice of Charge related to the accumulated call meter maximum value in SIM file
EF (ACMmax). ACMmax contains the maximum number of home units allowed to be consumed by the sub-
scriber.
Parameter Description
<acmmax>(str)
Three bytes of the max. ACM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30) 000000
disable ACMmax feature 000001-FFFFFF.
<passwd>(str)
SIM PIN2
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 228 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.4 AT+CAOC
s
9.4
AT+CAOC Advice of Charge information
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CAOC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CAOC?
Response(s)
+CAOC: <mode>
OK
Exec Command
AT+CAOC
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
+CAOC: <ccm>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
Execute command returns the current call meter value.
The write command sets the Advice of Charge supplementary service function mode.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&V)
0
query CCM value
<ccm>(str)
Three bytes of the current CCM value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30); bytes
are similarly coded as ACMmax value in the SIM 000000-FFFFFF.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 229 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.5 AT+CCUG
s
9.5
AT+CCUG Closed User Group
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCUG=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CCUG?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07, GSM 02.85, GSM 03.85,
GSM 04.85
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The Test command returns the supported parameters.
The Read command returns if the Explicit CUG invocation is activated (in parameter <n>), which CUG <index>
The write command serves to activate or deactivate the explicit CUG invocation, to set the desired index, and to
specify if Preferential Group or Outgoing Access shall be suppressed.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
explicit CUG invocation options
0(D)
Deactivate explicit CUG invocation
Activate explicit CUG invocation
1
<index>(num)
0-9
explicit selection of CUG index
10(D)
No index (preferred CUG taken from subscriber data)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 230 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.5 AT+CCUG
s
<info>(num)
state of the call
0(D)
no information
1
suppress outgoing access
2
suppress preferential CUG
Suppress preferential CUG and Outgoing Access.
3
Notes
•
•
•
The active settings for omitted parameters are retained without changes.
Explicit CUG invocation means that at each call setup, CUG information is added to the called number.
Upon delivery, settings are predefined with
<n>=0,
<index>=10,
<info>=0.
These delivery defaults cannot be recalled automatically.
•
•
When starting a call with ATD, Parameter 'G' or 'g' of command ATDwill have no effect if the option selected
Current settings are saved in the ME automatically.
•
some combinations of parameters may lead to rejection of CUG calls by the network. For more information,
please consult GSM 04.85
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 231 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.6 AT+CCFC
s
9.6
AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions control
AT+CCFCcontrols the call forwarding supplementary service. Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation and
status query are supported.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCFC=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
OK
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07, GSM 02.04, GSM 02.82,
GSM 03.82, GSM 04.82
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<reason>(num)
Reason for call forwarding
0
1
2
3
4
5
unconditional
mobile busy
no reply
not reachable
all call forwarding (includes reasons 0, 1, 2 and 3)
all conditional call forwarding (includes reasons 1, 2 and 3)
<mode>(num)
Network operation to be performed for Supplementary service "call forwarding"
0
1
2
3
4
disable call forwarding (disable service)
enable call forwarding (enable service)
query status of call forwarding (query service status)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 232 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.6 AT+CCFC
s
<number>(str)
String type phone number of forwarding address in format specified by <type>. If you select <mode>= 3, the
phone <number> will be registered in the network. This allows you to disable / enable CF to the same destination
without the need to enter the phone number once again. Depending on the services offered by the provider the
registration may be mandatory before CF can be used. The number remains registered in the network until you
register another number or erase it using <mode> = 4.
<type>(num)
Type of address octect
145
129
otherwise
<class>(num)
Integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information, i.e. a bearer service, telecommunication ser-
vice or bearer service group as defined in "GSM 02.04"
1
2
voice
data
<class> 2 (data) comprises all those <class> values between 16 and 128, that
are supported both by the network and the MS. This means, a setting made for
<class> 2 applies to all remaining data classes (if supported). In addition, you
can assign a different setting to a specific class. For example, you can activate
Call Forwarding for all data classes, but deactivate it for a specific data class.
4
fax
8
SMS
16
data circuit sync
data circuit async
dedicated packet access
dedicated PAD access
32
64
128
1...[7]...255
combination of some of the above classes. For example, the default setting 7
represents the sum of the integers 1, 2 and 4 (CF for voice, data and fax). The
value 255 covers all classes. If the <class> parameter is omitted, the default
value 7 is used.
<time>(num)
5...[20]...30
Time to wait before call is forwarded, rounded to a multiple of 5 sec. (only for
<reason>=no reply)
<status>(num)
0
1
Call Forwarding not active
Call Forwarding active
Notes
•
You can register, disable, enable and erase <reason>4 and 5 as described above. However, querying the
status of <reason>4 and 5 with AT+CCFC will result in an error ("CME error: Operation not supported"). As
an alternative, you may use the ATD command followed by *'# codes to check the status of these two reasons.
•
•
Most networks will not permit registration of new parameters for conditional call forwarding (reasons 1,2,3,5)
while unconditional call forwarding is enabled.
The AT+CCFCcommand offers a broad range of call forwarding options according to the GSM specifications.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 233 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.6 AT+CCFC
s
However, when you attempt to set a call forwarding option which is not provisioned or not yet subscribed to,
the setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned. The responses in these cases vary with
the network (for example "OK", "Operation not allowed", "Operation not supported" etc.). To make sure check
•
•
•
Some networks may choose to have certain call forwarding condtions permanently enabled (e.g. forwarding
to a mailbox if the mobile is not reachable). In this case, erasure or deactivation of call forwarding for these
conditions will not be successful, even if the CCFC request is answered with response "OK".
The command has been implemented with the full set of <class> parameters according to GSM 07.07. For
actual applicability of SS "call forwarding" to a specific service or service group (a specific <class>value)
please consult table A.1 of GSM 02.04.
There is currently no release of GSM standard "GSM 02.04", in which the "Call Forwarding" Supplementary
Service is defined as applicable to SMS services.
Example
Please note that when you configure or query call forwarding without specifying any classes, the settings will
•
To register the destination number for unconditional call forwarding (CFU):
at+ccfc=0,3,"+493012345678",145
OK
In most networks, the registration will also cause call forwarding to be activated for these <class>values.
•
at+ccfc=0,2
+CCFC: 1,1,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 1,2,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 1,4,"+493012345678",145
OK
•
at+ccfc=0,0
OK
To check whether CFU was successfully deactivated (note that the destination number remains registered in
the network when you disable CFU):
at+ccfc=0,2
+CCFC: 0,1,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 0,2,"+493012345678",145
+CCFC: 0,4,"+493012345678",145
OK
•
To erase the registered CFU destination number:
at+ccfc=0,4
OK
Now, when you check the status, no destination number will be indicated:
at+ccfc=0,2
+CCFC: 0,1
+CCFC: 0,2
+CCFC: 0,4
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 234 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.6 AT+CCFC
s
•
To query the status of CFU for all classes:
at+ccfc=0,2,,,255
+CCFC: 0,1
+CCFC: 0,2
+CCFC: 0,4
+CCFC: 0,8
+CCFC: 0,16
+CCFC: 0,32
+CCFC: 0,64
+CCFC: 0,128
OK
• <reason>4 or 5 cannot be used to query the status of all call forwarding reasons (see also notes above):
at+ccfc=4,2
+CME error: operation not supported
at+ccfc=5,2
+CME error: operation not supported
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 235 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.7 AT+CCWA
s
9.7
AT+CCWA Call Waiting
The AT+CCWAwrite command controls the "Call Waiting" supplementary service according to GSM 02.83. Acti-
vation, deactivation and status query are supported. The read command returns the current value of <n>.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCWA=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CCWA?
Response(s)
+CCWA:<n>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
[+CCWA: ...]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07, GSM 02.04, GSM 02.83,
GSM 03.83, GSM 04.83
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
Indication of a call that is currently waiting and can be accepted.
If <n>=1 and the call waiting supplementary service is enabled in the network, URC "+CCWA" indicates a wait-
ing call to the TE. It appears while the waiting call is still ringing.
URC 2
Indication of a call that has been waiting.
^SCWA:
If <n>=1 and the call waiting supplementary service is enabled in the network, this URC indicates that a wait-
ing call rang when the ME was in online mode during a CSD call, but the calling party hung up before the ME
went back to command mode.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 236 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.7 AT+CCWA
s
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0
1
<mode>(num)
Network operation to be performed for Supplementary service call waiting
0
1
2
Disable call waiting (disable service)
Enable call waiting (enable service)
Query status of call waiting (query service status)
<class>(num)
Integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information, i.e. a bearer service, telecommunication ser-
vice or bearer service group as defined in "GSM 02.04".
In the write command, parameter <class>specifies the class of the active call during which an incoming call
of any class is to be regarded as a waiting call.
1
2
Voice
Data
<class> 2 (data) comprises all those <class> values between 16 and 128, that
are supported both by the network and the MS. This means, a setting made for
<class> 2 applies to all remaining data classes (if supported). In addition, you
can assign a different setting to a specific class. For example, you can activate
call waiting for all data classes, but deactivate it for a specific data class.
4
Fax
[7]
Voice, data and fax (1+2+4)
Data circuit sync
16
32
Data circuit async
Dedicated packet access
Dedicated PAD access
64
128
1...[7]...255
Combination of some of the above classes. For example, the default setting 7
represents the sum of the integers 1, 2 and 4 (CF for voice, data and fax). The
value 255 covers all classes. If parameter "class"is omitted, the default value 7
is used.
<status>(num)
0
1
Call waiting service is not active
Call waiting service is active
<calling number>(str)
<type of number>(num)
Type of address octet in integer format (refer to GSM 04.08, subclause 10.5.4.7)
145
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 237 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.7 AT+CCWA
s
128
129
number restricted
Otherwise
<CLI validity>(num)
0
1
2
CLI valid
CLI has been withheld
CLI is not available
Notes
•
If the active call is a CSD call, and a waiting call is received, then the ME produces a BREAK while still in
online mode, and displays
-
the +CCWA URC (as above) when the ME goes back to command mode while the waiting call is still active
and can be accepted;
-
or the ^SCWA URC (as above) when the ME goes back to command mode after the waiting call has
ended.
•
•
With the AT+CHLD command, it is possible to establish a multiparty call or to set the active voice call on hold
and then accept a waiting voice call (not possible with fax and data call). See also AT+CHLD
Users should be aware that if call waiting is activated (<mode>=1), the presentation of URCs needs to be
Otherwise, on the one hand, a waiting caller would be kept waiting due to lack of BUSY signals, while, on the
other hand, the waiting call would not be indicated to the called party.
•
The AT+CCWA command offers a broad range of options according to the GSM specifications. However,
when you attempt to enable call waiting for a <class>for which the service is not provisioned or not sup-
ported , the setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned. The responses in these cases vary
with the network (for example "OK", "Operation not allowed", "Operation not supported" etc.). To make sure
•
•
GSM 07.07. For actual applicability of SS call waiting to a specific service or service group (a specific
Despite the specifications stated in GSM 02.04 call waiting is not handled uniformly among all networks:
GSM 02.04, Annex A, provides the following specification:
"The applicability of call waiting refers to the telecommunication service of the active call and not of the waiting
call. The incoming, waiting, call may be of any kind." Nevertheless, networks do differ on the actual imple-
mentation of the service. For example, the activation of call waiting for <class>4, "fax", causes some net-
works to send a call waiting indication if a call "of any kind" comes in during an active fax call, but others may
(with the same settings active) indicate a waiting fax call during any kind of active call. Thus, the only reliable
way to receive or prevent a call waiting indication under any circumstances and in any network, is to activate
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 238 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.7 AT+CCWA
s
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Parameter <n>
at+ccwa=1
OK
To enable the presentation of the URC
EXAMPLE 2
Parameter <mode>
at+ccwa=,1
To activate the supplementary service in the network for voice, data,
and fax calls (default classes).
will be retained.
OK
at+ccwa=,2
at+ccwa=1,1
at+ccwa=1,2
at+ccwa=1,4
OK
To query the network status of call waiting for default classes
Call Waiting is activated during voice calls.
Call Waiting is activated during data calls.
Call Waiting is activated during fax calls.
EXAMPLE 3
Parameter <class>
AT+CCWA=,0,1
OK
To deactivate call waiting for voice calls.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 239 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.8 AT+CHLD
s
9.8
AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CHLD=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Command Description
TA controls the Supplementary Services Call Hold and Multiparty. Calls can be put on hold, recovered, released,
and added to a conversation.
Like for all Supplementary Services, the availability and detailed functionality of Call Hold and Multiparty services
depends on the configuration of the GSM network. The AC75 can only request the service, but the network
decides whether and how the request will be answered.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0
Release all held calls or set User Determined User Busy (UDUB) for a waiting
call:
•
If a call is waiting, release the waiting call. The calling party will receive a
"BUSY" indication (Supplementary Service User Determined User Busy
"UDUB")
•
Otherwise, terminate all held calls (if any).
1
Terminate all active calls (if any) and accept "the other call" as the active call:
•
•
If a call is waiting, the waiting call will be accepted.
Otherwise, if a held call is present, the held call becomes active.
1X
Terminate a specific call X (X= 1-7). The call may be active, held or waiting.
The remote party of the terminated call will receive a "NO CARRIER" indica-
2
Place all active calls on hold (if any) and accept "the other call" as the active
call:
•
•
If a call is waiting, the waiting call will be accepted.
Otherwise, if a held call is present, the held call becomes active.
2X
3
Place all active calls except call X (X= 1-7) on hold. Parameter X is the call
Add a held call to the active calls in order to set up a conference (multiparty)
call.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 240 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.8 AT+CHLD
s
Notes
•
The AT+CHLDcommand offers a broad range of options according to the GSM specifications. However, if you
attempt to invoke an option which is not provisioned by the network, or not subscribed to, invocation of this
option will fail. The responses in these cases may vary with the network (for example "Operation not allowed",
"Operation not supported" etc.).
•
The handling of the supplementary service Call hold and Multiparty varies with the types of calls. This is
because only voice calls can be put on hold, while data or fax calls cannot. The following procedures apply:
With AT+CHLD=2 the user can simultaneously place a voice call on hold and accept another waiting voice,
data or fax call. If the waiting call is a data or fax call, it is also possible to put the voice call on hold. To switch
back from the active data or fax call to the held voice call the active call must be terminated with AT+CHLD=1.
If all active and held calls are voice calls it is possible to switch back and forth with AT+CHLD=2.
•
•
In conflict situations, e.g. when a waiting call comes while there are already held calls, the above procedures
apply to the waiting call only. For example, <n>=0 rejects the waiting call, but does not affect the held calls.
Example
^SYSSTART
at+cpin="9999"
OK
+CREG: 2
+CREG: 1,"0145","0016"
at+ccwa=1,1,1
The mobile is now registered.
You activate the indication of waiting calls during
voice calls.
OK
atd"1234567";
You make a voice call.
OK
+CCWA: "+491791292364",145,32,,0
at+chld=2
You receive a URC indicating a waiting data call.
You put the voice call on hold.
CONNECT 9600/RLP
The data connection is set up.
hello
+++
With ''+++'' you go in command mode.
OK
at+clcc
You interrogate the status of all established calls.
+CLCC: 1,0,1,0,0,"03038639268",129
+CLCC: 2,1,0,1,0,"+491791292364",145
OK
at+chld=1
The active data call is terminated and the held voice
call becomes active.
OK
at+clcc
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"03038639268",129
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 241 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.9 AT+CLIP
s
9.9
AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation
This command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation) that
enables a called subscriber to get the calling line identity (CLI) of the calling party when receiving a mobile ter-
minated call.
The AT+CLIPwrite command enables or disables the presentation of the CLI at the TE. It has no effect on the
execution of the supplementary service CLIP in the network.
The AT+CLIPread command gives the status of <n>, and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status
of the CLIP service according to GSM 02.81 (given in <m>). If no SIM card is available or the SIM-PIN is not
entered, the command response is "ERROR".
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLIP=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLIP?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CLIP=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07, GSM 02.81
±
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Unsolicited Result Code
When CLIP is enabled at the TE (and is permitted by the calling subscriber), this URC is delivered after every
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
Suppress unsolicited result codes
Display unsolicited result codes
1
<m>(num)(&V)
0
1
2
CLIP not provisioned
CLIP provisioned
Unknown
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 242 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.9 AT+CLIP
s
<number>(str)
<type>(num)
Type of address octet in integer format; 145 when dialing string includes international access code character
"+", otherwise 129.
<alpha>(str)
String type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used
<CLI validity>(num)
0
1
2
CLI valid
CLI has been withheld by the originator.
CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating
significant.
When CLI is not available ( <CLI validity>=2), <number>shall be an empty string ("") and <type>value
will not be significant. Nevertheless, TA shall return the recommended value 128 for <type> (TON/NPI
unknown in accordance with GSM 04.08 subclause 10.5.4.7).
When CLI has been withheld by the originator, (<CLI validity>=1) and the CLIP is provisioned with the
"override category" option (refer GSM 02.81 and GSM 03.81), <number>and <type>is provided. Otherwise,
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 243 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.10 AT+CLIR
s
9.10
AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction
The AT+CLIRcommand refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIR (Calling Line Identification Restriction).
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLIR=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLIR?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
Parameter shows the settings for outgoing calls:
[0](P)
Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service
1
2
CLIR invocation
CLIR suppression
<m>(num)
Parameter shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the network:
0
1
2
3
4
CLIR not provisioned
CLIR provisioned in permanent mode
Unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted
CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed
Note
•
The settings made with AT+CLIR=1 or AT+CLIR=2 are used for all outgoing calls until the ME is switched off
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 244 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.11 AT+COLP
s
9.11
AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation
This command refers to the GSM supplementary service COLP (Connected Line Identification Presentation) that
enables a calling subscriber to get the connected line identity (COL) of the called party after setting up a mobile
originated call. The command enables or disables the presentation of the COL at the TE. It has no effect on the
execution of the supplementary service COLR in the network.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+COLP=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+COLP?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Unsolicited Result Code
Call response format:
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0
1
Disable - suppress unsolicited result codes
Enable - display unsolicited result codes
<m>(num)
0
1
2
COLP not provisioned (no presentation)
COLP provisioned
Unknown
<number>(str)
String type phone number of connected address in format specified by <type>
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 245 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.12 AT+CPUC
s
9.12
AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPUC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPUC?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
Read command returns the current parameters of PUC.
Write command sets the parameters of Advice of Charge related price per unit and currency table. SIM PIN2 is
usually required to set the parameters.
Parameter Description
<currency>(str)(+CSCS)
Three-character currency code (e.g. "GBP", "EUR"). If the currency name is longer than three characters, all
characters will be cut off after the third position. Before they are written to the SIM Card, these characters are
converted to the standard GSM alphabet.
<ppu>(str)
Price per unit; dot is used as a decimal separator (e.g. "2.66"). The length is limited to 20 characters. If the string
length is exceeded, the command is terminated with an error. This string may only contain digits and a dot. Lead-
ing zeros are removed from the string. The minimum and maximum value are determined by the structure of the
SIM-PUCT file. The maximum price per unit value is 999 999 999.00. When successfully entered, this value is
rounded to maximum accuracy.
Note: Due to storage in mantisse (range 0-4095) and exponent (-7 to 7) it is possible that rounding errors occur.
<passwd>(str)
SIM PIN2. String parameter which can contain any combination of characters. The maximum string length is
limited to 8 characters. If this value is exceeded, the command terminates with an error message. If the PIN2 is
incorrect, a CME error (+CME ERROR: incorrect password) is output.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 247 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.12 AT+CPUC
s
Example
To change currency and/or price per unit you have two ways:
AT+CPUC="EUR","0.10","8888"
OK
(where "8888" = PIN2)
Alternatively, you can first use the AT+CPIN2command to enter PIN2. When you execute the AT+CPUCcom-
mand, subsequently, take into account that PIN2 authentication expires after 300ms (see notes in AT+CPIN2).
AT+CPUC="EUR","0.10"
OK
Successful
AT+CPUC="EUR","0.10"
+CME ERROR: SIM PIN2 required
Attempt not successful. PIN2 authentication has
expired.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 248 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.13 AT+CSSN
s
9.13
AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSSN=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSSN?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
+CSSI: <code 1>
When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup, inter-
URC 2
+CSSU: <code 2>
When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or
Command Description
The write command enables or disables the presentation of URCs for supplementary services.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(&F)
1
<m>(num)
0(&F)
1
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 249 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.13 AT+CSSN
s
<code 1>(num)
0
1
2
3
unconditional call forwarding is active
some of the conditional call forwardings are active
call has been forwarded
Waiting call is pending
<code 2>(num)
0
The incoming call is a forwarded call.
Held call was terminated by other party
additional incoming call forwarded
5
10
Note
•
URCs will be displayed only if the call concerned is a voice call, but some URCs will be displayed as well as
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 250 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.14 AT+CUSD
s
9.14
AT+CUSD Unstructured supplementary service data
AT+CUSDallows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) according to GSM 02.90. Both
network and mobile initiated operations are supported. The interaction of this command with other commands
based on other GSM supplementary services is described in the GSM standard.
Parameter <n>is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code (USSD response from
When parameter <str_write>is given, a mobile initiated USSD string or a response USSD string to a network
initiated operation is sent to the network. The response USSD string from the network is returned in a subsequent
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CUSD=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CUSD?
Response(s)
+CUSD: <n>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07, GSM 02.90, GSM 03.90,
GSM 04.90
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Unsolicited Result Code
URC "+CUSD" indicates an USSD response from the network, or network initiated operation
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(&F)
Disable the result code presentation in the TA
Enable the result code presentation in the TA
1
2
Cancel session (not applicable to read command response)
<str_write>(str)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 251 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
9.14 AT+CUSD
s
<str_urc>(str)(+CSCS)
String type USSD-string .
If <dcs>indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character
set according to rules of GSM 07.05 Annex A. Otherwise in case of invalid or omitted <dcs> conversion of
<dcs>(num)
GSM 03.38 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format (default 15). In case of an invalid or omitted
<m>(num)
0
No further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no further
information needed after mobile initiated operation)
1
Further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or further infor-
mation needed after mobile initiated operation).
action is finished with <CTRL-Z> or aborted with <ESC>.
2
4
5
USSD terminated by network.
operation not supported
network time out
Notes
•
•
It is recommended to finalize or escape a pending USSD user interaction before further actions are done to
prevent blocking situations.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Confidential / Released
Page 252 of 569
10/30/06
AC75 AT Command Set
10. Internet Service Commands
s
10.
Internet Service Commands
AC75 has an embedded TCP/IP stack that is driven by AT commands and enables the host application to easily
access the Internet. The advantage of this solution is that it eliminates the need for the application manufacturer
to implement own TCP/IP and PPP stacks, thus minimizing cost and time to integrate Internet connectivity into
a new or existing host application. This chapter is a reference guide to all the AT commands and responses
defined for use with the TCP/IP stack.
Access is provided to the following Internet Services:
1. Socket Client and Server for TCP, Client for UDP
2. FTP Client
3. HTTP Client
4. SMTP Client
5. POP3 Client
Two design strategies for using Internet Service AT commands - URC mode or polling mode:
The AC75 offers two modes of controlling an Internet session opened with AT^SISO. To select the mode that
best suits the preferences of your application design use the AT^SCFGcommand, parameter "Tcp/WithURCs"
•
URC mode (delivery default):
The progress of an Internet session is URC driven. The URCs notify the host whether data can be sent or
received, whether data transfer has completed, whether the service can be closed or whether an error has
occurred. This mechanism eliminates the need to poll the service until the necessary progress information is
received.
•
Polling mode:
In polling mode, the presentation of URCs related to the Internet Services is disabled. The host is responsible
to retrieve all the status information needed for controlling the Internet session. This is done by polling, where
Cause>=0 (Internet service events), but not for <urcCause>=1 or 2 (needed for Socket listener and always
enabled).
Step-by-step overview of how to configure and use TCP/IP communications with AC75:
•
•
Select URC mode or polling mode as described above.
First of all, create a CSD or GPRS connection profile with AT^SICS. The connection profile is a set of basic
parameters which determines the type of connection to use for an Internet service. The connection type is
also referred to as bearer. Up to 6 connection profiles can be defined, each identified by the <conPro-
•
•
Secondly, use AT^SISSto create a service profile based on one of the connection profiles. Up to 10 service
profiles can be defined, each identified by the <srvProfileId>. The service profile specifies the type of
Internet service to use, i.e. Socket, FTP, HTTP, or one of the email services SMTP or POP3. To assign a
connection profile to a service profile, the <conProfileId>of AT^SICSmust be entered as "conId" value
This offers great flexibility to combine connection profiles and service profiles. For example, you may have
one connection profile (CSD or GPRS) specified with AT^SICSwhich can be associated with an SMTP ser-
vice profile for sending emails and a POP3 service profile for retrieving emails.
Once the connection profile and the service profile are created, an Internet session can be opened by entering
In URC mode, the "^SISR" or "^SISW" URC indicates whether the service is ready to receive or send data.
This means, that the AT^SISRor AT^SISWcommand shall be entered after the URC was received. If an error
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 253 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
s
need to do so several times until the service confirms that data can be sent or received.
•
parameter is the number of bytes which the host either wants to send to or is able to receive from the module.
The way the module handles the data transfer follows the rules of the ordinary socket interface and is aware
that a host may be limited by its input buffer size. The maximum data size supported by AC75 is 1500 bytes
in both directions (read or write). To send or receive more than 1500 bytes, the read or write action shall be
repeated until the data transfer has completed. Each read or write action requires that the command response
•
The AT^SISIcommand shall be used to monitor the progress of the session. The command reports the ser-
vice state of the used service profile and indicates the number of bytes received, the number of bytes sent
and, in the case of sending, the number of bytes acknowledged or unacknowledged at TCP layer.
•
•
tify the reason. This is especially important in polling mode.
Additional AT commands designed for controlling and monitoring the connection profiles (bearers):
•
•
The AT^SICIcommand can be used any time to query the current status of one or all connection profile(s).
by the network.
•
•
address or host name to verify the TCP/IP network connection.
Maximum number of profiles defined / used:
•
•
Up to 10 service profiles can be created (with AT^SISS), but the number of parallel profiles of the same ser-
vice type is limited as listed below. If the maximum number of a service profile type is already defined, any
attempt to set up another profile for the same type will be denied with "+CME ERROR: operation of service
temporary not allowed".
-
-
Maximum 3 HTTP profiles
Maximum 6 socket profiles: Only 2 instances can be opened for listener, meaning that if 2 listeners are
established another 4 instances can be opened for clients. Also, the socket service can accept an incom-
ing connection only when at least one service profile is still free (not yet created with AT^SISS), otherwise
the incoming connection will be rejected from the listener. If there is no listener established all 6 socket
profiles can be configured as client.
-
-
-
1 FTP profile
1 POP3profile
1 SMTP profile
•
The TCP/IP stack of AC75 supports using several service profiles at the same time, provided all of them are
running on the same connection profile (bearer). For example, it is possible to download files from an FTP
server, while sending and receiving emails at the same time.
Using Internet Service AT commands on several interfaces (ASC0, ASC1, USBor Multiplex mode on ASC0):
•
•
A connection profile can be created on one interface and then viewed or changed on all other interfaces.
A service profile can be used only on one interface at a time:
-
-
tion for the service profiles configured / opened on this interface, while service profiles related to other
Type") without any status parameters.
-
Changes to a service profile are allowed only on the same interface where it was created, trying to change
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 254 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
s
it on another interface is denied with "+CME ERROR: Invalid index". If queried with the read command
AT^SISS? the entire profile is returned on the interface where the service profile was created, while on all
other interfaces only the service type of the profile is stated.
-
To free a service profile for use on another interface, use the AT^SISScommand and select service type
= "none". This action deletes the entire profile and restores all parameters of the profile to their initial
power-up state (all values are empty). For example, to remove the service profile 3, set AT^SISS=3,srv-
Type,none. After this, a new profile 3 can be created on any other interface.
Address notation
Server addresses must be provided as IP addresses in standard dot-format (e.g. "192.168.1.2") or as server
address names resolvable by a DNS server (e.g. "smtp.myserver.de" or "pop3.myserver.de").
Timeouts
Timeouts are not part of the Internet AT command functionality implemented in AC75 and, if desired, are the
responsibility of the host application. It is recommended that the host application validates URCs and AT com-
mand responses and reacts adequately, for example by sending a close message or starting a timer.
Socket service used with UDP protocol
The significant differences between the TCP and UDP protocols imply that UDP sometimes requires particular
procedures or even specific parameters. Details on how to handle UDP services can be found in extra notes or
are included in the general parameter descriptions.
The AC75 offers two kinds of Socket service with UDP protocol. One is referred to as UDP client intended for
connections to a given remote host. In this case the IP address and the UDP port of the remote host are set as
a fixed parameter in the service profile. The other type is referred to as UDP endpoint where IP address and UDP
port of the remote hosts are handled in each read (AT^SISR) and write (AT^SISW) request. This enables the
host application to communicate with different remote hosts.
Using the DCD line to detect the connection status of Internet services
With AT&Cyou can configure the DCD line of the used serial interface to indicate whether an Internet service is
active. For Socket, HTTP, SMTP and POP3 the states "Up" or "Connecting" are indicated, for FTP only the state
"Up".
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 255 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.1 AT^SICS
s
10.1
AT^SICS Internet Connection Setup Profile
AT^SICSserves to create and edit Internet connection profiles. A connection profile can be assigned to one or
more service profiles defined with AT^SISS, and thus, determines which type of connection is to be established
The AT^SICSread command requests the current settings of all Internet connection profiles. One line is issued
The AT^SICSwrite command specifies all parameters of a connection profile identified by <conProfileId>.
At first the type of Internet connection needs to be selected via <conParmTag>value "conType". This deter-
mines the applicability of all other <conParmTag>values related to this "conType" and automatically sets their
defaults. An exception is the <conParmValue-alphabet> which can be set before or after selecting "con-
Type".
To change the settings the write command needs to be executed for each single <conParmTag>. All profile
"conType"
"user"
CSD
GPRS0
mandatory
optional
optional
mandatory
optional
ø
mandatory
optional
optional
ø
"passwd"
"apn"
"inactTO"
"calledNum"
"dataRate"
"dataType"
"authMode"
"fnur"
optional
mandatory
mandatory
mandatory
mandatory
optional
optional
optional
optional
ø
ø
optional
optional
optional
optional
optional
"dns1"
"dns2"
"alphabet"
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SICS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SICS?
Response(s)
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 256 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.1 AT^SICS
s
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<conProfileId>(num)
0...5
Internet connection profile identifier.
<conParmTag>(str)
Internet connection parameter.
“conType“
Type of Internet connection.
“alphabet“
Selects the character set for input and output of string parameters within a pro-
file.
The selected value is bound to the specific profile. This means that different
profiles may use different alphabets. Unlike other parameters the alphabet can
set.
“user“
User name string: maximum 32 characters (where "" is default).
“passwd“
Password string: maximum 32 characters (where ***** is default).
length is 16 characters.
“apn“
Access point name string value: maximum 100 characters (where "" is default).
“inactTO“
Inactivity timeout value in seconds: 0 ... 216-1, default = 20
Number of seconds the bearer remains open although the service no longer
needs the bearer connection.
Do not set the timeout value below 3 sec. This may result in problems when
upload data stream).
the previously set "inactTO" value of the concerned connection profile.
“calledNum“
“dataRate“
Called BCD number.
Data rate.
“dataType“
Data call type.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 257 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.1 AT^SICS
s
“authMode“
Authentication mode.
“fnur“
Fixed Network User Rate.
“dns1“
Primary DNS server address (IP address in dotted-four-byte format).
This value determines whether to use the DNS server addresses dynamically
assigned by the network or a specific DNS server address given by the user.
"dns1" = "0.0.0.0" (default) means that the CSD or GPRS connection profile
uses dynamic DNS assignment. Any other address means that the Primary
DNS is manually set.
The default value applies automatically if no other address is set. Note that the
the value "0.0.0.0" is not indicated at all, no matter whether assumed by default
or explicitly specified.
See also note below.
“dns2“
Secondary DNS server address (IP address in dotted-four-byte format).
If "dns1" = "0.0.0.0" this setting will be ignored. Otherwise this value can be
used to manually configure an alternate server for the DNS1.
If "dns1" is not equal "0.0.0.0" and no "dns2" address is given, then
only returns a manually configured IP address, while the value "0.0.0.0" is not
indicated at all, no matter whether assumed by default or explicitly specified.
<conParmValue>(str)
<conParmValue-conType>(str)
“CSD“
Circuit-switched data call.
“GPRS0“
GPRS connection.
service based on a GPRS connection profile is started after entering AT^SISO
AC75 automatically tries to attach to the GPRS. Yet, the only exception is
“none“
Clears the connection profile.
<conParmValue-alphabet>(str)
[“0“]
“1“
International Reference Alphabet (IRA, seven bit ASCII) applies.
<conParmValue-dataRate>(str)
“0“
14.4 KBaud
9.6 KBaud
[“1“]
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 258 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.1 AT^SICS
s
<conParmValue-dataType>(str)
“0“
ISDN
[“1“]
Analog
<conParmValue-authMode>(str)
“none“
[“PAP“]
“CHAP“
“MsChapV1“
<conParmValue-fnur>(num)
This parameter is only required for 14.4 kbit/s UDI calls (Unrestricted Digital Information). Changes are recom-
mended only if an originated CSD call fails. The choice as to which of the values to use depends on the GSM
network and the location. Users should be aware that even the same operator may apply varying FNUR config-
urations in different regions.
0
not applicable
9.6 kbit/s
[1]
2
14.4 kbit/s
19.2 kbit/s
28.8 kbit/s
38.4 kbit/s
48.0 kbit/s
56.7 kbit/s
64.0 kbit/s
3
4
5
6
7
8
Notes
•
Before opening a service profile based on a connection profile recently used, check with AT^SICIthat the
previous connection was properly closed. If AT^SICIconfirms that the connection profile is in <conState>
0 (Down) the connection profile may be used again.
•
If a GPRS network does not support or is not correctly configured for automatic DNS address assignment the
TCP/IP stack cannot resolve fully qualified domain names. In this case, a warning message will be returned
when trying to open an Internet service configured for automatic DNS address assignment.
10.1.1
Example: Default values of a CSD connection profile
As stated earlier, the "conType" selected with AT^SICSdetermines all other matching profile parameters related
to this "conType". Once "conType" is set in a new profile, the default values of all other related parameters are
at^sics=1,conType,CSD
Select connection type CSD, identified by <con-
OK
at^sics?
Query current profiles.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 259 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.1 AT^SICS
s
^SICS: 0, "conType", ""
^SICS: 1, "conType", "CSD"
The new CSD profile just created is indicated with all
related parameters set to their default.
No user name set.
^SICS: 1, "alphabet", "0"
^SICS: 1, "user", ""
^SICS: 1, "passwd", "*****"
^SICS: 1, "authMode", "PAP"
^SICS: 1, "inactTO", "0"
^SICS: 1, "calledNum", ""
^SICS: 1, "dataRate", "1"
^SICS: 1, "dataType", "1"
^SICS: 2, "conType", ""
^SICS: 3, "conType", ""
^SICS: 4, "conType", ""
^SICS: 5, "conType", ""
OK
Password masked with asteriks.
Authentication protocol PAP is assumed as default.
No inactivity timeout set.
No destination set.
Data rate set to 9.6 kbaud.
Remote device is analog, e.g. an analog modem.
10.1.2
Example: GPRS connection profile
at^sics=0,conType,GPRS0
OK
AT^SICS=0,inactTO,"0"
OK
AT^SICS=0,dns1,"193.254.160.1"
OK
AT^SICS=0,authMode,"PAP"
OK
Select connection type GPRS0.
Inactivitiy timeout = 0 (default).
IP address of Primary DNS server.
Authentication protocol PAP (default).
AT^SICS=0,passwd,t-d1
Password for GPRS services provided by the Ger-
man operator T-D1.
OK
AT^SICS=0,apn,"internet.t-d1.de"
APN to access the GPRS services provided by the
German operator T-D1.
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 260 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.2 AT^SICI
s
10.2
AT^SICI Internet Connection Information
The AT^SICIread command requests the current status of the Internet connection profiles currently defined
The AT^SICIwrite command displays the status of the specified Internet connection profile. If the connection
profile is not defined yet, the command returns a "+CME ERROR" response.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SICI=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SICI?
Response(s)
[^SICI: ...]
OK
Write Command
AT^SICI=<conProfileId>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<conProfileId>(num)
0...5
<conState>(num)
State of the Internet connection profile.
0
1
Down - Internet connection is defined but not connected.
Connecting - A service has been opened and so the Internet connection is ini-
tated.
2
3
Up - Internet connection is established and usable by one or more services.
Limited Up - Internet connection is established, but temporarily no network cov-
erage.
4
Closing - Internet connection is terminating.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 261 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.2 AT^SICI
s
<numServices>(num)
Number of services using this Internet connection profile.
0...9
<conAddr>(str)
Local IP address of the Internet connection profile (empty if no address is associated yet).
Note
•
Before opening a service profile based on a connection profile recently used, check with AT^SICIthat the
previous connection was properly closed. If AT^SICIconfirms that the connection profile is in <conState>
0 (Down) the connection profile may be used again.
10.2.1
Checking Connection Profile Status
at^sici?
^SICI: 1,2,1,"10.10.0.161"
Query the current status of the connection profile.
One connection profile has been created at <con-
ProfileId>=1, and one service is opened using
this connection profile. The Internet connection is in
<conState>=2 ("Up").
OK
Assume the network connection is temporarily not available. (If URC presentation mode of network registration
at^sici?
Query once again the current status of the connec-
tion profile.
^SICI: 1,3,1,"10.10.0.161"
OK
ited up".
The network connection is temporarily not available but the Internet connection is still established, so the host
may decide to stop the data transfer to minimize the risk of losing data due to memory limitations.
at^sici?
Query once again the current status of the connec-
tion profile.
^SICI: 1,2,1,"10.10.0.161"
After re-establishing the network connection, <con-
OK
at^sici?
Query once again the current status of the connec-
tion profile.
^SICI: 1,2,0,"10.10.0.161"
bearer is still open because the service was closed
before expiry of the inactivity timeout "inactTO" of
OK
at^sici?
Query again the current status.
^SICI: 1,0,0,"0.0.0.0"
expired, therefore the bearer is closed now.
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 262 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.3 AT^SISS
s
10.3
AT^SISS Internet Service Setup Profile
AT^SISSserves to set up the necessary parameters in the Internet service profiles. Any service profile can then
The AT^SISSread command requests the current settings of all Internet service profiles. One line is issued for
The AT^SISSwrite command specifies the parameters for a service profile identified by <srvProfileId>. At
first the type of Internet service needs to be selected via <srvParmTag>value "srvType". This determines the
applicability of all other <srvParmTag>values related to this "srvType" and sets their defaults. Changing the
<srvParmTag>"srvType" of an existing service profile will reset all <srvParmTag>default values to suit the
new "srvType". An exception is the <srvParmValue-alphabet>which can be set before or after selecting
"srvType" and is not reset when "srvType" changes.
To change the settings the write command needs to be executed for each single <srvParmTag>. All profile
The list below shows which <srvParmTag>parameters apply to each Internet service and which of them are
mandatory or optional.
Mandatory or optional
Socket service
"srvType"
"conId"
mandatory
mandatory
optional
"alphabet"
"address"
"tcpMR"
mandatory
optional
"tcpOT"
optional
FTP service
"srvType"
"conId"
mandatory
mandatory
optional
"alphabet"
"address"
"tcpMR"
mandatory
optional
"tcpOT"
optional
HTTP service
"srvType"
"conId"
mandatory
mandatory
optional
"alphabet"
"address"
"user"
mandatory
optional
"password"
"hcContent"
"hcContLen"
optional
optional
optional
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 263 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.3 AT^SISS
s
<srvParmTag>
"hcUserAgent"
"hcMethod"
"hcProp"
Mandatory or optional
optional
mandatory
optional
"hcRedir"
optional
"hcAuth"
optional
"tcpMR"
optional
"tcpOT"
optional
SMTP service
"srvType"
"conId"
mandatory
mandatory
optional
"alphabet"
"address"
"user"
mandatory
optional
"password"
"tcpPort"
"smFrom"
"smRcpt"
"smCC"
optional
optional
mandatory
mandatory
optional
"smSubj"
"smHdr"
optional
optional
"smAuth"
"tcpMR"
optional
optional
"tcpOT"
optional
POP3 service
"srvType"
"conId"
mandatory
mandatory
optional
"alphabet"
"address"
"user"
mandatory
mandatory
mandatory
optional
"password"
"tcpPort"
"pCmd"
mandatory
optional
"pNumber"
"pLength"
"pDelFlag"
"tcpMR"
optional
optional
optional
"tcpOT"
optional
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 264 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.3 AT^SISS
s
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SISS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SISS?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<srvProfileId>(num)
Internet service profile identifier.
The <srvProfileId>is used to reference all parameters related to the same service profile. Furthermore,
to select a specific service profile.
0...9
<srvParmTag>
Internet service profile parameter.
srvType
alphabet
Selects the character set for input and output of string parameters within a pro-
file.
The selected value is bound to the specific profile. This means that different
profiles may use different alphabets. Unlike other parameters the alphabet can
set.
user
User name string
1. Socket
Not applicable.
2. FTP
Not applicable; set within "address" parameter.
3. HTTP
Length: 2 ... 31
User name for the HTTP authentication mechanism. Currently only HTTP
simple authentication is supported.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 265 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.3 AT^SISS
s
4. SMTP
User name to be used for SMTP authentication (string).
Length: 4 ... 64.
If SMTP authentication is disabled, i.e. "smAuth" flag not set, user name
parameter will be ignored.
5. POP3
User name identifying a mailbox, i.e. mailbox name (string).
Length: 1 ... 64.
passwd
Password string
1. Socket
Not applicable.
2. FTP
Not applicable; set within "address" parameter.
3. HTTP
Length: 2 ... 31
Password for the HTTP authentication mechanism. Currently HTTP simple
authentication is supported only.
4. SMTP
Password to be used for SMTP authentication (string).
Length: 4 ... 64.
If SMTP authentication is disabled, i.e. "smAuth" flag not set, password
parameter will be ignored.
5. POP3
Server/mailbox-specific password (string).
Length: 1 ... 64.
Used to perform authentication with a POP3 server.
conId
tcpPort
TCP Port Number
1. Socket
Not applicable; set within "address" parameter.
2. FTP
Not applicable; set within "address" parameter.
3. HTTP
Not applicable; set within "address" parameter.
If parameter is omitted the service connects to HTTP default port 80.
4. SMTP
SMTP server TCP port number (numeric)
Length: 0 ... 216-1
If this parameter is not set, SMTP default port number 25 is used.
5. POP3
POP3 server TCP port number (numeric)
Length: 0 ... 216-1
If this parameter is not set, POP3 default port number 110 is used.
address
String value, depending on the service type either a URL in the case of Socket,
FTP and HTTP or an address in the case of SMTP and POP3:
1. Socket
-
Socket type TCP client URL
"socktcp://'host':'remote tcpPort'[;disnagle='0|1'] "
"disnagle" is optional for disabling the TCP Nagle algorithm.
0: Nagle algorithm is enabled (default).
1: Nagle algorithm is disabled.
-
-
Socket type TCP server URL
"socktcp://listener:'local tcpPort' "
Socket type UDP endpoint URL
"sockudp://:'local udpPort' "
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 266 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.3 AT^SISS
s
-
Socket type UDP client URL
"sockudp://'host':'remote udpPort'[;size='byte'][;port='word']"
Parameter "size" (optional):
0: PDU size is variable (default).
1 ... 1500: Fixed PDU size in bytes.
Parameter "port" (optional):
0: Port number will be assigned from service (default).
1 ... 216-1: defines the local port number for the UDP client.
2. FTP
-
FTP client URL (get)
"ftp://'user':'password'@'host':'tcpPort'/'url-path' [;type='a|i|d'] "
Refer to "IETF-RFC 1738".
-
FTP client URL (put)
"ftpput://'user':'password'@'host':'tcpPort'/'url-path'/'element
[;type='a|i'][;mode='u|a|d'] "
name'
Used parameters:
"host" is mandatory, all other parameters are optional.
If "password" is set then "user" must be set as well.
If "user" is omitted the string "anonymous" is selected for "user" and "pass-
word".
If "password" is omitted the password request is served by an empty string.
If "tcpPort" is omitted the service connects to the FTP default port 21.
If "url-path" contains only the IP address a directory listing is requested.
If "url-path" contains the IP address and has a slash '/' appended a detailed
directory listing is requested.
"type": [a)scii | i)mage | d)irectory]
"mode": [u)nique | a)ppend | d)elete]
"u)nique" selects the FTP Store Unique command to create a file name
unique to the current directory. If the file name is assigned by the server
file name.
"d)elete" clears given 'element name'.
If "mode" is omitted "replace mode" is default setting.
3. HTTP
HTTP client URL
Length: 6 ... 255
"http://'server'/'path':'tcpPort' "
"server": FQDN or IP-address
"path": path of file or directory
"tcpPort": If parameter is omitted the service connects to HTTP default port
80.
Refer to "IETF-RFC 2616".
4. SMTP SMTP server address (string).
Length: 4 ... 256.
5. POP3 POP3 server address (string).
Length: 4 ... 256.
hcContent
hcContLen
Optional parameter for HTTP method "Post".
Length: 0 ... 127
Can be used to transfer a small amount of data. The content of this string will
only be sent if "hcContLen" = 0. The maximum length of "hcContent" is 127
bytes.
To transmit a larger amount of data "hcContLen" must be set to a non-zero
value. In this case the "hcContent" string will be ignored, and data transmission
Mandatory parameter for HTTP method "Post".
Length: 0 ... 231-1
The content length shall be set in the header of the HTTP "Post" request before
the data part is transferred.
If "hcContLen" = 0 then the data given in the "hcContent" string will be posted.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 267 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.3 AT^SISS
s
the client to the server. In this case, "hcContLen" specifies the total amount of
data to be sent. The data can be sent in one or several parts. For each part,
command can be executed. After the exact number of bytes are transferred via
the serial interface, the HTTP client will go from service state "Up" to service
hcUsrAgent
The user agent string must be set by the application to identify the mobile. Usu-
ally operation system and software version info is set with this browser identi-
fier.
Length: 0 ... 63
hcMethod
hcProp
HTTP method specification: 0=GET, 1=POST, 2=HEAD.
Parameter for several HTTP settings.
Length: 0 ... 127
The general format is 'key': <space> 'value' "\0d\0a".
Multiple settings can be given separated by "\0d\0a" sequences within the
string.
Possible 'key' values are defined at HTTP/1.1 Standard RFC 2616.
hcRedir
hcAuth
This flag controls the redirection mechanism of the AC75 acting as HTTP client
(numeric).
If "hcRedir" = 0: No redirection.
If "hcRedir" = 1: The client automatically sends a new HTTP request if the
server answers with a redirect code (range 30x).
Default is 1.
If set ("hcAuth" = 1) this flag determines that the HTTP client will automatically
answer on authentication requests from the server with the current "passwd"
and "user" parameter settings. If these parameters are not specified the AC75
will terminate the HTTP connection and send an indication to the TA.
Default is 1.
smFrom
smRcpt
Email sender address, i.e. "MAIL FROM" address (string).
Length: 6 ... 256
A valid address parameter consists of local part and domain name delimited by
a '@' character, e.g. "[email protected]".
Recipient address of the email, i.e. "RCPT TO" address (string).
Length: 6 ... 256
If multiple recipient addresses are to be supplied the comma character is used
as delimiter to separate individual address values, e.g. "john.smith@somedo-
main.de,[email protected]".
smCC
CC recipient address of the email (string).
Length: 6 ... 256
If multiple CC recipient addresses are to be supplied the comma character is
used as delimiter to separate individual address values, e.g.
smSubj
smHdr
Subject content of the email (string).
Length: 0 ... 256
If no subject is supplied the email will be sent with an empty subject.
This parameter, if set, will be appended at the end of the email header section
(string).
Length: 0... 256
Hence, it serves as a generic header field parameter which allows the user to
provide any email header field. It is the user's responsibility to provide correct
header fields!
String of max. 256 characters.
Example for multipart MIME messages:
"Content-Type: multipart/mixed".
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 268 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.3 AT^SISS
s
smAuth
SMTP authentication control flag (numeric).
SMTP authentication.
server will be performed by means of supported authentication methods, using
values of "user" and "passwd" parameters. If AC75 and SMTP server are not
able to negotiate an authentication mechanism supported by both parties, the
AC75 continues action without authentication.
AC75 supports SMTP authentication.
pCmd
POP3 user command to be executed by the POP3 service (numeric).
pNumber
Optional message number argument used by the POP3 commands List ("2"),
Retrieve ("3") and Delete ("4"). For POP3 commands see <srvParmTag>
value "pCmd".
Length: 0 ... 232-1
If no specific value is set in the service profile, the value "0" is assumed by
default, i.e. "pNumber" is disabled.
pLength
Maximum message length (string, optional)
Length: 0 ... 232-1
"pLength" can be used to specify the length of the message(s) to be retrieved
from or deleted on the POP3 server. If no specific value is set in the service
profile, the default value "0" is assumed, which means that there is no limit on
the message size.
A warning will be issued inthe following cases:
•
•
If "pNumber" > 0 and a specific message to be retrieved from / deleted on
the server is longer than "pLength".
If "pNumber" = 0 and all messages to be retrieved from / deleted on the
server are longer than "pLength".
No warning will be issued in the following cases:
•
•
If there are no messages at all on the server.
If the server has message(s) below and above the "pLength" specified. In
this case, the message(s) within the range of "pLength" can be successfully
retrieved or deleted, but the message(s) above "pLength" remain on the
server without any further notification given to the user.
•
Therefore, after retrieving / deleting messages, it is recommended to check
the message status on the server. This can be done by adding a further
POP3 service profile using the POP3 user command List ("2").
pDelFlag
tcpMR
Flag to be used with the POP3 user command Retrieve ("3"). Specifies whether
or not to delete retrieved emails on the server (optional).
used.
Setting is not relevant for Internet Service "Socket" whit type "UDP".
tcpOT
Setting is not relevant for Internet Service "Socket" whit type "UDP".
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 269 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.3 AT^SISS
s
<srvParmValue>(str)
<srvParmValue-srvType>(str)
Before changing the "srvType" of an existing service profile be sure that the profile is closed. To verify the con-
nection state of the service profile enter the read command AT^SISI. Only when <srvState>=2 is returned
for this specific service profile you can change its service type.
“Socket“
AC75 acting as client or server (listener) for TCP or UDP.
If AC75 is listener at least two service profiles are required. The first socket pro-
file must be configured as listener. The second service profile will be dynami-
cally assigned when a socket connection request from a remote client is
incoming. For this purpose, one service profile must be left free (= not config-
“Ftp“
AC75 acting as FTP client.
AC75 acting as HTTP client.
AC75 acting as SMTP client.
AC75 acting as POP3 client.
“Http“
“Smtp“
“Pop3“
“none“
Reset Internet service profile settings. Operation is not allowed if profile is in
<srvParmValue-alphabet>(str)
Supported string parameter character set selections in <srvParmValue>for <srvParmTag>value "alphabet".
[“0“]
“1“
International Reference Alphabet (IRA, seven bit ASCII).
<srvParmValue-pCmd>(num)
1
Status command.
This command retrieves the "drop listing" of a POP3 server. A "drop listing"
consists of a single line containing the number of messages in the maildrop list
followed by the total size of the maildrop list in bytes. Each drop listing will be
finished by a so-called "dotline", i.e. a new line with just a single dot.
2
List command.
mand returns the "scan listing", consisting of a single line which contains the
message number and the message size in bytes if the specified message
exists in the maildrop list on the POP3 server.
If no such message exists on the server than the POP3 service issues an error
response to the user.
line "scan listing". For each message on the maildrop list of the server the
POP3 service returns a line containing the message number and its size in
bytes. A final "dotline" will be printed at the end of the "scan listing".
If there are no messages on the maildrop list of the server, the POP3 service
returns a positive response, i.e. it doesn't issue an error response, but the
"scan listing" will be empty.
In either case, each scan listing will be finished by a so-called "dotline", i.e. a
new line with just a single dot.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 270 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.3 AT^SISS
s
3
Retrieve command.
retrieves the related message from the POP3 server's maildrop list.
If no such message exists on the server the POP3 service issues an error
response to the user.
It dependson the parameter "pDelFlag" if the message will be deleted from the
POP3 server upon successful retrieval.
messages pending in the POP3 server's maildrop.
If there are no messages on the maildrop list of the server the POP3 service
returns with a positive response, i.e. it doesn't issue an error response, but the
returned list will be empty.
Each email will be finished by a so-called "dotline", i.e. a new line with just a
single dot.
4
Delete command
deletes the related message from the POP3 server's maildrop list. In fact, the
message is marked as deleted on the server and will be deleted permanently
if the POP3 service command executes successfully. In case an error has
occurred, e.g. network loss, the message will not be deleted on the server even
though the POP3 service command has been finished.
messages from the POP3 server's maildrop list. In fact, the messages are
marked as deleted on the server and will be deleted permanently if the POP3
service command executes successfully. In case an error has occurred, the
messages will not be deleted on the server even though the POP3 service
command has been finished.
<srvParmValue-pDelFlag>(num)
Supported flag values in <srvParmValue>for <srvParmTag>value "pDelFlag". Only applicable if the profile
contains the POP3 user command Retrieve ("3").
[0]
1
Messages will not be deleted on the server.
Delete messages on the server which have been retrieved successfully.
Note
•
String parameters are truncated if greater than the maximum length specified above.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 271 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.4 AT^SISI
s
10.4
AT^SISI Internet Service Information
The AT^SISIwrite command requests the status of the specified Internet service profile. If the specified service
profile is not defined yet, "+CME ERROR" is returned.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SISI=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SISI?
Response(s)
If response is related to service profile(s) created / opened on this interface:
[^SISI: ...]
If response is related to service profile(s) created / opened on other interface(s):
[^SISI: ...]
OK
ERROR
Write Command
AT^SISI=<srvProfileId>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 272 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.4 AT^SISI
s
Parameter Description
<srvProfileId>(num)
0...9
<srvState>(num)
2
3
4
5
6
Allocated
Connecting
Up
Closing
Down
<rxCount>(num)
<txCount>(num)
<ackData>(num)
Number of data bytes already sent and acknowledged at TCP layer. Value 0 indicates that no sent data is
acknowledged yet.
Parameter is not applicable to HTTP, POP3, SMTP and Socket with UDP. For these services the counter is
always set to 0.
<unackData>(num)
Number of data bytes already sent but not yet acknowledged at TCP layer. A value 0 indicates that all sent data
is already acknowledged.
Parameter is not applicable to HTTP, POP3, SMTP and Socket with UDP. For these services the counter is
always set to 0.
Note
•
are the last known values for the service in the states "Connecting", "Up" and "Closing".
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 273 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.5 AT^SISO
s
10.5
AT^SISO Internet Service Open
The AT^SISO write command starts the Internet session configured by the service profile. All further steps
needed to control the session depend on whether you are using URC mode or polling mode. The AT^SISOread
command returns the current status of all services.
URC mode:
If the service opens successfully, the URCs "^SISW" and "^SISR" will trigger the action to follow, either writing
data with AT^SISW or reading data with AT^SISR. To terminate an upload data stream set the <eodFlag>
within the last AT^SISWcommand. If the URCs notify that a data transfer has been successful ("^SISR: x, 2" or
"^SISW: x, 2"), the service can be closed with AT^SISC. If a special event occurs, e.g. an error or a warning,
Polling mode:
After opening the service, all progress information needed to control the session shall be explicitly requested by
the host application. The particular sequence of AT commands varies depending on the service used. The fol-
lowing list summarizes, by way of an example, the steps normally involved in managing an upload or download
job.
•
Upload (Socket, FTP, HTTP, SMTP):
-
-
sequence several times.
-
-
("Down").
-
-
•
•
Download (Socket, FTP, HTTP, POP3):
-
-
of data) or ERROR.
-
-
Socket service (upload and download possible in one session):
-
-
-
Length>. If necessary, repeat the sequence several times.
-
-
-
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SISO=?
Response(s)
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 274 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.5 AT^SISO
s
Read Command
AT^SISO?
Response(s)
[^SISO: ...]
OK
Write Command
AT^SISO=<srvProfileId>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
±
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<srvProfileId>(num)
<srvState>(num)
Internet service state.
Please note, that the state of an Internet service may influence the state of the serial DCD line. For details see
2
Allocated
Service profile resources are allocated, i.e. at least the service type has been
not opened, but ready for configuration.
3
Connecting
established.
If connection setup is successful the service proceeds to the state "4" (Up) and
6 (Down).
established.
If the service profile is configured as Socket listener, then the listener always
4
5
Up
The service performs its purpose. The data transfer process is the major func-
tion at this state.
FTP: Data channel is up.
Closing
Internet Service is closing the network connection.
FTP: Command channel is released.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 275 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.5 AT^SISO
s
6
Down
This state is entered if
- the service has successfully finished its session (see note on Socket),
- the remote peer has reset the connection or
- the IP connection has been closed because of an error.
<socketState>(num)
Socket state identifier.
1
2
3
4
Socket not assigned, i.e. no TCP/UDP connection active.
Socket assigned as CLIENT.
Socket assigned as LISTENER.
Socket assigned as SERVER.
<rxCount>(num)
<txCount>(num)
<locAddr>(str)
Recently used local IP address in dotted-four-byte format and TCP port, separated by colon, e.g.
"192.60.10.10:80".
<remAddr>(str)
Remote IP address in dotted-four-byte format and TCP port, separated by colon, e.g. "192.60.10.10:80".
Notes
•
If the bearer cannot be established and AT^SISOreturns an error there might be a general GSM/GPRS prob-
lem. To identify the reason you can take advantage of the AT+CEERcommand. Using AT+CEERis especially
•
AT^SISW. This helps you to detect errors even though the "^SIS" URCs are disabled. A typical example is
that the service fails to be opened because the service profile contains a wrong destination address. In such
a case, after opening with AT^SISOand OK response, the service quickly enters the states <srvState>=2,
4 and 6, with an error being returned no earlier than after sending the first AT^SISRor AT^SISWcommand.
In URC mode, an error URC, such as "Host not found" would be received in this situation, but in polling mode
•
•
If the user rapidly closes and opens TCP/IP connections based on the embedded TCP/IP stack the service
may display the error "No buffer space available", meaning that all TCP/IP socket resources are exhausted.
In the worst case, opening further TCP/IP connections is locked for up to 60 seconds.
The Socket Listener may not work properly if the service is re-opened shortly after having closed the Socket
Listener. To ensure that the service works correctly the host is required to wait at least two minutes before re-
opening a Listener.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 276 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.5 AT^SISO
s
10.5.1
Example: Accepting / Rejecting Socket Connection Request
from Remote Client
Host 1 configured as Socket listener with IP address 10.10.0.187 at port 65534 is receiving a connection request
from the remote client 10.10.0.185 (at port 1024). The example assumes that connection and service profiles
have been created as stated earlier.
Start the Socket service in listener mode, then query the IP address dynamically assigned to the Socket listener:
at^siso=4
Host 1 opens the Socket service.
at^siso?
Query the current status of all services. All service
profiles are unused, except for service profile 4
which is running in listener mode, where
(LISTENER). The response also indicates the IP
address dynamically assigned to the listener. The lis-
tener's access data (IP address and TCP port num-
ber) shall be passed on to the client.
^SISO: 0, ""
^SISO: 1, ""
^SISO: 2, ""
^SISO: 3, ""
^SISO: 4, "Socket","3","3","0","0","10.10.0.187:65534","0.0.0.0:0"
^SISO: 6, ""
^SISO: 7, ""
^SISO: 8, ""
^SISO: 9, ""
OK
Indication of incoming Socket connection request:
^SIS: 4, 1, 0
The URC indicates that the listener configured on
service profile 4 is receiving a Socket connection
the ID of the dynamically assigned service profile,
here 0.
at^siso?
Query the current status of services.
^SISO: 0, "Socket","2","4","0","0",
"10.10.0.187:0","10.10.0.185:1024"
^SISO: 1, ""
Indication on host 1 that the connection request from
the remote client has been dynamically assigned to
service profile 0 which is set to Server mode
^SISO: 2, ""
^SISO: 3, ""
^SISO: 4, "Socket","3","3","0","0", "10.10.0.187:65534","0.0.0.0:0"
^SISO: 6, ""
^SISO: 7, ""
^SISO: 8, ""
^SISO: 9, ""
OK
Host 1 accepts the Socket connection request:
at^siso=0
OK
Host 1 accepts the connection request, where 0 is
the ID of the dynamically assigned service profile.
^SISW: 0, 1
The URC indicates that data transmission to the
remote client is possible. If the remote client has
already sent some data the additional URC ^SISR:
0,1 is displayed.
at^siso?
Query the current status of services.
^SISO: 0, "Socket","4","4","0","0",
"10.10.0.187:65534","10.10.0.185:1024"
^SISO: 1, ""
The socket connection between host 1 and remote
client is successfully established.
^SISO: 2, ""
^SISO: 3, ""
^SISO: 4, "Socket","3","3","0","0","10.10.0.187:65534","0.0.0.0:0"
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 277 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.5 AT^SISO
s
^SISO: 6, ""
^SISO: 7, ""
^SISO: 8, ""
^SISO: 9, ""
OK
Host 1 rejects the Socket connection request:
at^sisc=0
OK
Host 1 rejects the connection request, where 0 is the
ID of the dynamically assigned service profile.
at^siso?
Query the current status of services.
^SISO: 0, ""
^SISO: 1, ""
^SISO: 2, ""
^SISO: 3, ""
The dynamically assigned service profile is free
^SISO: 4, "Socket","3","3","0","0","10.10.0.187:65534","0.0.0.0:0"
^SISO: 6, ""
^SISO: 7, ""
^SISO: 8, ""
^SISO: 9, ""
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 278 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.6 AT^SISC
s
10.6
AT^SISC Internet Service Close
AT^SISO. All resources are released, all status information parameters, e.g. <srvState>, <unackData>,
<ackData>, <rxCount> and <txCount> counters, are reset. Only the initial configuration settings are pre-
served. The service can be restarted any time, using the same configuration or a new one.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SISC=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SISC=<srvProfileId>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
±
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<srvProfileId>(num)
0...9
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 279 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.7 AT^SISR
s
10.7
AT^SISR Internet Service Read Data
The AT^SISRcommand either triggers a read operation (download) or queries the number of bytes in the internal
buffer.
•
"+CME ERROR: operation failed" if there is a problem on application, socket, PPP or GPRS/GSM level. The
•
•
"+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed" e.g. if the service has not network resources allocated.
"+CME ERROR: operation not allowed" e.g. if the service is not configured.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SISR=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
Number of data bytes are sent as specified by <cnfReadLength>. If peek operator was used no data bytes
are sent.
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
±
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
+
Unsolicited Result Code
Data availability status of the Internet service configured with AT^SISShas changed. The URC is issued when:
•
•
data is available after opening an Internet service or
"Read Data" operation and new data is available.
Parameter Description
<srvProfileId>(num)
<reqReadLength>(num)
0
Peek Operator: Query number of received bytes within internal buffers.
The behaviour of the peek operator depends on the selected Internet service,
i.e. it may not be supported by all IP Services.
For "Socket" service configured for UDP the size of the next available UDP
packet is returned.
1...1500
Requested number of data bytes to be read via the Internet service specified
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 280 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.7 AT^SISR
s
<cnfReadLength>(num)
-2
Indicates end of data. Data transfer has been finished (all data have been read)
-1
Applies only to HTTP: Querying number of available bytes is not supported by
the HTTP service.
0
Indicates that no further data is available at the moment.
>0
Number of available data bytes. The range is determined by
<urcCauseId>(num)
1
and new data is available.
2
End of data. Data transfer has completed (all data read). The service can be
<remainUdpPacketLength>(num)
Optional third parameter of the AT^SISRwrite command response displayed only if the Socket service uses the
UDP protocol.
The reception of each datagram must be completed before the next datagram can be received. This may be a
problem if the buffer of the host application is limited and not designed to handle the maximum packet size of
1500 bytes. To compensate this, the host is advised to request, via <reqReadLength>, an amount less or
equal its maxmimum buffer capacity and wait for the resulting AT^SISRwrite command response with param-
eter <remainUdpPacketLength>. The benefit of this approach is that the host may properly receive all parts
of a UDP datagram, as after each received data part the number of remaining bytes is synchronized, until read-
ing the datagram is finished.
If the currently read datagram is smaller than the number of bytes requested by the host the <remainUdpPack-
is not omitted. In this case the service returns "+CME ERROR: operation of service temporary not allowed".
0
Indicates that all bytes of the current UDP datagram are read.
1...(max. data size)-1
Indicates that the currently read UDP datagram is not yet complete. The dis-
played value is the remaining number of bytes.
rent datagram is finished.
<optServParm>(str)
Service specific parameter of the AT^SISRwrite command response. If the Socket service is configured as UDP
endpoint this parameter returns the IP address and the UDP port of the remote host that has sent the current
UDP data.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 281 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.7 AT^SISR
s
10.7.1
Example: Socket Host Reads Small Amounts of UDP Data Pack-
ets (URC Mode)
This section applies only to the Socket service using the UDP protocol. The example shows how to read UDP
packets if the buffer of the host application can handle only a few bytes. There are two datagrams available for
reading.
Buffer size: 6 bytes
Datagram A = 18 bytes (content "THIS_IS_DATAGRAM_A")
Datagram B = 3 bytes (content "NEW")
^SISR: 0,1
Service profile 0 is configured for Socket service and UDP. The URC
notifies host that data is available for reading.
The host requests to read 6 bytes.
The first 6 bytes of datagram A are confirmed and transmitted. Another
12 bytes are still available.
at^sisr=0,6
^SISR: 0,6,12
THIS_I
OK
at^sisr=0,6
^SISR: 0,6,6
S_DATA
The host requests to read the next part of 6 bytes.
The next 6 bytes of datagram A are confirmed and transmitted. Another
6 bytes are still available.
OK
at^sisr=0,6
^SISR: 0,6,0
GRAM_A
The host requests to read the next part of 6 bytes.
Last part of datagram A was received, no remainder is left.
OK
at^sisr=0,6
Again, the host requests to read 6 bytes. This time, the request refers to
datagram B which has only 3 bytes. As the read datagram is smaller
than the size requested by the host, the response does not include the
^SISR: 0,3
NEW
3 bytes are confirmed and transmitted. Datagram B was properly
received.
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 282 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.8 AT^SISW
s
10.8
AT^SISW Internet Service Write Data
The AT^SISWcommand triggers a write operation (upload) and queries the amount of data already sent, but not
acknowledged at the TCP layer. The write operation may be run in binary mode, or in interactive text mode.
•
"+CME ERROR: operation failed" if there is a problem on application, socket, PPP or GPRS/GSM level. The
•
•
"+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed" e.g. if the service has not network resources allocated.
"+CME ERROR: operation not allowed" e.g. if the service is not configured.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SISW=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
±
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
+
Unsolicited Result Code
Data availability status of the Internet service configured with AT^SISShas changed. The URC is issued when
the service is ready to accept new user data.
Parameter Description
<srvProfileId>(num)
<reqWriteLength>(num)
0...1500
Specifies the number of bytes to be sent with AT^SISWor, if set to 0, requests the amount of data already sent
• If parameter <reqWriteLength>equals 0, AT^SISWdoes not expect any data, but a normal query is per-
fomed. This allows the application to explictly request, in particular at the end of an upload job, the amount of
• In interactive text mode, <reqWriteLength>must be set to any value greater than 0 (but not necessarily
the precise number of bytes). If set to 0 in interactive text mode, <reqWriteLength>would be interpreted
as query for unacknowledged data and, thus, prevent data transfer.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 283 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.8 AT^SISW
s
• If Socket service is selected with UDP protocol
-
it is recommended that the size of each data packet be limited to 1472 bytes. Otherwise, it is possible that
<eodFlag>(num)
End of data indication flag.
Parameter is ignored for HTTP, POP3, FTP download, Socket with UDP protocol.
[0]
1
No end of data. Other data may follow to be transmitted via the Internet service.
mands return an error response. However, reading data may be possible. The
been finished with CTRL-Z.
<mode>(num)
Control how the application provides the data bytes to be sent.
[0]
1
Binary mode
This mode allows sending a number of bytes defined with parameter
Interactive text mode
This mode allows the user to type and send 8-bit ASCII characters while the
service is open. Ctrl-Z terminates data input and causes the data to be trans-
ferred.
greater than 0 (though it is not necessary to specify the precise number of
mum length of the data stream without control character CTRL-Z. The
mitted.
In interactive text mode, the following characters are predefined as control
codes:
•
•
•
BACKSPACE ("\x08") deletes the last given character,
CTRL-Z ("\x1a") terminates the input,
ing message 4001 indicated after the data stream has been completed with
echo mode generally.
<optServParam>(str)
Service specific parameter of the AT^SISWwrite command. If the Socket service is configured as UDP endpoint
this parameter is mandatory and specifies the IP address (in dotted format) and the UDP port of the remote host.
For each write request another IP address and UDP port may be given.
<cnfWriteLength>(num)
0...1500
Confirmed number of data bytes which can be transmitted via the Internet ser-
The application has to deliver exactly the number of bytes indicated by <cnf-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 284 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.8 AT^SISW
s
WriteLength>. A 0 value means that no data can be written at this time, i.e.
it serves as a flow control mechanism.
of bytes it can process. Characters above the indicated number are ignored.
<unackData>(num)
Number of data bytes already sent but not yet acknowledged at the TCP layer.
The value is constantly changing until the entire upload job has completed. If the value equals 0 all data sent so
far is acknowledged.
In binary mode, <unackData>includes the <cnfWriteLength>value of the pending write operation. There-
fore, the very first write operation of an upload job returns identical values for <cnfWriteLength> and
This mechanism allows the host application to easily verify whether or not the remote host has successfully
received the data.
Parameter is not applicable to HTTP, POP3, SMTP and Socket with UDP protocol. For these services the
counter is always set to 0.
<urcCauseId>(num)
1
2
The service is ready to accept new user data.
Data transfer has been finished successfully and Internet service may be
closed without loss of data.
Notes
•
•
The AT^SISWwrite command must be terminated only with the ASCII character set with ATS3. The factory
default for S3 is #13 (Carriage Return). Do not send any further characters after the S3 end-of-line identifier,
until the response "^SISW" is received. This is necessary to avoid that any characters related to the AT com-
mand can be interpreted as being part of the data stream to be transferred. Also refer to Section 1.4, AT Com-
If the Socket service is configured for use as UDP client and fixed size and the interactive text mode is active,
the PDU length always equals the specified fixed length. If the input characters exceed the specified fixed
length, then all surplus characters will be ignored. If the input characters are less than the specified fixed
length, then the remaining range will be filled with "\0" bytes.
10.8.1
Usage of parameter <eodFlag>
Service type
Socket
After the service accepts the end-of-data flag the service state changes to "Closing". No fur-
ther user data is accepted.
After releasing the TCP link the service remains in state "Down".
Parameter is not applicable to Socket with UDP protocol, i.e. value is ignored.
FTP
Parameter only applicable for FTP upload session.
After accepting the end-of-data flag the service state changes to "Closing" and starts to end
the running FTP session.
No further user data is accepted.
After the FTP session is completed on FTP protocol level the service state switches to "Down".
In case of successful completion the URC "^SISW: x,2" is generated.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 285 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.8 AT^SISW
s
Service type
SMTP
SMTP service sends some "closing" commands to the SMTP server which are necessary to
mark the email as successfully sent on the server. The service enters "Closing" state and
remains in it until the final protocol exchange with the SMTP server has been completed.
data - IT DOES NOT indicate the successful completion of the SMTP service.
Successful completion will be indicated either by the appropriate URC "^SISW:x,2" or due to
the fact that the SMTP service state changes to "Down" state without any error.
HTTP / POP3 Parameter not applicable, i.e. value is ignored.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 286 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.9 AT^SICO
s
10.9
AT^SICO Internet Connection Open
The AT^SICOwrite command opens a connection profile (also referred to as bearer). Unlike the AT^SISOcom-
mand which starts a connection profile and the service profile bound to it, AT^SICOactivates only the selected
connection profile. Another difference over AT^SISO is that AT^SICO disables the inactivity timeout of the
selected connection profile and, therefore, sets the "inactTO" value to -1 (see also AT^SICS). To release the
connection use the close command AT^SICC. Closing the bearer restores the previously set "inactTO" value of
the concerned connection profile.
The AT^SICOcommand may be used, for example, to keep a bearer open while no service is active (i.e. while
no service has been opened with AT^SISO). Also, the AT^SICOcommand is necessary for running the Ping
A connection opened with AT^SICOremains open until closed with AT^SICCor, in case of inactivity, discon-
nected by the network after 25 hours usually. The network initiated disconnection can be avoided by sending
AT^SISXat regular intervals (Ping). The Round Trip Time (RTT) of the AT^SISXcommand strongly depends
on the data traffic of the IP services or DUN connections used at the same time.
Please note that after sending the AT^SICOwrite command the AT channel is blocked until the connection is
established. The command may be aborted when receiving any character during execution, e.g. "AT" or "at".
The AT^SICOread command requests the current settings of all Internet connection profiles set with AT^SISC.
The output is identical with the read command response of AT^SISC. One line is issued for every possible
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SICO=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SICO?
Response(s)
[^SICO: ...]
OK
Write Command
AT^SICO=<conProfileId>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<conProfileId>(num)
0...5
Internet connection profile identifier defined with parameter <conProfileId>
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 287 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.9 AT^SICO
s
<conParmTag>(str)
Internet connection profile identifier defined with parameter <conParmTag> of AT^SICS. See parameter
<conParmValue>(str)
Internet connection parameter set with <conParmValue>of AT^SICS. See parameter description of AT^SICS.
Note
•
Be sure not to mix up the start and close commands for connection profiles and service profiles. It is allowed
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 288 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.10 AT^SICC
s
10.10 AT^SICC Internet Connection Close
The AT^SICCwrite command releases a connection opened with AT^SICOand restores the previously set inac-
tivity timeout "inactTO" of the selected connection profile.
The command returns an error if any services are bound to this profile. Before using the AT^SICCwrite com-
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SICC=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SICC=<conProfileId>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<conProfileId>(num)
0...5
Internet connection profile identifier defined with parameter <conProfileId>
Note
•
Be sure not to mix up the start and close commands connection profiles and service profiles. It is allowed to
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 289 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.11 AT^SISX
s
10.11 AT^SISX Internet Service Execution
The AT^SISXcommand sends ICMP (Internet Control Message Protocol) Echo Requests to a target IP address
or host name (also referred to as Ping command).
The AT^SISXcommand can be used any time while a connection profile, i.e. a bearer, is active. The bearer may
have been started either with AT^SICO, or if a service is in use, with AT^SISO. If issued although no bearer is
The AT^SISXwrite command starts the available service type <service>, i.e. the ping command. The com-
mand returns one row for every ICMP Echo Request (max. 30 lines, see parameter <request>). The last Ping
response line is followed by an empty line, then another two lines appear to report a statistic calculated from the
Echo Request responses. To stop the periodic ping type any character, e.g. "AT" or "at". After calling the ping
command the AT channel is blocked until all ICMP requests are executed.
Sending the Ping command does not restart the inactivity timeout "inactTO" of the used connection profile (see
AT^SICS), i.e. if the bearer was opened with AT^SICOthe "inactTO" value remains "-1" (= inactivity timeout dis-
abled), and if the bearer was opened with AT^SISOthe "inactTO" value set with AT^SICSremains applicable.
The Ping command can only be used to prevent that a network initiated inactivity timeout closes the bearer (see
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SISX=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
[...]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 290 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.11 AT^SISX
s
Parameter Description
<service>(str)
“Ping“
Service type.
<conProfileId>(num)
0...5
Internet connection profile identifier defined with parameter <conProfileId>
<address>(str)
Target host name or IP address for pinging (i.e. 192.168.1.3).
<request>(num)
[1]...30
Number of ping requests (ICMP Echo Requests).
<timelimit>(num)
200...[5000]...10000
Amount of time, in milliseconds, to wait for an Echo Response message related
to a sent Echo Request message.
<pingInfoType>(num)
Marks the type and format of the information given in the command responses (see syntax of the AT^SISXwrite
command above).
1
Ping response(s) received for the ICMP Echo Request(s). Depending on
for each request.
2
3
1-row packet statistic calculated from the ping response(s) received for
1-row time statistics calculated from the ping response(s) received for <ping-
InfoType>=1.
<roundTripTime>(num)
Round Trip Time in milliseconds. If the Echo Response message is not received within the time specified by
<sent>(num)
Number of sent packets.
<received>(num)
Number of received packets.
<lost>(num)
Number of lost packets.
<lostPercent>(num)
Lost packets in percent.
<minRTT>(num)
Minimum Round Trip Time in milliseconds.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 291 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.11 AT^SISX
s
<maxRTT>(num)
Maximum Round Trip Time in milliseconds.
<meanRTT>(num)
Average Round Trip Time in milliseconds.
10.11.1
Example: Ping
The following example shows a Ping output:
AT^SICS=0,conType,GPRS0
OK
Select connection type GPRS0.
AT^SICS=0,apn,"GPRS02.point.de"
AT^SICO=0
OK
AT^SISX="Ping",0,192.168.1.2,4,2000
^SISX: "Ping",1,0,"192.168.1.2",1043
^SISX: "Ping",1,0,"192.168.1.2",586
^SISX: "Ping",1,0,"192.168.1.2",531
^SISX: "Ping",1,0,"192.168.1.2",415
^SISX: "Ping",2,1,4,4,0,0
^SISX: "Ping",3,1,415,1043,643
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 292 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.12 AT^SISE
s
10.12 AT^SISE Internet Service Error Report
The AT^SISEwrite command returns the current error status of the specified Internet service profile. If the ser-
vice profile is not defined or the value is invalid "+CME ERROR" response is returned.
If a service fails the commands AT^SISRor AT^SISWwill return an error response. However, if the AT^SISE
GPRS problem might be the reason.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SISE=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SISE=<srvProfileId>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<srvProfileId>(num)
0...9
<infoID>(num)
Reason for Internet service error. This is a subset of the <urcInfoId>s which can be found in Section 10.13,
The value 0 indicates there is no special Internet service error. In this case the application may use AT+CEER
to check for general GSM/GPRS problems.
<info>(str)
Information text related to <infoID>. This is a subset of the <urcInfoText>s which can be found in Section
Note
•
In particular cases, the AT^SISEcommand may deliver information and warnings. This applies the following
services:
FTP: Information 2100
POP3: Warnings
SMTP: Warnings
If an error occurs the information and warning messages are overwritten by error messages.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 293 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.13 Internet Service URC "^SIS"
s
10.13 Internet Service URC "^SIS"
This section first describes the syntax and the parameters of the "^SIS" URC. The second part consists of tables
listing the information elements delivered within the "^SIS" URC and the command response of AT^SISE.
depending on whether polling mode or URC mode is preferred. To do so, use the AT^SCFGcommand, parameter
"Tcp/WithURCs" (refer to <tcpWithUrc>). However, if related to <urcCause>=1 or 2, the "^SIS" URC will
Unsolicited Result Code
Indicates an event, an error or an information element. The same information can be obtained via AT^SISE.
The URC may appear if an event or an error occurs, for example after opening an Internet service with AT^SISO
or any time during operation. The URC also indicates a request for a mobile terminated Internet service client
connection, or a failure if a mobile terminated request is rejected. Furthermore, the URC may deliver an informa-
tion element resulting from a specific command given in the service profile.
A list of possible causes can be found in the tables below. The tables contain the <urcInfoId>and, if applica-
ble, a specific <urcInfoText>. If marked with *) the precise text related to a <urcInfoId> varies greatly
depending on the scenario and the implementation of the remote server. In these cases, only a brief explanation
of the scenario can be found in the table column "Description".
Parameter Description
<urcCause>(num)
URC cause identifier.
0
An event has occurred after opening or while using an Internet service.
warning, an information element or a note. Optionally additional information
1
Indicates that an opened Socket listener service is receiving a connection
request from a remote client.
The incoming socket connection is dynamically assigned to the next free Inter-
may be helpful to decide whether to accept or reject the request.
2
Incoming Socket service client connection has failed. The client request was
rejected automatically because no free Internet service profile was available.
<urcInfoId>(num)
Information identifier related to <urcCause>. See tables below for further detail. The <urcInfoId>number
ranges indicate the type of information element:
0: Service is working properly.
2001 - 4000: Information related to progress of service.
4001 - 6000: Warning, but no service abort.
6001 - 8000: Notes
Additional information for Socket service: As stated above, if a Socket connection request from a remote client
free service profile.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 294 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.13 Internet Service URC "^SIS"
s
<urcInfoText>(str)
10.13.1
Information Elements Related to the Service Application
The following table lists the informatiomation elements which may be returned by all supported services within
the "^SIS" URC and the command response of AT^SISE. It should be noted that TCP/IP socket problems may
occur in all Internet service connections (Socket, FTP, HTTP, POP3 or SMTP).
Description
Information Elements Returned by the TCP/IP socket
2
Invalid socket descriptor
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
3
Bad access specified
4
Invalid operation
5
No free socket descriptors
The operation would block
A previous attempt at this operation is still ongoing
Socket is not bound
6
7
8
9
The supplied buffer is too small / large
Flags not supported
10
11
12
13
14
Operation not supported
The address is already in use
The network is unavailable
An established connection was aborted (transmission
time-out or protocol error)
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Remote host has reset the connection
No buffer space available
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
Socket error
DNS error
The socket is already connected
For TCP/IP sockets, the socket is not connected
Socket has been shut down
Connection timed out
Remote host has rejected the connection
Remote host is unreachable
An unexpected error occurred
Host not found
An error occurred that may be transient; a further attempt DNS error
may succeed.
26
An unrecoverable error occurred
DNS error
General Information Elements
46
47
Fatal: The service has detected an unknown error
*)
Indicates that the remote ser-
vice has closed the connection.
The host shall close the service.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 295 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.13 Internet Service URC "^SIS"
s
<urcInfoId> <urcInfoText>
Description
48
Remote peer has closed the connection
Remote peer has closed the
connection unexpectedly, and
no data are available. The host
shall close the service.
indicates both the <urcIn-
49
Fatal: No memory is available for service action
Fatal: Service has detected an internal error
50
80
Connection profile not defined.
PPP error
84
PPP LCP FAILED
85
PAP Authentication failed
CHAP Authentication failed
IPCP failed
PPP error
86
PPP error
87
PPP error
Warnings
4001
Applies only to interactive text
mode: Indicates that number of
input characters is greater than
General Information Elements
6001
General progress information
for connection setup.
10.13.2
Information Elements Related to FTP Service
Description
100
101
102
103
FTP Server rejects session.
FTP Server rejects USER command.
FTP Server rejects PASS command.
FTP Server rejects PASV command or client can't detect
remote IP address.
104
105
106
FTP Server rejects requested client action.
The given path segment is wrong.
*)
The FTP client requests the file
size from the server before
starting the download. During
transmission phase the client
adds the bytes which are sent
via serial line. After transmis-
sion is done the client com-
pares the amount of bytes
transferred via serial line and
socket.
2100
FILE: <filename>
File name assigned by FTP
server if mode=u is used.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 296 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.13 Internet Service URC "^SIS"
s
10.13.3
Information Elements Related to HTTP Service
Description
Error URCs
200
HTTP-ERR: Not connected - cannot send request
HTTP-ERR: failed on sending request
201
202
<HTTP Response Str>
Client error
Server error
<HTTP Response Str>
HTTP-ERR: Service unavailable
203
204
HTTP-ERR: Redirect failed - too many redirects
HTTP-ERR: Redirect failed - not allowed
HTTP-ERR: Redirect failed - location missing
Max. number of allowed redi-
rects: 6
HTTP-ERR: auth failed - user name or password missing
HTTP-ERR: auth failed - user name or password wrong
HTTP-ERR: Authority required for this URL
HTTP-ERR: No access to this URL allowed
Info URCs
2200
HTTP Redirect to: <Host>:<Port> <Path>
2201
HTTP Response <Response code>
Example: ^SIS: 2,3,2201, "HTTP Response: HTTP/1.1
200 OK"
10.13.4
Information Elements Related to POP3 Service
Description
Errors
300
*)
*)
Indicates that the POP3 User Command could
not be executed successfully.
Warnings
4300
POP3 specific warning
10.13.5
Information Elements Related to SMTP Service
Description
Errors
400
*)
*)
Indicates that the SMTP service could not be
executed successfully.
Warnings
4400
SMTP specific warning
*) Text varies depending on scenario.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 297 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.14 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles
s
10.14 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles
Below you can find selective examples of how to configure and use Internet service profiles. To visualize the dif-
explained in separate examples for either mode.
10.14.1
Selecting URC Mode or Polling Mode
To enable or disable the presentation of URCs for the Internet services use the AT^SCFGcommand, type "TcpIp/
at^scfg=tcp/withurcs
^SCFG: "Tcp/WithURCs","on"
OK
Query the current setting.
URC mode is enabled (delivery detault).
at^scfg=tcp/withurcs,off
^SCFG: "Tcp/WithURCs","off"
OK
Select polling mode (by switching off URC mode).
Polling mode is accepted.
10.14.2
Configuring Socket Listener
The example assumes that a connection profile has been created as explained in Section 10.1.1 or Section
10.1.2. Keep in mind that if the host is configured as listener another service profile must be left free to be dynam-
ically assigned as Server when the listener receives a connection request from a remote client.
Configure the service profile 4 for use as Socket listener:
at^siss=4,srvType,socket
OK
at^siss=4,conId,0
Select service type Socket.
Select connection profile 0.
OK
at^siss=4,address,"socktcp://lis-
tener:65534"
The host specifies its local port 65534 to be used for
the Socket listener service. The local IP address will
be dynamically assigned when the service is opened
OK
Open the Socket service and query the IP address dynamically assigned to the Socket listener:
at^siso=4
OK
Open the Socket service.
at^siso?
^SISO: 0, ""
^SISO: 1, ""
Query the current status of services. All service pro-
files are unused, except for service profile 4 which is
response also indicates the IP address dynamically
assigned to the listener.
^SISO: 2, ""
^SISO: 3, ""
^SISO: 4, "Socket","3","3","0","0","10.10.0.187:65534","0.0.0.0:0"
^SISO: 6, ""
^SISO: 7, ""
^SISO: 8, ""
^SISO: 9, ""
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 298 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.14 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles
s
10.14.3
Configuring Socket Client for Calling a Socket Listener on
Another Host
The example assumes that a connection profile has been created as explained in Section 10.1.1 or Section
Configure the client's service profile 1 for calling a Socket listener on another host:
at^siss=1,srvType,socket
OK
at^siss=1,conId,0
Select service type Socket.
Select connection profile 0.
OK
at^siss=1,address,"socktcp://
10.10.0.187:65534"
The service profile of the client contains the IP
address and the TCP port of the remote host.
OK
10.14.4
Socket Client Sends Data via TCP Connection (Polling Mode)
The example uses service profile 0 configured for Socket service and TCP.
AT^SISO=0
OK
The host opens service profile 0.
Note: URC ^SISW:0, 1 does not appear! The host
must poll the service state by means of AT^SISI until
AT^SISI=0
^SISI: 0,3,0,0,0,0
OK
AT^SISI=0
^SISI: 0,4,0,0,0,0
ready to accept data.
OK
AT^SISW=0,10
^SISW: 0,10,10
The host requests to write 10 bytes.
Response that 10 bytes can be sent and are unac-
knowledged.
0123456789
OK
AT^SISW=0,10,1
The host requests to write next 10 bytes and enables
the end-of-data flag.
^SISW: 0,0,10
But the service refuses the request, even the end-of-
data flag remains without effect.
OK
AT^SISW=0,10,1
^SISW: 0,10,20
Next try (polling).
Response that the service accepts 10 bytes and this
data and the previously sent data are unacknowl-
edged.
0123456789
OK
AT^SISW=0,0,0
^SISW: 0,0,10
OK
Polling to request unacknowledged data.
There are 10 bytes still unacknowledged.
AT^SISI=0
"Down").
^SISI: 0,5,0,20,10,10
OK
20 bytes are transfered via serial interface, 10 bytes
are acknowledged by remote peer, 10 bytes are on
the way.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 299 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.14 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles
s
AT^SISI=0
"Down").
^SISI: 0,6,0,20,20,0
The Service is in state "Down" and all data is con-
firmed by the remote peer.
OK
AT^SISC=0
OK
Closing the Socket service.
10.14.5
Socket client sends data via TCP connection with URCs
The example uses service profile 0 configured for Socket service and TCP.
AT^SISO=0
OK
The host opens service profile 0.
^SISW: 0,1
AT^SISW=0,10
^SISW: 0,10,10
Socket service is ready for upload.
The host requests to write 10 bytes.
Response that 10 bytes can be sent and are unac-
knowledged.
0123456789
OK
^SISW: 0,1
The URC indicates that the Socket service is ready
to transfer more data. Data of the last AT^SISW
command are transferred to the remote host.
The host requests to write next 10 bytes and enables
the end-of-data flag to notify that these are the last
10 bytes of the session.
Response that the service accepts 10 bytes and this
data and the previously sent data are unacknowl-
edged.
AT^SISW=0,10,1
^SISW: 0,10,20
0123456789
OK
------
^SISW: 0,2
AT^SISC=0
OK
Waiting for URC.
Data transfer has been finished.
Closing the Socket service.
10.14.6
Configuring and Using FTP Download (URC Mode)
First set up a connection profile as explained in Section 10.1.1 or Section 10.1.2. Enter at least all parameters
which are mandatory for the connection profile.
Configure the service profile 1 for FTP:
at^siss=1,srvType,ftp
Select service type FTP.
OK
at^siss=1,conId,0
Select connection profile 0.
OK
at^siss=1,address,"ftp://
192.168.1.2;type=d"
OK
Specify FTP address with user and password anon-
ymous.
Make an FTP connection:
at^siso=1
OK
^SISR: 1, 1
at^sisr=1,1500
Open the service.
Bearer is established, service is getting started.
Data is available.
Request to read 1500 bytes.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 300 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.14 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles
s
^SISR: 1, 50
hardware
inttest
50 bytes are now available.
software
support
systemtest
OK
^SISR: 1, 2
Data transfer finished. No more data available. The
connection to the FTP server is closed.
Close the service.
at^sisc=1
OK
10.14.7
Configuring and Using FTP Upload (URC Mode)
First set up a connection profile as explained in Section 10.1.1 or Section 10.1.2. Enter at least all parameters
which are mandatory for the connection profile.
Configure the service profile 1 for FTP:
at^siss=1,srvType,ftp
Select service type FTP.
OK
at^siss=1,conId,0
Select connection profile 0.
OK
at^siss=1,address,"ftpput://
myname:[email protected]/upload/exam-
ple.bin;type=i"
Specify FTP address with individual user name and
password. The file "example.bin" shall be created on
the FTP server.
OK
Make an FTP connection:
at^siso=1
Open the service.
OK
Bearer is established, service is getting started.
FTP service is ready for upload.
Client requests to send 100 bytes.
The write command response confirms that 100
bytes must be transferred now.
^SISW: 1, 1
at^sisw=1,100
^SISW: 1,100,100
0123456789012345678901234567890123456789012 User data is transferred.
3456789012345678901234567890123456789012345
67890123456789
OK
^SISW: 1, 1
URC indicates that the FTP service is ready to trans-
transferred to the remote host.
at^sisw=1,0,1
OK
No more data available. The file "example.bin" shall
be closed on the FTP server.
^SISW: 1, 2
Data transfer finished successfully. The connection
to the FTP server is closed.
at^sisc=1
Close the FTP service.
10.14.8
Configuring SMPT Service Profile
First set up a connection profile as explained in Section 10.1.1 or Section 10.1.2. Enter at least all parameters
which are mandatory for a CSD or GPRS profile. The example uses the connection profile ID 1 and the service
profile ID 9.
at^siss=9,srvType,"Smtp"
OK
Select service type SMTP.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 301 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.14 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles
s
at^siss=9,alphabet,"1"
OK
Choose ASCII alphabet.
at^siss=9,conId,"1"
OK
Select connection profile 1.
at^siss=9,address,"192.168.1.2"
OK
Specify SMTP server address.
at^siss=9,user,"subscriber1"
OK
Specify sender's user name required for SMTP
authentication.
at^siss=9,passwd,"subscr1"
OK
Specify password used by the sender for SMTP
authentication.
at^siss=9,smFrom,"subscriber1@testdo-
main.com"
OK
at^siss=9,smRcpt,"subscriber2@testdo-
main.com"
OK
Sender's email address.
Recipient's email address.
Enter text for subject field.
at^siss=9,smSubj,"Meeting Request Sunday
Morning"
OK
at^siss=9,smAuth,"1"
OK
Sender name and password can be used for SMTP
authentication.
at^siss?
mand. The response includes the values of all 10
connection profiles. In this example, no values are
set for the profiles 0 through 8. Service profile 9 con-
tains the values specified above and the values auto-
matically assumed by default.
^SISS: 0, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 1, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 2, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 3, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 4, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 6, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 7, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 8, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 9, "srvType", "Smtp"
^SISS: 9, "conId", "1"
^SISS: 9, "alphabet", "1"
^SISS: 9, "address", "192.168.1.2"
^SISS: 9, "user", "subscriber1"
^SISS: 9, "passwd", "*******"
^SISS: 9, "smFrom", "[email protected]"
^SISS: 9, "smRcpt", "[email protected]"
^SISS: 9, "smCC", ""
^SISS: 9, "smSubj", "Meeting Request Sunday Morning"
^SISS: 9, "smHdr", ""
^SISS: 9, "tcPort", "25"
^SISS: 9, "smAuth", "1"
^SISS: 9, "tcpMR", "10"
Default: TCP port number commonly used for SMTP.
Default: Number of retransmission attempts for TCP
^SISS: 9, "tcpOT", "6000"
OK
Default: Timeout before closing outstanding TCP
10.14.9
Sending Email (URC Mode)
at^siso=9
OK
Open the service, i.e. start to send the email.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 302 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.14 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles
s
^SISW: 9, 1
transferred.
at^sisw=9,87
^SISW: 9,87,87
The email to be sent has 87 bytes.
The write command response confirms that 87 bytes
are available for transmission.
Good Morning everyone, we are delighted to
Write the message text.
announce our next meeting on Sunday morning.
OK
at^sisw=9,0,1
body.
^SISW: 9,0,0
^SISW: 9,2
cessfully.
at^sisi=9
^SISI: 9,6,0,87,0,0
Check the connection state of the service profile 9.
The command response confirms that the SMTP
service is in state "6" (Down) and that 87 bytes have
been transferred.
at^sisc=9
OK
Close the service.
10.14.10 Sending Email (Polling Mode)
at^siso=9
OK
Open the service, i.e. start to send the email.
at^sisw=9,10
^SISW: 9, 10, 0
Try to write 10 bytes.
The service response indicates that 10 bytes can be
written.
Hallo Tom!
OK
Write 10 bytes.
at^sisw=9,10
^SISW: 9, 0, 0
Try to write 10 bytes.
The service response indicates that the service
refuses to accept any data at the moment.
OK
at^sisw0=9,12
^SISW: 9, 12, 0
Try to write 12 bytes.
The service response indicates that 12 bytes can be
written.
Bye Bye Tom!
OK
Write 12 bytes.
at^sisw=9,0,1
body.
^SISW: 9,0,0
OK
at^sisi=9
^SISI: 9,5,0,22,0,0
OK
Check the connection state of service profile 9.
The command response confirms that the SMTP
service is in state "5" (Closing) and that 22 bytes
have been written.
at^sisi=9
^SISI: 9,6,0,22,0,0
OK
Check the connection state of service profile 9.
The command response confirms that the SMTP
service is in state "6" (Down) and that 22 bytes have
been written.
at^sise=9
^SISE: 9,0
Check error status of service profile 9.
The command response confirms that no error
occurred.
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 303 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.14 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles
s
at^sisc=9
OK
Close the service.
10.14.11 Configuring POP3 Service Profile
First set up a connection profile as explained in Section 10.1.1 or Section 10.1.2. Enter at least all parameters
which are mandatory for a GPRS profile. The example uses the connection profile ID 1 and the service profile
ID 1. The service profile is set up to retrieve a specific email (email number 2).
at^siss=1,srvType,"Pop3"
Select service type POP3.
OK
at^siss=1,conId,"1"
OK
at^siss=1,address,"192.168.1.2"
OK
Select connection profile 1.
Specify POP3 server address.
Specify recipient's mailbox name.
at^siss=1,user,"subscriber1"
OK
at^siss=1,passwd,"subscr1"
OK
Password used by recipient for authentication to
POP3 server.
at^siss=1,pCmd,"3"
OK
Command used to retrieve emails.
at^siss=1,pNumber,"2"
OK
Email message number 2 shall be retrieved.
at^siss?
mand. The response includes the values of all 10
connection profiles. Service profile 1 contains the
values specified above and the values automatically
assumed by default.
^SISS: 0, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 1, "srvType", "Pop3"
^SISS: 1, "conId", "1"
^SISS: 1, "alphabet", "0"
be used.
^SISS: 1, "address", "192.168.1.2"
^SISS: 1, "user", "subscriber1"
^SISS: 1, "passwd", "*******"
^SISS: 1, "pCmd", "3"
^SISS: 1, "tcPort", "110"
^SISS: 1, "pNumber", "2"
Default: TCP port number commonly used for POP3.
^SISS: 1, "pLength", "0"
^SISS: 1, "pDelFlag", "0"
Default: Message size shall not be limited.
Default: Retrieved message shall not be deleted on
POP3 server.
^SISS: 1, "tcpMR", "10"
^SISS: 1, "tcpOT", "6000"
Default: Number of retransmission attempts for TCP
Default: Timeout before closing outstanding TCP
^SISS: 2, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 3, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 4, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 6, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 7, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 8, "srvType", ""
^SISS: 9, "srvType", ""
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 304 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.14 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles
s
10.14.12 Retrieving Email (URC Mode)
at^siso=1
Open the service that was created to retrieve email
number 2 from the POP3 server.
OK
^SISR: 1, 1
ing.
at^sisr=1,500
^SISR: 1, 500
Try to read 500 bytes.
Command response indicates that 500 bytes will be
transferred, i.e. there will be no other URC since the
requested length equals the confirmed length.
Return-Path: <[email protected]>
X-Original-To: [email protected]
Delivered-To: [email protected]
Received: from 10.10.0.132 (unknown [10.10.0.132])
by testdomain.com (Postfix) with SMTP id 379321D004
for <[email protected]>; Tue, 20 Dec 2005 08:00:07 +0100 (CET)
Cc:
From: [email protected]
Subject: TestMail
Message-Id: <[email protected] >
Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2005 08:00:07 +0100
OK
at^sisr=1,500
at^sisr=1,78
Try to read another 500 bytes.
Command response indicates that only 78 bytes will
transferred.
(CET)
X-UIDL: &lL"!(Z6"!^cl!!1+%"!
Status: RO
Hallo Tom!Bye Bye Tom!
.
Dot indicates end of mail according to RFC 2821.
OK
^SISR: 1, 2
confirms that all data is transferred successfully.
Close the service.
at^sisc=1
OK
10.14.13 Retrieving Email (Polling Mode)
at^siso=1
Open the service that was created to retrieve email
number 2 from the POP3 server.
OK
at^sisr=1,1000
^SISR: 1, 0
Try to read 1000 bytes.
Command response indicates that currently no data
is available.
OK
at^sisr=1,1000
^SISR: 1, 0
Again, try to read 1000 bytes.
Command response indicates that currently no data
is available.
OK
at^sisr=1,1000
Again, try to read 1000 bytes.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 305 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.14 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles
s
^SISR: 1, 578
Command response indicates that 578 bytes are
available for reading.
Return-Path: <[email protected]>
X-Original-To: [email protected]
Delivered-To: [email protected]
Received: from 10.10.0.132 (unknown [10.10.0.132])
by testdomain.com (Postfix) with SMTP id 379321D004
for <[email protected]>; Tue, 20 Dec 2005 08:00:07 +0100 (CET)
Cc:
From: [email protected]
Subject: TestMail
Message-Id: <[email protected] >
Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2005 08:00:07 +0100 (CET)
X-UIDL: &lL"!(Z6"!^cl!!1+%"!
Status: RO
Hallo Tom!Bye Bye Tom!
.
Dot indicates end of mail according to RFC 2821.
OK
at^sisr=1,1000
^SISR: 1,-2
Try to read 1000 bytes once again.
No more data available to read, i.e. the service has
finished.
OK
at^sisi=1
^SISI: 1,6,578,0,0,0
OK
Check the connection state of service profile 1.
Thecommand response indicates that the POP3 ser-
vice is in state "6" (Down) and that 578 bytes have
been retrieved.
at^sise=1
^SISE: 1,0
Check error status of service profile 1.
The command response confirms that no error
occurred.
OK
at^sisc=1
OK
Close the service.
10.14.14 HTTP POST (Polling Mode)
at^siss=1,srvType,"Http"
OK
at^siss=1,conId,1
OK
at^siss=1,hcMethod,1
OK
Select service type HTTP.
Select connection profile 1.
Select "Post" method.
at^siss=1,address,"http://192.168.1.3/datafiles/dummy/dummy.txt"
OK
at^siss=1,hcContLen,180
Try to upload 180 bytes.
OK
at^siso=1
OK
Open the service.
at^sisw=1,100
^SISW: 1, 100, 0
OK
Send the first 100 bytes.
at^sisw=1,100
^SISW: 1, 80, 0
OK
Try to send again 100 bytes.
80 bytes are sent.
at^sisw=1,40
Try to write data once again.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 306 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
10.14 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles
s
^SISW: 1, 0, 0
No further data available, i.e. the service has fin-
ished.
OK
at^sisi?
^SISI: 1,6,0,180,0,0
OK
The command response indicates that HTTP service
is in state "6" (Down) and that 180 bytes have been
sent.
at^sise=1
^SISE: 1,0
Check error status of service profile 1.
The command response confirms that no error
occurred.
OK
at^sisc=1
OK
Close the service.
10.14.15 HTTP GET (Polling Mode)
at^siss=0,srvType,"Http"
OK
at^siss=0,conId,1
Select service type HTTP.
Select connection profile 1.
OK
at^siss=0,hcMethod,0
OK
at^siss=0,address,http://192.168.1.4/
OK
at^siso=0
OK
at^sisr=0,1500
^SISR: 0, 1264
...DATA...
OK
Start reading data in polling mode.
at^sisr=0,1500
^SISR: 0, 1500
...DATA...
OK
at^sisr=0,1500
^SISR: 0, 602
...DATA...
OK
at^sisr=0,1500
^SISR: 0, -2
OK
Again, try to read 1500 bytes.
Nor more data to read, i.e. the service has finished.
at^sisi?
^SISI: 0,6,0,3366,0,0
OK
The command response indicates that the HTTP
service is in state "6" (Down) and that 3366 bytes
have been read.
at^sise=0
^SISE: 0,0
Check error status of service profile 0.
The command response confirms that no error
occurred.
OK
at^sisc=0
OK
Close the service.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 307 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11. GPRS Commands
s
11.
GPRS Commands
This chapter describes AT Commands that a TE (Terminal Equipment, e.g. an application running on a control-
ling PC) may use to control the AC75 acting as GPRS Mobile Termination (MT). Please use chapter "Using
GPRS AT commands (Examples)" as a first guidance.
11.1
AT+CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGACT=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGACT?
Response(s)
...
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported PDP context activation states.
The read command returns the current activation states for all the defined PDP contexts.
The write command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP context(s). After the command has com-
pleted, the MT remains in V.250 command state. If any PDP context is already in the requested state, the state
for that context remains unchanged. If the MT is not GPRS attached when the activation form of the command
is executed, the MT first performs a GPRS attach and then attempts to activate the specified contexts. If no
<cid>s are specified the activation/deactivation form of the command activates/deactivates all defined contexts.
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
Indicates the state of PDP context activation.
0
deactivated
activated
[1]
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 308 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.1 AT+CGACT
s
<cid>(num)
PDP Context Identifier is a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The param-
eter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP context related commands.
1...2
Notes
•
•
If the MT is in dedicated mode, the write command returns "+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed".
A maximum of 2 contexts can be activated at the same time, no matter on which interface. Trying to activate
more than 2 contexts will cause "+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed". Note that, depending on
the provider, the number of activated contexts may be further restricted.
•
If an activated context will be deactivated without using the command AT+CGACT, then the result code "NO
CARRIER" will be issued to indicate the context deactivation. This happens for example if the context deac-
tivation is forced by the network or if deactivation results from a network deregistration with AT+COPS=2.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 309 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.2 AT+CGANS
s
11.2
AT+CGANS Manual response to a network request for PDP con-
text activation
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGANS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
+
Command Description
The write command requests the MT to respond to a network request for GPRS PDP context activation which
has been signaled to the TE by the RING or CRING unsolicited result code. The <response>parameter allows
the TE to accept or reject the request.
Parameter Description
<response>(num)
[0]
1
the request is rejected and the MT returns OK to the TE
accept and request that the PDP context be activated
<L2P>(str)
<cid>(num)
Note
•
response. Otherwise, the MT issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V.250 online data
state.
During the PDP startup procedure the MT has the PDP type and the PDP address provided by the network
in the Request PDP context activation message. If this is in conflict with the information provided by a spec-
ified <cid>, the command will fail. There will be no conflict, if the PDP type matches exactly and the PDP
address given by the context definition for <cid>is empty or matches exactly with the address specified with
the network PDP context activation message.
The context will be activated using the values for PDP type and address provided by the network, together
with all other information found in the PDP context definition. An APN may or may not be required, depending
on the application.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 310 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.2 AT+CGANS
s
If no <cid>is given or if there is no matching context definition, the MT will attempt to activate the context
using the values for PDP type and address provided by the network. The other parameters will be set to their
If activation is successful, data transfer may proceed.
After data transfer is complete, and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed successfully,
the V.250 command state is reentered and the MT returns the final result code OK.
In the event of an erroneous termination or a failure to start up, the V.250 command state is re-entered and
the MT returns the final result code NO CARRIER, or if enabled, +CME ERROR. Attach, activate and other
errors may be reported. It is also an error to issue the AT+CGANScommand when there is no pending network
request.
The command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 311 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.3 AT+CGATT
s
11.3
AT+CGATT GPRS attach or detach
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGATT=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGATT?
Response(s)
+CGATT: <state>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported GPRS service states.
The read command returns the current GPRS service state.
The write command is used to attach the MT to, or detach the MT from the GPRS service. After the command
has completed, the MT remains in V.250 command state. If the MT is already in the requested state, the com-
mand is ignored and the OK response is returned. Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated
when the attachment state changes to detached.
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
Indicates the state of GPRS attachement.
0(P)
detached
attached
[1]
Notes
•
•
If the MT is in dedicated mode, write command returns "+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed".
When the module is GPRS attached and a PLMN reselection occurs to a non-GPRS network or to a network
where the SIM is not subscribed to for using GPRS, the resulting GMM (GPRS mobility management) state
according to GSM 24.008 is REGISTERED/NO CELL, meaning that the read command will still show
<state>=1.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 312 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.4 AT+CGAUTO
s
11.4
AT+CGAUTO Automatic response to a network request for PDP
context activation
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGAUTO=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGAUTO?
Response(s)
+CGAUTO: <n>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Command Description
The write command disables or enables an automatic positive response (auto-answer) to the receipt of a
Request PDP Context Activation message from the network. It also provides control over the use of the V.250
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0
Disable automatic response for network requests for GPRS PDP context acti-
vation. GPRS network requests are manually accepted or rejected by the
1
Enable automatic response for network requests for GPRS PDP context acti-
vation. GPRS requests are automatically accepted according to the description
below.
3(&F)(P)
Modem compatibility mode. The automatic acceptance of both GPRS and
requests or incoming CSD calls.
Notes
•
•
When the AT+CGAUTO=0 command is received, the MT will not perform a GPRS detach if it is attached. Sub-
sequently, when the MT announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the URC RING
or CRING, the TE may manually accept or reject the request by issuing the AT+CGANScommand or may sim-
ply ignore the network request.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Confidential / Released
Page 313 of 569
10/30/06
AC75 AT Command Set
11.4 AT+CGAUTO
s
•
When the AT+CGAUTO=1 command is received, the MT will attempt to perform a GPRS attach if it is not yet
attached. Failure will result in ERROR or, if enabled +CME ERROR being returned to the TE. Subsequently,
the MT announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the URC RING to the TE, followed
by the intermediate result code CONNECT. The MT then enters V.250 online data state and follows the same
•
•
If a GPRS attach will be initiated by this command and the MT is not able to attach for more than 385 seconds
(timer T3310 expired), command returns with "ERROR" or "+CME ERROR: unknown", but MT is still trying
If a network request for PDP context activation is answered automatically and if another AT command is
issued at the same time on the same interface, then this AT command is not executed. Any response belongs
to the automatic context activation procedure. If the AT command which caused the collision was a circuit
switched data call, the CONNECT response does not belong to this data call but to the GPRS. This can be
detected if ATXis not set to 0. CS data call will issue CONNECT <text>, GPRS will issue CONNECT only.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 314 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.5 AT+CGDATA
s
11.5
AT+CGDATA Enter data state
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGDATA=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
+
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported layer 2 protocols to be used between the
TE and MT.
The write command causes the MT to perform all actions which are necessary to establish communication
between the TE and the network using one or more GPRS PDP types. This may include performing a GPRS
attach and one or more PDP context activations. Commands following the AT+CGDATAcommand in the AT com-
mand line will not be processed by the MT.
If no <cid>is given or if there is no matching context definition, the MT will attempt to activate the context with
PDP type IP and all other context parameters set to their default values (see AT+CGDCONT, AT+CGQREQ,
If the write command is successful, the MT issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V.250
online data state.
After data transfer is complete, and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed successfully, the
command state is reentered and the MT returns the final result code OK.
In the event of erroneous termination or a failure to start up, the command state is reentered and the MT returns
NO CARRIER, or if enabled +CME ERROR.
Parameter Description
<L2P>(str)
Layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT.
[“PPP“]
layer 2 protocol PPP
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 315 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.5 AT+CGDATA
s
Notes
•
•
If the MT is in dedicated mode, write command returns "+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed".
It is possible to leave the GPRS data mode and enter the command mode by using the V.250 command +++.
If no <cid>is specified, this is equivalent to using the V.250 command ATO, which is usable for GPRS con-
nections too. In this case the first context will be used, which is active and already in data mode since it has
been activated.
It is possible to use AT+CGDATAto enter the data mode for a context, which is not yet in data mode since it
11.5.1
Automatic deactivation of PDP context during dial-up PPP
code CONNECT and enters V.250ter online data state. In V.250 online data state, first some LCP protocol
exchange between MT and TE is performed to set up the PPP link. After successfully establishing the PPP link,
the MT performs the PDP context activation procedure if the context is not already activated. As a result, the MT
is in a "PDP context activated" state within the PLMN, the PPP link is established on the mobile side and the
mobile is ready for IP data transfer.
If the TE wants to close the LCP link the MT may perform an LCP termination request procedure on PPP level.
After this LCP termination procedure the MT deactivates the PDP context automatically and the MT returns to
V.250 command mode and issues the final result code NO CARRIER.
During the implicit PDP context deactivation procedure after LCP termination the TE may change into V.250
command state (e.g. by using +++or by toggling DTR if AT&Dis set to 1) before the result NO CARRIER occurs.
In this case the application should not try to deactivate the PDP context by using the commands AT+CGACTor
ATH. If DTR is configured to disconnect data connections (AT&D2), then the application should not toggle DTR
during the implicit PDP context deactivation and before "NO CARRIER" is received.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 316 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.6 AT+CGDCONT
s
11.6
AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGDCONT=?
Response(s)
+CGDCONT: (range of supported<cid>s), <PDP_type>, , , (list of supported <d_comp>s), (list of supported
<h_comp>s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CGDCONT?
Response(s)
[+CGDCONT: ...]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The test command returns supported values as a compound value.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined PDP context.
The write command specifies the parameters for a PDP context identified by the context identifier <cid>. The
number of contexts that may be in a defined state at the same time is given by the range returned by the test
command. A special form of the write command (AT+CGDCONT=<cid>) causes the values for context <cid>to
become undefined.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
PDP Context Identifier
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
<PDP_type>(str)
Packet Data Protocol type
Specifies the type of the packet data protocol.
“IP“
Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 317 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.6 AT+CGDCONT
s
<APN>(str)
Access Point Name
The logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network. If the value is null or
omitted, then the subscription value will be requested.
<PDP_addr>(str)
Packet Data Protocol address
Identifies the MT in the address space applicable to PDP (e.g. IP V4 address for PDP type IP). If the value is
null or omitted, then a value may be provided by the TE during the PDP startup procedure or, failing that, a
dynamic address will be requested.
<d_comp>(num)
Data Compression
Controls the PDP data compression (applicable for Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Protocol (SNDCP)
only) 3GPP TS 44.065
[0]
off
<h_comp>(num)
Header Compression
Controls the PDP header compression 3GPP TS 44.065, 3GPP TS 25.323
[0]
1
off
on
Notes
•
•
The MT supports PDP type IP only.
All context definitions will be stored non volatile if the ME is configured accordingly (see AT^SCFGparameter
•
If the non volatile storage of CGDCONT settings is not activated by the AT^SCFGparameter "GPRS/Persis-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 318 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.7 AT+CGEQMIN
s
11.7
AT+CGEQMIN 3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum accept-
able)
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGEQMIN=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGEQMIN?
Response(s)
[+CGEQMIN: ...]
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
3GPP TS 27.007
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The test command returns values supported as a compound value.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
The write command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile for the context identified by the (local)
context identification parameter <cid>which is checked by the MT against the negotiated profile returned in the
Activate/Modify PDP Context Accept message.
A special form of the write command, AT+CGEQMIN=<cid> causes the requested profile for context number
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 319 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.7 AT+CGEQMIN
s
<Traffic class>(num)
0
conversational
streaming
1
2
interactive
3
background
subscribed value
[4]
<Maximum bitrate UL>(num)
This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP. As an
[0]
subscribed value
1...63
64...128
256
(value needs to be divisible by 8 without remainder)
512
<Maximum bitrate DL>(num)
This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP. As an
[0]
subscribed value
1...63
64...256
512
(value needs to be divisible by 8 without remainder)
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>(num)
This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP (provided
that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g.
AT+CGEQMIN=...,32,...).
[0]
subscribed value
1...63
64...128
(value needs to be divisible by 8 without remainder)
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>(num)
This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP (pro-
vided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g.
AT+CGEQMIN=...,32,...).
[0]
subscribed value
1...63
64...256
(value needs to be divisible by 8 without remainder)
<Delivery order>(num)
This parameter indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence SDU delivery or not.
0
no
1
yes
[2]
subscribed value
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 320 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.7 AT+CGEQMIN
s
<Maximum SDU size>(num)
This parameter indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets.
[0]
subscribed value
10...1520
1502
(value needs to be divisible by 10 without remainder)
<SDU error ratio>(str)
This parameter indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost or detected as erroneous. SDU error ratio
is defined only for conforming traffic. The value is specified as "mEe". As an example a target SDU error ratio
[“0E0“]
“1E2“
“7E3“
“1E3“
“1E4“
“1E5“
“1E6“
“1E1“
subscribed value
<Residual bit error ratio>(str)
This parameter indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. If no error
detection is requested, Residual bit error ratio indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. The value is
specified as "mEe". As an example a target residual bit error ratio of 5*10-3 would be specified as "5E3" (e.g.
AT+CGEQMIN=...,"5E3",...).
[“0E0“]
“5E2“
“1E2“
“5E3“
“4E3“
“1E3“
“1E4“
“1E5“
“1E6“
“6E8“
subscribed value
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>(num)
This parameter indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be delivered or not.
0
no
1
yes
2
no detect
subscribed value
[3]
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 321 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.7 AT+CGEQMIN
s
<Transfer delay>(num)
This parameter indicates the targeted time between request to transfer an SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the
other SAP, in milliseconds.
[0]
subscribed value
10...150
200...950
1000...4000
(value needs to be divisible by 10 without remainder)
(value needs to be divisible by 50 without remainder)
(value needs to be divisible by 100 without remainder)
<Traffic handling priority>(num)
This parameter specifies the relative importance for handling of all SDUs belonging to the UMTS bearer com-
pared to the SDUs of the other bearers.
[0]
1
subscribed
2
3
<PDP_type>(str)
Packet Data Protocol Type
“IP“
Notes
•
If parameters are not defined, the parameter default values depend on the HLR-stored subscribed default val-
ues.
•
Definitions of parameters can be found in 3GPP TS 23.107
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 322 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.8 AT+CGEQREQ
s
11.8
AT+CGEQREQ 3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGEQREQ=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGEQREQ?
Response(s)
[+CGEQREQ: ...]
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
3GPP TS 27.007
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The test command returns values supported as a compound value.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
The write command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile for the context identified by the (local)
context identification parameter <cid> which is used when the MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request
message to the network.
A special form of the write command, AT+CGEQREQ=<cid> causes the requested profile for context number
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 323 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.8 AT+CGEQREQ
s
<Traffic class>(num)
0
conversational
streaming
1
2
interactive
3
background
subscribed value
[4]
<Maximum bitrate UL>(num)
This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP. As an
[0]
subscribed value
1...63
64...128
256
(value needs to be divisible by 8 without remainder)
512
<Maximum bitrate DL>(num)
This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP. As an
[0]
subscribed value
1...63
64...256
512
(value needs to be divisible by 8 without remainder)
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>(num)
This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP (provided
that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g.
AT+CGEQREQ=...,32,...).
[0]
subscribed value
1...63
64...128
(value needs to be divisible by 8 without remainder)
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>(num)
This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP (pro-
vided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g.
AT+CGEQREQ=...,32,...).
[0]
subscribed value
1...63
64...256
(value needs to be divisible by 8 without remainder)
<Delivery order>(num)
This parameter indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence SDU delivery or not.
0
no
1
yes
[2]
subscribed value
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 324 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.8 AT+CGEQREQ
s
<Maximum SDU size>(num)
This parameter indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets.
[0]
subscribed value
10...1520
1502
(value needs to be divisible by 10 without remainder)
<SDU error ratio>(str)
This parameter indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost or detected as erroneous. SDU error ratio
is defined only for conforming traffic. The value is specified as "mEe". As an example a target SDU error ratio
[“0E0“]
“1E2“
“7E3“
“1E3“
“1E4“
“1E5“
“1E6“
“1E1“
subscribed value
<Residual bit error ratio>(str)
This parameter indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. If no error
detection is requested, Residual bit error ratio indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. The value is
specified as "mEe". As an example a target residual bit error ratio of 5*10-3 would be specified as "5E3" (e.g.
AT+CGEQREQ=...,"5E3",...).
[“0E0“]
“5E2“
“1E2“
“5E3“
“4E3“
“1E3“
“1E4“
“1E5“
“1E6“
“6E8“
subscribed value
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>(num)
This parameter indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be delivered or not.
0
no
1
yes
2
no detect
subscribed value
[3]
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 325 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.8 AT+CGEQREQ
s
<Transfer delay>(num)
This parameter indicates the targeted time between request to transfer an SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the
other SAP, in milliseconds.
[0]
subscribed value
10...150
200...950
1000...4000
(value needs to be divisible by 10 without remainder)
(value needs to be divisible by 50 without remainder)
(value needs to be divisible by 100 without remainder)
<Traffic handling priority>(num)
This parameter specifies the relative importance for handling of all SDUs belonging to the UMTS bearer com-
pared to the SDUs of the other bearers.
[0]
1
subscribed
2
3
<PDP_type>(str)
Packet Data Protocol Type
“IP“
Notes
•
If parameters are not defined, the parameter default values depend on the HLR-stored subscribed default val-
ues.
•
Definitions of parameters can be found in 3GPP TS 23.107
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 326 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.9 AT+CGPADDR
s
11.9
AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGPADDR=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The write command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers. If no <cid>is specified,
the addresses for all defined contexts are returned.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
<PDP_address>(str)
A string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may be static or dynamic.
Note
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 327 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.10 AT+CGQMIN
s
11.10 AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable)
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGQMIN=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CGQMIN?
Response(s)
[+CGQMIN: ...]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT supports several PDP types, the
parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the MT against the
negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message.
The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification parameter,
A special form of the set command, AT+CGQMIN= <cid> causes the minimum acceptable profile for context
AT&Fand ATZwill undefine the minimum QoS profiles of every context which is not active or not online.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 328 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.10 AT+CGQMIN
s
<precedence>(num)
Precedence class
[0]
1
network subscribed value
High Priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence classes 2 and
3
2
3
Normal priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence class 3
Low priority
Service commitments shall be maintained
<delay>(num)
Delay class
The delay parameter defines the end-to-end transfer delay incurred in the transmission of SDUs through the
GPRS network(s).
[0]
network subscribed value
SDU size: 128 octets:
1..4
Delay Class
1 (Predictive)
2 (Predictive)
3 (Predictive)
4 (Best Effort)
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
<1.5
<0.5
<5
<25
<50
<250
Unspecified
SDU size: 1024 octets:
Delay Class
1 (Predictive)
2 (Predictive)
3 (Predictive)
4 (Best Effort)
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
<1.5
<0.5
<5
<25
<50
<250
Unspecified
<reliability>(num)
Reliability class
[0]
1
network subscribed value
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that cannot cope with data loss
2
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with infrequent
data loss
3
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss,
GMM/SM, and SMS
4
5
Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
Real-time traffic, error non-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
<peak>(num)
Peak throughput class (in octets per second).
[0]
network subscribed value
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 329 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.10 AT+CGQMIN
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s).
Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s).
Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s).
Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s).
Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s).
Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s).
Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s).
Up to 128 000 (1024 kbit/s).
Up to 256 000 (2048 kbit/s).
<mean>(num)
Mean throughput class(in octets per hour).
[0]
1
network subscribed value
100 (~0.22 bit/s)
2
200 (~0.44 bit/s)
3
500 (~1.11 bit/s)
4
1 000 (~2.2 bit/s)
5
2 000 (~4.4 bit/s)
6
5 000 (~11.1 bit/s)
10 000 (~22 bit/s)
7
8
20 000 (~44 bit/s)
9
50 000 (~111 bit/s)
100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s)
200 000(~0.44 kbit/s)
500 000(~1.11 kbit/s)
1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s)
2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s)
5 000 000 (~11.1 kbit/s)
10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s)
20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s)
50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s)
best effort
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
31
<PDP_type>(str)
Packet Data Protocol Type
“IP“
Notes
•
If parameters are not defined, the parameter default values depend on the HLR-stored subscribed default val-
ues.
•
Definitions of parameters in GSM 02.60 and GSM 03.60 paragraph 15.2 "Quality of Service Profile".
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 330 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.10 AT+CGQMIN
s
Example
If some of the QoS parameters are omitted, they will keep their current value (or the default value if not specified
so far), e.g.:
AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP"
OK
AT+CGQMIN=
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN:1,0,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN=1,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN:1,0,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN=1,0,0,0,1
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN:1,0,0,0,1,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN=1,1
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN:1,1,0,0,1,0
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 331 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.11 AT+CGQREQ
s
11.11 AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGQREQ=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGQREQ?
Response(s)
[+CGQREQ: ...]
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT supports several PDP types, the
parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
This command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used when the MT sends an Activate
PDP Context Request message to the network.
The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification parameter,
A special form of the set command, +CGQREQ=<cid>causes the requested profile for context number <cid>
to become undefined.
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands.
1...2
<precedence>(num)
Precedence class
[0]
1
network subscribed value
High Priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence classes 2 and
3
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 332 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.11 AT+CGQREQ
s
2
3
Normal priority
Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence class 3
Low priority
Service commitments shall be maintained
<delay>(num)
Delay class
This parameter defines the end-to-end transfer delay incurred in the transmission of SDUs through the GPRS
network(s).
[0]
network subscribed value
with SDU size = 128 octets:
1..4
Delay Class
1 (Predictive)
2 (Predictive)
3 (Predictive)
4 (Best Effort)
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
<0.5
<1.5
<25
<250
-
<5
<50
Unspecified
with SDU size = 1024 octets:
Delay Class
1 (Predictive)
2 (Predictive)
3 (Predictive)
4 (Best Effort)
Mean Transfer Delay
95 percentile
<0.5
<1.5
<25
<250
-
<5
<50
Unspecified
<reliability>(num)
Reliability class
[0]
1
network subscribed value
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that cannot cope with data loss
2
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with infrequent
data loss
3
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss,
GMM/SM, and SMS
4
5
Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
Real-time traffic, error non-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
<peak>(num)
Peak throughput class
in octets per second
[0]
1
network subscribed value
Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s)
Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s)
Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s)
Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s)
Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s)
2
3
4
5
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 333 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.11 AT+CGQREQ
s
6
7
8
9
Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s)
Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s)
Up to 128 000 (1024 kbit/s)
Up to 256 000 (2048 kbit/s)
<mean>(num)
Mean throughput class
in octets per hour
[0]
1
network subscribed value
100 (~0.22 bit/s)
2
200 (~0.44 bit/s)
3
500 (~1.11 bit/s)
4
1 000 (~2.2 bit/s)
5
2 000 (~4.4 bit/s)
6
5 000 (~11.1 bit/s)
10 000 (~22 bit/s)
7
8
20 000 (~44 bit/s)
9
50 000 (~111 bit/s)
100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s)
200 000(~0.44 kbit/s)
500 000(~1.11 kbit/s)
1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s)
2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s)
5 000 000 (~11.1 kbit/s)
10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s)
20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s)
50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s)
best effort
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
31
<PDP_type>(str)
Packet Data Protocol type
“IP“
Notes
•
If parameters are not defined, the parameter default values depend on the HLR-stored subscribed default val-
ues.
•
Definitions of parameters in GSM 02.60 and GSM 03.60 paragraph 15.2 "Quality of Service Profile".
Example
If some of the QoS parameters are omitted, they will keep their current value (or the default value if not specified
so far), e.g.:
AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP"
OK
AT+CGQREQ=
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 334 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.11 AT+CGQREQ
s
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ:1,0,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQREQ:1,0,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,0,1
OK
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ:1,0,0,0,1,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,1
OK
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ:1,1,0,0,1,0
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 335 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.12 AT+CGREG
s
11.12 AT+CGREG GPRS Network Registration Status
work registration status changes, or URC "+CGREG: <stat>, <lac>, <ci>" when <n>=2 and the current net-
work cell changes.
network has currently indicated the registration of the ME. Location information elements <lac>and <ci>are
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGREG=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGREG?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
+CGREG: <stat>
Indicates a change in the ME's GPRS network registration status.
URC 2
Indicates a change in the ME's GPRS network registration status or a change of the network cell including
location information.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(&F)(P)
Disable network registration unsolicited result code
1
2
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 336 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.12 AT+CGREG
s
<stat>(num)
0
Not registered, ME is not currently searching an operator to register to. The ME
is in GMM state GMM-NULL or GMM-DEREGISTERED-INITIATED.
GPRS service is disabled, the ME is allowed to attach to GPRS if requested by
the user.
1
2
Registered, home network. The ME is in GMM state GMM-REGISTERED or
GMM-ROUTING-AREA-UPDATING-INITIATED INITIATED on the home
PLMN
Not registered, but ME is currently trying to attach or searching an operator to
register to. The ME is in GMM state GMM-DEREGISTERED or GMM-REGIS-
TERED-INITIATED. The GPRS service is enabled, but an allowable PLMN is
currently not available. The ME will start a GPRS attach as soon as an allow-
able PLMN is available.
3
Registration denied. The ME is in GMM state GMM-NULL. The GPRS service
is disabled, the ME is not allowed to attach to GPRS if requested by the user.
4
5
Unknown
Registered, roaming. The ME is in GMM state GMM-REGISTERED or GMM-
ROUTING-AREA-UPDATING-INITIATED on a visited PLMN.
<lac>(str)
Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format.
<ci>(str)
Two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format.
Note
•
When the module is GPRS attached and a PLMN reselection occurs to a non-GPRS network or to a network
where the SIM is not subscribed to for using GPRS, the resulting GMM (GPRS mobility management) state
according to GSM 24.008 is REGISTERED/NO CELL, meaning that the read command will still show
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 337 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.13 AT+CGSMS
s
11.13 AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CGSMS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGSMS?
Response(s)
+CGSMS: <service>
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The test command is used for requesting information on which services and service preferences can be set by
The read command returns the currently selected service or service preference.
The write command is used to specify the service or service preference that the MT will use to send MO SMS
Parameter Description
<service>(num)
A numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used. Parameter is global for all
interfaces and volatile.
0
1
2
GPRS
Circuit switched
GPRS preferred (use circuit switched SMS transfer if GPRS SMS transfer is
not possible, for example when the mobile is not GPRS attached or the network
does not support SMS over GPRS)
3(&F)(P)
Circuit switched preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched is not available)
Note
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 338 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.14 AT^SGACT
s
11.14 AT^SGACT Query all PDP context activations
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SGACT=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SGACT?
Response(s)
[^SGACT: ...]
OK
Exec Command
AT^SGACT
Response(s)
^SGACT: <sum>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The test command returns supported interfaces and states.
The read command lists the activation states for all activated PDP contexts of the ME. Contexts, which are cre-
ated internally by the GPRS modem compatibility commands, will displayed only, if they are activated. The Out-
put of this command is unsorted.
The exec command returns the sum of all activated PDP contexts of the ME.
Parameter Description
<ifc>(num)
Interface
Indicates the interface on which a particular PDP context was defined. Every PDP context defined with the com-
mand AT+CGDCONTor internally by the GPRS modem compatibility commands is identified one-to-one by its
(local) context identifier and the interface on which it was defined. The range of supported interfaces is returned
by the test command.
0
1
2
ASC0 or Multiplex channel 1
ASC1 or Multiplex channel 2
USB or Multiplex channel 3
<cid>(num)
PDP context identifier
The interface local identifier which was used to define a PDP context using the command AT+CGDCONTor which
of supported values is returned by the AT+CGDCONTtest command. Values 3 and 4 will be used by the GPRS
was invoked.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 339 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.15 AT^SGAUTH
s
11.15 AT^SGAUTH Set type of authentication for PPP connection
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SGAUTH=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT^SGAUTH?
Response(s)
^SGAUTH: <auth>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT^SGAUTH=<auth>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<auth>(num)
Indicates types of supported authentication.
0
none
PAP
1
2
CHAP
3(&F)(P)
MS-CHAP-V1, CHAP and PAP
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 341 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.16 AT^SGCONF
s
11.16 AT^SGCONF Configuration of GPRS related Parameters
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SGCONF=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SGCONF?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
msclass>]]]]
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<llc_pdu_length_U>(num)
The maximum number of octets in an information field of Unnumbered (U) frames. Parameter is non-volatile.
0
No negotiation with network (500 will be used).
Lower values diminish performance.
140...500(D)...1520
<llc_pdu_length_I>(num)
The maximum number of octets in an information field of Combined Information (I) frames. Parameter is non-
volatile.
0
No negotiation with network (500 will be used).
Lower values diminish performance.
140...500(D)...1520
<GPRS msclass>(num)
GPRS Multislot Class. The value can be one of the classes indicated with the Test command. The value set is
volatile and powerup value is the maximum allowed.
<EGPRS msclass>(num)
EGPRS Multislot Class. The value can be one of the classes indicated with the Test command. The value set
is volatile and powerup value is the maximum allowed.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 342 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.16 AT^SGCONF
s
Notes
•
•
+CME ERROR: invalid index: Parameter is out of range
+CME ERROR: operation temporary not allowed: The command is blocked as long as GPRS is already in
use (as long as mobile is GPRS attached).
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 343 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.17 ATA
s
11.17 ATA Manual response to a network request for PDP context acti-
vation
The V.250 ATAcommand may be used to accept a network request for a PDP context activation announced by
the unsolicited result codes "RING" or "+CRING: GPRS". The MT responds with CONNECT, enters V.250 online
data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a AT+CGANS=1 with no <L2P>or
If you try to answer a request which is no longer present or which is already answered by another instance, NO
CARRIER is returned.
Syntax
Exec Command
ATA
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
+
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 344 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.18 ATD*99#
s
11.18 ATD*99# Request GPRS service
This command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish a communication between
the TE and the external PDN.
The V.250 'D' (Dial) command causes the MT to enter the V.250 online data state and, with the TE, to start the
specified layer 2 protocol. No further commands may follow on the AT command line. GPRS attachment and
PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already
Examples on how to use this command are provided in "Section 11.22, Using GPRS AT commands (Examples)".
To confirm acceptance of the command before entering the V.250 online data state command will respond with
CONNECT.
When the layer 2 protocol has terminated, either as a result of an orderly shut down of the PDP or an error, the
MT enters V.250 command state and returns NO CARRIER (for details refer to Section 11.5.1, Automatic deac-
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
+
Parameter Description
<called_address>(str)
This parameter is currently not used and needs not to be specified.
<L2P>(str)
Layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT.
“PPP“
“1“
layer 2 protocol PPP
layer 2 protocol PPP
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition (see AT+CGDCONTcommand). If no context is specified,
1...2
Notes
•
If AC75 is in dedicated mode, command returns the result code BUSY.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 345 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.19 ATD*98#
s
11.19 ATD*98# Request GPRS IP service
This command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish a communication between
the TE and the external PDN.
The V.250 'D' (Dial) command causes the MT to enter the V.250 online data state and, with the TE, to start the
layer 2 protocol.
GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if
To confirm acceptance of the command before entering the V.250 online data state command will respond with
CONNECT.
When the layer 2 protocol has terminated, either as a result of an orderly shut down of the PDP or an error, the
MT enters V.250 command state and returns NO CARRIER (for details refer to Section 11.5.1, Automatic deac-
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
+
Parameter Description
<cid>(num)
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition (see AT+CGDCONTcommand). If no context is specified,
1...2
Notes
•
If AC75 is in dedicated mode, command returns the result code BUSY.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 346 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.20 ATH
s
11.20 ATH Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context acti-
vation
The V.250 ATHcommand may be used to deactivate all PDP contexts which are active or online on the same
interface. This command should not be used to deactivate PDP contexts during the implicit PDP context deacti-
vation procedure which is started automatically after LCP termination or by dropping the DTR line (if AT&D2 is
configured). For details refer to Section 11.5.1, Automatic deactivation of PDP context during dial-up PPP.
The ATHcommand may also be used to reject a network request for PDP context activation announced by the
Syntax
Exec Command
ATH
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
±
+
+
±
±
-
-
-
Notes
•
In contrast to GSM 07.07 it is possible to cancel a connection with ATHafter a break. This is done for com-
patibility reasons due to the "dial-up network" drivers of Microsoft Windows.
•
If ATHis used to reject a network request for PDP context activation, then other PDP contexts on the same
interface which are active or online will not be deactivated.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 347 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.21 ATS0
s
11.21 ATS0 Automatic response to a network request for PDP context
activation
The V.250 ATS0=<n>(Automatic answer) command may be used to turn off (n=0) and on (n>0) the automatic
response to a network request for a PDP context activation. See also "3GPP TS 27.007 (GSM 07.07): AT com-
When the ATS0=<n>(<n>> 0) command is received, the MT will attempt to perform a GPRS attach if not yet
attached and if configured to do so (see AT^SCFG, parameter <gs0aa>). Subsequently, the MT will announce
a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the URC RING or CRING to the TE, followed by the inter-
mediate result code CONNECT. The MT then enters V.250 online data state and follows the same procedure as
ATS0=0 does not perform an automatic GPRS detach.
Syntax
Read Command
ATS0?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS0=<n>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
±
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
000(&F)
Disables automatic answer mode.
Enables automatic answering after specified number of rings.
001-255
Notes
•
If different settings are used on each interface, and a request for PDP context activation is received, the inter-
•
When a network request for PDP context activation is answered automatically and another AT command is
issued at the same time on the same interface then this AT command will not be executed. Any response
relates to the automatic context activation procedure. If the AT command which caused the collision was a
CS data call, the CONNECT response does not pertain to this data call but to GPRS. This can be detected if
•
A network request for PDP context activation has a maximum duration of approximately 40 seconds (for
details see GSM 04.08). A RING/CRING URC is issued every 5 seconds, so setting parameter <n>to values
greater than 7 will not allow a successful context activation and is not recommended.
•
•
Automatic GPRS attach will not be performed on recalling a stored user profile with ATZor on power-up, even
If AT^SCFG="GPRS/ATS0/withAttach","on" is selected, but the automatic GPRS attach attempt fails (e.g. the
unknown" after approx. 5 minutes, though the new <n>value takes effect. This is necessary because ATS0
is used for circuit switched calls too.
•
ATS0 write command is PIN protected.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 348 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.22 Using GPRS AT commands (Examples)
s
11.22 Using GPRS AT commands (Examples)
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Defining and using a Context Definition ID (CID):
Every time a CID is used as a parameter for a GPRS command the CID has to be defined before by using
of 'AT+CGDCONT?' is OK only, there is no CID defined.
AT+CGDCONT?
OK
There is no CID defined
All parameters of the CID are initiated by NULL or not present values, and the CID itself is set to be undefined.
Define CID 1 and set the PDP type to IP, access point name and IP address are not set:
AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP"
OK
Define CID 2 and sets PDP type, APN and IP addr:
AT+CGDCONT=2,"IP", "internet.t-d1.gprs", 111.222.123.234
OK
A following read command will respond:
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT:1,"IP","","",0,0
+CGDCONT:2,"IP","internet.t-d1.gprs",111.222.123.234
OK
Set the CID 1 to be undefined:
AT+CGDCONT=1
OK
A following read command will respond:
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT:2,"IP","internet.t-d1.gprs",111.222.123.234
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 349 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.22 Using GPRS AT commands (Examples)
s
EXAMPLE 2
Quality of Service (QoS) is a special parameter of a CID which consists of several parameters itself.
The QoS consists of
- the precedence class
- the delay class
- the reliability class
- the peak throughput class
- the mean throughput class
and is divided in "requested QoS" and "minimum acceptable QoS".
All parameters of the QoS are initiated by default to the "network subscribed value (= 0)" but the QoS itself is
Overwrite the precedence class of QoS of CID 1 and set the QoS of CID 1 to be present:
AT+CGQREQ=1,2
OK
A following read command will respond:
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,2,0,0,0,0
OK
All QoS values of CID 1 are set to network subscribed now, except precedence class which is set to 2. Now
set the QoS of CID 1 to not present:
AT+CGQREQ=1
OK
Once defined, the CID it can be activated. To activate CID 2 use:
AT+CGACT=1,2
OK
If the CID is already active, the mobile responds OK at once.
If no CID and no STATE is given, all defined CIDs will be activated by:
AT+CGACT=
OK
If no CID is defined the mobile responds +CME ERROR: invalid index
Remark: If the mobile is NOT attached by AT+CGATT=1 before activating, the attach is automatically done by
After defining and activating a CID it may be used to get online by:
AT+CGDATA="PPP",1
CONNECT
The mobile is connected using the parameters of CID 1.
AT+CGDATA=
CONNECT
The mobile supports Layer 2 Protocol (L2P) PPP only.
Some providers (e.g. Vodafone or E-Plus) require to use an APN to establish a GPRS connection. So if you
use the Microsoft Windows Dial-Up Network and ATD*9... to connect to GPRS you must provide the context
definition as part of the modem definition (Modem properties/Connection/Advanced.../Extra settings). As an
alternative, you can define and activate the context in a terminal program (e.g. Microsoft Hyperterminal) and
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 350 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
11.23 Using the GPRS dial command ATD
s
11.23 Using the GPRS dial command ATD
Example
In addition to the GPRS AT commands you can use the "D" command to dial into to the GPRS network.
There are two GPRS Service Codes for the ATD command: Values 98 and 99.
Examples:
ATD*99#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99.
ATD*99*123.124.125.126*PPP*1#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99, IP
address 123 and L2P = PPP and using CID 1.
ATD*99**PPP#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99 and L2P
= PPP.
ATD*99***1#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99 and using
CID 1.
ATD*99**PPP*1#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 99 and L2P
= PPP and using CID 1. The CID has to be defined
ATD*98#
CONNECT
Establish a connection by service code 98.
ATD*98*1#
CONNECT
Establish an IP connection by service code 98 using
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 351 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
12. FAX Commands
s
12.
FAX Commands
This chapter describes the AT commands used for fax communications. Please note that fax related commands
are not supported by Java.
If the ME is acting as a fax modem for a PC based fax application (e.g. "WinFax") it is necessary to select the
proper Service Class (Fax Class) provided by the ME. The ME reports its Service Class capabilities, i.e. the cur-
Service Classes supported by the ME:
Service class
Data modem
Service Class 1
Reference, Standard
e.g. TIA/EIA-602 or ITU V.250
EIA/TIA-578-A
0
1
During an active fax connection the AT parser functionality on the used channel is limited to the AT commands
which according to the ITU V.250 and T.31 specifications are mandatory for fax communications. The functions
of these AT commands are usually supported by commonly used fax applications.
12.1
FAX parameters
This section describes the parameter <mod>used by some of the fax-specific AT commands. To find out the
value(s) actually supported by the <mod>parameter use the test commands either in on-hook or off-hook mode.
Parameter Description
<mod>(num)
Modulation scheme
3
V21 Ch2 - 300 bps
V.27ter - 2400 bps
V.27ter - 7200 bps
V.29 - 7200 bps
24
48
72
96
V.29 - 9600 bps
Note
•
<mod>=3.
12.1.1
Fax Result Codes
Table 12.1: Fax Result Codes
Result Code
+FCERROR
Meaning
This facsimile error message notifies the DTE that the DCE has
received a different signal (tone or carrier) than expected. This
allows the DTE to recover by requesting the DCE to look for an
alternative tone or carrier signal.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 352 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
12.2 AT+FCLASS
s
12.2
AT+FCLASS Fax: Select, read or test service class
AT+FCLASSsets the ME to a particular mode of operation (data, fax). This allows the ME to process information
in a manner suitable for that type of information.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FCLASS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+FCLASS?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FCLASS=<n>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
EIA/TIA-592-A
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
Data (e.g. EIA/TIA-602 or ITU V.250)
Fax class 1 (EIA/TIA-578-A, Service Class 1)
1
Notes
•
•
Using Error Correcting Mode (ECM) when sending FAXes over GSM should be avoided.
If <n>is set to 1, all incoming calls will be answered as fax calls when ATAis issued on multiplexer channel
1 resp. ASC0. For calls explicitly signaled as voice or data calls, this procedure will fail with result code "NO
CARRIER", but the incoming call will continue to ring.
It is possible to change the setting of <n>to 0 while the call is ringing, and accept the call afterwards with ATA.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 353 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
12.3 AT+FRH
s
12.3
AT+FRH Receive Data Using HDLC Framing
The AT+FRHcommand enables the TA to receive frames using the HDLC protocol and the modulation scheme
<mod>=3.
An ERROR response code results if the write command is issued while the modem is on-hook. The test com-
mand can be used either in on-hook or off-hook mode to check the value supported by the <mod>parameter.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FRH=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FRH=<mod>
Response(s)
CONNECT
If error is related to ME functionality
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
TIA/EIA-578
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
Note
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 354 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
12.4 AT+FRM
s
12.4
AT+FRM Receive Data
The AT+FRMcommand causes the TA to enter the receive mode, using one of the modulation schemes defined
An ERROR response code results if the write command is issued while the modem is on-hook. The test com-
mand can be used in on-hook or off-hook mode to check the modulation schemes supported by AC75.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FRM=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FRM=<mod>
Response(s)
CONNECT
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
TIA/EIA-578
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
Note
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 355 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
12.5 AT+FRS
s
12.5
AT+FRS Receive Silence
<time>=n causes the TA to report an OK result code to the TE after the specified period of silence was detected
on the line.
The command is aborted if any character is received by the TE. The modem discards the aborting character and
issues an OK result code. An ERROR response code results if this command is issued while the mode is on-
hook.
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FRS=<time>
Response(s)
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
TIA/EIA-578
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<time>(num)
Number of 10 millisecond intervals
0...255
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 356 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
12.6 AT+FTH
s
12.6
AT+FTH Transmit Data Using HDLC Framing
<mod>=3.
An ERROR response code results if the write command is issued while the modem is on-hook. The test com-
mand can be used either in on-hook or off-hook mode to check the value supported by the <mod>parameter.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FTH=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FTH=<mod>
Response(s)
CONNECT
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
TIA/EIA-578
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
Note
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 357 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
12.7 AT+FTM
s
12.7
AT+FTM Transmit Data
The AT+FTMcommand causes the TA to transmit data, using one of the modulation schemes defined in Section
An ERROR response code results if the write command is issued while the modem is on-hook. The test com-
mand can be used in on-hook or off-hook mode to check the modulation schemes supported by AC75.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+FTM=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+FTM=<mod>
Response(s)
CONNECT
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
TIA/EIA-578
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
Note
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 358 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
12.8 AT+FTS
s
12.8
AT+FTS Stop Transmission and Wait
This command causes the TA to terminate a transmission and wait for <time>10 millisecond intervals before
sending the OK result code to the TE.
Syntax
Write Command
AT+FTS=<time>
Response(s)
OK
In on-hook mode:
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
TIA/EIA-578
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<time>(num)
no. of 10 millisecond intervals
0...85
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 359 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13. Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
s
13.
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter allow an external application to use the Short Message Service with
the AC75.
13.1
SMS parameters
Parameter Description
<ackpdu>(num)
Format is same for <pdu>in case of SMS, but without GSM 24.11 SC address field and parameter shall be
bounded by double quote characters like a normal string type rarameter
<alpha>(str)(+CSCS)
String type alphanumeric representation of <da>or <oa>corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; imple-
mentation of this feature is manufacturer specific
<cdata>(num)
Command Data
GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Data in text mode responses; ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character
long hexadecimal numbers (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65))
<ct>(num)
Command Type
GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type in integer format
[0]...255
<da>(num)(+CSCS)
Destination Address
GSM 03.40 TP- Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alpha-
bet characters) are converted into characters; type of address given by <toda>
<data>(num)(+CSCS)
User Data
In case of SMS: GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format:
• If <dcs>indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo>indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-User-
Data-Header-Indication is not set: ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to
rules covered in Annex A.
• If <dcs>indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo>indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-
User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into hexadecimal numbers con-taining
two IRA characters (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65).
In case of CBS: GSM 03.41 CBM Content of Message in text mode responses; format:
• If <dcs>indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used: ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE
character set according to rules covered in Annex A.
• If <dcs>indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into hexa-
decimal numbers containing two IRA characters.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 360 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.1 SMS parameters
s
<dt>(num)
Discharge Time
GSM 03.40 TP-Discharge-Time in time-string format: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz", where characters indicate year
(two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone. For example, 6th of May 1994, 22:10:00
GMT+2 hours equals "94/05/06,22:10:00+08"
<ieia>(num)
IEIa (Information Element Identifier octet) of the concatenated SMS.
8
Concatenated short messages, 8-bit reference number
Concatenated short messages, 16-bit reference number
16
<index>(num)
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
<length>(num)
Message Length
Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> (or
<cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the
RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length) In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS
depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used, and 140 char-
acters according to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme.
If the SMS message format is ''text mode'' (AT+CMGF=1) and the character set is set to ''UCS2'' with AT+CSCS
and the SMS is also coded as "UCS2" (see <dcs>of AT+CSMP), then the length is in octets instead of charac-
ters.
For concatenated SMS messages the maximum length will be reduced by the length of the user data header
with respect to <ieia>(6 bytes for <ieia>=8 and 7 bytes for <ieia>=16). In the case of 8-bit data, the max-
imum length of the short message field is: 140 octets - (6 or 7) = 134 or 133. In the case of GSM 7 bit default
alphabet data, the maximum length of the short message is (140 - (6 or 7))*8/7 = 153 or 152 characters. In the
case of 16 bit UC2 data, the maximum length of the short message is: (140 - (6 or 7))/2)= 67 or 66 characters.
<max>(num)
Maximum number of all segments to be concatenated into one SMS, beginning with 1.
<max>=0 means: ignore the value. This will result in a non-concatenated SMS.
0...255
<mem1>(str)
Memory to be used when listing, reading and deleting messages:
“SM“
SIM message storage
“ME“
“MT“(D)
Mobile Equipment message storage
Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
<mem2>(str)
Memory to be used when writing and sending messages:
“SM“
SIM message storage
“ME“
“MT“(D)
Mobile Equipment message storage
Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 361 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.1 SMS parameters
s
<mem3>(str)
Received messages will be placed in this memory storage if routing to TE is not set. See command AT+CNMI
“SM“
SIM message storage
“MT“(D)
Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
<mid>(num)
Message Identifier
GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format
<mn>(num)
Message Number
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Number in integer format
<mr>(num)
Message Reference
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
<oa>(num)(+CSCS)
Originating Address
GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alpha-
bet characters) are converted into characters; type of address given by <tooa>
<page>(num)
Page Parameter
GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 4-7 in integer format
<pages>(num)
Page Parameter
GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 0-3 in integer format
<pdu>(num)
In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA con-
verts each octet of TP data unit into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA characters (e.g. octet with integer
value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)). In the case of CBS: <ra>GSM 03.40 TP-
Recipient-Address Ad-dress-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters)
are converted into characters; type of address given by <tora>
<ra>(num)(+CSCS)
Recipient Address
GSM 03.40 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet
characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 362 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.1 SMS parameters
s
<ref>(num)
Reference number to identify all segments of the concatenated SMS (i.e. the number needs to be the same for
0...255
0...65535
<sca>(num)(+CSCS)
Service Center Address
GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet char-
acters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command AT+CSCS); type
of address given by <tosca>
<scts>(num)
Service Centre Time Stamp
<seq>(num)
Sequence number of the concatenated SMS beginning with 1. The number must be incremented by one for
each segment of the concatenated short message.
<seq>=0 means: ignore the value. This will result in a non-concatenated SMS.
0...255
<sn>(num)
Serial Number
GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number in integer format
<st>(num)
Status
GSM 03.40 TP-Status in integer format
0...255
<stat>(str)
Message status
3GPP 27.005 Interface of SMS and CB. Indicates the status of message in memory.
Description
Default
Received unread mes-
sages
"REC UNREAD"
0
for SMS reading com-
mands
Received read messages "REC READ"
Stored unsent messages "STO UNSENT"
1
2
for SMS writing com-
mands
Stored sent messages
All messages
"STO SENT"
"ALL"
3
4
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 363 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.1 SMS parameters
s
<toda>(num)
Type of Destination Address
GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first character of <da>is +
(IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129)
0...255
<tooa>(num)
Type of Originating Address
<tora>(num)
Type of Recipient Address
<tosca>(num)
Type of Service Center Address
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 364 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.2 AT+CMGC
s
13.2
AT+CMGC Send an SMS command
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGC=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Notes
•
before entering text or PDU. After the prompt a timer will be started to observe the input.
•
At baudrates below 19200 it is recommended to use the line termination character only (refer to ATS3, default
<CR>) before entering the text or PDU. Use of the line termination character followed by the response format-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 365 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.3 AT+CMGD
s
13.3
AT+CMGD Delete short message
The write command deletes a short message from the preferred message storage <mem1>location <index>.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGD=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGD=<index>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Notes
•
•
If there is no short message stored at the selected index, the response is OK too.
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 366 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.4 AT+CMGF
s
13.4
AT+CMGF Select SMS message format
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGF=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMGF?
Response(s)
+CMGF: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGF=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
GSM 07.05
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The write command specifies the input and output format of the short messages.
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
PDU mode
Text mode
1
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 367 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.5 AT+CMGL
s
13.5
AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store
The write command returns messages with status value <stat>from message storage <mem1>to the TE. If the
status of the message is 'received unread', the status in the storage changes to 'received read'.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGL=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CMGL
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGL=<stat>
Response(s)
For SMS- SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs
[... ]
OK
For SMS-STATUS-REPORTs
[... ]
OK
For SMS-Commands
[... ]
OK
For SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs
[... ]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 368 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.5 AT+CMGL
s
Notes
•
TUS-REPORTs and SMS-COMMANDs), the response may be a mix of the responses of different SM types.
TE application can recognize the response format by examining the third response parameter.
•
•
set to 1.
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
•
If the ME is Java controlled, take into account that the AT Command API can handle responses up to a length
of 1024 bytes. To avoid any longer reponses it is recommended not to read the entire range of phonebook
entries at a time.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 369 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.6 AT+CMGR
s
13.6
AT+CMGR Read SMS messages
TE. If status of the message is 'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received read'.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGR=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGR=<index>
Response(s)
For SMS-DELIVER
[... ]
OK
For SMS-SUBMIT
[... ]
OK
For SMS-STATUS-REPORT
[... ]
OK
For SMS-Commands
[... ]
OK
For SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs
[... ]
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 370 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.6 AT+CMGR
s
Notes
•
•
•
set to 1.
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 371 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.7 AT+CMGS
s
13.7
AT+CMGS Send Short Message
The write command transmits a short message from TE to network (SMS-SUBMIT).
After invoking the write command wait for the prompt ">" and then start to write the message. To send the mes-
sage simply enter <CTRL-Z>. After the prompt a timer will be started to observe the input.
To abort sending use <ESC>. Abortion is acknowledged with "OK", though the message will not be sent.
The message reference <mr>is returned to the TE on successful message delivery. The value can be used to
identify the message in a delivery status report provided as an unsolicited result code.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
If sending fails see notes below.
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
If sending fails see notes below.
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Notes
•
•
If sending fails, for example, if a message is too long, the result code depends on the current setting of the
If the AT^SM20<CmgwMode>equals 1 (factory default) any failure to send a message is responded with "OK".
Users should be aware, that despite the "OK" response, the message will not be sent to the subscriber.
If sending fails due to timeout, then
•
•
Note that some providers do not recognize an @ symbol used in a short message. A widely used alternative
is typing "*" as defined in GSM 03.40 (GPP TS 23.40).
All characters entered behind the prompt ">" will be recognized as GSM characters. For example, "Back-
space" (ASCII character 8) does not delete a character, but will be inserted into the short message as an addi-
tional physical character. As a result, the character you wanted to delete still appears in the text, plus the GSM
code equivalent of the Backspace key.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 372 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.7 AT+CMGS
s
•
•
Message Length in Text Mode
The maximum length of a short message depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7
bit GSM coding scheme is used, and 140 characters according to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme.
AT+CSMP) to 16-bit data, otherwise the length of sms user data is restricted to 88 octets. Even better for mes-
sages with UCS2 character set is the PDU Mode.
At baudrates lower than 19200 it is recommended to use the line termination character only (refer to <n>of
ATS3, default <CR>) before entering text or PDU. Use of the line termination character followed by the
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 373 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.8 AT+CMGW
s
13.8
AT+CMGW Write Short Messages to Memory
The execute and write commands transmit a short message (either SMS-DELIVER or SMS-SUBMIT) from TE
to memory storage <mem2>. Memory location <index>of the stored message is returned. Message status will
After invoking the execute or write command wait for the prompt ">" and then start to write the message. To save
the message simply enter <CTRL-Z>. After the prompt a timer will be started to observe the input.
To abort writing use <ESC>. Abortion is acknowledged with "OK", though the message will not be saved.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMGW=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CMGW
Response(s)
<CR> Text can be entered. <CTRL-Z>/<ESC>
+CMGW: <index>
OK
If writing fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
+CMGW: <index>
OK
If writing fails see notes below.
Write Command
Response(s)
+CMGW: <index>
OK
If writing fails see notes below.
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Notes
•
If writing fails, for example, if a message is too long, the result code depends on the current setting of the
If the AT^SM20<CmgwMode>=1 (factory default) any failure to send a message is responded with "OK". Users
should be aware, that despite the "OK" response, the message will not be written to the selected SMS stor-
age.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 374 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.8 AT+CMGW
s
•
If writing fails due to timeout, then
•
•
Note that some providers do not recognize an @ symbol used in a short message. A widely used alternative
is typing "*" as defined in GSM 03.40 (GPP TS 23.40).
For baudrates lower than 19200 it is recommended to use the line termination character only (refer to ATS3=
<n>, default <CR>) before entering the text or PDU. Use of the line termination character followed by the
•
•
SMS-COMMANDs and SMS-STATUS-REPORTs cannot be stored in text mode.
All characters entered behind the ">" prompt will be recognized as GSM characters. For example, "Back-
space" (ASCII character 8) does not delete a character, but will be inserted into the short message as an addi-
tional physical character. As a result, the character you wanted to delete still appears in the text, plus the GSM
code equivalent of the Backspace key.
•
•
Message Length in Text Mode
The maximum length of a short message depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7
bit GSM coding scheme is used, and 140 characters according to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme.
AT+CSMP) to 16-bit data, otherwise the length of sms user data is restricted to 88 octets. Even better for mes-
sages with UCS2 character set is the PDU Mode.
The length of 8-bit data coded short messages has to be greater than 0.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 375 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.9 AT+CMSS
s
13.9
AT+CMSS Send short messages from storage
The write command sends message with location value <index>from message storage <mem2>to the network
instead of the one stored with the message. Reference value <mr>is returned to the TE on successful message
delivery. Value can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code.
If the optional parameter <da>is given, the old status of the short message at <index>remains unchanged
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMSS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 376 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.10 AT+CNMA
s
13.10 AT+CNMA New Message Acknowledgement to ME/TE, only
phase 2+
The write / execute command confirms successful receipt of a new message (SMS-DELIVER or SMS-STATUS-
REPORT) routed directly to the TE. TA shall not send another +CMT or +CDS result code to TE until previous
one is acknowledged. If ME does not receive acknowledgement within required time (network time-out), ME
sends RP-ERROR to the network. TA shall automatically disable routing to TE by setting both <mt>and <ds>
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CNMA=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CNMA
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
AT+CNMA=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
Parameter required only for PDU mode.
0
Command operates similarly as in text mode.
Notes
•
•
•
2+).
The execute command can be used no matter whether text mode or PDU mode is activated. The write com-
mand is designed for the PDU mode only.
If multiplex mode is activated (AT+CMUX=0) the AT+CNMIparameter will be set to zero on all channels, if one
channel fails to acknowledge an incoming message within the required time.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 377 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.11 AT+CNMI
s
13.11 AT+CNMI New short Message Indication
The write command selects the procedure how the receipt of new short messages from the network is indicated
to the TE when TE is active, e.g. DTR signal is ON. If TE is inactive (e.g. DTR signal is OFF), message receiving
should be done as specified in GSM 03.38. If the DTR signal is not available or the state of the signal is ignored
(V.250 command AT&D0, reliable message transfer can be assured by using AT+CNMAacknowledgment proce-
dure. The rules <mt>=2 and <mt>=3 for storing received messages are possible only if phase 2+ compatibility
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CNMI=?
Response(s)
+CNMI: (list of supported<mode>s), (list of supported <mt>s), (list of supported <bm>s), (list of supported
OK
Read Command
AT+CNMI?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
<mt>=1:
Indicates that new message has been received
URC 2
<mt>=2 (PDU mode enabled):
Indicates that new message has been received
URC 3
<mt>=2 (text mode enabled):
Indicates that new message has been received
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 378 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.11 AT+CNMI
s
URC 4
<bm>=2 (PDU mode enabled):
Indicates that new cell broadcast message has been received
URC 5
<bm>=2 (text mode enabled):
Indicates that new cell broadcast message has been received
URC 6
<ds>=1 (PDU mode enabled):
Indicates that new SMS status report has been received
URC 7
<ds>=1 (text mode enabled):
Indicates that new SMS status report has been received
URC 8
<ds>=2:
Indicates that new SMS status report has been received
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)
[0](&F)
Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indica-
tions can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be dis-
carded and replaced with the new received indications.
1
2
3
Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes
when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode). Otherwise forward
them directly to the TE.
Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in
online data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise for-
ward them directly to the TE.
Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE. When TA-TE link is
reserved (e.g. in online data mode) the URCs are signaled according to the
<mt>(num)(&W)(&V)
Rules for storing received short messages depend on the relevant data coding method (refer to GSM 03.38),
Note: If AT command interface is acting as the only display device, the ME must support storage of class 0 mes-
sages and messages in the message waiting indication group (discard message)
[0](&F)
No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE.
1
If SMS-DELIVER is stored in ME/TA, indication of the memory location is
routed to the TE using unsolicited result code:
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 379 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.11 AT+CNMI
s
2
3
SMS-DELIVERs, except class 2 messages and messages in the message
waiting indication group (store message) are routed directly to the TE using
unsolicited result code:
Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result
<bm>(num)(&W)(&V)
Rules for storing received CBMs depend on the relevant data coding method (refer to GSM 03.38), the setting
[0](&F)
No CBM indications are routed to the TE.
2
3
New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code:
Class 3 CBMs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes defined
<ds>(num)(&W)(&V)
[0](&F)
No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE.
1
2
SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE using unsolicited result code:
If SMS-STATUS-REPORT is routed into ME/TA, indication of the memory
location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code:
<bfr>(num)(&V)
[1](&F)
TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared
<index>(num)
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
Notes
•
•
Requirements specific to Multiplex mode:
and <ds>on the other channels have to be set to zero. If either a SM or a Status Report is not acknowledged,
•
•
If the ME operates on different instances (MUX channels 1, 2, 3 or ASC0/ASC1) avoid different settings for
routing and indicating short messages. For example, if messages shall be routed directly to one instance of
the TE (set with AT+CNMI, AT^SSDA), it is not possible to activate the presentation of URCs with AT+CMER
or AT+CNMI on another instance. Any attempt to activate settings that conflict with existing settings on
another interface, will result in CME ERROR, or accordingly CMS ERROR.
Handling of Class 0 short messages:
If the host application is provided with a display and AT^SSDA=1 has been set Class 0 short messages can
be displayed immediately.
If the host application does not include a display, ME handles Class 0 short messages as though there was
no message class, i.e. it will ignore bits 0 and 1 in the <dcs>and normal rules for exceeded memory capacity
shall apply. This approach is compliant with GSM 03.38 .
•
•
If either a SM or a Status Report is not acknowledged, all AT+CNMIparameter in all channels will be set to
zero.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 380 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.12 AT+CPMS
s
13.12 AT+CPMS Preferred SMS message storage
The write command selects memory storages <mem1>,<mem2>, <mem3>to be used for reading, writing, etc.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPMS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPMS?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<used1>(num)
Number of messages currently in <mem1>
<used2>(num)
Number of messages currently in <mem2>
<used3>(num)
Number of messages currently in <mem3>
<total1>(num)
Number of messages storable in <mem1>
<total2>(num)
Number of messages storable in <mem2>
<total3>(num)
Number of messages storable in <mem3>
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 381 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.12 AT+CPMS
s
Notes
•
•
''MT'' is the sum of ''ME'' (= 25 locations) and ''SM'' (capacity varies with SIM card). The indices <index>of
the ''MT'' storage are dependent on the order selected with AT^SSMSS
•
•
The user should be aware that the setting ''MT'' involves ''ME'' and ''SM'', with ''ME'' being filled up first. If the
''ME'' storage is full, AC75 will proceed with the ''SM'' storage.
Incoming Class 1 short messages (ME specific) will be preferably stored to ''ME'' and may be transferred to
the ''SM'' storage if ''ME'' is used up.
Incoming Class 2 messages (SIM specific) will be stored to the SIM card only, no matter whether or not there
is free ''ME'' space. As a result, the ^SMGO: 2 indication (see AT^SMGO) may be presented without prior indi-
cation of ^SMGO: 1. For more information regarding SIM and ME specific message classes refer to <dcs>
and the following specifications: GSM 03.38 and 3GPP TS23038.
•
•
Multiplexer: In Multiplex mode or when the two physical serial interfaces are connected, the parameter
<mem3>will be the same on all instances, but the settings of <mem1>and <mem2>may vary on each channel
/ interface. As a result, changes on parameter <mem1>and/or <mem2>befor activating the multiplexer or dif-
ferences values for other instanes can result in not desired behaviours like different outputs for AT+CMGLand
so on.
While <mem3>equals ''SM'' and <mem1>equals ''ME'' it is possible that, after deleting short messages from
''ME'', the freed space on ''ME'' is reclaimed for new incoming short messages, when there is no space left on
the ''SM'' storage. As it is often the clients concern to have received short messages stored only to the SIM
card, inconsistent settings should be generally avoided. This can be achieved simply by using the same
parameter for all memory indices.
•
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 382 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.13 AT+CSCA
s
13.13 AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address
Write command updates the SMSC address, through which mobile originated SMs are transmitted. In text mode,
setting is used by send and write commands. In PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSCA=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCA?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Notes
•
•
•
This command writes the service center address to non-volatile memo.
The SMS service center address should be entered as specified by the service provider.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 383 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.14 AT+CSCB
s
13.14 AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast Message Indication
The test command returns the supported modes as a compound value.
The write command selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSCB=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCB?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
Message mode
[0](&F)
1
<mids>(str)
Cell Broadcast Message ID specification
• For <mode>=0: Six different possible combinations of CBM IDs (e.g. "0,1,5,320-478,922,2000-3000"), default
is empty string.
In certain configurations, e.g. if using SIMs that contain data in Elementary File EF-CBMID (Cell Broadcast
Message Identifier for Data download) less than six combinations may be available.
<dcss>(str)
CBM data coding scheme specification
All different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes (e.g. "0-3,5"). Using default empty string leads
to get all CBMs independent of their dcss.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 384 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.15 AT+CSDH
s
13.15 AT+CSDH Show SMS text mode parameters
The write command sets whether or not detailed header information is shown in text mode result codes.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSDH=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSDH?
Response(s)
+CSDH:<show>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSDH=<show>
Response(s)
+CSDH: <show>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<show>(num)(&W)
[0](&F)
SMS-SUBMITs in text mode; for SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR result code, do
1
Show the values in result codes
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 385 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.16 AT+CSMP
s
13.16 AT+CSMP Set SMS text Mode Parameters
The write command selects values for additional parameters needed when the short message is sent to the net-
work or placed in a storage when text format message mode is selected.
It is possible to set the validity period starting from the time when the short message is received by the SMSC
(<vp>is in range 0... 255) or define the absolute time of the validity period termination (<vp>is a string). The
format of <vp>is given by <fo>. If TA supports the enhanced validity period format, see GSM 03.40), it shall be
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSMP=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSMP?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
+CSMP: <index>
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<fo>(num)
First Octet
depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format
0...17(&F)...255
<vp>(num)
Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer format or in time-
0...167(&F)...255
<dcs>(num)
Data Coding Scheme
GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme, or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format
0(&F)...247
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 386 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.16 AT+CSMP
s
<pid>(num)
Protocol Identifier
GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format
0(&F)...255
Notes
•
When storing a SMS DELIVER from the TE to the preferred memory storage in text mode (using the AT+CMGW
•
The command writes the parameters to the non-volatile memory.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 387 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.17 AT+CSMS
s
13.17 AT+CSMS Select Message Service
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSMS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSMS?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CSMS=<service>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.05
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<service>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
GSM 03.40 and GSM 03.41 (the syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible
with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 version 4.7.0; Phase 2+ features which do not require
new command syntax may be supported, e.g. correct routing of messages with
new Phase 2+ data coding schemes)
1
GSM 03.40 and GSM 03.41 (the syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible
mentioned under corresponding command descriptions).
<mt>(num)
Mobile Terminated Messages:
0
1
Type not supported
Type supported
<mo>(num)
Mobile Originated Messages:
0
1
Type not supported
Type supported
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 388 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.17 AT+CSMS
s
<bm>(num)
Broadcast Type Messages:
0
1
Type not supported
Type supported
Notes
•
specific a '+CMS ERROR: unknown error' will appear. It is recommended to switch the AT+CNMIParameters
to Phase 2 specific values before entering Phase 2.
•
- Configuring procedures for indicating received short messages with the AT+CNMIparameters <mt>=2 or
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 389 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.18 AT^SCML
s
13.18 AT^SCML List Concatenated Short Messages from preferred
store
The write command returns messages with status value <stat>from message storage <mem1>to the TE. If the
status of the message is 'received unread', the status in the storage changes to 'received read'. The execute
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCML=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SCML
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SCML=<stat>
Response(s)
For SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs
[... ]
OK
For SMS-STATUS-REPORTs
[... ]
OK
For SMS-Commands
[... ]
OK
For SMS- SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs
[... ]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 390 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.19 AT^SCMR
s
13.19 AT^SCMR Read Concatenated Short Messages
The write command returns the message with location value <index>from message storage <mem1>to the TE.
If the status of the message is 'received unread', the status in the storage changes to 'received read'. See notes
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCMR=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SCMR=<index>
Response(s)
For SMS-DELIVER
[... ]
OK
For SMS-SUBMIT
[... ]
OK
For SMS-STATUS-REPORT
[... ]
OK
For SMS-Commands
[... ]
OK
For SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs
[... ]
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 391 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.20 AT^SCMS
s
13.20 AT^SCMS Send Concatenated Short Messages
Sending a concatenated message is similar to sending a "normal" message, except that each segment of the
concatenated message must be identified by the additional parameters <seq>, <ieia>and <ref>. To send all
The write command transmits one segment of a concatenated short message from TE to network (SMS-SUB-
MIT).
After invoking the write command wait for the prompt ">" and then start to write the message. To send the mes-
sage simply enter <CTRL-Z>. After the prompt a timer will be started to observe the input.
To abort sending use <ESC>. Abortion is acknowledged with "OK", though the message will not be sent.
The message reference <mr>is returned to the TE on successful message delivery. The value can be used to
identify the message in a delivery status report provided as an unsolicited result code.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCMS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
If sending fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Notes
•
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 392 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.21 AT^SCMW
s
13.21 AT^SCMW Write Concatenated Short Messages to Memory
Writing a concatenated message to the memory is similar to writing a "normal" message, except that each seg-
ment of the concatenated message must be identified by the additional parameters <seq>, <ieia>and <ref>.
To store all segments of the message one by one, the AT^SCMWwrite command must be executed for each seg-
ment.
The write commands transmits one segment of a concatenated SMS (either SMS-DELIVER or SMS-SUBMIT)
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCMW=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
entered. <CTRL-Z>/<ESC>
Response(s)
^SCMW: <index>
OK
If writing fails
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Notes
•
•
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 393 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.22 AT^SLMS
s
13.22 AT^SLMS List SMS Memory Storage
AT^SLMSindicates the max. capacity of each SMS storage type and the number of locations currently used.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SLMS=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SLMS
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<total1>(num)
Maximum number of messages storable in the SMS memory of the SIM (physical storage "SM")
<total2>(num)
Maximum number of messages storable in the SMS memory of the Mobile Equipment (physical storage "ME")
<total3>(num)
Sum of "SM" and "ME", indicated as "MT". Maximum number of all messages storable in the SIM memory and
the Mobile Equipment memory.
<used1>(num)
Number of messages currently stored in the SMS memory of the SIM (physical storage "SM")
<used2>(num)
Number of messages currently stored in the SMS memory of the Mobile Equipment (physical storage "ME")
<used3>(num)
Concatenated logical SMS storages of SIM ("SM") and Mobile Equipment ("ME"). Sum of all messages currently
stored, indicated as "MT".
Note
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 394 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.23 AT^SMGL
s
13.23 AT^SMGL List Short Messages from preferred store without set-
ting status to REC READ
The write command allows to select a status type and lists, from the message storage <mem1>, all messages
that currently have the specified <stat>. The major difference over the standard command AT+CMGLis that the
status of the listed messages remains u n c h a n g e d (unread remains unread).
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMGL=?
Response(s)
same as AT+CMGL
Exec Command
AT^SMGL
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SMGL=<stat>
Response(s)
same as AT+CMGL
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Notes
•
•
•
TUS-REPORTs and SMS-COMMANDs), the response may be a mix of the responses of different SM types.
TE application can recognize the response format by examining the third response parameter.
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
If the ME is Java controlled, take into account that the AT Command API can handle responses up to a length
of 1024 bytes. To avoid any longer re-sponses it is recommended not to read the entire range of short mes-
sage entries at a time.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 395 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.24 AT^SMGO
s
13.24 AT^SMGO Set or query SMS overflow presentation mode or
query SMS overflow
The write command sets the overflow presentation mode.
The read command returns the overflow presentation mode and the SMS overflow status.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMGO=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SMGO?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CMS ERROR
Write Command
AT^SMGO=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Unsolicited Result Code
SMS buffer change:
^SMGO: <mode>
Status of SMS buffer has changed.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
SMS overflow presentation mode
[0](&F)
Disable
1
Enable
<mode>(num)(&V)
SMS overflow status
0
1
Space available
AT+CPMS.)
2
Buffer full and new message waiting in SC for delivery to phone
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 396 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.24 AT^SMGO
s
Notes
•
Incoming short messages with message class 1 (ME specific short messages) or class 2 (SIM specific short
messages), see <dcs>in GSM 03.38, will be stored either in ''ME'' or in ''SM'' storage. Therefore the "^SMGO:
2" indication could occur, without issuing the indication "^SMGO: 1" before. The indication "^SMGO: 1" means
that both buffers (''ME'' and ''SM'') are full.
•
For more information regarding SIM and ME specific message classes refer to <dcs>and the following spec-
ifications: GSM 03.38 and 3GPP TS 23.038 .
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 397 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.25 AT^SMGR
s
13.25 AT^SMGR Read short message without setting status to REC
READ
The AT^SMGRcommand is a specific Siemens command which has the same syntax as AT+CMGR. The only func-
tional difference is that the status "REC UNREAD" of a short message is not overwritten to "REC READ".
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SMGR=?
Response(s)
^SMGR:
OK
Write Command
AT^SMGR=<index>
Response(s)
see AT+CMGR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Note
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 398 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.26 AT^SSCONF
s
13.26 AT^SSCONF SMS Command Configuration
AT^SSCONFcontrols details of some SMS releated commands. Please note that AT^SSCONFsettings are stored
volatile, i.e. after restart or reset the default values will be restored.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSCONF=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSCONF?
Response(s)
^SSCONF:<ra>
OK
Write Command
AT^SSCONF=<ra>
Response(s)
OK
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<ra>(num)
Display recipient address
[0](&F)
1
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 399 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.27 AT^SSDA
s
13.27 AT^SSDA Set SMS Display Availability
This command allows to notify the AC75 of its controlling application's capability to immediately display incoming
SMS on a display.
If the application is able to display incoming short messages, a class 0 message shall be displayed immediately.
However, if it does not, class 0 messages shall be treated as if no message class is determined (GSM 03.38[20]).
If multiplex mode is enabled (AT+CMUX) and <da>=1 with <mt>=1 is set on any logical channel, all other chan-
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSDA=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSDA?
Response(s)
^SSDA:<da>
OK
Write Command
AT^SSDA=<da>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<da>(num)
Display Availability
0(&F)
Application is not able to display incoming short message
Application is able to display incoming short message
1
Note
•
If the ME operates on different instances (MUX channels 1, 2, 3 or ASC0/ASC1) avoid different settings for
routing and indicating short messages. For example, if messages shall be routed directly to one instance of
the TE (set with AT+CNMI, AT^SSDA), it is not possible to activate the presentation of URCs with AT+CMER
or AT+CNMI on another instance. Any attempt to activate settings that conflict with existing settings on
another interface, will result in CME ERROR, or accordingly CMS ERROR.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 400 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
13.28 AT^SSMSS
s
13.28 AT^SSMSS Set Short Message Storage Sequence
The short message storage ''MT'' (see AT+CPMS) is a logical storage. It consists of two physical storages ''ME''
and ''SM''. This command allows to select the sequence of addressing this storage.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSMSS=?
Response(s)
Read Command
AT^SSMSS?
Response(s)
^SSMSS: <seq>
OK
Write Command
AT^SSMSS=<seq>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<seq>(num)
MT sequence
0(&F)
''MT'' storage is ''ME'' then ''SM
''MT'' storage is ''SM'' then ''ME''
1
Note
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 401 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14. SIM related Commands
s
14.
SIM related Commands
The AT commands described in this chapter are related to the Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) connected to
AC75.
Note:
If using data from the SIM please bear in mind that the content of all Elementary Files is subject to change at any
moment!
This is because the network can change the SIM's data in the background via the SIM Application Toolkit (SAT)
To get informed that changing Elementary Files has taken place the TA needs to hook to the SAT Proactive Com-
mand "REFRESH". To achieve this, the AT command interface of SAT, i.e. Remote-SAT, needs to be activated.
An overview is given at Chapter 16., SIM Application Toolkit (SAT) Commands, additional information is available
14.1
AT+CRSM Restricted SIM Access
AT+CRSMoffers easy access of the Elementary Files on the SIM. Access to the SIM database is restricted to the
All parameters of AT+CRSMare used as specified by GSM 11.11 [24]. AC75 handles internally all required SIM
interface locking and file selection routines.
As response to the command, the AC75 sends the actual SIM information parameters and response data. Error
result code "+CME ERROR" may be returned if the command cannot be passed to the SIM, e.g. if the SIM is not
inserted. However, failure in the execution of the command in the SIM is reported in <sw1>and <sw2>param-
eters.
RECORD" is possible before PIN authentication and if the SIM is blocked (state after three failed PIN authenti-
cation attempts) to access the contents of the following Elementary Files:
EF Symbol
EFICCID
EF Name
EF ID (hex.)
2FE2
EF ID (dec.)
12258
ICC identification
EFELP
Extended language pref- 2F05
erence
12037
EFLP
Language preference
Service provider name
Administrative data
Phase identification
Emergency call codes
6F05
6F46
6FAD
6FAE
6FB7
28421
28486
28589
28590
28599
EFSPN
EFAD
EFPhase
EFECC
Please beware of possible changes to Elementary Files by the network at any time, refer Chapter 14., SIM
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CRSM=?
Response(s)
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 402 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.1 AT+CRSM
s
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
±
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<command>(num)
SIM command number.
176
178
192
214
220
242
READ BINARY
READ RECORD
GET RESPONSE
UPDATE BINARY
UPDATE RECORD
STATUS
<fileID>(num)
<P1>(num)
Parameter to be passed on by the AC75 to the SIM.
0...255
<P2>(num)
Parameter to be passed on by the AC75 to the SIM.
0...255
<P3>(num)
Parameter to be passed on by the AC75 to the SIM.
0...255
<data>(str)
Information which shall be written to the SIM (hexadecimal character format).
<sw1>(num)
Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command. It is returned in both cases, on suc-
cessful or failed execution of the command.
0...255
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 403 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.1 AT+CRSM
s
<sw2>(num)
Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command. It is returned in both cases, on suc-
cessful or failed execution of the command.
0...255
<response>(str)
Response data in case of a successful completion of the previously issued command.
"STATUS" and "GET RESPONSE" commands return data, which gives information about the currently selected
elementary data field. This information includes the type of file and its size.
After "READ BINARY" or "READ RECORD" commands the requested data will be returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 404 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.2 AT+CSIM
s
14.2
AT+CSIM Generic SIM Access
Compared to Restricted SIM Access command AT+CRSM, the definition of AT+CSIMallows the ME to take more
control over the SIM interface.
UPDATE BINARY, READ RECORD, UPDATE RECORD, SEEK, INCREASE and GET RESPONSE.
The SIM interface design requires that some actions need more than one command, e.g. access to an Elemen-
tary File's data requires a prior SELECT command. To ensure that two commands related to the same action are
sent to the SIM consecutively, i.e. without being interrupted by other software entities, each SELECT command
will be buffered in an internal directory path. Before performing new commands the internal directory path will be
checked to enable the retransmittion of the buffered SELECT command's (explicit selection).
The directory path can be used to queue up to 20 Files e.g. 19 Dedicated Files (DF's) and 1 Elementary File (EF).
After each AT+CSIMexecution the Master File (MF) which acts as a logical root will be selected to guarantee
that other software entities are not affected.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CSIM=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<length>(num)
<command>(str)
Command passed on by the ME to the SIM.
<response>(str)
Response data of the command returned by the SIM.
Example
AT+CSIM=14,"A0A40000027F10"
+CSIM: 4,"9F19"
Select DF-Telekom
Command successful, length '19' of the response
data
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 405 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.2 AT+CSIM
s
AT+CSIM=14,"A0A40000026F3A"
+CSIM: 4,"9F0F"
Select EF-ADN (Abbreviated dialling numbers)
Command successful, length '0F' of the response
data
OK
AT+CSIM=16,"A0C000000F000000"
Get Response
+CSIM: 34,"000002306F3A040011F0220102011C9000"
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 406 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.3 AT^SATR
s
14.3
AT^SATR Query SIM's Answer to Reset Data
AT^SATRqueries the Answer to Reset (ATR) data of the current SIM ISO/IEC 7816-3. The response to the exe-
cute command is a data string of max. 33 bytes sent from the SIM card to the module, containing information
about the SIM and the used data transmission protocols. For ATR coding please refer to GSM 11.11 [24].
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SATR=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SATR
Response(s)
^SATR: <response>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<response>(str)
Answer to Reset (ATR) data of current SIM.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 407 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.4 AT^SXSM
s
14.4
AT^SXSM Extended SIM Access
All parameters of AT^SXSMare used as specified by GSM 11.11 [24]. AC75 handles internally all required SIM
interface locking and file selection routines.
AC75 may return error result code "+CME ERROR" if the command cannot be passed to the SIM, e.g. if no SIM
is inserted. However, errors related to SIM action are reported in <sw1>and <sw2>parameters as defined in
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SXSM=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<command>(num)
136
RUN GSM ALGORITHM
Start the authentication mechanism and cipher key generation on the SIM. It
runs the algorithms A3 and A8 using a 16 byte random number and the sub-
scriber authentication key Ki, which is stored in the SIM.
<fileID>(num)
<P1>(num)
Parameter to be passed on by the AC75 to the SIM.
<P2>(num)
Parameter to be passed on by the AC75 to the SIM.
<P3>(num)
Parameter to be passed on by the AC75 to the SIM.
<data>(str)
16 byte random number.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 408 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.4 AT^SXSM
s
<sw1>(num)
Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command. It is returned in both cases, on suc-
cessful or failed execution of the command.
0...255
<sw2>(num)
Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command. It is returned in both cases, on suc-
cessful or failed execution of the command.
0...255
<response>(str)
Response in case of a successful completion of the previously issued SIM command.
AC75 returns SRES and cipher key Kc as calculated by the SIM.
Byte(s)
1 - 4
Description
Length
SRES - Signed RESponse
Kc - Cipher Key
4
8
5 - 12
Example
SIM.
at^sxsm=136,,0,0,16,"0011223 Start SIM command "RUN GSM ALGORITHM" with 16 byte random
3445566778899AABBCCDDEEFF"
number.
^SXSM:
SRES (bytes 1-4) and Cypher Key Kc (bytes 5-12) values as returned
144,0,00112233445566778899AA by the SIM.
BB
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 409 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.5 AT^SCKS
s
14.5
AT^SCKS Query SIM and Chip Card Holder Status
This command controls the SIM connection presentation mode and queries the connection status of the SIM and
the card holder tray of the AC75.
The query can be used for the locally attached and remote SIM's as well. For details regarding Remote SIM
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCKS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SCKS?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SCKS=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Unsolicited Result Code
^SCKS: <SimStatus>
During startup, and if the AC75's SIM connection status has changed an unsolicited result code (URC) is issued.
Command Description
The read command returns the URC presentation mode and the status of the SIM card connection.
The write command enables or disables the presentation of URCs to report whether or not the SIM card is con-
nected.
If the ME is powered down or reset (AT+CFUNor AT^SMSO) the current presentation mode setting <mode>will
not be retained. Therefore the setting <mode>=1 needs to be restored after power on the AC75 or may be saved
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)(&W)(&V)
0(&F)
Suppress unsolicited result codes
Output unsolicited result codes
1
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 410 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.5 AT^SCKS
s
<SimStatus>(num)(&V)
0
1
2
Card holder tray removed or SIM connection error
SIM inserted(refer to note)
The SIM interface HW has been deactivated to prevent possible damage (e.g.
if a SIM with invalid or unsupported electrical specifications has been
detected).
The SIM interface can be reactivated only with a restart of the module, e.g. with
card error occurs while accessing the remote SIM, the AC75 switches to its
local SIM, if any. If the SIM card error occurs while local SIM access, use of the
remote SIM is still possible.
Note
• <SimStatus>reflects the status of the SIM and the card holder tray. Therefore if an empty SIM card tray is
inserted, two URCs will be presented, indicating the status 1 followed by 0, i.e. a SIM is inserted into the card
holder tray but no SIM connection could be established.
If Remote SIM Access switches back from remote to local SIM, SCKS indicates the status 1 regardless of the
real SIM status. If no SIM is inserted this is followed by a second SCKS URC indicating 0.
Example
AT^SCKS=1
OK
Activates the presentation of unsolicited result codes
Now, after inserting an empty card tray the following URCs appear:
^SCKS: 1
^SCKS: 0
Tray connected
No SIM card found
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 411 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.6 AT^SSET
s
14.6
AT^SSET Indicate SIM data ready
After power-up and personalization (PIN entry if required) the ME starts reading data from SIM. The AT^SSET
command controls the presentation of the "^SSIM READY" URC which indicates, on the corresponding serial
channel, when the ME has finished reading SIM data. See Section 23.1, Restricted access to SIM data after SIM
PIN authentication for further detail.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSET=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSET?
Response(s)
^SSET: <n>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Unsolicited Result Code
^SSIM READY
The URC acknowledges to the user that SIM data is accessible.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
URC presentation mode
0(&F)
1
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 412 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.7 AT^SCID
s
14.7
AT^SCID Display SIM card identification number
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCID=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SCID
Response(s)
^SCID: <cid>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
TA returns the card identification number in SIM (SIM file EFICCID, see GSM 11.11 Chap.10.1.1) as string type.
Parameter Description
<cid>(str)
card identification number of SIM card
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 413 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
14.8 AT+CXXCID
s
14.8
AT+CXXCID Display card ID
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CXXCID=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CXXCID
Response(s)
+CXXCID: <cid>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
TA returns the card identification number in SIM (SIM file EF ICCID, see GSM 11.11 Chap.10.1.1) as string type.
Note
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 414 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
15. Remote SIM Access (RSA) Commands
s
15.
Remote SIM Access (RSA) Commands
This chapter contains AT commands and responses related to the Remote SIM Access (RSA) feature of AC75.
RSA allows AC75 to access and use a remote SIM card via its serial interface in addition to or instead of the SIM
locally attached via the dedicated lines on the interface connector.
The necessary protocols and procedures are implemented following the "SIM Access Profile (SAP) Interopera-
bility Specification" [14]. As stated there it is possible for a SAP client to use a SIM card in an external device
connected via a wireless link. The external device can either be a mobile phone, a PDA or any other mobile
equipment that may be used as SIM card holder. The SIM Access Profile builds on the interface between the
mobile equipment and the SIM card (refer to the "Specification of the Subscriber Identity Module (GSM 11.11)"
[24]). For further details contact the Wireless Modules Application Engineering Department at Siemens AG.
Figure 15.1, Basic Remote SIM Access Usage Scenario via Bluetooth illustrates an access scenario via Blue-
tooth:
Since the AC75 itself - acting as SAP client - does not control the Bluetooth wireless link, the communication with
the remote SIM needs to be routed via an external customer application. The external application establishes
and controls the Bluetooth connection. It maps data received over a serial interface channel to data transferred
over a Bluetooth interface and vice versa.
Figure 15.1: Basic Remote SIM Access Usage Scenario via Bluetooth
Figure 15.2, Basic Remote SIM Access usage scenario via RS232 illustrates an alternative access scenario via
a serial RS232 interface: Instead of Bluetooth it is possible for an external customer application to use a serial
RS232 interface in mapping data for the remote SIM in an external device. In this case an ASCII coded string
format (Siemens' XSAP) is used instead of the binary SAP data format employed for Bluetooth.
Figure 15.2: Basic Remote SIM Access usage scenario via RS232
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 415 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
s
The AC75 can operate either as SAP server or as SAP client. A brief description of the configuration is given
below.
SAP server
The SAP server has direct (galvanic) access to a SIM. It acts as a SIM card reader which assists the SAP client
in accessing and controlling this SIM via the serial link.
After RSA activation, the SAP server waits for SAP CONNECTION_REQ messages from the SAP client (see
Figure 15.3, SIM usage states of SAP server). The SAP server still uses its local SIM card until the parameter
negotiation with an SAP client has been accomplished successfully.
Figure 15.3: SIM usage states of SAP server
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 416 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
s
SAP client
After RSA activation, the SAP client starts sending SAP CONNECTION_REQ messages (see Figure 15.4, SIM
usage states of SAP client). The SAP client still uses its local SIM until an SAP server responds and the param-
eter negotiation has been accomplished successfully. When the SAP client recognizes from the received ATR
data that the SIM of the SAP server is appropriate and uses the the correct transmission protocols, it switches
over to the server's SIM. Now, both sides start to exchange APDU data. If the APDU transfer was successful the
SAP client is required to enter the SIM PIN. Finally, when the SIM PIN authentication has been completed, the
SAP client can register to the cellular network - via the SIM inserted in the SAP server instead of its own local
SIM.
Figure 15.4: SIM usage states of SAP client
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 417 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
15.1 AT^SRSA
s
15.1
AT^SRSA Remote SIM Access Activation
usage scheme.
The AT^SRSAread command requests the current RSA status. Every line indicates an RSA connection, if any.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SRSA=?
Response(s)
^SRSA:(list of supported <devId>s) , (list of supported <sapRole>s) , (list of supported <muxChan>s) , (list
OK
Read Command
AT^SRSA?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
^SRSA:<actResult>
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Unsolicited Result Code
This URC is generated if either the SIM usage scheme or the SAP connection status has changed due to SAP
message communication or AT command control.
Parameter Description
<actResult>(num)
Activation result
0
No Error
Parameters valid, SAP mode change initiated. However, actual mode change
Other values indicate invalid activation requests, no SAP mode change is initi-
ated in the following cases:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Error unspecified.
Error activation command is busy.
Error activation started with serial multiplex mode is off.
Error activation started on invalid serial multiplex channel.
Error device Id is already known.
Error SAP mode is already active.
Error invalid parameter.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 418 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
15.1 AT^SRSA
s
<devId>(num)
Device identification
Arbitrary number assigned on RSA activation by the host. Used for all subsequent RSA communication (AT
commands and URCs) during the activated session. Different numbers shall be used for SAP server and client.
1...100
<sapRole>(num)
SIM usage scheme of the AC75
Direct switch from SAP server to SAP client mode and vice versa is not supported.
0(P)
Local SIM
If this parameter value is used with write command meaning depends on
1
SAP server
Enables Remote SIM Access and configures the AC75 as SAP server.
The SAP server waits for CONNECT_REQ messages sent from the SAP client
isters from the network and then acts as SIM card reader.
However, under the following conditions the SAP server will not react to
CONNECT_REQ messages:
•
•
•
during any calls (voice or data),
if a GPRS context is activated,
is ongoing.
2
SAP client
Enables Remote SIM Access and configures the AC75 as SAP client.
The SAP client starts sending CONNECT_REQ messages periodically, until
deregisters from the network if a local SIM was used before and switches to
the remote SIM after receiving all of the following messages from the SAP
server:
•
•
•
the SAP message CONNECT_RESP,
the SAP message STATUS_IND
and, finally, the SAP message ATR_RESP received after the appropriate
request was issued by the client.
client will not send CONNECT_REQ messages, nor will it switch to the remote
SIM.
<muxChan>(num)
Serial multiplexer channel number
Logical channels 2 and 3 can be reserved for RSA traffic on serial interface multiplexer. Multiplex mode shall be
Note:
Number of multiplex channels is implementation specific, please refer to AT+CMUXand the multiplex documen-
tation supplied with the AC75. If for instance three logical channels are implemented these are referenced as
numbers 1 - 3. The selected multiplexer channel is dedicated to the RSA communication. However, it is not pos-
sible to reserve logical channel number 1 for RSA traffic because only on this channel the AC75 can perform
circuit switched data transfer, e.g. FAX or data calls. If no channel is specified the ME uses the channel on which
the command was issued. If RSA is activated from Java this parameter can be either 2 or 3. Multiplexer is not
used in this use case.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 419 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
15.1 AT^SRSA
s
<dataForm>(num)
SAP message data format
[0]
XSAP ATC/URC format
SAP messages are translated into ASCII coded strings and transmitted as
Bluetooth modem with AT command interface for transmitting data, it is recom-
mended to choose the XSAP data format. Note that AT commands not related
to RSA shall not be used after RSA activation on the dedicated serial multi-
plexer channel.
1
SAP transparent binary format
SAP messages are transmitted as coded in the SAP specification. This data
format should be selected for transmitting SIM data to a Bluetooth stack which
is part of the application. The binary data will be exchanged transparently with
the ME. However, the SAP data format does not need ASCII character conver-
sion. As a result less data will be transferred and the SIM communication will
be faster.
<beaconPer>(num)
Beacon period
0...[6]...100
Specifies the number of seconds the SAP client waits before sending the next
CONNECT_REQ message. A 0 value leads to a one-time connection request.
This parameter is applicable for SAP client activation only.
<discType>(num)
SAP disconnection type
Calls or active GPRS contexts via a remote SIM will be lost due to missing SIM access. Use of AT+CLCCis rec-
ommended to query call states before RSA deactivation.
0
Hold SAP role
SAP connection is going to be disabled. The AC75 remains in SAP mode and
is ready to (re)establish an SAP connection. If an SAP connection was ongoing
•
A server exclusively sends an SAP message DISCONNECT_IND (type
"Graceful") to the client.
•
A client saves the SIM data temporarily held in the AC75's memory to the
remote SIM and sends the DISCONNECT_REQ message to the server. If
requested the client restarts sending CONNECTION_REQ messages. If a
local SIM is attached the AC75 will use it to register to the network until a
server offers its SIM again.
[1]
Stop SAP operation
SAP connection is disabled and AC75 is forced to local SIM mode. A URC
•
A server sends a DISCONNECT_IND message (type "Immediate") to the
client and returns to local SIM mode immediately. SIM data temporarily held
in the client's memory would be lost.
•
A client exclusively sends the DISCONNECT_REQ message to the server.
Without saving temporarily held data to a remote SIM or waiting for
DISCONNECT_RESP the client immediately returns to local SIM mode.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 420 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
15.1 AT^SRSA
s
<connState>(num)
SAP connection state
0
1
No SAP connection established.
SAP connection ongoing, i.e. peers exchange messages.
<linkChangeCause>(num)
SAP link change cause
0
Link changed, no diagnostic given.
10
11
12
13
20
21
22
23
24
25
30
Error, server unable to connect.
Error, server does not support maximum message size.
Error, maximum message size sent by client too small.
Error, client's network deregistration refused due to ongoing network activity.
Error, card not accessible.
Error, card removed.
Error, data not available.
Error, not supported.
Error, no reason.
Error, server response timeout.
Causes 10 to 30 are present for SAP client only.
Notes
•
If AT^SRSAwith <dataForm>set to 1 (SAP) is given on the same serial multiplex channel as specified with
is issued by the AC75 in this case.
•
If a AC75 acting as SAP client switches to a remote SIM card, it needs to load data from the SIM card first.
The duration of the initial data load varies depending on the SIM card. Users should be aware that during this
time SIM related AT commands (e.g. Phonebook or SMS commands) cannot be used. Therefore, it is recom-
mended to activate the "^SSIM READY" which indicates when the SIM card is accessible. See AT^SSETfor
detail.
•
If the AC75 is acting as SAP server and has released its SIM to a client it considers it as not accessible. There-
fore AT commands which require SIM access will be rejected with "+CME ERROR: SIM not inserted".
•
•
It is possible to use RSA with Java. In this case multiplexer is not used. Please refer to Java User's Guide [3]
for details.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 421 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
15.2 AT^SRSM
s
15.2
AT^SRSM Remote SIM Access Message
The AT^SRSMcommand is used to transfer SAP messages between devices acting as SAP server and client. It
is applicable for XSAP data format only, for details please refer to the <dataForm>parameter of the AT^SRSA
command. The write command transports SAP messages to an SAP server or SAP client.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SRSM=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
-
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Unsolicited Result Code
This URC is issued by an ME acting as SAP server or client to transfer SAP message data.
Parameter Description
<RsaDevId>(num)
RSA device identification
<RsaMsgId>(num)
RSA message identification
For details refer to Section 15.2.1, SAP Request Message Parameters and Section 15.2.2, SAP Response Mes-
<RsaMsgData>(str)
RSA message data
For details refer to Section 15.2.1, SAP Request Message Parameters and Section 15.2.2, SAP Response Mes-
<RsaMsgLen>(num)
RSA message data length
For details refer to Section 15.2.1, SAP Request Message Parameters and Section 15.2.2, SAP Response Mes-
<RsaMsgRc>(num)
RSA message result code
For details refer to Section 15.2.1, SAP Request Message Parameters and Section 15.2.2, SAP Response Mes-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 422 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
15.2 AT^SRSM
s
<MaxMsgSize>(num)
SAP parameter MaxMsgSize
Handling of this parameter is as follows:
• If the AC75 is acting as SAP client the requested value of <MaxMsgSize> is 300. During SAP connection
setup this value may be negotiated with the server to the minimal value 274, which is calculated by 256 data
bytes as part of a TRANSFER_APDU_RESP message plus a 16 byte SAP header and two status bytes. If
the server does not accept this value range no SAP connection will be established.
• If the AC75 is acting as SAP server it requires that a <MaxMsgSize> value of 276 will be accepted by a
connected client.
<ConnStatus>(num)
SAP parameter Connection Status
<DiscType>(num)
SAP parameter Disconnection Type
<CmdApdu>(str)
SAP parameter Command APDU or Command APDU7816
<CmdApduLen>(num)
SAP parameter Command APDU length
<RspApdu>(str)
SAP parameter Response APDU
<RspApduLen>(num)
SAP parameter Response APDU length
<ATR>(str)
SAP parameter ATR
<AtrLen>(num)
SAP parameter ATR length
<ResCode>(num)
SAP parameter Result Code
<CardRdStatus>(num)
SAP parameter Card Reader Status
<StatusChange>(num)
SAP parameter Status Change
<TransportProtocol>(num)
SAP parameter Transport Protocol
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 423 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
15.2 AT^SRSM
s
Example
The following example shows how to establish an RSA connection.
AT+CMEE=2
OK
Switch on verbose error messages.
AT+CREG=1
OK
Switch on network registration URC.
AT^SSET=1
OK
Switch on SIM data ready URC.
AT^SCKS=1
OK
Switch on SIM status URC.
AT^SM20=0
Switch on immediate indication of OK response after
dialing with ATD.
OK
AT^SRSA?
Does the ME support RSA and is a SAP connection
established?
OK
AT^SRSA=2,2,3,0
^SRSA:0
Initialization of RSA mode using XSAP data format.
OK
^SRSA:2,2,0
URC indicating SAP client start without ongoing con-
nection.
ME
now
starts
sending
SAP
message
CONNECTION_REQ on dedicated RSA channel.
If an SAP server has responded and offers its SIM:
URC indicating a connection with SAP server.
URC indicating the loss of (local) SIM.
URC indicating the deregistration from network
because of loss of SIM.
^SRSA:2,2,1
^SCKS:0
+CREG:0
^SCKS:1
URC indicating the activation of remote SIM.
ME now starts reading data from the SIM.
Does the new SIM require a PIN?
Request PIN status.
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
PIN needs to be entered.
OK
or
+CME ERROR: SIM blocked
+CME ERROR: SIM busy
AT+CPIN=1234
OK
or
Retry if the ME returns these messages.
+CREG:2
+CREG:1
URC indicating network registration.
^SSIM READY
ATD491777777777777
OK
URC indicating that SIM data is read out.
Make a call.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 424 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
15.2 AT^SRSM
s
15.2.1
SAP Request Message Parameters
The table below shows all SAP request message parameters sent
•
•
SAP Request Message Parameter Mapping:
Id
SAP Message Name
ters
0
CONNECT_REQ
0,,<MaxMsgSize>
2
DISCONNECT_REQ
TRANSFER_APDU_REQ
TRANSFER_ATR_REQ
POWER_SIM_OFF_REQ
POWER_SIM_ON_REQ
RESET_SIM_REQ
2
5
7
7
9
9
11
13
15
19
11
13
TRANSFER_CARD_READER _STATUS_REQ 15
SET_TRANSPORT_PROTOCOL_REQ
15.2.2
SAP Response Message Parameters
The table below shows all SAP response and indication message parameters sent when
•
•
SAP Response Message Parameter Mapping:
Id
SAP Message Name
ters
1
CONNECT_RESP
3
3
DISCONNECT_RESP
DISCONNECT_IND
4
4,,,<DiscType>
6
TRANSFER_APDU_RESP
TRANSFER_ATR_RESP
POWER_SIM_OFF_RESP
POWER_SIM_ON_RESP
RESET_SIM_RESP
10,,,<ResCode>
8
10
12
14
16
12,,,<ResCode>
14,,,<ResCode>
TRANSFER_CARD_READER
_STATUS_RESP
17
18
20
STATUS_IND
17,,,<StatusChange>
18
ERROR_RESP
SET_TRANSPORT_PROTOCOL_RESP
20,,,<ResCode>
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 425 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
15.3 Related AT Commands
s
15.3
Related AT Commands
The following commands might be of interest while using the RSA feature.
• AT^SCKS
This AT command is used to check the current status of the SIM (local or remote).
• AT^SSET
After power on and personalization (PIN entry if required), the ME starts reading data from the SIM. Please
keep in mind that after entering the PIN, even after the TE sends "OK", subsequent commands that need
access to data stored on the SIM may be blocked for up to 30 seconds. It may take even longer to access the
remote SIM depending on the establishment of the RSA communication link. Therefore, it is recommended
user when the process of reading SIM has completed. Afterwards all commands regarding to SIM data files
can be used, e.g. the SMS and phonebook commands.
• AT+CLCC
This command is recommended for querying the state of current calls. A list of all active calls will be returned.
This is especially important when the user wants to terminate the SAP connection using
calls or active GPRS contexts established via remote SIM will be terminated and the ME will use the locally
attached SIM card.
•
SIM data storage
It is recommended that all user relevant data are stored on the SIM only. For example, added phonebook and
SMS entries in the client's storage are not accessible after a RSA connection.
15.3.1
Establishing an RSA Connection in a PC Environment
To set up an RSA connection in a PC environment an appropriate PC application is needed. For test and eval-
uation purposes and as exemplary implementation guidance Siemens offers a PC application called "Com-
Bridge". For ordering details contact your local Siemens dealer. "ComBridge" provides basic features to simulate
an RSA application environment, e.g. mapping of the SAP communication between a SAP server and client. To
support the different RSA coding modes (SAP and XSAP) and to transfer data between the two COM ports, the
PC application uses two variable modules (filters):
•
XSAP filter
•
SAP filter
Transparently transfer binary SAP messages. The generic "1:1" filter ("software null modem") can also be
used for this purpose, but communication might be slower since it performs bytewise data transfer.
15.3.2
Bluetooth scenario (SAP)
A connection between a cellular engine operating as a SAP client and an ME that supports Bluetooth and SIM
Access profile requires:
a) System requirements
•
•
Windows 2000, Windows XP (or later) installed
USB Bluetooth dongle. It is recommended to use the Fujitsu-Siemens product with the "PlugFree" Bluetooth
driver. This driver allows connections to Bluetooth profiles which are not yet specified by the SIG, e.g. SAP.
b) Installation procedure
•
After installing the USB Bluetooth dongle and the "PlugFree" driver software, the Bluetooth profiles are acces-
sible via their own virtual COM port.
•
If the WinMux driver has been installed another three virtual channels (mapped to additional COM ports) are
available. The physical Multiplexer COM port is connected to the cellular engine.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 426 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
15.3 Related AT Commands
s
•
•
Start the Bluetooth connection using the driver provided by the USB Bluetooth dongle.
Through "ComBridge", one virtual COM port supplied by "WinMux" is connected to the SAP COM port of
"PlugFree". This establishes a direct communication link between the cellular engine and the cellular phone.
However, take into account that AT commands can still be entered on the remaining multiplexer channels of
the ME.
•
•
•
Select the "ComBridge" SAP filter.
Press the "ComBridge-Start" button to connect both MEs.
Start the SAP client using the AT command "AT^SRSA=2,2,3,1", if multiplexer channel 3 is used.
15.3.3
Serial Interface Scenario (XSAP)
This example describes the connection of two cellular engines. It is recommended that the instructions be fol-
lowed in the order that they are presented:
•
•
Install two WinMux drivers on the PC and connect each ME to the physical port of a Multiplexer.
Connect the PC application "ComBridge" to one virtual COM port of each Multiplexer. This establishes a com-
munication link between the two cellular engines. Bear in mind that AT commands can still be issued on both
cellular engines using the remaining serial channels.
•
•
Select the "ComBridge" XSAP filter.
Open the XSAP "Config Filter" menu and deactivate the "Startup - Send Initialization" and the "Shutdown -
Switch back to local SIM" tags. However, the appropriate device IDs need to be entered in the "Startup"
frame.
•
•
•
Press the "ComBridge - start" button to connect both MEs.
Start the SAP client via AT command "AT^SRSA=2,2,3,0", if multiplexer channel 3 is used.
Start the SAP server via AT command "AT^SRSA=1,1,3,0", if multiplexer channel 3 is used.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 427 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
16. SIM Application Toolkit (SAT) Commands
s
16.
SIM Application Toolkit (SAT) Commands
This chapter offers a brief reference of commands and responses related to the AC75's SIM Application Toolkit
(SAT) implementation. Detailed information is available with the document "Remote-SAT User Guide" [4]. Please
contact the Wireless Modules Application Engineering Department at Siemens AG for details.
SAT allows for the execution of applications provided by a Subsciber Identity Module (SIM). Usually SIM cards
are used for storing GSM network provider and user specific data, e.g. phonebook entries and Short Messages
(SMS). However, a SIM card may also hold a SIM Application.
Since the AC75 has SAT functionality it is able to execute the commands issued by applications implemented
on a network provider specific SIM card.
Two groups of commands are used between the ME and the SIM Application:
•
•
Proactive Commands are issued to the AC75's SAT from the SIM Application, such as "DISPLAY TEXT".
Envelope Commands are responded to the SIM Application from the AC75, such as "MENU SELECTION".
16.1
AT^SSTA SAT Interface Activation
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSTA=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSTA?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
The read command can be used to request the current operating status and the used alphabet of the Remote-
SAT interface.
The write command is used to activate the AT command interface of the SIM Application Toolkit in the AC75 and
needs to be issued after every power on. However, removing and inserting the SIM does not affect the activation
status.
SAT commands which are not using the AT interface (non MMI related SAT commands , e.g. PROVIDE LOCAL
INFORMATION) could be executed without activating Remote-SAT.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 428 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
16.1 AT^SSTA
s
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
AC75 Remote-SAT interface states
0
1
2
3
4
RESET
OFF
IDLE
PAC
WAIT
<Alphabet>(num)
0
GSM character set
Input of a character requests one byte, e.g. "Y".
1
UCS2
To display the 16 bit value of characters represented in UCS2 alphabet a 4 byte
string is required, e.g. "0059" is coding the character "Y". For details please
refer to ISO/IEC 10646.
<allowedInstance>(num)
0
SAT is already used on another instance (logical channel in case of the multi-
plex protocol). Only test and read commands can be used.
1
SAT may be started on this instance via the write version of this command.
<SatProfile>(str)
The profile tells the SIM Application which features (e.g. proactive commands) are supported by the SIM Appli-
cation Toolkit implementation of the AC75.
<mode>(num)
1
Activate Remote-SAT
Note
•
To limit the time Remote-SAT is kept in states PAC or WAIT any ongoing (but unanswered) Proactive Com-
mand is automatically aborted after 10 minutes with Terminal Response "ME currently unable to process com-
mand" or "No response from user" if applicable. An URC "Terminate Proactive Command" will be send to the
external application in this case, too.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 429 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
16.2 ^SSTN
s
16.2
^SSTN SAT Notification
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
Proactive Command notification
^SSTN: <cmdType>
Every time the SIM Application issues a Proactive Command, via the ME, the TA will receive a notification.
This indicates the type of Proactive Command issued.
the Proactive Command and provide any required user response, e.g. a selected menu item.
URC 2
Terminate Proactive Command notification
^SSTN: <cmdTerminateValue>
When the SIM application has issued a Proactive Command to the ME, it is possible that this command will
be terminated later. URC "^SSTN" is sent with a different Proactive Command type number (added terminate
offset 100) to indicate the termination of the specified command.
The state changes to idle. Therefore the TA should avoid sending any further commands related to the ter-
URC 3
Notification that SIM Application has returned to main menu
^SSTN: 254
Notification to the TA when the SIM Application has finished a command cycle and again enters its main
menue, which was transferred with an URC "^SSTN: 37" (SET UP MENU) at start up.
This URC should be used to open this menue on the sreen.
URC 4
SIM reset notification
^SSTN: 255
Notification to the TA if a Proactive Command "REFRESH - SIM Reset" has been issued by the SIM Applica-
This URC should be used to set the TAs application to its initial state since the SIM Application will start from
the beginning, too.
The TA does not need to respond directly, i.e. related AT^SSTGI and AT^SSTR are neither required nor
allowed.
Since the ME is still busy on SIM access the ME may respond with "+CME ERROR: SIM blocked" or "+CME
ERROR: SIM busy" on following PIN required AT Commands for a while. Then TA shall retry until the ME
responds with "OK". The time needed for this process depends on the SIM and may take more than 10 sec-
onds.
Parameter Description
<cmdType>(num)
Proactive Command number
<cmdTerminateValue>(num)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 430 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
16.3 AT^SSTGI
s
16.3
AT^SSTGI SAT Get Information
Regularly this command is used upon receipt of an URC "^SSTN" to request the parameters of the Proactive
Command.
Then the TA is expected to acknowledge the AT^SSTGIresponse with AT^SSTRto confirm that the Proactive
Command has been executed. AT^SSTRwill also provide any user information, e.g. a selected menu item.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSTGI=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSTGI?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SSTGI=<cmdType>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
AC75 Remote-SAT interface states
0
1
2
3
4
RESET
OFF
IDLE
PAC
WAIT
<cmdType>(num)
Related Proactive Command
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 431 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
16.4 AT^SSTR
s
16.4
AT^SSTR SAT Response
The TA is expected to acknowledge the AT^SSTGIresponse with AT^SSTRto confirm that the Proactive Com-
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSTR=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSTR?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<state>(num)
AC75 Remote-SAT interface states
0
1
2
3
4
RESET
OFF
IDLE
PAC
WAIT
<cmdType>(num)
<status>(num)
Command status return regarding the type of action that has taken place, e.g. action performed by the user.
<inputNumber>(num)
Response number entered by user
<inputString>(str)
Response string entered by user
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 432 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17. Phonebook Commands
s
17.
Phonebook Commands
The AT commands described in this chapter allow the external application to access the phonebooks located in
the AC75's memory or on the attached Subscriber Identity Module (SIM).
17.1
Sort Order for Phonebooks
Due to the support of UCS2 for the <text>part of phonebook entries, the sort order for phonebook records fol-
lows the algorithm published as Unicode Technical Standard #10, "Unicode Collation Algorithm".
A memory-optimized version of the proposed collation tables "[AllKeys]" from Unicode Technical Standard #10
is used in order to determine collation weights for Code points between 0000 and 06FF, and composed keys are
used for Code points from ranges 0700 to 33FF, A000 to D7FF and E000 to FFFD. Code Points not referenced
in these tables will be assigned a default collation weight with their unicode value as level 1 weight. Decomposi-
tion is not supported.
Phonebook entries whose names contain only characters from the GSM07.07 default alphabet are converted
internally into their UCS2 equivalents in order to achieve consistent sorting results.
For the user, this means that:
•
Punctuation marks and other non-alphabetical characters from the common latin-based character sets, and
from the standard GSM character set, will be sorted before any alphabetical characters. The ordering in which
these marks appear as compared to other non-alphabetical characters from the same group is determined
by their collation weights and does not reflect their code values in the UCS2 or GSM alphabet tables above.
Please refer to www.unicode.org for detail.
•
•
Alphabetical characters from the common latin-based character sets, and from the standard GSM character
set, will be sorted according to their underlying base characters, plus the collation weights of their accent
signs.
Only collation levels 1 and 2 are regarded, so sorting is not case-sensitive.
Example: the european letters "Å" (GSM 0EH, UCS2 00C5h), "æ" (GSM 1DH, UCS2 00E6h), "ç" (GSM09h,
UCS2 00E7h), "a" (GSM 61H, UCS2 0061h ) and "b" (GSM 62H, UCS2 0062h) will be sorted in order "a", "Å",
"æ" "b","ç" although their numerical values in GSM and UCS2 suggest a different ordering.
Reference(s)
Unicode Technical Standard #10,"Unicode
Collation Algorithm"
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 433 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.2 AT+CNUM
s
17.2
AT+CNUM Read own numbers
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CNUM=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT+CNUM
Response(s)
[+CNUM: ... ]
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<alpha>(str)
<number>(str)
<type>(str)
Note
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 434 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.3 AT+CPBR
s
17.3
AT+CPBR Read from Phonebook
The AT+CPBRtest command returns the location range supported by the current phonebook storage, the maxi-
Note: Length information may not be available while SIM storage is selected. If storage does not offer format
information, the format list contains empty parenthesizes.
The AT+CPBRwrite command determines the phonebook entry to be displayed with <location1>or a location
If no entries are found at the selected location "OK" will be returned.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPBR=?
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07, GSM 11.11
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<location1>(num)
The first (lowest) location number within phonebook memory where to start reading. The maximum range sup-
ported by the current phonebook is given in the test command response.
respond with "+CME ERROR: invalid index".
<location2>(num)
The last (highest) location number within phonebook memory where to stop reading. The maximum range sup-
ported by the current phonebook is given in the test command response.
loc>, the list of entries will be output and terminated with "OK".
If <location2>exceeds the range indicated by the test command parameter <maxloc>, the list of entries will
be output but terminated with "+CME ERROR: invalid index".
Note: The maximum value of <location2>is 255, regardless of the phonebook type and its range indicated
by <maxloc>. If a value greater than 255 is used the query returns no phonebook records, and only "+CME
ERROR: invalid index" is shown.
<number>(str)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 435 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.3 AT+CPBR
s
<type>(num)
Type of address octet, which defines the used type of number (ton) and the numbering plan identification (npi).
Please consider that for types other than 129 or 145 dialing from phonebook with ATD><mem><n>is, depending
on the network, not always possible (refer to GSM 04.08 subclause 10.5.4.7 for details). See also <type>of
Possible values are:
145
161
209
National number. Network support of this type is optional.
digit characters other than "*", "#" or "+". Note that phonebook entries saved
with this type cannot be dialed.
255
i.e. "*", "#" codes are contained. Network support of this type is optional.
129
Otherwise
<text>(str)(+CSCS)
Text assigned to a phone number. The maximum length for this parameter is given with test command response
If using an ASCII terminal characters which are coded differently in ASCII and GSM have to be entered via
<maxloc>(num)
Maximum location number for the currently selected storage. For phonebooks located on the SIM this value
depends on the SIM card type.
<nlength>(num)
Maximum length of phone number for "normal" locations. Depending on the storage a limited number of loca-
tions with extended memory is available per phonebook. These locations allow storing numbers with twice the
standard length, which is 2*<nlength> digits for normal numbers, but only <nlength> digits for numbers
<tlength>(num)
Maximum length of <text>assigned to the telephone number. The value indicated by the test command is
given in octets. If <text>is given as GSM characters each character corresponds to one octet. If the <text>
string is given in UCS2, the maximum number of characters depends on the coding scheme used for the alpha
field of the SIM according to GSM 11.11, Annex B [24]. In the worst case the number of UCS2 characters is at
least one less than half the number of GSM characters.
Note
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 436 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.3 AT+CPBR
s
Example
AT+CPBR=?
maximum range of entries stored in the active
phonebook.
+CPBR:(1-100),20,17
AC75 returns the supported values, where 100 is the
supported range of location numbers, 20 is the
length of the phone number and 17 is the maximum
length of the associated text.
AT+CPBR =1,3
the phonebook entries sorted by location numbers.
+CPBR:1,"+999999",145,"Charlie"
+CPBR:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
+CPBR:3,"+888888",145,"Arthur"
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 437 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.4 AT+CPBS
s
17.4
AT+CPBS Select phonebook memory storage
AT+CPBSselects the active phonebook storage, i.e. the phonebook storage that all subsequent phonebook com-
mands will be operating on.
The read command returns the currently selected <storage>, the number of <used>entries and the <total>
number of entries available for this storage. The test command returns all supported <storage>s as compound
value.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPBS=?
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Read Command
AT+CPBS?
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT+CPBS=<storage>
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR:
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM07.07
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<storage>(str)
“FD“
Fixed dialing phonebook
Capacity: depending on SIM card
Location: SIM
“SM“(&F)
“ON“
SIM phonebook
Capacity: depending on SIM card
Location: SIM
MSISDN list
Capacity: depending on SIM card
Location: SIM
“ME“
Mobile Equipment Phonebook
Capacity: max. 250 entries
Location: ME
“LD“
Last number dialed phonebook. Stores all voice call numbers dialed with ATD,
but no data call numbers.
Capacity: max. 10 entries
Location: depending on SIM this phonebook may reside partly or completely in
ME
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 438 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.4 AT+CPBS
s
“MC“
“RC“
Missed (unanswered received) calls list
Capacity: max. 10 entries
Location: ME
AT+CPBW command is not applicable to this storage. The MC list can be
Received calls list
Capacity: max. 10 entries
Location: ME
AT+CPBW command is not applicable to this storage. The RC list can be
<used>(num)
Value indicating the number of used locations in selected memory storage.
<total>(num)
Value indicating the maximum number of locations allowed in the selected memory storage.
Notes
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
•
If the SIM card is changed, all records of the "MC", "RC" and "LD" phonebooks stored on the ME will be
deleted automatically. If the same SIM is removed and reinserted, no automatic deletion is performed. Calls
made after last switch-on will be lost from "MC", "RC" and "LD" phonebook, if the SIM is removed and rein-
serted during normal operation.
•
The following call history rule applies to the phonebook types "LD", "MC" and "RC":
When the same number is dialed several times in direct succession the "LD" phonebook will store one single
entry. When dialed several times, but in a row with different numbers, the same number will be logged each
time after dialing, resulting in double or multiple "LD" phonebook entries related to this number.
Likewise, the "MC" or "RC" phonebook will store only a single entry when calls from the same number are
received in direct succession, and double or multiple entries when calls from the same number are received
several times, but amongst other incoming calls from different numbers.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 439 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.5 AT+CPBW
s
17.5
AT+CPBW Write into Phonebook
If <storage>="FD" (SIM fixed dialing numbers) is selected, PIN2 authentication has to be performed prior to
any write access.
The AT+CPBWtest command returns the location range supported by the current storage, the maximum length
of the <number> field, the range of supported <type> values and the maximum length of the <text>field.
Note: The length may not be available while SIM storage is selected. If storage does not offer format information,
the format list contains empty parenthesizes.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CPBW=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07, GSM 04.08
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<location>(num)
Location number within phonebook memory. The maximum range supported by each storage type is indicated
<number>(str)
Phone number in format specified by <type>. Parameter must be present, although it may be an empty string.
If other printable non-alphabetic characters are used the entry needs to be saved with <type>=209. Otherwise,
if <type>=209 is not used any non-digit characters other than "*", "#" or "+" will be removed from the string and
only accepted modifiers from the GSM alphabet will be saved.
A <number>saved with <type>=209 requires double memory. In order to fit into a standard location, the num-
ber needs to be reduced to a maximum length of <nlength>/2, including all digits and dial string modifiers.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 440 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.5 AT+CPBW
s
<type>(num)
Type of address octet, which defines the used type of number (ton) and the numbering plan identification (npi).
Please consider that for types other than 129 or 145 dialing from phonebook with ATD><mem><n>is, depending
on the network, not always possible (refer GSM 04.08 subclause 10.5.4.7 for details).
If <type>is not specified the unknown <type>=129 is used. If <number>contains a leading "+" <type>=145
(international) is used.
Supported values are:
145
161
209
National number. The network support for this type is optional.
Note that phonebook entries saved with this type cannot be dialed.
255
129
i.e. "*", "#" codes are contained. Network support of this type is optional.
<text>(str)(+CSCS)
Text assigned to the phone number. The maximum length of this parameter is given in the test command
response <tlength>. When using an ASCII terminal, characters which are coded differently in ASCII and GSM
<maxloc>(num)
Maximum number of locations supported by the currently selected storage. For phonebooks located on SIM,
<nlength>(num)
Maximum length of phone number for "normal" locations. Depending on the storage, a limited number of loca-
tions with extended memory is available per phonebook. These locations allow storing numbers with twice the
standard length, which is 2*<nlength> digits for normal numbers, but only <nlength> digits for numbers
saved with parameter <type>= 209. If all extended locations of the selected phonebook are used up, then any
attempt to write a number which requires extended memory will be denied with CME ERROR 260: INVALID
DIAL STRING.
<tlength>(num)
Maximum length of <text>assigned to the telephone number. The value indicated by the test command is
given in octets. If the <text>string is given in GSM characters, each character corresponds to one octet. If the
<text>string is given in UCS2, the maximum number of characters depends on the coding scheme used for
the alpha field of the SIM. In the worst case the number of UCS2 characters is at least one less than half the
number of GSM characters.
Note
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 441 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.5 AT+CPBW
s
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Make a new phonebook entry at the first free location
AT+CPBW=,"+431234567",145,"international"
EXAMPLE 2
Delete entry at location 1
AT+CPBW=1
EXAMPLE 3
The following examples are provided to illustrate the effect of writing phonebook entries with different types
of dial string modifiers in <number>
AT+CPBW=5,"12345678",,"Arthur"
AT+CPBW=6,"432!+-765()&54*654#",,"John"
AT+CPBW=7,"432!+-765()&54*654#",129,"Eve"
AT+CPBW=8,"432!+-765()&54*654#",145,"Tom"
AT+CPBW=9,"432!+-765()&54*654#",209,"Richard"
EXAMPLE 4
Read phonebook entries from locations 5 - 9 via AT+CPBR
+CPBR:5,"12345678",129,"Arthur"
+CPBR:6,"432!+-765()&54*654#",209,"John"
+CPBR:7,"432+76554*654#",129,"Eve"
+CPBR:8,"+432+76554*654#",145,"Tom"
+CPBR:9,"432!+-765()&54*654#",209,"Richard"
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 442 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.6 AT^SPBW
s
17.6
AT^SPBW Write into Phonebook with location report
the active storage selected with AT+CPBS. After having written the phonebook entry <location>is shown.
If <storage>="FD" (SIM fixed dialing numbers) is selected, PIN2 authentication has to be performed prior to
any write access.
The AT^SPBWtest command returns the location range supported by the current storage, the maximum length
of the <number> field, the range of supported <type> values and the maximum length of the <text>field.
Note: The length may not be available while SIM storage is selected. If storage does not offer format information,
the format list contains empty parenthesizes.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBW=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
^SPBW: <location>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07, GSM 04.08
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<location>(num)
Location number within phonebook memory. The maximum range supported by each storage type is indicated
<number>(str)
Phone number in format specified by <type>. Parameter must be present, although it may be an empty string.
If other printable non-alphabetic characters are used the entry needs to be saved with <type>=209. Otherwise,
if <type>=209 is not used any non-digit characters other than "*", "#" or "+" will be removed from the string and
only accepted modifiers from the GSM alphabet will be saved.
A <number>saved with <type>=209 requires double memory. In order to fit into a standard location, the num-
ber needs to be reduced to a maximum length of <nlength>/2, including all digits and dial string modifiers.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 443 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.6 AT^SPBW
s
<type>(num)
Type of address octet, which defines the used type of number (ton) and the numbering plan identification (npi).
Please consider that for types other than 129 or 145 dialing from phonebook with ATD><mem><n>is, depending
on the network, not always possible (refer GSM 04.08 subclause 10.5.4.7 for details).
If <type>is not specified the unknown <type>=129 is used. If <number>contains a leading "+" <type>=145
(international) is used.
Supported values are:
145
161
209
National number. The network support for this type is optional.
Note that phonebook entries saved with this type cannot be dialed.
255
129
i.e. "*", "#" codes are contained. Network support of this type is optional.
<text>(str)(+CSCS)
Text assigned to the phone number. The maximum length of this parameter is given in the test command
response <tlength>. When using an ASCII terminal, characters which are coded differently in ASCII and GSM
<maxloc>(num)
Maximum number of locations supported by the currently selected storage. For phonebooks located on SIM,
<nlength>(num)
Maximum length of phone number for "normal" locations. Depending on the storage, a limited number of loca-
tions with extended memory is available per phonebook. These locations allow storing numbers with twice the
standard length, which is 2*<nlength> digits for normal numbers, but only <nlength> digits for numbers
saved with parameter <type>= 209. If all extended locations of the selected phonebook are used up, then any
attempt to write a number which requires extended memory will be denied with CME ERROR 260: INVALID
DIAL STRING.
<tlength>(num)
Maximum length of <text>assigned to the telephone number. The value indicated by the test command is
given in octets. If the <text>string is given in GSM characters, each character corresponds to one octet. If the
<text>string is given in UCS2, the maximum number of characters depends on the coding scheme used for
the alpha field of the SIM. In the worst case the number of UCS2 characters is at least one less than half the
number of GSM characters.
Note
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 444 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.6 AT^SPBW
s
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Make a new phonebook entry at the first free location (here location 3)
AT^SPBW=,"+431234567",145,"international"
^SPBW: 3
EXAMPLE 2
Delete entry at location 3
AT^SPBW=3
EXAMPLE 3
The following examples are provided to illustrate the effect of writing phonebook entries with different types
of dial string modifiers in <number>
AT^SPBW=5,"12345678",,"Arthur"
^SPBW: 5
AT^SPBW=6,"432!+-765()&54*654#",,"John"
^SPBW: 6
AT^SPBW=7,"432!+-765()&54*654#",129,"Eve"
^SPBW: 7
AT^SPBW=8,"432!+-765()&54*654#",145,"Tom"
^SPBW: 8
AT^SPBW=9,"432!+-765()&54*654#",209,"Richard"
^SPBW: 9
EXAMPLE 4
Read phonebook entries from locations 5 - 9 via AT+CPBR
+CPBR:5,"12345678",129,"Arthur"
+CPBR:6,"432!+-765()&54*654#",209,"John"
+CPBR:7,"432+76554*654#",129,"Eve"
+CPBR:8,"+432+76554*654#",145,"Tom"
+CPBR:9,"432!+-765()&54*654#",209,"Richard"
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 445 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.7 AT^SDLD
s
17.7
AT^SDLD Delete the 'last number redial' memory
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SDLD=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SDLD
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Note
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 446 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.8 AT^SPBC
s
17.8
AT^SPBC Find first matching entry in sorted phonebook
The AT^SPBCwrite command searches the current phonebook for the index number of the first (lowest) entry
that matches the character specified with <schar>. The AT^SPBCtest command returns the list of phonebooks
CAUTION: Please note that AT^SPBCis assigned the same index as AT^SPBGor AT^SPBSwhich is not identical
with the physical location numbers used in the various phonebooks. Therefore, do not use the index numbers
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBC=?
Response(s)
^SPBC: "FD","SM","ME"
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT^SPBC=<schar>
Response(s)
^spbc: <index>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<schar>(str)
First character of the entry to be searched in the sorted list of phonebook entries.
<index>(num)
In the active phonebook, the first (lowest) index number of an entry beginning with <schar>. As stated above,
the retrieved index number shall not be used to dial out or edit phonebook entries. If no matching phonebook
Note
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 447 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.9 AT^SPBD
s
17.9
AT^SPBD Purge phonebook memory storage
AT^SPBD can be used to purge the selected phonebook <storage> manually, i.e. all entries stored in the
selected phonebook storage will be deleted. CAUTION! The operation cannot be stopped nor reversed!
An automatic purge of the phonebooks is performed when the SIM card is removed and replaced with a different
SIM card. This affects the ME based part of the "LD" storage, and storages "MC" and "RC". Storage "ME" is not
affected.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBD=?
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Write Command
AT^SPBD=<storage>
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<storage>(str)
If write command: Phonebook to be deleted.
“LD“
“MC“
“RC“
Last number dialed phonebook
Missed (unanswered received) calls list
Received calls list
Note
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 448 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.10 AT^SPBG
s
17.10 AT^SPBG Display phonebook entries in alphabetical order
AT^SPBGsorts the entries of the current phonebook in alphabetical order by name (the first six characters mat-
•
If the optional parameter <RealLocReq>equals 0 or is omitted the sorted entries will be sequentially num-
bered. As these numbers are not identical with the location numbers stored in the various phonebooks
AT^SPBGcan be used for reading only. For example, it helps you find entries starting with matching charac-
ters. Do not use the serial numbers to dial out or modify entries.
•
tionally appended to each entry indicates the actual location number. This number can be used for editing
with AT+CPBWor dialing with ATD><mem><n>. The first index number of each entry is only the serial number
of the sorted list.
Before using the AT^SPBGwrite command it is recommended to query the number of records currently stored in
the active phonebook (refer to test command parameter <used>). The test command also includes the param-
eters <nlength>and <tlength>. Note that if SIM storage is selected the length may not be available. If stor-
age does not offer format information, the format list should be empty parenthesises.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBG=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<index1>(num)
First index number in the sorted list where to start reading. The supported range is given in the test command
response.
<index2>(num)
Last index number in the sorted list where to stop reading. The supported range is given in the test command
response.
If both <index1>and <index2>are in the range indicated by the test command parameter <used>, the list
of entries will be output and terminated with OK.
If <index2>exceeds the range indicated by the test command parameter <used>, the list of entries will be
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 449 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.10 AT^SPBG
s
output but terminated with a "+CME ERROR: "invalid index".
Note: The maximum value of <index2>is 255, regardless of the phonebook type and its range indicated by
the parameter <used>. If a value greater than 255 is used the query returns no phonebook records, and only
"+CME ERROR: invalid index" is shown.
<RealLocReq>(num)
[0]
be displayed.
1
entry.
<number>(str)
The number parameter may be an empty string.
<type>(num)
Type of address octet, which defines the used type of number (ton) and the numbering plan identification (npi).
Please consider that for types other than 129 or 145 dialing from phonebook with ATD><mem><n>is, depending
on the network, not always possible (refer to GSM 04.08 subclause 10.5.4.7 for details). See also <type>of
Possible values are:
145
161
209
National number. Network support of this type is optional.
digit characters other than "*", "#" or "+". Note that phonebook entries saved
with this type cannot be dialed.
255
i.e. "*", "#" codes are contained. Network support of this type is optional.
129
Otherwise
<text>(str)(+CSCS)
Text assigned to the phone number. The maximum length for this parameter is given in test command response
<used>(num)
Value indicating the number of used locations in selected memory storage.
<location>(num)
The location within phonebook memory at which the corresponding entry is located.
<nlength>(num)
Maximum length of phone number for "normal" locations. Depending on the storage, a limited number of loca-
tions with extended memory is available per phonebook. Please refer to AT command AT+CPBWfor detail.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 450 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.10 AT^SPBG
s
<tlength>(num)
Maximum length of <text>assigned to the telephone number. The value indicated by the test command is
given in octets. If the <text>string is given in GSM characters, each character corresponds to one octet. If the
<text>string is given in UCS2, the maximum number of characters depends on the coding scheme used for
the alpha field of the SIM according to GSM 11.11, Annex B [24]. In the worst case the number of UCS2 char-
acters is at least one less than half the number of GSM characters.
Notes
•
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
AT^SPBG=?
range of entries stored in the current phonebook.
TA returns the range, where 33 is the number of
entries stored in the current phonebook.
^SPBG: (1-33),20,17
AT^SPBG=1,33
Now, enter the write command. To obtain best
results it is recommended to query the full range of
entries. TA returns phonebook entries in alphabetical
order.
^SPBG:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
^SPBG:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
^SPBG:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
......................
The numbers at the beginning of each line are not the memory locations in the phonebook, but only serial
numbers assigned to the entries' positions in the alphabetical list.
EXAMPLE 2
AT^SPBG=?
range of entries stored in the current phonebook.
TA returns the range, where 33 is the number of
entries stored in the current phonebook.
Now, enter the write command including parameter
<RealLocReq>=1 to get the actual location num-
bers.
^SPBG: (1-33),20,17
AT^SPBG=1,33,1
^SPBG:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur",27
^SPBG:2,"+777777",145,"Bill",6
^SPBG:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie",15
......................
The numbers at the end of each line are the memory locations in the phonebook and can be used for dialing
or editing phonebook entries:
AT+CPBR=27
Read out phonebook location 27.
+CPBR: 27,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 451 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.11 AT^SPBS
s
17.11 AT^SPBS Step through the selected phonebook alphabetically
AT^SPBScan be used to scroll sequentially through the active phonebook records in alphabetical order by name.
Three entries will be displayed at a time.
Every time the write command is executed, 3 rows of phonebook records are returned. Each triplet overlaps with
the next one. The actual index depends on parameter <value>. This parameter determines whether the index
will be increased or decreased.
If the index in one output line reaches the last index in the alphabetical list, the next output line will display the
first list entry.
After the last record of the phonebook has been reached (see parameter <used>for AT^SPBG), the <inter-
•
If the optional parameter <RealLocReq>is omitted or (0) the sorted entries will be sequentially numbered.
As these numbers are not identical with the location numbers stored in the various phonebooks AT^SPBScan
be used for reading only. For example, it helps you find entries starting with matching characters. Do not use
the serial numbers to dial out or modify entries.
•
tionally appended to each entry indicates the actual location number. This number can be used for editing
with AT+CPBWor dialing with ATD><mem><n>. The first index number of each entry is only the serial number
of the sorted list.
See examples below.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPBS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
1
2
To make a step forward in the alphabetically sorted phonebook.
To make a step backward in the alphabetically sorted phonebook.
<index-a>(num)
1...maxindex
The index in the sorted list of phonebook entries that identifies the first entry
displayed.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 452 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.11 AT^SPBS
s
After a write command has terminated successfully with "OK", the value from
Mind after the last record of phonebook, the first entry follows.
<index-b>(num)
1...maxindex
The index in the sorted list of phonebook entries that identifies the second entry
displayed.
Mind after the last record of phonebook, the first entry follows.
<index-c>(num)
1...maxindex
The index in the sorted list of phonebook entries that identifies the third entry
displayed.
Mind after the last record of phonebook, the first entry follows.
<number>(str)
the number parameter may be an empty string.
<type>(num)
Type of address octet, which defines the used type of number (ton) and the numbering plan identification (npi).
Please consider that for types other than 129 or 145 dialing from phonebook with ATD><mem><n>is, depending
on the network, not always possible (refer to GSM 04.08 subclause 10.5.4.7 for details). See also <type>of
Possible values are:
145
161
209
National number. Network support of this type is optional.
digit characters other than "*", "#" or "+". Note that phonebook entries saved
with this type cannot be dialed.
255
i.e. "*", "#" codes are contained. Network support of this type is optional.
129
Otherwise
<text>(str)(+CSCS)
Text assigned to the phone number.
<RealLocReq>(num)
[0]
be displayed
1
entry
<location>(num)
The location within phonebook memory at which the corresponding entry is located.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 453 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.11 AT^SPBS
s
<internal-counter>(num)
0(&F)...maxindex
This parameter is only an internal parameter and cannot modified directly.
Notes
•
•
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data
may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
at&f
starts from the first character in alphabetical order.
OK
at^spbs=1
^SPBS:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
OK
at^spbs=1
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
^SPBS:4,"0304444444",129,"Esther"
OK
at^spbs=1
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
^SPBS:4,"0304444444",129,"Esther"
^SPBS:5,"03033333333",129,"Harry"
OK
at^spbs=2
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie"
^SPBS:4,"0304444444",129,"Esther"
OK
EXAMPLE 2
This example shows that when the last index in the sorted list has been reached, the internal counter over-
flows to the first index.
at&f
Reset internal counter to 0.
OK
at^spbs=2
Step down one entry starting from (internal
counter)=0 - overflow occurs.
^SPBS:33,"+49301234567",145,"TomTailor"
^SPBS:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill"
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 454 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
17.11 AT^SPBS
s
EXAMPLE 3
at^spbs=1,1
^SPBS:1,"+999999",145,"Arthur",27
^SPBS:2,"+777777",145,"Bill",6
^SPBS:3,"+888888",145,"Charlie",15
The numbers at the end of each line are the memory locations in the phonebook and can be used for dialing
or editing phonebook entries:
at+cpbr=27
Read out phonebook location 27.
+CPBR: 27,"+999999",145,"Arthur"
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 455 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18. Audio Commands
s
18.
Audio Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to the AC75's audio interface.
18.1
Audio programming model
The following figure illustrates how the signal path can be adjusted with the parameters <inCalibrate>,
Figure 18.1: Audio programming model for AC75 Module
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 456 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.2 ATL
s
18.2
ATL Set monitor speaker loudness
ATL is implemented for V.250ter compatibility reasons only, and has no effect. In multiplex mode (refer
AT+CMUX) the command is supported on logical channel 1 only.
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<val>(num)
18.3
ATM Set monitor speaker mode
ATM is implemented for V.250ter compatibility reasons only, and has no effect. In multiplex mode (refer
AT+CMUX) the command is supported on logical channel 1 only.
Syntax
Exec Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<val>(num)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 457 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.4 AT+CLVL
s
18.4
AT+CLVL Loudspeaker volume level
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CLVL=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLVL?
Response(s)
+CLVL: <level>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CLVL=<level>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<level>(num)
Loudspeaker Volume Level
0...4(D)
Notes
•
•
The write command can only be used in audio mode 2 - 6.
•
•
As an alternative to AT+CLVL, you can use AT^SNFOand AT^SNFV. The parameter <level>is identical with
• <level>(or <outStep>) is stored non-volatile when the ME is powered down with AT^SMSOor reset with
AT+CFUN=1,1.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 458 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.5 AT+CMUT
s
18.5
AT+CMUT Mute control
The AT+CMUTcommand mutes the microphone input. The command can be used in all audio modes (1 to 6) and
during a voice call only. See AT^SNFSfor more details on the various audio modes. As alternative, you can use
During an active call, users should be aware that when they switch back and forth between different audio modes
(for example handsfree on/off) the value of <mute>does not change, i.e. the microphone mode is retained until
explicitly changed.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CMUT=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMUT?
Response(s)
+CMUT: <mute>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CMUT=<mute>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<mute>(num)
0(P)
Mute off
Mute on
1
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 459 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.6 AT+VTD
s
18.6
AT+VTD Tone duration
This command refers to an integer <duration>that defines the length of tones transmitted with the AT+VTS
command.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+VTD=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+VTD?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+VTD=<duration>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<duration>(num)
Duration of the DTMF signal in 1/10 seconds with tolerance.
The minimum duration of DTMF signals is 300ms.
1(&F)(P)...255
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 460 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.7 AT+VTS
s
18.7
AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation
AT+VTSis intended to send ASCII characters or strings which cause the Mobile Switching Center (MSC) to trans-
mit DTMF tones to a remote subscriber. The command can only be used during active voice calls and offers the
following variants:
• AT+VTS=<dtmf>[,<duration>] allows to send a single DTMF tone. In this case, the duration can be ind-
vidually determined during the call.
Syntax
Test Command
AT+VTS=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT+VTS=<dtmfString>
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<dtmfString>(str)
String of ASCII characters in the set 0-9,#,*,A, B, C, D. Maximal length of the string is 29. The string must be
enclosed in quotation marks ("...").
<dtmf>(str)
ASCII character in the set 0...9,#,*, A, B, C, D.
<duration>(num)
The minimum duration of DTMF signals is 300ms.
1...255
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 461 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.8 AT^SAIC
s
18.8
AT^SAIC Audio Interface Configuration
AT^SAICconfigures the interface connections of the active audio mode. The write command is usable in audio
modes 2 to 6 only.
If AT^SNFS=1, any attempt to use AT^SAICwrite command is rejected with error response. This is because all
default parameters in audio mode 1 are determined for type approval and are not adjustable.
To allocate a specific audio mode to one of the audio interfaces, first select the audio mode with AT^SNFSand
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SAIC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SAIC?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: operation not allowed
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<io>(num)(^SNFW)
Input and output selection
1
2
Digital input and output
Analog input and output
<mic>(num)(^SNFW)
Microphone selection
1
2
Microphone 1
Microphone 2
<ep>(num)(^SNFW)
Select differential earpiece amplifier
1
Selects the earpiece amplifier 1
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 462 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.8 AT^SAIC
s
2
3
Selects the earpiece amplifier 2
Selects both amplifiers. Note that both amplifiers are connected in parallel and
<clock>(num)(^SNFW)
0
1
256kHz clock
512kHz clock
<mode>(num)(^SNFW)
0
1
Master mode
Slave mode
<frame_mode>(num)(^SNFW)
0
1
Short frame
Long frame
Notes
•
•
•
For use after restart of the ME, you are advised to store the settings of AT^SAICand AT^SNFSto the audio
profile saved with AT^SNFW. Otherwise, audio mode 1 (AT^SNFS=1) and audio interface 2 (AT^SAIC=2,1,1)
will be active each time the ME is powered up.
tal). These parameters can be used to configure the PCM functionality over the digital audio interface (DAI).
The PCM interface supports master or slave mode, short frame or long frame synchronization and 256 kHz
or 512 kHz bit clock frequency. In slave mode the clock frequency setting has no influence, because of the
BCLKIN signal being directly used for data shifting. The setting may therefore be either 0 or 1. The table below
lists possible configuration combinations.
Configuration
<clock>
0
<mode>
<framemode>
Master, 256kHz, short frame
Master, 256kHz, long frame
Master, 512kHz, short frame
Master, 512kHz, long frame
Slave, 256kHz, short frame
Slave, 256kHz, long frame
Slave, 512kHz, short frame
Slave, 512kHz, long frame
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
0 or 1
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 463 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.9 AT^SNFA
s
18.9
AT^SNFA Set or query of microphone attenuation
AT^SNFAspecifies the large-scale attenuation on the microphone path of the audio device currently selected
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFA=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFA?
Response(s)
^SNFA: <atten>
OK
Write Command
AT^SNFA=<atten>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<atten>(num)(^SNFW)
Multiplication factor for input samples. Parameter <atten>is identical with <inCalibrate>of AT^SNFI.
Formula used to calculate microphone attenuation (negative gain):
0...32767(P)...65535
0
Microphone is muted.
any attempt to enter 0 will be rejected with error response. Value 0 is returned
AT^SNFM=0 during an active call.
32767
No attenuation on the microphone path
Values greater than 32767 will be suppressed to 32767.
Notes
•
This command is provided for compatibility with former products (e.g. M20) and is a subset of AT^SNFI. The
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 464 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.9 AT^SNFA
s
Example
^SYSSTART
at^snfa=?
^SNFA: (0-65535)
OK
at^snfa?
^SNFA: 32767
OK
at^snfs=4
OK
at^snfa=1
OK
at^snfa?
^SNFA: 1
OK
at^snfi?
^SNFI: 5,1
OK
at^snfi=5,45
OK
at^snfa?
^SNFA: 45
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 465 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.10 AT^SNFD
s
18.10 AT^SNFD Set audio parameters to manufacturer default values
AT^SNFDsets the active audio parameters to manufacturer defined default values. These default values can be
changed and stored by the user and also by download with a new set of parameters.
The restored values are:
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFD=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SNFD
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Note
•
<audMode>together with <outStep>=4, but does not affect the values of <outStep>currently selected in
always deliver <outStep>=4. In all other modes the <outStep>value is retained until explicitly changed.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 466 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.11 AT^SNFI
s
18.11 AT^SNFI Set microphone path parameters
AT^SNFIcontrols the microphone path amplification. Read and write options of this command refer to the active
audio mode. The write command works only in audio modes 2 to 6.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFI=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFI?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<inBbcGain>(num)(^SNFW)
ADC gain adjustable in eight 6 dB steps from 0 dB to 42 dB (0=0dB, 7=42dB, 8 steps of 6 dB).
0...7
<inCalibrate>(num)(^SNFW)
Multiplication factor for input samples. Formula to calculate the negative gain (attenuation) of the input signal:
Gain in dB = 20 * log (inCalibrate / 32768)
0...32767
Notes
•
brate>= 65535 will cause a failure.
•
•
•
Attention! When you adjust audio parameters avoid exceeding the maximum allowed level. Bear in mind that
exposure to excessive levels of noise can cause physical damage to users!
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 467 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.12 AT^SNFM
s
18.12 AT^SNFM Set microphone audio path and power supply
The AT^SNFMwrite command can be used to switch the microphone's audio path (muted / not muted) or to con-
trol the power supply of the VMIC line for the two microphone inputs of the AC75 Module.
The microphone can be muted or activated by changing <MicSwitch>in all audio modes (1 to 6) and during a
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFM=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFM?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<MicSwitch>(num)
Microphone mute control parameter.
Command does not depend on audio mode.
0
Mutes the microphone.
1(P)
Activates the microphone.
<MicVccCtl>(num)
Microphone supply voltage control parameter. Controls the power supply VMIC of the two microphone inputs of
the AC75 Module.
0
Supply voltage is always switched off.
Supply voltage is always switched on.
1
2(P)
Supply voltage state during voice calls is controlled by the ME. Actual value is
determined by parameter data set of the selected audio mode.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 468 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.12 AT^SNFM
s
<MicVccState>(num)
Microphone supply voltage control status.
0
2
Supply voltage was set to a constant value.
Supply voltage state is controlled by the ME and depends on parameter data
set of the selected audio mode.
Notes
•
The programmable power supply of the VMIC line gives you greater flexibility in connecting audio accessories
or using the two analog audio interfaces for a variety of functions other than audio. A detailed description of
•
During an active call, users should be aware that when they switch back and forth between different audio
modes (for example handsfree on/off) the value of <MicSwitch>does not change, i.e. the microphone mode
is retained until explicitly changed.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 469 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.13 AT^SNFO
s
18.13 AT^SNFO Set audio output (= loudspeaker path) parameter
AT^SNFOcontrols the earpiece path amplification. The read and write commands refer to the active audio mode.
The write command works only in audio modes 2 to 6.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFO=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFO?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<outBbcGain>(num)(^SNFW)
Negative DAC gain (attenuation) adjustable in four 6 dB steps from 0 dB to -18 dB (0=0 dB, 3=-18 dB)
0...3
<outCalibrate>(num)(^SNFW)
Attenuation = 20 * log (2 * outCalibrate[n] / 32768)
0...32767
<outStep>(num)
Volume steps 0 - 4, each defined with outCalibrate[n]
0...[4]
<sideTone>(num)(^SNFW)
Multiplication factor for the sidetone gain.
Formula to calculate how much of the original microphone signal is added to the earpiece signal:
Sidetone gain in dB = 20 * log (sideTone / 32768).
0...32767
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 470 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.13 AT^SNFO
s
Notes
brate>is up to 65535, but will be suppressed to 32767. A value above <outCalibrate>= 65535 will cause
an error.
•
65535 will cause an error.
•
then select another mode with AT^SNFS, the same step will be applied. Nevertheless, the sound quality and
the amount of volume are not necessarily the same, since all remaining audio parameters can use different
values in either mode.
•
•
Audio mode 1 is fixed to <outStep>=4. In this mode, any attempt to change <outStep>or other parameters
returns an error.
•
•
CAUTION! When you adjust audio parameters avoid exceeding the maximum allowed level. Bear in mind that
exposure to excessive levels of noise can cause physical damage to users!
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 471 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.14 AT^SNFPT
s
18.14 AT^SNFPT Set progress tones
AT^SNFPTcontrols the Call Progress Tones generated at the beginning of a mobile originated call setup.
Please note that the setting is stored volatile, i.e. after restart or reset, the default value 1 will be restored.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFPT=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFPT?
Response(s)
^SNFPT: <pt>
OK
Write Command
AT^SNFPT=<pt>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<pt>(num)
0
Disables Call Progress Tones
1(P)
Enables Call Progress Tones (audible tones shortly heard on the phone when
ME starts to set up a call.)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 472 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.15 AT^SNFS
s
18.15 AT^SNFS Select audio hardware set
AT^SNFScan also be used in conjunction with AT^SAIC. This is useful, for example, if the audio interfaces are
operated alternatively to benefit from different devices. Each audio mode can be assigned a specific interface.
To do so, first select the audio mode with AT^SNFS, then activate the audio interface with AT^SAICand finally
enter AT^SNFWto store the settings to your audio profile. To switch back and forth it is sufficient to use AT^SNFS.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFS=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFS?
Response(s)
^SNFS: <audMode>
OK
Write Command
AT^SNFS=<audMode>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<audMode>(num)(^SNFW)
[1]
Audio mode 1: Standard mode optimized for the reference handset, that can
be connected to the analog interface 1 (see "AC75 Hardware Interface
Description" for information on this handset.) To adjust the volume use the
knob of the reference handset. In audio mode 4, this handset can be used with
user defined parameters.
Note: The default parameters are determined for type approval and are not
adjustable with AT commands.
2
Audio mode 2: Customer specific mode for a basic handsfree (speakerphone)
device (Siemens Car Kit Portable).
Analog interface 2 is assumed as default.
3
4
5
6
Audio mode 3: Customer specific mode for a mono-headset.
Analog interface 2 is assumed as default.
Audio mode 4: Customer specific mode for a user handset.
Analog interface 1 is assumed as default.
Audio mode 5: Customer specific mode.
Analog interface 1 is assumed as default.
Audio mode 6: Customer specific mode for a VDA handsfree application.
Analog interface 2 is assumed as default.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 473 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.15 AT^SNFS
s
Notes
•
The write command can be used during a voice call to switch back and forth between different modes. This
allows the user, for example, to switch handsfree operation (speakerphone) on and off.
•
Users should be aware that <outStep>is a global setting. This means, when another audio mode is selected
during a call, the value of <outStep>does not change. This is also true for mute operation which can be set
with AT^SNFMor AT+CMUT: If the microphone is muted and the user selects another audio mode during the
call, then the microphone remains muted until explicitly changed. Exception: In audio mode 1 <outStep>=4
is fix.
•
•
For use after restart of the module, you are advised to store the selected mode to the audio profile saved with
AT^SNFW. Otherwise, audio mode 1 will be active each time the module is powered up.
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after "^SYSSTART" a "+CME ERROR:
operation temporary not allowed" is received. The audio data may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short
delay (less than 400ms) before the requested AT command response is returned.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
Suppose a user wishes to use alternatively a handsfree device (speakerphone) and a handset. The handset
can be connected to the first analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 4. The handsfree device can be
attached to the second analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 2. The factory defaults of AT^SAICneed
not be changed.
Settings for the handset:
AT^SNFS=4
OK
AT^SAIC?
^SAIC: 2,1,1
OK
Factory default of AT^SAIC assigned to audio mode 4.
Factory default of AT^SAIC assigned to audio mode 2.
Settings for the handsfree device:
AT^SNFS=2
OK
AT^SAIC?
^SAIC: 2,2,2
OK
To store the configuration to the user defined audio profile:
AT^SNFW
OK
Stores the audio mode and the interface.
To switch back and forth:
AT^SNFS=4
OK
AT^SNFS=2
OK
Switches to the handset connected to analog interface 1.
Switches to the handsfree device at analog interface 2.
EXAMPLE 2
The following example illustrates a combination of a handset and a handsfree device connected to other inter-
faces than those assumed as factory default.
Settings for a handset connected to the second analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 4:
AT^SNFS=4
OK
AT^SAIC=2,2,2
OK
Settings for a handsfree device connected to the first analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 2:
AT^SNFS=2
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 474 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.15 AT^SNFS
s
AT^SAIC=2,1,1
OK
To store the configuration to the user defined audio profile:
AT^SNFW
OK
Stores the audio mode and the interface.
To switch back and forth:
AT^SNFS=4
OK
AT^SNFS=2
OK
Switches to the handset connected to analog interface 1.
Switches to the handsfree device at analog interface 2.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 475 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.16 AT^SNFTTY
s
18.16 AT^SNFTTY Signal TTY/CTM audio mode capability
AC75 offers basic support for equipment using the CTM standard (Cellular Text Telephone Modems). The ben-
efit of CTM is that text characters typed on a TTY device (Text Telephone Type-writer) can be transformed into
special audio burst signals for reliable transmission via the existing speech channels of a cellular phone system.
If CTM mode is activated, the ME will set the necessary bearer capability bit on outgoing (mobile originated) calls
and incoming calls with this bearer capability bit set are accepted. The TE needs to decode the special audio
burst signals.
If CTM mode is disabled, the ME will clear the bearer capability bit on mobile originated calls and incoming calls
with the bearer capability bit set are rejected because the AC75 expects that CTM coded speech data cannot be
decoded by the TE.
to be connected to one of the three audio interfaces of AC75. Traditional TTY devices that do not incorporate
CTM functionality can be connected through an external TTY-to-CTM adapter.
Related documents: Refer to the relevant standards, such as 3GPP TS 26.226 (ETSI TS 126 226) and 3GPP
TS 23.228 (ETSI TS 123 226). 3GPP documentation can be retrieved, for example, from http://www.3gpp.org/
specs/specs.htm. Application Note 22 "Using TTY/CTM equipment" supplies information needed to connect
TTY/CTM equipment to the AC75.
Requirements for using TTY/CTM features:
•
TTY/CTM functionality requires audio mode 5 or 6 with all audio parameters set to their factory default.
restore the default values. Alternatively, factory defaults of all audio parameters in audio modes 2 - 6 can eas-
•
Depending on which audio interface the CTM device is connected to select the according settings via
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFTTY=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFTTY?
Response(s)
^SNFTTY: <audioState>
OK
Write Command
AT^SNFTTY=<audioState>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<audioState>(num)
0(P)
Audio path is in normal speech mode.
Audio path is in TTY/CTM mode.
1
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 476 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.17 AT^SNFV
s
18.17 AT^SNFV Set loudspeaker volume
AT^SNFVcan be used to set the volume of the loudspeaker to the value <outCalibrate>addressed by <out-
Step>. The read and write commands refer to the active audio mode. The write command works only in audio
modes 2 to 6.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFV=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SNFV?
Response(s)
^SNFV: <outStep>
OK
Write Command
AT^SNFV=<outStep>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<outStep>(num)
The actual volume of each step is defined by the parameter <outCalibrate>, which can be set with AT^SNFO.
0...4(P)
Notes
•
then select another mode with AT^SNFS, the same step will be applied. Nevertheless, the actual volume can
be quite different, depending on the values of <outCalibrate>set in each mode. The only exception is
• <outStep>is stored non-volatile when the ME is powered down with AT^SMSOor reset with AT+CFUN=1,1.
•
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after "^SYSSTART" a "+CME ERROR:
operation temporary not allowed" is received. The audio data may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short
delay (less than 400ms) before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 477 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.18 AT^SNFW
s
18.18 AT^SNFW Write audio setting in non-volatile store
AT^SNFWcauses the TA to write the currently selected audio parameters to non-volatile store. The saved audio
profile includes the following parameters:
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SNFW=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SNFW
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 478 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.19 AT^SRTC
s
18.19 AT^SRTC Ring tone configuration
used while test playback is off or on. In the latter case, see execute command for details.
The AT^SRTCexecute command is intended for testing. It starts to play a melody from the audio output currently
During test playback, you can enter the write command to select another melody and adjust the volume. Also,
you can enter the read command to check the type and volume of the current ring tone, and to view the status
of playback (on / off). The test ringing signal cannot be activated when an MTC is ringing (ERROR).
Selecting <volume>=0 during the test, immediately stops playback. After this, ring tones will be muted until you
The AT^SRTCwrite command chooses the type and volume of ring tones. The settings can be changed no matter
whether or not the ME is ringing. The selected type and volume are saved in the non-volatile Flash memory and,
thus, are retained after Power Down. However, bear in mind that the selected melody does not take effect imme-
diately if entered during an MTC call (see note below).
Unlike all other ring tones, <type>=0 is not stored. This is because it is intended only to quickly mute the tone
or melody currently played. So <type>=0 only stops immediately the audible ring tone, but does not terminate
the RING URC.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SRTC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SRTC?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SRTC
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 479 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
18.19 AT^SRTC
s
Parameter Description
<type>(num)
Type of ring tone. You have a choice of 7 different ring tones and melodies. All will be played from the audio
0
Mutes the currently played tone immediately.
1
Sequence 1
Sequence 2
Sequence 3
Sequence 4
Sequence 5
Sequence 6
Sequence 7
2
3(D)
4
5
6
7
<volume>(num)
Volume of ring tone, varies from low to high
0(D)
Mute
1
Very low
Identical with 1
Low
2
3
4
Identical with 3
Middle
5
6
Identical with 5
High
7
<status>(num)
Status of test ringing. Indicates whether or not a melody is currently being played back for testing
0
1
Switched off
Switched on
Notes
•
Before first using ring tones note that the following settings apply:
We have chosen to let you decide your own preferences when you start using ring tones. Therefore, factory
setting is AT^SRTC=3,0,0 (ring tones are muted). To activate ring tones for the very first time, first enter the
write command and simply change the volume. After applying a firmware update the volume and type
selected before the firmware update will be preserved.
•
•
•
If no optional parameter is entered, the old value will be kept.
The test ringing signal (see execute command) cannot be activated while an MTC is ringing (ERROR).
If an MTC arrives during test playback, test ringing will be deactivated and "normal" ringing reactivated
(RING). Likewise, an MOC will also stop test ringing.
•
•
If the <type>is changed while a call is ringing (RING URC) or active, the ME returns OK, but the new melody
does not take effect until after the call has ended.
Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after "^SYSSTART" a "+CME ERROR:
operation temporary not allowed" is received. The audio data may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short
delay (less than 400ms) before the requested AT command response is returned.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 480 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19. Hardware Related Commands
s
19.
Hardware Related Commands
The AT commands described in this chapter are related to the AC75's hardware interface. Further information
19.1
AT+CCLK Real Time Clock
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CCLK=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CCLK?
Response(s)
+CCLK: <time>
OK
Write Command
AT+CCLK=<time>
Response(s)
+CME ERROR: <err>
ERROR
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "yy/mm/dd,hh:mm:ss", where the characters indicate the two last digits of the year, followed by month,
day, hour, minutes, seconds; for example 6th of July 2005, 22:10:00 hours equals to "05/07/06,22:10:00"
Factory default is "02/01/01,00:00:00"
Notes
• <time>will be reset to its factory default if power is totally disconnected. In this case, the clock starts with
<time>= "02/01/01,00:00:00" upon next power-up.
•
Each time AC75 is restarted it takes 2s to re-initialize the RTC and to update the current time. Therefore, it is
^SYSSTART has been output).
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 481 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.2 AT+CALA
s
19.2
AT+CALA Set alarm time
The AT+CALAwrite command can be used to set an alarm time in the ME or to clear a programmed alarm. When
the alarm time is reached and the alarm is executed the ME returns an Unsolicited Result Code (URC) and the
alarm time is reset to "00/01/01,00:00:00".
The alarm can adopt two functions, depending on whether or not you switch the GSM engine off after setting the
alarm:
•
•
Reminder message: You can use the alarm function to generate reminder messages. For this purpose, set
the alarm as described below and do not switch off or power down the ME. When executed the message
Airplane mode: The alarm function can be used to wake up the ME at a scheduled time. For this purpose, set
time is reached the ME enters the Airplane mode, notified to the user by the URC "^SYSSTART AIRPLANE
MODE" and, if available, by a user defined text message (specified with <text>). In Airplane mode, the RF
interface of the ME is shut down to prevent it from unintentionally logging into the GSM network. All AT com-
mands whose execution requires a radio connection are disabled. A list of AT commands supported during
the parameter <map>to "off". This immediately activates the RF interface and restores access to all AT com-
mands. The URC "^SYSSTART" notifies the user that the ME has returned to Normal mode. Please note that
setting an alarm with AT+CALAis one method to wake up into Airplane mode. The second approach is using
The AT+CALAtest command returns the supported array index values <n>, the supported alarm types <type>
Syntax
Test Command
AT+CALA=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Read Command
AT+CALA?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
GSM 07.07
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 482 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.2 AT+CALA
s
Unsolicited Result Code
Indicates reminder message.
After power-down and wake-up at the scheduled time, the following URC indicates that the ME has entered the
Airplane mode:
Parameter Description
<time>(str)
Format is "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss". For example, 6th ofJuly 2005, 22:10:00 equals to "05/07/06,22:10:00" (see
Note: If <time>equals current date and time or is set to an earlier date, TA returns +CME ERROR: 21.
To clear a given alarm before its scheduled time simply enter an empty string for parameter <time>. See exam-
ples below.
<n>(num)
Integer type value indicating the array index of the alarm.
The ME allows to set only one alarm at a time. Therefore, the list of supported alarm events indicated by the test
command AT+CALA=? is <n>=0. If a second alarm time is set, the previous alarm will be deleted. Therefore, the
read command AT+CALA? will always return <n>=0. This is also true if individual settings are made on ASC0
and ASC1 or the various Multiplexer channels, for details see notes below.
<type>(num)
Integer type value indicating the type of the alarm.
0
Alarm indication: text message via serial interface
<text>(str)
String type value indicating the text to be displayed when alarm time is reached; maximum length is <tlength>.
Note: <text>will be stored to the non-volatile flash memory when the device enters the Power Down mode via
AT^SMSO. Once saved, it will be available upon next power-up, until you overwrite it by typing another text. This
eliminates the need to enter the full string when setting a fresh alarm.
<text>should not contain characters which are coded differently in ASCII and GSM (e.g. umlauts), see also
"Supported character sets" and "GSM alphabet tables".
<tlength>(num)
Notes
•
•
•
After the alarm was executed the parameter <time>of AT+CALAwill be reset to "00/01/01,00:00:00", but
If AC75 is totally disconnected from power supply the most recently saved configuration of +CALA:
Each time AC75 is restarted with ignition it takes 2s to re-initialize the RTC and to update the current time.
2s after ^SYSSTART has been output).
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 483 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.2 AT+CALA
s
•
-
On each interface an individual <text>message can be stored, but only one time setting applies. This
means an alarm <time>set on one of the interfaces overwrites the time setting on all remaining inter-
faces. Therefore, the total number of alarm events returned by the read command AT+CALA? will always
-
When the scheduled alarm occurs, the ME sends the URC only on the interface where the most recent
alarm setting was made. The alarm time will be reset to "00/01/01,00:00:00" on all interfaces.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
You may want to configure a reminder message for July 31, 2005, at 9.30h, including the message "Good
Morning".
AT+CALA="05/07/31,09:30:00",0,0,"Good Morning"
OK
Do not switch off the GSM engine.When the alarm occurs the ME returns the following URC:
+CALA: Good Morning
EXAMPLE 2
To set a fresh alarm using the same message as in Example 1, simply enter date and time. <n>, <type>,
AT+CALA="05/07/31,08:50:00"
OK
When the alarm is executed the URC comes with the same message:
+CALA: Good Morning
EXAMPLE 3
To enable the ME to wake up into Airplane mode, e.g. on July 20, 2005, at 8.30h, enter
AT+CALA="05/07/20,08:30:00"
OK
Next, power down the ME:
AT^SMSO
^SMSO: MS OFF
OK
^SHUTDOWN
When the alarm is executed the ME wakes up to Airplane mode and displays a URC. If available, this line is
followed by the individual <text>most recently saved. If no individual message was saved only the first line
appears.
"
"
+CALA: Good Morning
EXAMPLE 4
To delete an alarm before its scheduled time is reached enter an empty string for parameter <time>. This
AT+CALA=""
OK
AT+CALA?
+CALA: "00/01/01,00:00:00",0,0,""
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 484 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.3 AT^SAD
s
19.3
AT^SAD Antenna Diagnosis
resistance inside the antenna feed point. To allow the ME to detect the antenna, take care that the antenna circuit
The exec command can be executed no matter whether the ME is registered to the network or deregistered. The
antenna diagnosis delivers the present status of the antenna connection.
•
AC75 is initializing, antenna diagnosis is currently not possible. Please wait a few seconds.
•
The calculation of the antenna status takes too much time because system resources are tight at the moment
(for example in network scan mode). Please wait a few seconds.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SAD=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SAD
Response(s)
^SAD: <diag>
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<diag>(num)
Antenna diagnosis value
0
1
2
Normal operation, antenna connected, resistance at feed point as required
Antenna connector short-circuited to ground
Antenna connector is short circuited to the supply voltage of the host applica-
tion, e.g. the vehicle's on-board supply voltage (max. 36V)
3
Antenna not properly connected or resistance at antenna feed point wrong or
not present
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 485 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.4 AT^SBC
s
19.4
AT^SBC Battery Charge Control
•
General functions:
The AT^SBCprovides URCs used to alert the user of undervoltage and overvoltage conditions before the
module switches off. The automatic shutdown caused by undervoltage or overvoltage is equivalent to the
power-down initiated with the AT^SMSOcommand, i.e. ME logs off from the network and the software enters
a secure state avoiding loss of data. When the module is in IDLE mode it takes typically one minute to dereg-
ister from the network and to switch off. For further details regarding automatic shutdown and voltage ratings
The URCs do not need to activated by the TE. They will be output automatically when fault conditions occur.
•
Functions available with battery connected:
The AT^SBCwrite command is important for entering the current consumption of the external application via
<current>. It should be noted that the charge control supported by AC75 works only if the requirements
described in the Hardware Interface Description [2] are met (battery type Lithium-Ion or Lithium Polymer,
presence of an NTC and protection circuit etc.) and if <current>is correctly specified. If the battery does
not incorporate an NTC, or the battery and the NTC are not compliant with the specified requirements the
battery cannot be detected by AC75.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SBC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SBC?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SBC=<current>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
±
+
-
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
^SBC: Undervoltage
The message will be reported, for example, when the user attempts to set up a call while the voltage is close
to the critical limit and further power loss is caused during the transmit burst. When the external charging cir-
cuit includes an NTC connected to the BATT_TEMP pin, the URC appears several times before the module
switches off.
In applications which are not battery operated, i.e. where no NTC is connected to the BATT_TEMP pin, AC75
will present the undervoltage URC only once and will then switch off without sending any further messages.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 486 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.4 AT^SBC
s
URC 2
^SBC: Overvoltage warning
This URC is an alarm indicator displayed when the supply voltage approaches its maximum level. The URC
appears only once.
URC 3
^SBC: Overvoltage shutdown
This URC will be reported when the voltage exceeds the maximum level specified in the Hardware Interface
In applications powered from Lithium batteries the incorporated protection circuit typically prevents over-
charging, thus eliminating the risk of overvoltage conditions. Yet, in case of charging errors, for example
caused by a bad battery or due to the absence of a battery protection circuit, the module's overvoltage shut-
down function will take effect to avoid overcharging.
Parameter Description
<bcs>(num)
Connection status of battery pack
0
1
2
3
4
5
No charging adapter is connected
Charging adapter is connected
Charging adapter is connected, charging in progress
Charging adapter is connected, charging has finished
Charging error, charging is interrupted
False charging temperature, charging is interrupted while temperature is
beyond allowed range
<bcl>(num)
Battery capacity
0, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100 percent of remaining capacity (6 steps).
"0" indicates that either the battery is exhausted or the capacity value is not available. "100" indicates a remain-
ing capacity between 81 and 100 percent, "80" indicates 61 ... 81 percent, and so on.
While charging is in progress (charging adapter connected) the battery capacity is not available. Consequently,
<mpc>(num)
<current>(num)
0(P)...5000
Enter the current consumption of your host application in mA. This information
enables AC75 to correctly determine the end of charging and terminate charg-
inaccurate, and the application draws a current higher than the final charge
current, either charging will not be terminated or the battery fails to reach its
maximum voltage. Therefore, the termination condition is defined as: current
consumption dependent on operating mode of the ME plus current consump-
tion of the external application. If used, the current flowing over the VEXT pin
of the application interface must be added, too.
read command.
to its default. This affects the charging control. Therefore, the parameter should
be set every time when needed after rebooting the AC75.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 487 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.4 AT^SBC
s
Notes
•
If multiplex mode (AT+CMUX) is active, any virtual channel can be used for entering the read or write com-
mand. The undervoltage URC will be issued simultaneously on all three channels.
•
It is indicated automatically when the module enters this mode (except when autobauding is active). See
19.4.1
Responses returned by read command
•
•
•
Normal mode: AC75 is switched on by Ignition pin and running in SLEEP, IDLE, TALK or DATA mode.
Charger is not connected. The AT^SBCread command indicates the battery capacity and the current con-
Normal mode + charging: Allows charging while AC75 is switched on by Ignition pin and running in SLEEP,
tion of the application. Percentage of battery capacity is not available.
CHARGE ONLY mode: Allows charging while AC75 is detached from GSM network. When started, the mode
charger status and current consumption of the application. Percentage of battery capacity is not available. In
CHARGE ONLY mode a limited number of AT commands is accessible (see Appendix). There are several
ways to activate the CHARGE ONLY mode:
-
-
from POWER DOWN mode: Connect charger while the AC75 was powered down with AT^SMSO
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 488 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.5 AT^SBV
s
19.5
AT^SBV Battery/Supply Voltage
The AT^SBVexecute command allows to monitor the supply (or battery) voltage of the module. The voltage is
continuously measured at intervals depending on the operating mode of the RF interface. The duration of a mea-
surement period ranges from 0.5s in TALK / DATA mode up to 50s when AC75 is in IDLE mode or Limited Ser-
vice (deregistered). The displayed value is averaged over the last measuring period before the AT^SBV
command was executed.
The measurement is related to the reference points of BATT+ and GND, both accessible on a capacitor located
close to the module's board-to-board connector. For details please refer to the Hardware Interface Description
[2].
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SBV=?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR:
Exec Command
AT^SBV
Response(s)
^SBV: <value>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR:
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<value>(num)
Supply (or battery) voltage in mV
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 489 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.6 AT^SCTM
s
19.6
AT^SCTM Set critical operating temperature presentation mode
or query temperature
Use this command to monitor the temperature range of the module and the battery. The write command enables
or disables the presentation of URCs to report critical temperature limits.
CAUTION: During a guard period of two minutes after power-up, the module will not switch off, even if the critical
temperature limit is exceeded. This allows the user to issue emergency calls before the module switches off.
During this guard period, the module operates in an automatic report mode: URCs can be always displayed
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCTM=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SCTM?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
Unsolicited Result Codes
URC 1
URCs will be automatically sent to the TA when the temperature reaches or exceeds the critical level, or when
it is back to normal.
^SCTM_A: <m>
for battery temperature
URC 2
^SCTM_B: <m>
for module (board) temperature
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 490 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.6 AT^SCTM
s
Command Description
The read command returns:
•
•
•
the URC presentation mode
information about the current temperature range of the module
Please note that the Read command does not indicate the temperature range of the battery. The battery temper-
ature can only be reported by an Unsolicited Result Code.
Select <n>to enable or disable the presentation of the URCs. Please note that the setting will not be stored upon
Power Down, i.e. after restart or reset, the default <n>=0 will be restored. To benefit from the URCs <n>=1 needs
to be selected every time you reboot the GSM engine.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)
0(&F)(P)
1
Presentation of URCs is enabled.
<m>(num)
-2
-1
0
Below lowest temperature limit (causes immediate switch-off)
Below low temperature alert limit
Normal operating temperature
1
Above upper temperature alert limit
2
Above uppermost temperature limit (causes immediate switch-off)
<p>(num)
0(&F)(P)
1
<temp>(num)
Board temperature in Celsius. Is comprised between the lowest temperature limit and the uppermost tempera-
ture limit.
Notes
•
•
Please refer to the "Hardware Interface Description" for specifications on critical temperature ranges.
To avoid damage the module will shut down once the critical temperature is exceeded.
•
URCs indicating the alert level "1" or "-1" are intended to enable the user to take appropriate precautions,
such as protect the module and the battery from exposure to extreme conditions, or save or back up data etc.
The presentation of "1" or "-1" URCs depends on the settings selected with the write command:
If <n>=0: Presentation is enabled during the two minute guard period after the module was switched on. After
expiry of the two minute guard period, the presentation will be disabled, i.e. no URCs with alert levels "1" or
''-1" will be generated.
•
•
Level "2" or "-2" URCs are followed by immediate shutdown, except in cases described in Section 19.6.1,
Deferred shutdown. The presentation of these URCs is always enabled, i.e. they will be output even though
If the temperature limit is exceeded while an emergency call is in progress the engine continues to measure
the temperature and to deliver alert messages, but deactivates the shutdown functionality. Once the call is
terminated full temperature control will be resumed. If the temperature is still out of range ME switches off
immediately.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 491 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.6 AT^SCTM
s
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
URCs issued when the operating temperature is out of range:
^SCTM_A: 1
^SCTM_A: 2
^SCTM_B: 1
^SCTM_B: 2
^SCTM_A: -1
^SCTM_A: -2
^SCTM_B: -1
^SCTM_B: -2
Caution: Battery close to overtemperature limit.
Alert: Battery above overtemperature limit. Engine switches off.
Caution: Module close to overtemperature limit.
Alert: Module is above overtemperature limit and switches off.
Caution: Battery close to undertemperature limit.
Alert: Battery below undertemperature limit. Engine switches off.
Caution: Module close to undertemperature limit.
Alert: Module is below undertemperature limit and switches off.
EXAMPLE 2
URCs issued when the temperature is back to normal (URC is output once):
^SCTM_A: 0
^SCTM_B: 0
Battery temperature back to normal temperature.
Module back to normal temperature.
19.6.1
Deferred shutdown
In the following cases, shutdown will be deferred if a critical temperature limit is exceeded:
•
•
while an emergency call is in progress
during a two minute guard period after powerup. This guard period has been introduced in order to allow for
the user to make an emergency call. The start of any one of these calls extends the guard period until the end
of the call. Any other network activity may be terminated by shutdown upon expiry of the guard time.
While in a "deferred shutdown" situation, the engine continues to measure the temperature and to deliver alert
messages, but deactivates the shutdown functionality. Once the guard period is expired or the call is terminated,
full temperature control will be resumed. If the temperature is still out of range, ME switches off immediately (with-
out another alert message).
CAUTION! Automatic shutdown is a safety feature intended to prevent damage to the module. Extended usage
of the deferred shutdown facilities provided may result in damage to the module, and possibly other severe con-
sequences.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 492 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.7 AT^SSYNC
s
19.7
AT^SSYNC Configure SYNC Pin
The AT^SSYNCcommand serves to configure the SYNC pin of the application interface. Please note that the
SYNC pin may be assigned different functions: Depending on the design of the host application, the pin can
either be used to indicate the current consumption in a transmit burst or to drive a status LED connected to the
pin as specified in [2]. For detailed information on the SYNC pin and its LED functionality refer to [2]. Before
changing the mode of the SYNC pin, carefully read the technical specifications.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSYNC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSYNC?
Response(s)
^SSYNC:<mode>
OK
Write Command
AT^SSYNC=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
Operation mode of the SYNC pin. Setting is stored non-volatile.
0(D)
SYNC mode:
Enables the SYNC pin to indicate growing power consumption during a trans-
mit burst. You can make use of the signal generated by the SYNC pin, if power
consumption is your concern. To do so, ensure that your application is capable
of processing the signal. Your platform design must be such that the incoming
signal causes other components to draw less current. In short, this allows your
application to accommodate current drain and thus, supply sufficient current to
the GSM engine if required.
1
2
LED mode:
Enables the SYNC pin to drive a status LED installed in your application
LED mode:
mode depending on the status of PIN authentication and network registration.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 493 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.7 AT^SSYNC
s
19.7.1
ME status indicated by status LED patterns
The following table lists the possible patterns of status LED behavior, and describes the ME operating status indi-
cated by each pattern if AT^SSYNCparameter <mode>=1 and <mode>=2. To better monitor the operating states
During the transition from one LED pattern to another the "on" and/or "off" periods of the LED may vary in length.
This is because an event that triggers the change may occur any time and, thus, truncate the current LED pattern
at any point.
The statements on LED behavior during SLEEP mode are not applicable if the USB cable is plugged. This is
because power saving with connected USB host does not take effect if set with AT+CFUNonly. For details see
notes provided with AT+CFUN. Therefore, while the USB cable is plugged, the LED is always on and flashes as
Table 19.1: Modes of the LED and indicated ME functions
LED behavior
Permanently off
ME is in one of the following modes:
- POWER DOWN mode
- AIRPLANE mode
ME is in one of the following modes:
- POWER DOWN mode
- AIRPLANE mode
- CHARGE ONLY mode
- CHARGE ONLY mode
- NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode
- CYCLIC SLEEP mode with no tempo-
rary wake-up event in progress 1)
600 ms on / 600ms off
75 ms on / 3 s off
Limited Network Service: No SIM card
inserted or no PIN entered, or network
search in progress, or ongoing user
authentication, or network login in
progress.
the GSM network (monitoring control
channels and user interactions). No call
is in progress.
75 ms on / 75 ms off /
75 ms on / 3 s off
vated.
500 ms on / 50 ms off
Packet switched data transfer is in
progress.
Permanently on
Depending on type of call:
Voice call: Connected to remote party.
Data call: Connected to remote party or
exchange of parameters while setting
up or disconnecting a call.
SLEEP mode is activated (AT+CFUN
registered to the GSM network (e.g. SIM
not inserted or PIN not entered, and
therefore, either no network service or
only Limited Network Service is avail-
able.
signalization is disabled in SLEEP
mode.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 494 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.7 AT^SSYNC
s
LED behavior
ME operating status if AT^SSYNC=1
ME operating status if AT^SSYNC=2
SLEEP mode is activated (AT+CFUN
registered to the GSM network and in
IDLE mode.
signalization is disabled in SLEEP
mode.
25 ms on / <m> ms off /
SLEEP mode is activated (AT+CFUN
registered to the GSM network. Addi-
tionally, PDP context is activated.
25 ms on / 3 * <m> ms off signalization is disabled in SLEEP
2)
mode.
1) When a temporary wake-up event (for example a call, a URC, a packet switched transfer) occurs in CYCLIC SLEEP mode
the LED flashes according to the patterns listed above. See Section 2.9.1, Wake up the ME from SLEEP mode for details
on the various SLEEP modes and wake-up events.
2) The duration of <n> and <m> depends on the network: In SLEEP mode, the module can only change its LED status during
intermittent wake-up periods when listening to paging information from the base station. Therefore the values of <n> and
<m> vary as follows:
<n> = value from 471 ms to 2118 ms
<m> = 3000 ms
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 495 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.8 AT^SSPI
s
19.8
AT^SSPI Serial Protocol Interface
The I²C/SPI datastream is mapped through an internal I²C/SPI driver to and from an ASCII hex protocol which
can be exchanged with an internal application (JAVA) or an external application via V24.
The AT^SSPIwrite command configures and activates the I²C/SPI interface and changes from command mode
into data mode. All values must be given in hexadecimal format (0 - 9, A - F) without "0x". For details on data
Caution:
I²C and SPI cannot be operated in parallel with USB. The USB interface will be disabled as soon as the I²C or
SPI channel is opened with AT^SSPI. To activate the USB interface again after closing the I²C or SPI channel
it is necessary to restart the AC75 module, either by switching the ignition line or entering the command
AT+CFUN=1,1. The Terminal program or host application connected with the USB interface must be closed
before activating the USB.
If I²C or SPI data mode is active the DCD line of the connected serial port goes high.
If I²C or SPI are opened from a Java application be sure to close the I²C or SPI channels before Java terminates.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSPI=?
Response(s)
^SSPI:(list of supported <basicConfiguration>s), (list of supported <delayOne>s), (list of supported
OK
Read Command
AT^SSPI?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
CONNECT
(indicates that ME has entered data mode)
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 496 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.8 AT^SSPI
s
Parameter Description
<connectionState>(num)
Indicates whether or not the I²C or SPI channel is used. When the channel is open and the ME is in data mode,
the read command can only be used if one of the remaining interfaces is available. For example, when the chan-
nel was opened on ASC0, you can use ASC1 or the MUX channels to check the status.
[0](&F)
Not connected (channel closed). All following parameters are the factory set-
1
Connected (channel open, ME in data mode). All following parameters are the
<basicConfiguration>(num)
Parameter <basicConfiguration>is a 16 bit word which contains four subparameters to control the follow-
ing functions:
Subparameter
Interface type
Bit
Hexadecimal
Selected function
D15 - D12
0
1
I²C bus (default)
SPI device
Port
D11 - D8
D7 - D4
0
Internal port
Data transfer rate
0
1
I²C at 100 kbps
I²C at 400 kbps (default)
0
1
2
3
4
5
SPI at 100 kbps
SPI at 250 kbps
SPI at 500 kbps
SPI at 1.083 Mbps
SPI at 3.25 Mbps
SPI at 6.5 Mbps
Protocol
D3 - D0
0
ASCII (hex coding)
<delayOne>(num)
I²C: This parameter specifies a delay after each written byte. See Section 19.8.1, Specifying Delay Time for I²C
for further details.
SPI: 0000 only.
[0](&F)...FFFF
Unsigned 16 bit value
<delayTwo>(num)
I²C: This parameter specifies the delay after a each read byte. See Section 19.8.1, Specifying Delay Time for
I²C for further details.
SPI: 0000 only.
[0](&F)...FFFF
Unsigned 16 bit value
<wordLength>(num)
For SPI only:
0
Length of SPI word = 8 bits
<extendedSpiConfiguration>(num)
For SPI only: Parameter <extendedSpiConfiguration>is a 16 bit word which contains four subparameters
to control the following functions:
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 497 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.8 AT^SSPI
s
Subparameter
SPI mode
Bit
Hexadecimal
Selected function
D15 - D12
0
1
2
3
Four different SPI modes. Phase and
polarity of all SPI modes are illustrated in
Chip Select (CS) mode
Arrangement of bytes
D11 - D8
D7 - D4
D3 - D0
0
0
0
One Chip Select per Transfer Frame.
Big endian
MSB first
Bit sequence
(arrangement of bits on the SPI)
19.8.1
Specifying Delay Time for I²C
The following figures are provided to assist you in specifying appropriate values for the parameters <delayOne>
and <delayTwo>. All delays are relative to the data transfer rate. To calculate the delay use the formula and the
values given below.
Figure 19.1: Formula for calculating the delay
Table 19.2: Values for calculating the delay
Parameter
Values
Delay value
Master clock
13 MHz
Default data transfer rate 400 bps
User data transfer rate
Delay_min for Write
Delay_min for Read
Value selected with subparameter data transfer rate within <basicConfigura-
tion>, for example 100 kbps or 400 kbps
7.4 µs at 100 kbps
2.0 µs at 400 kbps
9.9 µs at 100 kbps
2.6 µs at 400 kbps
Figure 19.2: Delay time on I²C after Write
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 498 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.8 AT^SSPI
s
Figure 19.3: Delay time on I²C after Read
19.8.2
Selecting SPI Mode
The figure shows the four types of SPI mode selectable by setting the appropriate hexadecimal value within the
Figure 19.4: SPI modes selectable on SPI
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 499 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.8 AT^SSPI
s
19.8.3
Transmitting Data over AT Interface
This section provides information on the protocol used for data transmission to or from I²C/SPI devices and
explains the data mode. It is assumed that you are familiar with the I²C specification.
Throughout this section the following document conventions are used to mark the direction of send and receive:
Transfer Message: AT → I²C or SPI device driver
Response Message: AT ← I²C or SPI device driver
Channel Open / Close:
and return to command mode send the ASCII code # (0x23).
ASCII Protocol for I²C or SPI communication over AT interface:
The protocol allows using a Terminal program for the communication between the module and the I²C slave
device/SPI device. To visualize transferred characters and response data it is recommended to run the Terminal
program in chat mode or to switch on local echo.
For transfer and response, special characters are defined, such as Start and Stop to mark a single message and
Close to disconnect the data channel. All valid special characters are listed below:
Table 19.3: Special characters for ASCII coding
Direction
AT - Driver
Function in protocol
Start Transfer Message
Stop Transfer Message
Channel Close
Special
character
Hex value Description
→
→
→
<
>
#
0x3C
0x3E
0x23
Special character sent to the I²C/SPI
driver to start sending.
Special character sent to the I²C/SPI
driver to stop sending.
For signalling.
Channel Close can be sent any time inside
or outside a transmit or receive message.
Causes the transfer to be aborted and
takes the ME back to AT command mode.
←
←
←
Start Response Message
Stop Response Message
Protocol error
{
}
!
0x7B
0x7D
0x21
Special character sent to the I²C/SPI
driver to mark the beginning of a Response
Message.
Special character sent to the I²C/SPI
driver to mark the end of a Response Mes-
sage.
For signalling.
Reports to the AT interface that the Trans-
fer Frame does not comply with the proto-
col definition (syntax error).
←
Transmission OK
(in I²C protocol referred to
as ACK)
+
-
0x2B
0x2D
Notifies the AT interface that data were
successfully transmitted or, on the I²C bus,
the I²C Slave Address was recognized.
On I²C bus only:
Transmission error
←
Notifies the AT interface that data transmis-
sion failed or the I²C Slave Address was
not recognized. On the I²C bus, the faulty
data byte (16 bit byte counter) is identified
as well.
(in I²C protocol referred to
as NAK)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 500 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.8 AT^SSPI
s
Message syntax:
Each Message consists of a Start and Stop character, a Message-ID, further protocol data and user data. The
notation of all elements is explained below:
Notation of Message-ID:
•
•
All ASCII characters between 0x00...0x7F. It is recommended to use only the characters 0...9, A...Z, a...z.
Length of the Message-ID: only one character
Notation of protocol data (except Message-ID) and user data:
•
•
•
•
•
Hex (0...9, a...f, A...F)
Without "0x" (0x01 →01)
Each hex value consists of 2 characters (1 →01)
Without delimiters such as comma, semicolon, space etc. (0xAE 0x01 0xA5 →AE01A5)
In a Transfer Message, the number of all characters after the Message ID shall be even. If it is odd, a protocol
error will be reported. On the I²C bus, this applies to the I²C Slave Address and all subsequent written user
data. On the SPI this applies to the Read Offset Byte and the Read Length and, if available, all written user
data. (Keep in mind that the number of all characters transmitted between Start "<" and Stop ">" of the Trans-
fer Frame shall always be odd because the ID is one character only.)
•
Length of I²C Slave Address and user data: ≤ 2048 bytes
The first element of each message is the Start character ("<" for Transfer, "{" for the Response). Accordingly, the
last character of a message is the Stop character (">" for Transfer, "}" for the Response).
The second element of each message is the Message ID (1 character). The Message ID serves the user to dis-
tinguish between different messages. It is only relevant on protocol level (between AT interface and I²C device
driver), i.e. it is not sent to the I²C slave device.
Each transfer to the device is followed by a Response Message sent from the driver to the AT interface. The
response includes the Message ID and either OK ("+") or error characters ("-" or "!"). A successful response to
a Read Message contains the OK character and the read data. If an error occurs on the I²C bus, the response
consists of an error character followed by a 16 bit code specifying the faulty byte.
After each Transfer Message, wait for the Response Message before sending the next Transfer Message.
All characters entered outside a valid message (i.e. not input between Start character "<" and Stop character ">")
are ignored.
19.8.3.1
Structure of Messages on the I²C Bus
Table 19.4: Structure of Transfer and Response Messages on the I²C bus
Frame
Format
Write Transfer Message
< ID SlaveAddress Data >
Maximum length: 2048 bytes for I²C Slave Address
and written data. LSB of I²C Slave Address = "0".
Read Transfer Message
< ID SlaveAddress ReadLength >
Read Length ≤ 2048 bytes. LSB I²C of Slave Address
= "1".
Response Message
Write OK
{ID + }
Read of x bytes OK
NAK for xth byte if Read or Write
Protocol error in xth byte
{ID + Data }
{ID - xxxx }
{ID ! xxxx }
On the I²C bus, read and write data are handled in two separate frames transmitted one after the other. This is
because the I²C bus has only two bus lines, I2CDAT (I2CDAT_SPIDO) for the serial data and I2CCLK
(I2CCLK_SPICLK) for the serial clock. Write data are packed into a Transfer Frame. Read data are packed into
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 501 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.8 AT^SSPI
s
a Response Frame. The Transfer Frame contains a Receive or Transmit Request (R/W Request) for the I²C mas-
ter.
In a Transfer Message (Read or Write), the third element is the 7-bit I²C Slave Address (2 characters) that iden-
tifies each single device connected to the bus. The 8th bit of this byte is the LSB that determines the direction of
the message. If the LSB is "0" the master will write information to the selected slave. If the LSB is "1" the master
will read information sent from the slave.
In a Read Transfer Message on the I²C bus, the size of the expected data must be specified explicitly. This is an
element of 4 characters stating the number of bytes to be read. It must be placed after the I²C Slave Address.
19.8.3.2
Structure of Messages on the SPI
Table 19.5: Structure of Transfer and Response Messages for SPI
Message
Format
Transfer Message
< ID ReadOffset ReadLength Data >
Read Offset = 8 bits
Read Length = 16 bits
Read Offset + Read Length ≤ 2048 bytes
Max. length of read data: 2048 bytes
Response Message
Write OK
{ID +}
{ID + Data }
{ID ! xxxx }
Reading x bytes was OK
Protocol error in xth byte
The SPI has two serial data lines, DO (I2CDAT_SPIDO) for sending data from the master to the slave, and DI
(SPIDI) for receiving data sent from the slave to the master. Both data lines are controlled by one serial clock
line CLK (I2CCLK_SPICLK). AC75 acts as master providing the clock. Write and read data are handled in the
same Transfer Messages and Response Messages. In a Transfer Message, the next two elements after the ID
are the Read Offset and the Read Length, both required to enable reading data from the slave. The Read Offset
specifies where to start reading, i.e. which byte is the first to start reading from. If the Read Offset is zero then
reading starts from the first byte. The Read Length specifies the number of expected bytes. If the Read Offset is
zero and the Read Length does not equal zero, the master reads the specified number of bytes, starting from the
first byte. If the Read Length is zero, the Read Offset is ignored, meaning that the master will not read data from
the slave. To transmit data from the master to the slave all data can be entered after the Read Length.
In a Response Message the ID is followed by a special character to indicate the result of reading. If successful,
"+" is given, followed by the read data. If reading fails only "!" is received.
19.8.4
Error Handling on the I²C Bus
Protocol error:
If a protocol error is detected the ASCII value "!" is sent to the AT interface. Also, a Stop Condition is sent to the
I²C device.
A protocol error occurs if
•
•
•
•
any data / address characters do not equal 0...9, a...f and A...F
the length of a read word is smaller or greater than 16 bits
the number of ASCII data is odd (e.g. "af1" instead of "af01")
the Read or Write request is greater than 2 KB (0x0800).
Acknowledge:
Once a transmission has completed successfully (Write or Read), the special character "+" (ACK) is included in
the Response sent to the AT interface.
During a Write Transfer, the I²C driver acknowledges each transferred byte, but the Response contains only one
ACK which is transmitted only if all bytes are successfully transferred. During a Read Transfer, an ACK is sent
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 502 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.8 AT^SSPI
s
when the I²C slave device notifies that it has recognized the I²C Slave Address.
Not Acknowledge:
During a Transmit Transfer, a NAK is given when the I²C Slave Device notifies a failure to receive either the I²C
Slave Address or a data byte. In this case, a Stop Condition is sent to the I²C device.
During a Receive Transfer, a NAK is transmitted only when the I²C does not receive any reponse for the I²C Slave
Address. The I²C device never acknowledges the validity of the received data (by sending an ACK the master
acknowledges each received byte to the slave).
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 503 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.8 AT^SSPI
s
19.8.5
Example: Using I²C Bus
As stated above, it is recommended to run the Terminal program in chat mode or to use the local echo. First,
activate the I²C interface:
AT^SSPI=0010,0000,0000,0000,0000
CONNECT
The first group of characters forms the <basicCon-
figuration>, where the first "0" sets I²C, the sec-
ond "0" is the internal port, the digit "1" sets 400 kbps
bit rate on the I²C bus, and the next "0" selects ASCII
coding. This is followed by a comma and the value
"0000" = no delay time after Write and Read.
Note: If omitted all above parameters are assumed
by
default.
Therefore,
instead
of
AT^SSPI=0010,0000,0000 it is sufficient to enter
only AT^SSPI=
The module is in data mode now. This allows you to send a Write Transfer Message:
<aAE000102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F>
Write Transfer Frame, where a = ID, AE = Slave
Address and write request.
{a+}
<bAF0010>
Write Response Message, where a = ID.
Read Transfer Message, where b = ID, AF = Slave
Address and read request, 0010 = number of
expected bytes.
{b+000102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F}
Read Response Message, where b = ID.
To quit data mode and return to command mode enter the Close character "#":
#
OK
The response OK confirms that the ME is back to
command mode and ready to accept any AT com-
mands.
If the ME is in command mode, the response to the read command contains the factory settings.
AT^SSPI?
AT^SSPI=0,0010,0000,0000
The read command returns the connection state "not
connected" (Channel closed) and the factory set-
tings for I²C.
OK
If the ME is in data mode, the response to the read command contains the current settings.
AT^SSPI?
AT^SSPI=1,0010,0012,00FF,0000,0000
The read command returns the connection state
"connected" (Channel open) and the current settings
for I²C.
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 504 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.8 AT^SSPI
s
19.8.6
Example: Transfer and Response Messages on SPI
The following examples shall illustrate the message structure and write/read procedures explained in Section
19.8.3.2, Structure of Messages on the SPI. Blanks are inserted only to better visualize frame elements. In prac-
tice no blanks are allowed.
<0 00 0000 11 22 33>
{0 +}
Transfer Message: The master writes 3 bytes.
Response Message: Transmission successful.
<1 00 0010>
Transfer Message: The master requests to read 16
bytes from the slave. Read Offset is zero, therefore,
reading starts from the first byte.
{1 + 11 22 33 44 ... FF 00}
<2 03 0008>
Response Message: Reading data successful.
Transfer Message: The master requests to read 8
bytes from the slave. Read Offset is 3, therefore,
reading starts from the fourth byte.
{2 + 44 55 66 77 88 99 AA BB}
<3 03 0004 11 22 33 44 55 66>
Response Message: Reading data successful.
Transfer Message: The master writes 6 bytes and
requests to read 4 bytes from the slave. Read Offset
is 3, therefore, reading starts from the fourth byte.
Response Message: Reading and writing data suc-
cessful.
{3 + AA BB CC DD}
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 505 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.9 AT^SWDAC
s
19.9
AT^SWDAC Configure and Read PWM Signal for DAC
of the AC75 Module. The DAC_OUT pin is not available on the the AC75 Terminal, therefore AT^SWDACapplies
only to the AC75 Module.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SWDAC=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SWDAC?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<dc>(num)
Duty cycle in percentage steps
0...100
<oc>(num)
Open or close DAC
0
1
Close DAC
Open DAC
<fq>(num)
PWM frequency
0
1
2
3
320 Hz (accuracy of 1 percentage step)
970 Hz (accuracy of 3 percentage steps)
8,125 Hz (accuracy of 1 percentage step)
16,250 Hz (accuracy of 1 percentage step)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 506 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
19.9 AT^SWDAC
s
4
5
32,500 Hz (accuracy of 1 percentage step)
65,000 Hz (accuracy of 2 percentage steps)
Example
This example shows how to open the DAC_OUT output and change the duty cycle while using the same fre-
quency.
AT^SWDAC=50,1,2
Initial opening of DAC_OUT, while setting PWM sig-
nal to 8,125 Hz at 50% duty cycle.
OK
AT^SWDAC=75
OK
AT^SWDAC=80
OK
AT^SWDAC=0,0
OK
Change duty cycle of the open DAC_OUT output.
Change duty cycle of the open DAC_OUT output.
Close DAC_OUT.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 507 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20. GPIO Commands
s
20.
GPIO Commands
This chapter describes the AT commands needed to access and configure the GPIO pins of the AC75.
Please also refer to [2] for electrical specifications of the GPIOs and their signal states after startup and during
application.
Except for the pulse counter commands, usage of all GPIO commands is restricted to the same interface where
the GPIO driver was openend with AT^SPIO. Any attempt to access GPIOs from another interface will be denied
with an error message.
When the AC75 starts up, all GPIO pins are set to high-impedance state after initializing. Therefore, it is recom-
mended to connect pull-up or pull-down resistors to all GPIO pins you want to use as output. This is necessary
to keep these pins from floating or driving any external devices before all settings are done by AT command (at
20.1
AT^SPIO General Purpose IO Driver Open/Close
The AT^SPIOwrite command opens and closes the general purpose IO driver. The command must be executed
before any other GPIO command can be used. After closing the driver, all pins used (i.e. opened) will be put into
high impedance state (inputs) with no internal pull up or down.
The command does not reserve any general purpose IO pin, only the drivers required for GPIO pin management
will be loaded.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SPIO=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SPIO=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
0
1
Close General purpose IO driver
Open General purpose IO driver
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 508 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20.2 AT^SCPIN
s
20.2
AT^SCPIN Pin Configuration
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCPIN=?
Response(s)
^SCPIN:(list of supported <mode>s), (list of supported <pin_id>s), (list of supported <direction>s), (list
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
0
1
Close pin
Open pin
<pin_id>(num)
Pin identifier
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
GPIO1
GPIO2
GPIO3
GPIO4
GPIO5
GPIO6
GPIO7
GPIO8
GPIO9
GPIO10 - The GPIO10 pin can be used either as GPIO or as pulse counter. If
configured as GPIO, the pulse counter option cannot be enabled. Vice versa,
if configured as pulse counter the GPIO option is not available. See AT^SCCNT
<direction>(num)
0
1
Input
Output
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 509 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20.3 AT^SCPOL
s
20.3
AT^SCPOL Polling Configuration
The AT^SCPOLwrite command serves to start and stop polling a pin or port specified with <io_id>. The pin or
After polling has been activated on a specified pin or port, all new values related to this pin or port will be reported
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCPOL=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Unsolicited Result Code
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
0
1
Suppress polling
Activate polling
<io_id>(num)
<value>(num)
0
Low for <pin_id>
High for <pin_id>
For <port_id>
1
0...1023
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 511 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20.3 AT^SCPOL
s
Notes
•
The pins will be polled at every TDMA frame interrupt, i.e. every 4.616ms. In SLEEP mode, the frequency of
polling is reduced, as polling will be done only when the module shortly suspends power saving when CTS is
activated. So in SLEEP mode polling intervals are extended to a range from 0.9s to 2.7s.
After a state change has been detected the "^SCPOL" URC is issued if the state of the pin remains stable for
8 TDMA frames (= 36.93ms) in Normal mode, or accordingly, 0.9s to 2.7s in SLEEP mode.
•
If the <value>of one or more of the polled pins has changed since polling has been performed last time, or
since a particular pin or its entire port have last been queried with AT^SGIO, polling will be suspended to send
a URC. There will be one URC reported for each polled pin whose <value>has changed, and one for each
polled port with one or more changed pins.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 512 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20.4 AT^SCPORT
s
20.4
AT^SCPORT Port Configuration
With AT^SCPORTa group of maximum 10 pins can be configured to act as a parallel port, which can be controlled
with a single AT command. A pin can only be added once to a port, and only to a port. The first, i.e. left most
parameter, corresponds to the port's LSB.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCPORT=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
^SCPORT: <port_id>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<port_id>(num)
Assigned port
<pin_id>(num)
Pin ID of the xth pin of this port
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 513 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20.5 AT^SDPORT
s
20.5
AT^SDPORT Delete a Port Configuration
The AT^SDPORTwrite command removes a parallel port. The pins of the port remain open and can be added to
a new port.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SDPORT=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SDPORT=<port_id>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<port_id>(num)
ID of the port to be closed
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 514 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20.6 AT^SGIO
s
20.6
AT^SGIO Get IO state of a specified pin or port
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SGIO=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
AT^SGIO=<io_id>
Response(s)
^SGIO: <value>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<io_id>(num)
<value>(num)
0
Low for <pin_id>
High for <pin_id>
For <port_id>
1
0...1023
Note
•
If one gets the state of a port whose width is less than 10 bits, the bits of <value>that are more significant
than the MSB of the port are set to zero.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 515 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20.7 AT^SSIO
s
20.7
AT^SSIO Set IO state of a specified pin or port
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSIO=?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<io_id>(num)
<value>(num)
0
Low for <pin_id>
High for <pin_id>
For <port_id>
1
0...1023
Notes
•
If you set a state on a port whose width is less than 10 bits, the bits of <value>that are more significant than
the MSB of the port are ignored.
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 516 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20.8 AT^SCCNT
s
20.8
AT^SCCNT Configure Pulse Counter
The AT^SCCNT write command serves to configure the GPIO10 pin as pulse counter. The pulse counter is
designed to measure signals from 0 to 1000 pulses per second.
Remember that if the GPIO10 line is configured as GPIO (see AT^SCPIN) any attempt to activate the pulse
counter will be rejected. Vice versa, if the pulse counter is opened the GPIO10 line cannot be configured as
GPIO.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SCCNT=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SCCNT?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Unsolicited Result Code
^SCCNT: <time>
The URC applies only to the Limit counter mode set with parameter <mode>=1. It is delivered once the pulse
Parameter Description
<action>(num)
0
1
Close pulse counter
Open pulse counter
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 517 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20.8 AT^SCCNT
s
<mode>(num)
0
Activates the Start-Stop counter mode.
or stop the pulse counter or to read out the measured pulses.
1
Activates the Limit counter mode and immediately starts the pulse counter.
<limit>(num)
1...65534
Number of pulses to be counted.
for this mode. Once the given number of pulses is reached, the ME sends one
<time>(num)
1...4294967295
Time (in milliseconds) taken to count the number of pulses specified with
Note
•
20.8.1
Using the Pulse Counter in Limit Counter Mode
This example assumes that a 1 kHz frequency is applied at the GPIO10 pin. Limit counter mode is enabled to
request the time the pulse counter needs to count a specified number of pulses.
at^sccnt=1,1,1000
Open pulse counter, enable Limit counter mode, request the time
needed to count 1000 pulses.
OK
^SCCNT: 0000001047
at^sccnt=1,1,2000
Open pulse counter, enable Limit counter mode, request the time
needed to count 2000 pulses.
OK
^SCCNT: 0000002040
at^sccnt=1,1,10000
Open pulse counter, enable Limit counter mode, request the time
needed to count 10000 pulses.
OK
^SCCNT: 0000010043
at^sccnt=1,1,20000
Open pulse counter, enable Limit counter mode, request the time
needed to count 20000 pulses.
OK
^SCCNT: 0000020040
This example shows how to stop the Limit counter mode and close the pulse counter without waiting for the
at^sccnt=0,0
being indicated.
OK
at^sscnt=3
being indicated.
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 518 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20.9 AT^SSCNT
s
20.9
AT^SSCNT Start and Stop Pulse Counter
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SSCNT=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SSCNT?
Response(s)
^SSCNT: <action>
OK
If an error occurs:
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT^SSCNT=<action>
Response(s)
OK
OK
If an error occurs:
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Unsolicited Result Code
^SSCNT: <pulse>
The URC applies only to the Start-Stop mode set with AT^SCCNT, parameter <mode>=0. It is delivered once the
pulse counter result was requested with <action>=2 or the pulse counter was stopped with <action>=3. The
URC indicates the number of pulses counted.
Parameter Description
<action>(num)
This parameter can only be used after configuring the pulse counter with AT^SCCNT. The <action>types 0, 1
0
1
Reset and start pulse counter from 0.
last run.
2
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 519 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
20.9 AT^SSCNT
s
3
The effect of value 3 depends on the selected counter mode:
number of pulses counted until this time.
<pulse>(num)
Measurement result of the pulse counter in Start-Stop mode, indicated within the "^SSCNT" URC, if AT^SCCNT,
0...4294967295
Number of pulses counted.
Note
•
Measurement accuracy: In Start-Stop mode, you can achieve 100% accuracy if you take care that pulse trans-
mission begins after the start command (AT^SSCNT=0 or 1) has returned OK and ends before the stop com-
20.9.1
Using the Pulse Counter in Start-Stop Counter Mode
at^sccnt=1,0
OK
at^sscnt=0
OK
at^sscnt=2
OK
Open pulse counter and enable Start-Stop counter mode.
Reset and start pulse counter from 0.
Request value.
^SSCNT: 0000003254
at^sscnt=2
OK
Request value.
^SSCNT: 0000010024
at^sscnt=2
OK
Request value.
^SSCNT: 0000015134
at^sscnt=3
OK
Request value and stop pulse counter.
^SSCNT: 0000021020
at^sscnt=2
OK
Request value.
^SSCNT: 0000021020
at^sscnt=1
OK
Restart pulse counter at the value of the last run.
at^sscnt=2
^SSCNT: 0000022123
Request value.
run.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 520 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
21. Java related Commands
s
21.
Java related Commands
This chapter describes the AT commands related to Java applications processed by the AC75.
21.1
AT^SJRA Run Java Application
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SJRA=?
Response(s)
("IMlet path")
Write Command
AT^SJRA=<appName>
Response(s)
^SJRA:
OK
If not successful:
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<appName>(str)
Path of the Java application
The application name must be given as a fully qualified pathname (a:/.../...) to the jar/jad file containing the
desired application.
The local flash file system is identified by: A:. Directory separator is ''/'' (002Fh).
Example: A:/java/jam/example/helloworld/helloworld.jar
Notes
•
As an alternative, the Java application can be enabled to start up automatically whenever AC75 is getting
•
When the Java application starts, all current calls will be terminated.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 521 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
21.2 AT^SJNET
s
21.2
AT^SJNET Set Dialup Network Access Parameters
The AT^SJNETwrite command allows to create a profile which contains all parameters needed for automated
network access through a dialup connection.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SJNET=?
Response(s)
^SJNET:("csd"|"gprs"), ("Tel. num."|"access point name"), ("login"), ("password"), ("dns"), (list of supported
OK
Read Command
AT^SJNET?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 522 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
21.2 AT^SJNET
s
Parameter Description
<bearer service>(str)(+CSCS)
“none“(P)
No bearer specified
“csd“
Dialup access uses Circuit Switched Data connection
Dialup access via GPRS
“gprs“
<entry point>(str)(+CSCS)
““(P)
•
number. The phone number can be modified to select between ISDN and
anlaog call and to choose a bitrate. See also examples below.
-
The first character added to the phone number selects the mode: i =
ISDN call, a = analog call (default). If omitted the default setting "analog"
applies.
-
The last character appended to the phone number determines the
bitrate. If omitted the default setting "9600 bps" applies.
h = 14400 bps
m = 9600 bps (default)
l = 4800 bps
s = 2400 bps
•
access point name.
<login>(str)(+CSCS)
““(P)
Specifies the login name for access to the dialup network.
<password>(str)(+CSCS)
““(P)
Specifies the password for access to the dialup network.
<dns>(str)(+CSCS)
““(P)
Specifies the Primary DNS server (Nameserver) for the dialup network. The
server address has to be specified in dotted IP address format (e.g.
145.146.147.148). If the parameter is omitted, the DNS assigned by the net-
work is used.
It is recommended to set manual DNS server addresses rather than using
automatic DNS assignment. This avoids problems in case the network is
unable to properly handle the automatic DNS service.
<timeout>(num)
Idle Timeout in seconds
0(P)...[30]...21600
Specifies the Java network idle timeout, which is the number of seconds to wait
before the network connection is terminated automatically when no data trans-
fer or other network activities take place. The value 0 means no timeout at all
We recommend to use values greater than 10 seconds because otherwise you
may get unintentional timeouts for slow network connections.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 523 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
21.2 AT^SJNET
s
Note
•
The authentication mode for CSD and GPRS is always PAP.
Examples
EXAMPLE 1
This example illustrates how to configure a profile for circuit switched network access: The dialup phone num-
ber is +49800654321, user name is "user1", password is "dialup123", and the primary DNS has IP address
"145.146.147.148". The phone number does not contain additional characters, therefore the destination is an
analog device (default) and the bitrate is 9600 bps (default).
AT^SJNET="CSD", "+49800654321", "user1", "dialup123", "145.146.147.148"
^SJNET: "csd","+49800654321","user1","dialup123","145.146.147.148",30
OK
EXAMPLE 2
Same example as above, but the phone number contains additional characters for ISDN and 14400bps.
AT^SJNET="CSD", "i+49800654321h", "user1", "dialup123", "145.146.147.148"
^SJNET: "csd","i+49800654321h","user1","dialup123","145.146.147.148",30
OK
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 524 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
21.3 AT^SJOTAP
s
21.3
AT^SJOTAP Over The Air Application Provisioning
The AT^SJOTAPcommand serves to control and start OTAP operations for installing and updating Java appli-
The AT^SJOTAPwrite command sets the password and all parameters required to install / delete a Java Appli-
cation.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SJOTAP=?
Response(s)
OK
Read Command
AT^SJOTAP?
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Exec Command
AT^SJOTAP
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
Parameter Description
<SMS_pwd>(str)
Password for OTAP SMS authentification
<Jad_URL>(str)
URL of update file
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 525 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
21.3 AT^SJOTAP
s
<Appl_Dir>(str)
Directory of Java application
Directory on the ME where a new application (JAD and JAR file) is installed. When entering the application direc-
tory with the AT^SJOTAPwrite command be sure that the path name is not terminated with a slash. For example,
type "a:" or "a:/otap" rather than "a:/" or "a:/otap/".
<HTTP_User>(str)
HTTP user name
<HTTP_Pwd>(str)
HTTP password
<BS>(str)
Bearer Service
“csd“
Use Bearer service "Circuit Switched".
Use Bearer service "GPRS".
“gprs“
<Dest>(str)
Destination
The phone number can be modified to select between ISDN or analog and to choose the bitrate. The format of
the phone number and the default settings are the same as in the case of AT^SJNET(see parameter <entry
point>for instructions). Please note that if no additional characters are used to modify the phone number then
the default settings a = analog call and m = 9600 bps are assumed.
<Net_user>(str)
User name for accessing the network
<Net_pwd>(str)
Password for accessing the network
<DNS>(str)
Domain Name Server
<NotifyURL>(str)
URL to which result codes are posted
Notes
•
•
The authentication mode for CSD and GPRS is always PAP.
All parameters which are left out in the write command are set to "not configured", while parameters which
are entered as "" will be stored as an empty string.
•
•
•
Parameters that have been configured via AT command cannot be reconfigured / overwritten via SMS.
If the execute command ends up with an error, one or more mandatory parameters have not been specified
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 526 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
21.4 AT^SJSEC
s
21.4
AT^SJSEC Write Binary Java Security Data
To configure the Java security environment special Java security commands and a mobile-specific security cer-
tificate must be transferred to the module in binary format. This is done with the help of AT^SJSEC. The
AT^SJSECexecute command activates the binary data mode which allows to send binary data from the host
application to the ME. The AT^SJSECread command requests the current status of the Java security environ-
ment.
A detailed description of how to create the binary files and configure the Java security environment can be found
Syntax
Read Command
AT^SJSEC?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SJSEC
Response(s)
CONNECT
JSEC READY: SEND COMMAND ...
(Indicates that the ME entered the binary data mode. The host application can start to send the binary data.)
OK
OK
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
Java security mode
0(D)
Unsecured mode, i.e. security mode not active.
Secured mode, i.e. security mode active.
1
<HTTPS state>(num)
0(D)
HTTPS connection or Secure Connection is possible if the server certificate (or
the certificate chain) is valid.
1
HTTPS connection or Secure Connection is possible only if the server certifi-
cate is signed by the customer (owner of the root certificate in device).
<OBEX state>(num)
0
1(D)
Start of Module Exchange Suite is not permitted.
Start of Module Exchange Suite is permitted.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 527 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
21.4 AT^SJSEC
s
<untrusted domain>(num)
0(D)
Untrusted domain does not exist, MIDlets must be signed.
Untrusted domain exists, MIDlets have limited rights of access to the Java API.
1
<Certificate content>(str)
Some information of the root certificate is listed:
Issuer:
Serial number:
Subject:
Signature algorithm:
Thumbprint algorithm:
Thumbprint:
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 528 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
22. Miscellaneous Commands
s
22.
Miscellaneous Commands
The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to various areas.
22.1
A/ Repeat previous command line
Syntax
Exec Command
A/
Response(s)
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
Repeat previous command line.
Notes
•
•
Line does not need to end with terminating character.
After beginning with the character "a" or "A" a second character "t", "T" or "/" has to follow. In case of using a
wrong second character, it is necessary to start again with character "a" or "A".
•
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 529 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
22.2 ATS3
s
22.2
ATS3 Set command line termination character
The ATS3command determines the character recognized by the TA to terminate an incoming command line.
Syntax
Read Command
ATS3?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS3=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
command line termination character
000...13(&F)...127
Notes
•
•
Using a value other than the default 13 may cause problems when entering commands.
Whenever you change the setting take into account that the new value has no effect on the URC "^SHUT-
DOWN".
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 530 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
22.3 ATS4
s
22.3
ATS4 Set response formatting character
Syntax
Read Command
ATS4?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS4=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
response formatting character
000...10(&F)...127
Note
•
Whenever you change the setting take into account that the new value has no effect on the URC "^SHUT-
DOWN".
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 531 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
22.4 ATS5
s
22.4
ATS5 Write command line editing character
Syntax
Read Command
ATS5?
Response(s)
OK
Write Command
ATS5=<n>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
V.250
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
Command Description
This parameter setting determines the character recognized by TA as a request to delete the immediately pre-
ceding character from the command line.
Parameter Description
<n>(num)(&W)(&V)
command line editing character
000...8(&F)...127
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 532 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
22.5 AT^SFDL
s
22.5
AT^SFDL Enter Firmware Download Mode
starting the download process from the host application or a customer-designed download program. The down-
load can be done over the serial interfaces ASC0 or ASC1 or the USB interface.
For this purpose, the AC75 firmware update file must be available in the format *.USF. The file can be requested
from Siemens. The firmware file consists of records to be transferred one by one from the host application to the
module.
This manual only describes the handling of the AT^SFDLcommand. All technical requirements and steps to pre-
pare the host application for this download solution can be found in the Application Note "Updating Firmware".
An example for developing an appropriate download program is included.
The AT^SFDLwrite command causes the module to reset and enter the firmware update mode. This will be used
to read previous downloaded firmware data.
The AT^SFDLexecute command causes the module to reset and enter the firmware download mode (this may
take some milliseconds). After entering the download mode the module sends the start pattern HEX 0x01
("ANSWER_OK") to the application to indicate its ready state. Next, the application shall start to send the records
of the firmware file. Each record received on the module is acknowledged to the host application. Once all
records are successfully received, the module shuts down automatically.
If the module is switched on although it has no valid firmware installed, it waits 60s for the AT^SFDLcommand
(or for another download method to be started). If neither the AT^SFDLcommand nor equivalent characters from
another download method are received the module switches off after a 60s timeout.
If a valid firmware is still installed, but the AT^SFDLcommand is issued without sending any firmware afterwards
the module will stay in ready state. In this case it must be switched off.
Syntax
Test Command
AT^SFDL=?
Response(s)
OK
Exec Command
AT^SFDL
Response(s)
OK
0x01
Write Command
AT^SFDL=<mode>
Response(s)
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference(s)
PIN ASC0 ASC1 USB MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge 4 Last
SIEMENS
-
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 533 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
22.5 AT^SFDL
s
Parameter Description
<mode>(num)
1
OTA (Firmware update Over-The-Air).
Sets SPI mode to replace the module's existing firmware with a new firmware
from a dedicated SPI flash memory. The new firmware is initially written to the
the SPI mode. More information on over-the-air firmware update can be found
Before launching an over-the-air firmware update, take care that the USB cable
is unplugged. This is necessary because both interfaces, SPI and USB, cannot
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 534 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23. Appendix
s
23.
Appendix
23.1
Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication
Users should be aware that when using a phonebook, SMS or Remote SAT command quickly after SIM PIN
authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible, resulting in a short delay before the requested AT com-
mand response is returned. This delay is due to the initial process of loading SIM data once after SIM PIN authen-
tication. The duration of loading SIM data is dependent on the SIM card used and may take a couple of seconds.
The "^SSIM READY" URC enabled with AT^SSETcan be used to notify the user when the ME has finished read-
ing the SIM card and SIM data are accessible after SIM PIN authentication. Of course, all phonebook and SMS
commands may be issued before the URC is delivered. In this case the AT command response (for example the
complete phonebook) will appear after the delay mentioned above, but before the "^SSIM READY" URC is dis-
played. See example below.
After the "+CREG: 1" (or "+CREG: 5") URC and before the "^SSIM READY" URC it is not sure that outgoing and
incoming calls can be made and short message functions executed. Emergency calls are possible. Outgoing and
incoming calls are always possible AFTER having received the "+CREG: 1" (or "+CREG: 5") and "^SSIM READY"
Example:
AT^SSET=1
OK
URC to the user profile.
OK
AT+CFUN=1,1
Restart the ME.
OK
^SYSSTART
The ME was restarted.
Enter the SIM PIN.
OK
AT+CPBW=50,"+4030123456789",145,"Paul"
Write a new phonebook record.
OK
^SSIM READY
The URC now confirms that the ME has finished
reading data from the SIM.
AT+CPBR=50,50
+CPBR: 50,"+4030123456789",145,"Paul"
Read the phonebook entered before.
The phonebook entry was properly saved.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 535 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.2 Star-Hash (*#) Network Commands
s
23.2
Star-Hash (*#) Network Commands
The following command strings can be sent to the network via ATDand have to be terminated with a semicolon.
Table 23.1: Star-Hash (*#) Command Overview
Star-Hash Code
Functionality
Response, also refer to Table 23.3
Phone Security
*#06#
Query IMEI
<IMEI> OK
**04[2]*oldPin[2]*newPin[2]*new-
Pin[2]#
Change SIM pwd
**05[2]*unblKey[2]*newPin[2]*new- Change/Unblocking SIM pwd
Pin[2]#
*#0003*MasterPhoneCode#
Unlock ''PS'' lock with Master
Phone Code
*[*]03*[ZZ]*oldPw*newPw*newPw# Registration of net password
Phone number presentation
*#30#
*#31#
Check status of CLIP (Calling Line +CLIP : <n>,<m> OK (see
Check status of CLIR (Calling Line +CLIR : <n>,<m> OK (see
Identification Restriction)
*31#<Phonenumber>[;]
#31#<Phonenumber>[;]
*#76#
Suppress CLIR
Activate CLIR
Check status of COLP (Connected +COLP : <n>,<m> OK (see:
*#77#
Check status of COLR (Connected +COLR : 0,<m> OK (where <m> =
Line Identification Restriction)
active or not active)
Call forwarding
(choice of *,#,*#,**,##)21*DN*BS# Act/deact/int/reg/eras CFU
^SCCFC : <reason>, <status>,
<class> [,...] like +CCFC *) (see:
(choice of *,#,*#,**,##)67*DN*BS# Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF busy
see above
(choice of
Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF no reply see above
*,#,*#,**,##)61*DN*BS*T#
(choice of *,#,*#,**,##)62*DN*BS# Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF no reach see above
(choice of
Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF all
see above
*,#,*#,**,##)002*DN*BS*T#
(choice of
Act/deact/int/reg/eras CF all cond. see above
*,#,*#,**,##)004*DN*BS*T#
Call waiting
(choice of *,#,*#)43*BS#
Activation/deactivation/int WAIT
+CCWA : <status>, <class> [,...]
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 536 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.2 Star-Hash (*#) Network Commands
s
Star-Hash Code
Functionality
Response, also refer to Table 23.3
Call barring
(choice of *,#,*#)33*Pw*BS#
Act/deact/int BAOC
^SCLCK : <fac>, <status>, <class>
[, ...] like +CLCK *) (Refer to
(choice of *,#,*#)331*Pw*BS#
(choice of *,#,*#)332*Pw*BS#
(choice of *,#,*#)35*Pw*BS#
(choice of *,#,*#)351*Pw*BS#
#330*Pw*BS#
Act/deact/int BAOIC
see above
see above
see above
see above
see above
see above
see above
Act/deact/int BAOIC exc.home
Act/deact/int. BAIC
Act/deact/int BAIC roaming
Deact. All Barring Services
Deact. All Outg.Barring Services
Deact. All Inc.Barring Services
#333*Pw*BS#
#353*Pw*BS#
Call Hold / Multiparty
C[C] in call
Call hold and multiparty
USSD messages
[C]...[C]#
Send USSD message
Send USSD message
C[C] (excluded 1[C])
*) Notes on ^SCCFC, +CCWA, ^SCLCK: The output depends on the affected basic service of the Star-Hash code. One line
will be output for every tele- or bearer service coded in basic service code BS.
^SCCFC and ^SCLCK are modified by giving an additional <reason> or <fac> in front of the regular output string gener-
ated by the standard commands +CCFC and +CLCK.
Abbreviation
ZZ
Meaning
Value
Type of supplementary services:
Barring services
330
All services
Not specified
DN
BS
Dialing number
String of digits 0-9
Basic service equivalent to parameter class:
Voice
FAX
SMS
SMS+FAX
Data circuit asynchron
Data circuit synchron
dedicated PAD access
dedicated Packet access
Data circuit asynchron+PAD
Data circuit synchron+Packet
Data circuit asynchron+synchron+Packet+PAD
All Services
11
13
16
12
25
24
27
26
21
22
20
--
T
Time in seconds
T has no default value. If T is not
specified, an operator defined
default or the last known value may
be used, depending on the network
operator.
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 537 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.2 Star-Hash (*#) Network Commands
s
Abbreviation
Meaning
Value
--
PW
C
Password
Character of TE character set (e.g. asterics, hash --
or digit in case of USSD, or digits in case of held
calls or multiparty calls)
Table 23.3: Star-Hash Command Response Parameters
Parameter
<m>
Meaning
Mode: 0 = not active, 1 = active
<n>
Unsolicited result code: 0 = presentation disabled, 1 = presentation enabled
Status: 0 = not active, 1 = active
<status>
<class>
<fac>
Facility lock, refer to AT+CLCK
<reason>
Call forwarding reason
For exact specification of format and parameters for Star-Hash commands refer to GSM 02.04, Table 3.2 [18]
Table 23.4: Star-Hash Commands for Supplementary Services
Star-Hash Code
Abbreviations in Table 23.1
Functionality
*
act
Activate (except for CLIR, see list above)
Register and activate
**
*#
#
reg
int
Check status (interrogate)
Deactivate (except for CLIR, see list above)
Unregister and deactivate
deact
eras
##
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 538 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
23.3
Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
ø ... Command not available
- ... Command does not require PIN1
+ ... Command requires PIN1
± ... Command sometimes requires PIN1
Table 23.5: Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
Configuration Commands
-
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ø
-
-
ø
ø
-
ø
ø
-
-
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Status Control Commands
ø
ø
ø
+
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
ø
-
ø
-
ø
-
ø
-
ø
-
ø
-
Serial Interface Control Commands
-
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
ø
ø
-
-
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 539 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
-
+
-
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Security Commands
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
+
+
±
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
+
+
±
-
Identification Commands
-
-
ø
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
Call related Commands
+
±
+
+
+
+
+
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
+
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
+
-
+
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 540 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
AT Command
Exec
Test
ø
ø
-
Read
Write
-
ø
ø
-
ø
ø
-
-
ø
ø
+
+
ø
ø
ø
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
ø
+
+
-
ø
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
Network Service Commands
+
ø
ø
ø
-
+
-
ø
±
ø
-
ø
±
ø
-
+
-
-
ø
ø
ø
-
ø
ø
ø
-
+
+
ø
-
+
+
-
-
ø
ø
ø
+
ø
+
+
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
+
ø
+
+
ø
ø
ø
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
ø
+
+
+
+
Supplementary Service Commands
ø
+
ø
+
ø
ø
ø
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
ø
+
+
+
ø
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 541 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
-
ø
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
Internet Service Commands
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
ø
ø
ø
+
ø
ø
ø
-
-
+
+
+
-
GPRS Commands
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
ø
ø
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
ø
+
+
ø
+
+
+
ø
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
ø
-
-
-
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 542 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
AT Command
Exec
Test
ø
Read
Write
+
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
+
FAX Commands
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
ø
-
-
ø
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
ø
ø
ø
+
ø
ø
+
ø
+
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
ø
ø
ø
+
+
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
+
-
ø
ø
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
ø
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
ø
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
SIM related Commands
ø
±
ø
±
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 543 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
ø
-
-
-
ø
ø
ø
-
-
ø
+
-
ø
ø
ø
-
+
-
-
-
-
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
Remote SIM Access (RSA) Commands
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
ø
SIM Application Toolkit (SAT) Commands
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
ø
-
-
ø
-
-
ø
-
-
-
-
Phonebook Commands
+
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
ø
ø
+
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
+
+
+
+
ø
+
+
+
+
Audio Commands
-
ø
ø
-
ø
ø
-
ø
ø
-
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ø
-
ø
-
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 544 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN
s
AT Command
Exec
Test
Read
Write
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ø
-
ø
-
-
Hardware Related Commands
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ø
-
ø
-
ø
-
ø
-
ø
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
GPIO Commands
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Java related Commands
ø
ø
-
-
-
ø
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ø
-
ø
Miscellaneous Commands
-
ø
ø
ø
ø
-
ø
-
ø
-
ø
ø
ø
-
-
-
-
-
ø
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 545 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME
s
23.4
Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME
- ... AT command not supported
+ ... AT command supported
± ... AT command partially supported
See description of AT command for details.
Table 23.6: Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME
AT Command
Normal Mode
Charge
4
Configuration Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
±
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
±
-
Status Control Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Serial Interface Control Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 546 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME
s
AT Command
Normal Mode
Charge
4
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
Security Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
±
±
±
±
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Identification Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Call related Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 547 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME
s
AT Command
Normal Mode
Charge
4
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
-
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
Network Service Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
Supplementary Service Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 548 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME
s
AT Command
Normal Mode
Charge
4
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
Internet Service Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
GPRS Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 549 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME
s
AT Command
Normal Mode
Charge
4
-
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
FAX Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 550 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME
s
AT Command
Normal Mode
Charge
4
SIM related Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Remote SIM Access (RSA) Commands
+
+
-
-
-
-
SIM Application Toolkit (SAT) Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
Phonebook Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Audio Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 551 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME
s
AT Command
Normal Mode
Charge
4
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
Hardware Related Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
-
±
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
GPIO Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Java related Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
+
Miscellaneous Commands
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 552 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.5 AT Command Settings storable with AT&W
s
23.5
AT Command Settings storable with AT&W
Table 23.7: Settings Stored to User Profile on ASC0 / MUX Channel 1
AT Command
Stored Parameters
Configuration Commands
Status Control Commands
Serial Interface Control Commands
Call related Commands
Network Service Commands
Supplementary Service Commands
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 554 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.5 AT Command Settings storable with AT&W
s
AT Command
Stored Parameters
GPRS Commands
FAX Commands
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
SIM related Commands
Miscellaneous Commands
Table 23.8: Settings Stored to User Profile on ASC1 / MUX Channels 2 and 3
AT Command
Stored Parameters
Configuration Commands
Serial Interface Control Commands
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 555 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.5 AT Command Settings storable with AT&W
s
AT Command
Stored Parameters
Call related Commands
Network Service Commands
Supplementary Service Commands
GPRS Commands
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
SIM related Commands
Miscellaneous Commands
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 556 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.6 Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
s
23.6
Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
Table 23.9: Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
AT Command
Factory Defaults
Configuration Commands
<n>=0
<value>=1
<value>=4
<value>=1
<fun>=1
<chset>="GSM"
Status Control Commands
<mode>=1
<n>=0
Serial Interface Control Commands
<n>=0
<value>=1
<value>=2
<value>=0
<value>=1
<value>=0
<n>=0
Call related Commands
<n>=000
<n>=000
<n>=060
<n>=0
<n>=002
<n>=0
<mode>=0
<mode>=0
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 557 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.6 Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
s
AT Command
Factory Defaults
Network Service Commands
<format>=0
<n>=0
Supplementary Service Commands
<n>=0
<n>=0
<n>=0
GPRS Commands
<n>=3
<n>=0
<auth>=3
<n>=000
FAX Commands
<n>=0
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
<mode>=0
<mode>=0
<show>=0
<n>=0
<ra>=0
<da>=0
<seq>=0
SIM related Commands
<mode>=0
<n>=0
Phonebook Commands
<storage>="SM"
Audio Commands
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 558 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.7 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC)
s
23.7
Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC)
Table 23.10: Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC)
AT Command URC
Configuration Commands
Status Control Commands
Call related Commands
if the list of current calls is empty:
if one or more calls are currently in the list:
[... ]
Network Service Commands
Supplementary Service Commands
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 560 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.7 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes (URC)
s
AT Command
URC
Internet Service Commands
GPRS Commands
Short Message Service (SMS) Commands
SIM related Commands
Remote SIM Access (RSA) Commands
gRc>]]]
SIM Application Toolkit (SAT) Commands
^SSTN: 254
^SSTN: 255
Hardware Related Commands
^SBC: Undervoltage
^SBC: Overvoltage warning
^SBC: Overvoltage shutdown
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 561 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.8 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
23.8
Alphabetical List of AT Commands
Table 23.11: Alphabetical List of AT Commands
AT Command
Description
Section and Page
Switch from data mode to command mode
SAT Notification
Repeat previous command line
Set Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Line mode
Set circuit Data Terminal Ready (DTR) function mode
Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults
Set circuit Data Set Ready (DSR) function mode
Display current configuration
Stores current configuration to user defined profile
Accumulated call meter (ACM) reset or query
Set alarm time
Advice of Charge information
Select bearer service type
Call forwarding number and conditions control
Real Time Clock
Closed User Group
Call Waiting
Extended Error Report
Set phone functionality
PDP context activate or deactivate
Manual response to a network request for PDP context
activation
GPRS attach or detach
activation
Enter data state
Define PDP Context
3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable)
3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
Request manufacturer identification
Request model identification
Request revision identification of software status
Show PDP address
Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable)
Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
GPRS Network Registration Status
Select service for MO SMS messages
Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 563 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.8 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
AT Command
Description
Section and Page
Call Hold and Multiparty
Hang up call
Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
Indicator control
List current calls of ME
Facility lock
Calling Line Identification Presentation
Calling Line Identification Restriction
Loudspeaker volume level
Mobile Equipment Error Message Format
Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
Send an SMS command
Delete short message
Select SMS message format
List SMS messages from preferred store
Read SMS messages
Send Short Message
Write Short Messages to Memory
Send short messages from storage
Mute control
Enter multiplex mode
New Message Acknowledgement to ME/TE, only phase
2+
New short Message Indication
Read own numbers
Connected Line Identification Presentation
Read operator names
Operator Selection
Mobile equipment activity status
Read from Phonebook
Select phonebook memory storage
Write into Phonebook
PIN Authentication
PIN2 Authentication
Preferred SMS message storage
Preferred Operator List
Price per unit and currency table
Change Password
Service reporting control
Set Cellular Result Codes for incoming call indication
Network registration
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 564 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.8 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
AT Command
Description
Section and Page
Select radio link protocol parameters for originated non-
transparent data calls
Restricted SIM Access
SMS Service Center Address
Select Cell Broadcast Message Indication
Select TE character set
Show SMS text mode parameters
Generic SIM Access
Set SMS text Mode Parameters
Select Message Service
Single Numbering Scheme
Signal quality
Supplementary service notifications
Unstructured supplementary service data
Display card ID
Fax: Select, read or test service class
Receive Data Using HDLC Framing
Receive Data
Receive Silence
Transmit Data Using HDLC Framing
Transmit Data
Stop Transmission and Wait
Request complete TA capabilities list
Request manufacturer identification
Request model identification
Request revision identification of software status
Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)
Serial Interface Character Framing
Set Flow Control separately for data directions
Set TE-TA local rate reporting
Set fixed local rate
Tone duration
DTMF and tone generation
Select wireless network
Flow control
Set CONNECT result code format
Monitor idle mode and dedicated mode
Monitor neighbour cells
Advice of charge and query of ACM and ACMmax
Antenna Diagnosis
Audio Interface Configuration
Alternate Line Service
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 565 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.8 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
AT Command
Description
Section and Page
Query SIM's Answer to Reset Data
Battery Charge Control
Battery/Supply Voltage
Configure Pulse Counter
Extended Configuration Settings
Display SIM card identification number
Query SIM and Chip Card Holder Status
Read Concatenated Short Messages
Send Concatenated Short Messages
Write Concatenated Short Messages to Memory
List Call Number Information
Pin Configuration
Polling Configuration
Port Configuration
Customer SIM Lock
Set critical operating temperature presentation mode or
query temperature
Delete the 'last number redial' memory
Delete a Port Configuration
Enter Firmware Download Mode
Select the fixed network user rate
Query all PDP context activations
Set type of authentication for PPP connection
Configuration of GPRS related Parameters
Get IO state of a specified pin or port
Display Homezone
Hang up call(s) indicating a specific GSM04.08 release
cause
Internet Connection Close
Internet Connection Information
Internet Connection Open
Internet Connection Setup Profile
Extended Indicator Control
Internet Service Close
Internet Service Error Report
Internet Service Information
Internet Service Open
Internet Service Read Data
Internet Service Setup Profile
Internet Service Write Data
Internet Service Execution
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 566 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.8 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
AT Command
Description
Section and Page
Set Dialup Network Access Parameters
Over The Air Application Provisioning
Run Java Application
Write Binary Java Security Data
Siemens defined command to list current calls of ME
Display Last Call Duration
Facility lock
List SMS Memory Storage
Set M20 compatibility mode
status to REC READ
Set or query SMS overflow presentation mode or query
SMS overflow
Cell Monitoring
Cell Monitoring
GPRS Monitor
Switch off mobile station
Set or query of microphone attenuation
Set audio parameters to manufacturer default values
Set microphone path parameters
Set microphone audio path and power supply
Set audio output (= loudspeaker path) parameter
Set progress tones
Select audio hardware set
Signal TTY/CTM audio mode capability
Set loudspeaker volume
Write audio setting in non-volatile store
Extended Operator Selection
Find first matching entry in sorted phonebook
Purge phonebook memory storage
Display phonebook entries in alphabetical order
Step through the selected phonebook alphabetically
Write into Phonebook with location report
Display PIN counter
General Purpose IO Driver Open/Close
Read the PLMN list
Read entry from the preferred operators list
Write an entry to the preferred operators list
Change Password
Remote SIM Access Activation
Remote SIM Access Message
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 567 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.8 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
AT Command
Description
Section and Page
Ring tone configuration
Start and Stop Pulse Counter
SMS Command Configuration
Set SMS Display Availability
Indicate SIM data ready
Set IO state of a specified pin or port
Set Short Message Storage Sequence
Serial Protocol Interface
SAT Interface Activation
SAT Get Information
SAT Response
Configure SYNC Pin
Display Total Call Duration
Transmit Parity Bit (for 7E1 and 7O1 only)
Configure and Read PWM Signal for DAC
Extended SIM Access
Answer a call
Manual response to a network request for PDP context
activation
Mobile originated call to specified number
Request GPRS IP service
Request GPRS service
Mobile originated call using specific memory and index
number
Mobile originated call from active memory using index
number
Mobile originated call from active memory using corre-
sponding field
Mobile originated call to ISDN number
Redial last number used
Enable command echo
Disconnect existing connection
Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context
activation
Display product identification information
Set monitor speaker loudness
Set monitor speaker mode
Switch from command mode to data mode / PPP online
mode
Select pulse dialing
Set result code presentation mode
activation
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 568 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
AC75 AT Command Set
23.8 Alphabetical List of AT Commands
s
AT Command
Description
Section and Page
carrier
Extended call release report
Set command line termination character
Set response formatting character
Write command line editing character
Set pause before blind dialing
Select tone dialing
Set result code format mode
Set CONNECT result code format and call monitoring
Set all current parameters to user defined profile
AC75_ATC_V01.002
Page 569 of 569
10/30/06
Confidential / Released
|